TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2019

Registration No. 333-         

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Castle Biosciences, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
8071
77-0701774
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

820 S . Friendswood Drive , Suite 201
Friendswood, T exas 77546
(866) 788-9007
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Derek Maetzold
President and Chief Executive Officer
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
820 S . Friendswood Drive , Suite 201
Friendswood, T exas 77546
(866) 788-9007
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

Thomas A. Coll , Esq.
Divakar Gupta, Esq.
Karen E. Anderson, Esq.
Cooley LLP
4401 Eastgate Mall
San Diego, California 92121
(858) 550-6000
Peter N. Handrinos, Esq.
Anthony Gostanian, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
200 Clarendon Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
(617) 880-4500

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
o
Accelerated filer
o
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
 
 
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of
securities to be registered
Proposed maximum
aggregate
offering price (1)
Amount of
registration fee (2)
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share
$
57,500,000
 
$
6,969
 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 26 , 2019

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

         Shares


Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of Castle Biosciences, Inc. We are offering              shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We estimate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $             and $            per share.

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “CSTL.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11 .

 
Per Share
Total
Initial public offering price
$
       
 
$
       
 
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)
$
 
 
$
 
 
Proceeds to us (before expenses)
$
 
 
$
 
 
(1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses. See “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to a total of            additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about             , 2019 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Joint Book-Running Managers

SVB Leerink
Baird

Co-Managers

Canaccord Genuity
BTIG

The date of this prospectus is             , 2019

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including          , 2019 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

For investors outside the United States: we have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to buy shares of our common stock. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Castle Biosciences,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Castle Biosciences, Inc.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage dermatological cancer company focused on providing physicians and their patients with personalized, clinically actionable genomic information to make more accurate treatment decisions. We believe that the traditional approach to developing a treatment plan for certain cancers using clinical and pathology factors alone is inadequate and can be improved by incorporating personalized genomic information. Our non-invasive products utilize proprietary algorithms to provide an assessment of a patient’s specific risk of metastasis or recurrence of their cancer, allowing physicians to identify patients who are likely to benefit from an escalation of care as well as those who may avoid unnecessary medical and surgical interventions. Our lead product, DecisionDx-Melanoma, is a proprietary multi-gene expression profile, or GEP, test that predicts the risk of metastasis or recurrence for patients diagnosed with invasive cutaneous melanoma, a deadly skin cancer. We also market DecisionDx-UM, which is a proprietary GEP test that predicts the risk of metastasis for patients with uveal melanoma, a rare eye cancer. Based on the substantial clinical evidence that we have developed, we have received Medicare coverage for both of our products, which represents approximately 50% of our addressable patient population. We also have two late-stage proprietary products in development that address cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma, or SCC, and suspicious pigmented lesions which are indications with high clinical need in dermatological cancer.

Our focus on dermatologic cancers has provided us with unique insights that have enabled us to drive adoption of DecisionDx-Melanoma, as well as to identify opportunities for additional products to address unmet clinical needs in dermatologic cancer. We have processed over 40,000 clinical samples since commercial launch, with total proprietary GEP report volume increasing from less than 4,000 in 2015 to more than 13,400 in 2018. Our annual revenue increased from $13.8 million in 2017 to $22.8 million in 2018.

Skin cancer is the most commonly diagnosed cancer in the United States. There are more than 5.5 million new cases of skin cancer diagnosed annually, compared with 1.6 million new cases for all other cancers combined. DecisionDx-Melanoma targets more than an estimated 100,000 patients diagnosed with invasive cutaneous melanoma each year, which we believe is underreported. In addition, our two late-stage proprietary products target approximately 200,000 patients diagnosed with SCC with high-risk features and approximately 300,000 patients with suspicious pigmented lesions without a definitive diagnosis of skin cancer. We estimate that the total addressable U.S. market for these three indications is approximately $1.8 billion.

Healthcare providers, predominately dermatologists and surgeons who treat melanoma patients, make nearly all treatment decisions for patients diagnosed with skin cancers based upon their expected risk of metastasis or recurrence. Historically these treatment decisions have been based solely on clinical and pathology factors, such as tumor depth or width and evidence of metastasis to the sentinel lymph node, or SLN. Physicians use these factors to group, or stage, patients into stage-related populations. The average risk of metastasis within a population then guides treatment decisions for all patients within a respective population. However, an individual patient’s risk of metastasis can be significantly different from these stage-related population averages, thereby resulting in some patients receiving unnecessary medical and surgical interventions and some patients being undertreated. This treatment paradigm has led to suboptimal patient care and unnecessary costs to the healthcare system.

We believe that incorporating the genomics of each individual patient’s tumor biology to inform on their specific risk of metastasis can aid the decision-making process for their treatment plan, help optimize health outcomes and reduce healthcare costs. The genomics of cutaneous melanoma and other skin cancers are highly complex because, unlike some other types of cancer, the presence or absence of a single gene or a limited number of genes has not been shown to accurately predict the risk of metastasis or recurrence. Rather, we believe that risk of metastasis or recurrence of skin cancer requires the analysis of gene expression profiles occurring at the RNA

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

level through the application of artificial intelligence, deep learning and proprietary techniques to identify clinically relevant genomic patterns. Once identified, we then undertake extensive clinical validation and clinical utility studies to develop products that address key unmet medical needs for patients and physicians.

We developed our proprietary, non-invasive DecisionDx-Melanoma product for cutaneous melanoma to utilize gene expression to provide more complete information. The product interrogates the biology of a patient’s tumor by analyzing the gene expression profile of 31 genes, a process made possible by our proprietary algorithm, developed using machine learning techniques. We have published 18 studies to support the two current clinically actionable uses of DecisionDx-Melanoma, analyzing more than 3,700 patient samples. We also market DecisionDx-UM, a genomic test for use in identifying patients diagnosed with uveal melanoma who are at a low risk of metastasis. Similar to DecisionDx-Melanoma, this product also uses a proprietary algorithm developed using machine learning techniques to interrogate the biology of a patient’s tumor by analyzing the gene expression profile of 15 genes of a patient’s tumor.

We are developing additional products targeting the challenges faced by physicians in treating their patients’ skin cancer, with two products in late-stage development. DecisionDx-SCC is a proprietary GEP test designed to predict the risk of metastasis in patients diagnosed with SCC. We are also developing a proprietary GEP test designed to assist physicians in the diagnosis of suspicious pigmented lesions. We intend to commercially launch both of these products in the second half of 2020.

Our Competitive Advantages

We are focused on providing actionable genomic information to physicians and their patients. We believe our key competitive advantages are due in part to the following factors:

Development of our products requires our machine learning expertise and our proprietary algorithm, which are complex and difficult to replicate.
We have demonstrated the ability to provide clinically actionable information despite the complex genomics of skin cancer.
Our vast and growing database of tumor samples and associated long-term outcomes data enables us to improve our current products and accelerate development of new products.
We have generated, and will continue to generate, robust clinical validity and utility data supporting the use of our products.
We have established relationships with physicians that allow us to optimize our interactions, increase adoption of our current products and identify areas of unmet clinical need to efficiently launch additional products.
We have experience in navigating the reimbursement landscape.

Dermatologic Cancer Market Overview

Skin cancer is the uncontrolled growth of abnormal skin cells. There are six types of pre-cancers and skin cancers that result in a total annual incidence of 5.5 million patients, three of which are highlighted in the figure below. The three most common forms of skin cancers are basal cell carcinomas, SCC and cutaneous melanoma. Pre-cancers include suspicious pigmented lesions, which are unusual-looking lesions that may be melanoma.

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Our Solution and Products

Nearly all treatment plan decisions for dermatological cancer are based upon an estimate of a patient’s prognosis — whether their cancer is more or less likely to metastasize. We use the gene expression profile of an individual patient’s tumor biology to inform specific prognosis of metastasis or recurrence and aid the treatment plan decision-making process of the treating physician and their patient to help optimize health outcomes and reduce healthcare costs. Due to the biological complexity of skin cancers, developing accurate products takes scientific diligence, stringent clinical protocols, machine learning expertise, proprietary algorithms and significant investments of time and capital. In addition, the underlying tissue samples and associated outcomes data required to develop and validate these products are difficult to obtain. Once successfully developed and validated, commercial success requires the generation of clinical use documentation to support appropriate physician adoption, reimbursement success and guideline inclusion.

The table below summarizes our progress with our two commercial, proprietary products as well as our two near-term product candidates:


3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Strategy

We intend to build upon our position as a leading provider of genomic information for dermatological cancers. To realize this objective we plan to:

Expand adoption of our currently marketed products and educate physicians and their patients on the need for our products to make a more informed treatment plan decision. We believe that cancer treatment plans will be most effective if decisions are personalized for each patient based on the biology of their specific tumor, instead of a one-size-fits-all approach. We will continue to educate physicians and their patients on the diagnostic discordance that leads to over- and under-treatment.
Continue to generate evidence supporting the clinical utility and validity of our products. We have conducted extensive clinical utility and validity studies to support the adoption of, and reimbursement for, our products. In order to maintain our competitive advantage and increase sales of our products, we will continue to generate additional clinical data to support the use of our products.
Execute planned expansion of our commercial channel. We plan to increase sales of our products by adding new physicians to our customer base as well as increasing orders by physicians already using our products. We recently increased the number of sales and medical affairs representatives and are planning additional increases through 2019 in order to provide more frequent physician interactions and support the launch of additional products.
Expand coverage and reimbursement for our products. We plan to have increasing dialogue with third-party payors to highlight our clinical utility and patient outcomes data. We believe these data will validate the benefit of our products for patients and will persuade more third-party payors to provide coverage and reimbursement. Additionally, we will continue to emphasize our ability to reduce overall cost to the healthcare system by appropriately classifying high-risk patients and removing the need for unnecessary invasive procedures for low-risk patients.
Utilize our development expertise and commercial channel insight to provide additional solutions. We are continuing to develop products that address the challenges facing physicians, including genomic tests for patients with SCC with high-risk factors and suspicious pigmented lesions, addressing an aggregate of approximately 500,000 additional potential patients.

Risks Associated with This Offering

Our business and our ability to implement our business strategy are subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. You should read these risks before you invest in our common stock. We may be unable, for many reasons, including those that are beyond our control, to implement our business strategy. In particular, risks associated with our business include:

Our reliance upon a small number of third-party payors for a significant portion of our revenue may materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Due to how we recognize revenue, our quarterly revenues may not reflect our underlying business.
We have incurred significant losses since inception, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.
Our revenue currently depends primarily on sales of DecisionDx-Melanoma, and we will need to generate sufficient revenue from this and other products to grow our business.
Billing for our products is complex and requires substantial time and resources to collect payment.
New product development involves a lengthy and complex process, and we may be unable to develop and commercialize, or receive reimbursement for, on a timely basis, or at all, new products.
We currently have limited reimbursement coverage for our lead product, DecisionDx-Melanoma, and if third-party payors, including government and commercial payors, do not provide sufficient coverage of, or adequate reimbursement for, our products, our commercial success will be negatively affected.
Interim, topline and preliminary data from our clinical studies that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are subject to numerous federal and state healthcare statutes and regulations, and complying with laws pertaining to our business is an expensive and time-consuming process. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties and a material adverse effect to our business and operations.
Our products are currently marketed as laboratory developed tests, and any changes in regulations or the U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s enforcement discretion for laboratory developed tests, or violations of regulations by us, could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.
If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for our technology, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize diagnostic tests similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our products may be impaired.

Corporate and Other Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in September 2007. Our principal executive offices are located at 820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 201, Friendswood, Texas 77546, and our telephone number is (866) 788-9007. Our corporate website address is www.CastleBiosciences.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and to trademarks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We qualify as an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, as amended, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;
not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30 th and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with the adoption of new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to avail ourselves of

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

this exemption. Therefore, we may not be subject to the same implementation timing for new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, which may make comparison of our financial statements to those of other public companies more difficult.

We are also a smaller reporting company as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Offering

Common stock offered by us
      shares
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
      shares
Option to purchase additional shares
The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to a total of additional shares of common stock.
Use of proceeds
We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
approximately $17 million for selling and marketing activities, including expansion of our sales force to support the ongoing commercialization of our current products and future products;
approximately $17 million for research and development, related to the continued support of our current products as well as the development of our product pipeline; and
the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the additional costs associated with being a public company.

See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Risk factors
You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of certain of the factors to consider before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.
Proposed Nasdaq trading symbol
“CSTL”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 12,296,294 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2019, after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 9,959,831 shares of common stock, and excludes:

2,575,158 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2019, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.88 per share;
          shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2019 equity incentive plan, or the 2019 Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering (with such shares include         new shares plus the number of shares (not to exceed          shares) (i) that remain available for the issuance of awards under the 2018 equity incentive plan, or the 2018 Plan, at the time the 2019 Plan becomes effective, and (ii) any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under the 2018 Plan and the 2008 stock plan, or the 2008 Plan, that expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation – Equity Incentive Plans”), as well as any automatic increases in the number of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2019 Plan;
         shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2019 employee stock purchase plan, or the ESPP, as well as any automatic increases in the number of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and
137,935 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2019, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.47 per share.

7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2019, into an aggregate of 9,959,831 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering;
the issuance by us of convertible promissory notes in January 2019 and February 2019 and the conversion of approximately $11.8 million of aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest thereon, of such convertible promissory notes which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of          shares of our common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on          , 2019;
the net exercise of certain outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for an aggregate of          shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) in connection with the completion of this offering;
the adjustment of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase          shares of our common stock in connection with the completion of this offering;
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to a total of          additional shares of our common stock to cover overallotments;
no exercise of the outstanding options described above;
the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and
a one-for-       reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.

A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would decrease the number of shares of our common stock issued on conversion of our convertible promissory notes (and therefore the number of shares to be outstanding after this offering) by           shares. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase the number of shares of our common stock issued on conversion of our convertible promissory notes (and therefore the number of shares to be outstanding after this offering) by          shares.

8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Financial Data

The following tables set forth a summary of our financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the following summary of our statements of operations and comprehensive loss data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and our balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following summary of our statements of operations and comprehensive loss data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 and our balance sheet data as of March 31, 2019 from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.You should read these data together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our operating results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim periods or any future year.

 
Year s Ended December 31,
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2017
2018
2018
2019
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(in thousands, except share and per
share data)
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
$
13,754
 
$
22,786
 
$
3,659
 
$
8,717
 
Cost of sales
 
4,922
 
 
5,297
 
 
1,253
 
 
1,598
 
Gross margin
 
8,832
 
 
17,489
 
 
2,406
 
 
7,119
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
 
4,473
 
 
4,854
 
 
1,263
 
 
1,394
 
Selling, general and administrative
 
15,259
 
 
16,470
 
 
4,228
 
 
6,047
 
Total operating expenses
 
19,732
 
 
21,324
 
 
5,491
 
 
7,441
 
Operating loss
 
(10,900
)
 
(3,835
)
 
(3,085
)
 
(322
)
Interest income
 
26
 
 
24
 
 
5
 
 
21
 
Interest expense
 
(1,649
)
 
(2,275
)
 
(529
)
 
(1,024
)
Other income (expense), net
 
163
 
 
(272
)
 
(21
)
 
(33
)
Loss before income taxes
 
(12,360
)
 
(6,358
)
 
(3,630
)
 
(1,358
)
Income tax expense
 
10
 
 
9
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss and comprehensive loss
 
(12,370
)
 
(6,367
)
 
(3,630
)
 
(1,358
)
Convertible preferred stock cumulative dividends
 
2,897
 
 
3,577
 
 
810
 
 
928
 
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value
 
41
 
 
219
 
 
49
 
 
56
 
Net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders
$
(15,308
)
$
(10,163
)
$
(4,489
)
$
(2,342
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)
$
(6.62
)
$
(4.37
)
$
(1.94
)
$
(1.00
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)
 
2,310,640
 
 
2,323,197
 
 
2,312,515
 
 
2,336,236
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)(2)
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)(2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) See Note 3 to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the basic and diluted loss per share and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
(2) The calculations for the unaudited pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted, assume the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and the net exercise of certain outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock for common stock as if the conversion or net exercise had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or the issuance date, if later, upon completion of this offering. For the three months ended March 31, 2019, the calculations further assume the conversion into shares of common stock all outstanding principal and accrued interest related to the convertible promissory notes as if the conversion had occurred at the respective issuance dates of the convertible promissory notes. Because the convertible promissory notes were not issued until after December 31, 2018, the assumed conversion of such notes into shares of common stock had no impact on the calculations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
 
As of March 31, 2019
 
Actual
Pro forma (1)
Pro forma as
adjusted (2)(3)
 
( unaudited, in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
16,231
 
$
      
 
$
      
 
Working capital (4)
$
18,035
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
30,966
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible promissory notes (5)
$
3,568
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$
23,632
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock warrant liability
$
1,181
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible preferred stock
$
1,501
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
$
45,051
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
$
(49,432
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Pro forma amounts reflect (i) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 9,959,831 shares of our common stock and the resulting reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity, in connection with the completion of this offering, (iii) the net exercise of certain outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for an aggregate of          shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), in connection with the completion of this offering, (iv) the adjustment of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase       shares of our common stock and the resulting reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital, a component of stockholders’ deficit, in connection with the completion of this offering, and (v) the conversion of approximately $11.8 million of aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest thereon, of convertible promissory notes which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of         shares of our common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on          , 2019.
(2) Pro forma as adjusted amounts reflect the pro forma conversion adjustment described in footnote (1) above, as well as the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $         , assuming the number of shares offered by us as stated on the cover page of this prospectus remain unchanged and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $         , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(4) We define working capital as current assets minus current liabilities. See our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and liabilities.
(5) Principal amount, less unamortized discounts and issuance costs, plus embedded derivative liability. See Note 7 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information on the accounting treatment of the convertible promissory notes.

10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock is speculative and involves a high degree of risk. Before investing in our common stock, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including the risks described below. See “ Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition

Our reliance upon a small number of third-party payors for a significant portion of our revenue may materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We receive a substantial portion of our revenue from a small number of third-party payors, primarily Medicare and United Healthcare. Our revenue for our test reports provided for patients covered by Medicare and United Healthcare as a percentage of total revenue, was 9% and 11%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017, and 36% and 12%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. In addition, our current accounts receivable balances for Medicare and United Healthcare, as a percentage of our total current accounts receivable, were 0% and 10%, respectively, as of December 31, 2017, and 54% and 7%, respectively, as of December 31, 2018. Our long-term accounts receivable balances for Medicare and United Healthcare, as a percentage of our total long-term accounts receivable, were 0% and 15%, respectively, as of December 31, 2017, and 0% and 15%, respectively, as of December 31, 2018. If our largest current payors were to significantly reduce, or cease to pay, the amount they reimburse for our products, or if they do not reach favorable coverage and reimbursement decisions for our products, or attempt to recover amounts they had already paid, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and cause significant fluctuations in our results of operations.

Due to how we recognize revenue, our quarterly revenues may not reflect our underlying business .

We have concluded that our contracts include variable consideration because the amounts paid by Medicare or commercial health insurance carriers may be paid at less than our standard rates or not paid at all, with such differences considered implicit price concessions. Variable consideration attributable to these price concessions is measured at the expected value using the “most likely amount” method under Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), or ASC 606. The amounts are determined by historical average collection rates by test type and payor category taking into consideration the range of possible outcomes, the predictive value of our past experiences, the time period of when uncertainties expect to be resolved and the amount of consideration that is susceptible to factors outside of our influence, such as the judgment and actions of third parties. Such variable consideration is included in the transaction price only to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainties with respect to the amount are resolved. Variable consideration may be constrained and excluded from the transaction price in situations where there is no contractually agreed upon reimbursement coverage or in the absence of a predictable pattern and history of collectability with a payor. Variable consideration for Medicare claims is deemed to be fully constrained when the payment of such claims is subject to approval by an Administrative Law Judge, or ALJ, at an appeal hearing, due to factors outside our influence (i.e., judgment or actions of third parties) and the uncertainty of the amount to be received is not expected to be resolved for a long period of time. Variable consideration is evaluated each reporting period and adjustments are recorded as increases or decreases in revenues. As a result of the timing and amount of adjustments for variable consideration, our operating results and comparisons of such results on a period-to-period basis may be difficult to understand and may not be meaningful. In addition, these fluctuations in revenue may make it difficult for us, for research analysts and for investors to accurately forecast our revenue and operating results. If our revenue or operating results fall below expectations, the price of our common stock would likely decline.

We have incurred significant losses since inception, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

Since our inception, we have had a history of net losses. As of March 31, 2019, we had a cash balance of approximately $16.2 million and an accumulated deficit of approximately $58.8 million. We cannot predict if we

11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will achieve sustained profitability in the near future or at all. We expect that our losses will continue for the foreseeable future as we plan to invest significant additional funds toward the expansion of our commercial organization, the conduct of additional clinical utility and validity studies to support adoption of our products and the development or acquisition of additional products. Our auditors have issued a going concern opinion on our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a public company, we will also incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These increased expenses will make it harder for us to achieve and sustain future profitability. We may also incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, many of which are beyond our control, including the other risks described in this prospectus, adoption of our products, coverage of and reimbursement rates for our products from third-party payors, and future research and development activities. Our failure to achieve and sustain profitability in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We are an early, commercial-stage company and have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and predict our future performance.

We are an early commercial-stage company and have a limited operating history. Our limited operating history may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and this makes predictions about our future success or viability subject to significant uncertainty. In particular, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to increase our headcount, including through the expansion of our sales and marketing and research and development teams, which will increase our operating costs in a manner not historically reflected in our financial statements. In combination with our other anticipated increased operating expenses in connection with becoming a public company, these anticipated changes in our operating expenses may make it difficult to evaluate our current business, assess our future performance relative to prior performance and accurately predict our future performance.

We will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by early commercial-stage companies, including those associated with increasing the size of our organization and the prioritization of our commercial, research and business development activities. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business could suffer.

The terms of our credit facility place restrictions on our operating and financial flexibility, and failure to comply with covenants or to satisfy certain conditions of the agreement governing the credit facility may result in acceleration of our repayment obligations and foreclosure on our pledged assets, which could significantly harm our liquidity, financial condition, operating results, business and prospects and cause the price of our securities to decline.

Our November 2018 loan and security agreement, which we amended in June 2019, or the 2018 LSA, with Oxford Finance LLC, or Oxford, and Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, is secured by a lien covering substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual property. The 2018 LSA provides for a five-year $25.0 million term-loan facility, of which $25.0 million has been disbursed to us as of the date of this prospectus.

The 2018 LSA requires us to achieve certain revenue levels tested monthly on a trailing three-month basis. Although we were in compliance with this covenant as of the most recently tested month prior to the date of this prospectus, there can be no assurance of our ability to maintain compliance with the revenue covenant as of any future date. The 2018 LSA also requires us to comply with a number of other covenants (affirmative and negative), including restrictive covenants that limit our ability to: incur additional indebtedness; encumber the collateral securing the loan; acquire, own or make investments; repurchase or redeem any class of stock or other equity interest; declare or pay any cash dividend or make a cash distribution on any class of stock or other equity interest; transfer a material portion of our assets; acquire other businesses; and merge or consolidate with or into any other organization or otherwise suffer a change in control, in each case subject to exceptions.

In addition to other specified events of default, and subject to limited exceptions, the lenders could declare an event of default upon the occurrence of any event that they interpret as having a material impairment in their lien on the collateral under the agreement, a material adverse change in our business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) or a material impairment in the prospect of repayment of our obligations under the agreement. If we default under the credit facility, the lenders may accelerate all of our repayment obligations and, if we are unable to access funds to meet those obligations or to renegotiate our agreement, the lenders could take control of our pledged assets and we would have to immediately cease operations. During the continuance

12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of an event of default, the then-applicable interest rate on the then-outstanding principal balance will increase by 5.0%. Upon an event of default, the lenders could also require us to repay the loan immediately, together with a prepayment charge of up to 2.5% of the then-outstanding principal balance, together with other fees. If we were to renegotiate the agreement under such circumstances, the terms may be significantly less favorable to us. If we were liquidated, the lenders’ right to repayment would be senior to the rights of our stockholders to receive any proceeds from the liquidation. Any declaration by the lenders of an event of default could significantly harm our liquidity, financial condition, operating results, business, and prospects and cause the price of our securities to decline.

We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. The debt instruments governing such indebtedness may contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than the provisions governing our existing indebtedness. If we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against the collateral or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

The audit report of our independent registered public accounting firm expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

The audit report from our independent registered public accounting firm expresses substantial doubt that we can continue as an ongoing business due to uncertainties about our ability to comply with certain debt covenants under our long-term debt that is required to finance operations and our future financial statements may include a similar qualification about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our audited financial statements were prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern and do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

If we are unable to meet the applicable debt covenants, the lenders could accelerate all of our repayment obligations under the 2018 LSA and we would need to seek additional or alternate financing or modify our operational plans. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause adverse effect s on our business and may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our stock price.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports in a timely manner. In connection with the audits of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, we concluded that there were material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

These material weaknesses related to a lack of (i) appropriately designed and implemented controls over the review and approval of manual journal entries and the related supporting journal entry calculations, (ii) personnel with appropriate knowledge, experience and training commensurate with accounting and reporting requirements and (iii) appropriately designed and implemented controls to evaluate variable consideration and the related constraint in accordance with ASC 606, and resulted in certain material corrections to the financial statements.

In an attempt to remediate these weaknesses, we have hired an SEC compliance and technical accounting director and plan to hire additional finance and accounting personnel to augment our accounting staff and to provide more resources for complex accounting matters and financial reporting. However, we cannot assure you that these efforts will remediate our material weaknesses in a timely manner, or at all.

If we are unable to successfully remediate our material weaknesses or identify any future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, a material misstatement in our financial statements could occur, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports, which may adversely affect our business and our stock price may decline as a result.

13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, even if we remediate our material weaknesses, following the completion of this offering, we will be required to expend significant time and resources to further improve our internal controls over financial reporting, including by further expanding our finance and accounting staff to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we fail to adequately staff our accounting and finance function to remediate our material weaknesses, or fail to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, any new or recurring material weaknesses could prevent our management from concluding our internal control over financial reporting is effective and impair our ability to prevent material misstatements in our financial statements, which could cause our business to suffer.

Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported operating results.

U.S. GAAP is subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. For example, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Revenue Recognition” and in Note 2 to our audited financial statements, we recently adopted the revenue recognition standard under ASC 606 which superseded previous revenue recognition guidance applicable to us. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.

Our quarterly and annual operating results and cash flows may fluctuate in the future, which could cause the market price of our stock to decline substantially.

Numerous factors, many of which are outside our control, may cause or contribute to significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results. These fluctuations may make financial planning and forecasting uncertain. In addition, these fluctuations may result in unanticipated decreases in our available cash, which could negatively affect our business and prospects. In addition, one or more of such factors may cause our revenue or operating expenses in one period to be disproportionately higher or lower relative to the others. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may be difficult to understand and may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as indicative of our future performance.

In addition, a significant portion of our operating expense is relatively fixed in nature, and planned expenditures are based in part on expectations regarding future revenue. Accordingly, unexpected revenue shortfalls could decrease our gross margins and cause significant changes in our operating results from quarter to quarter. If this occurs, the trading price of our stock could fall substantially.

This variability and unpredictability caused by factors such as those described above could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any guidance we may provide, or if the guidance we provide is below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated guidance we may provide.

We may need to raise additional capital to fund our existing operations, commercialize new products or expand our operations.

We believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash generated from sales of our products, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses through at least the next 24 months. If our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering and anticipated cash generated from sales of our products are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements including because of lower demand for our products, lower than currently expected rates of reimbursement from third-party payors or other risks described in this prospectus, we may finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. We do not currently have any committed external source of funds. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities or for other reasons, including to:

increase our sales and marketing efforts for DecisionDx-Melanoma and address competitive developments;
fund ongoing development of our pipeline products, including for SCC and suspicious pigmented lesions, in addition to other programs in development;
expand our laboratory testing facility and related testing capacity;
expand our technologies into other types of skin cancer management and detection products;
acquire, license or invest in technologies;
acquire or invest in complementary businesses or assets; and
finance capital expenditures and general and administrative expenses.

Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

our ability to achieve revenue growth;
our rate of progress in establishing payor coverage and reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors;
our rate of progress in, and cost of the sales, marketing, coverage and reimbursement activities associated with, establishing adoption of DecisionDx-Melanoma, among our other products;
the cost of expanding our laboratory operations and offerings, including our sales, marketing, coverage and reimbursement efforts;
our rate of progress in, and cost of research and development activities associated with, diagnostic products in research and early development;
the potential cost of, and delays in, the development of new products as a result of changes in regulatory oversight applicable to our products; and
the effect of competing technological and market developments.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making acquisitions or capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or products, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our commercialization, research and development efforts or grant rights to third parties to market and/or develop products that we would otherwise prefer to market and develop ourselves.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our revenue currently depends primarily on sales of DecisionDx-Melanoma, and we will need to generate sufficient revenue from this and other products to grow our business.

Most of our revenue in 2017 and 2018 was derived from the sale of our lead product, DecisionDx-Melanoma. While we also derive revenue from DecisionDx-UM, we expect that the majority of our revenue for the foreseeable future will be derived from sales of DecisionDx-Melanoma. Further, we believe that our long-term commercial success will depend on our ability to develop and market additional products, such as our pipeline products for SCC and suspicious pigmented lesions. Our ability to derive revenue from DecisionDx-Melanoma, DecisionDx-UM and any future products that we commercialize is uncertain and depends on favorable coverage and reimbursement policies from government payors, like Medicare, and from private payors, like insurance

15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

companies. Without positive coverage policies, our products may not be reimbursed and we may not be able to recognize revenue. If we are unable to increase sales and expand coverage and reimbursement for DecisionDx-Melanoma, develop and commercialize other products, and successfully obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement for such products, our revenue and our ability to achieve and sustain profitability would be impaired, and the market price of our stock could decline substantially.

Billing for our products is complex and requires substantial time and resources to collect payment.

Billing for clinical laboratory testing services is complex, time-consuming and expensive. Depending on the billing arrangement and applicable law, we bill various payors, including Medicare, Medicaid, private insurance companies, private healthcare institutions, and patients, all of which have different billing requirements. We generally bill third-party payors for products and pursue reimbursement on a case-by-case basis where pricing contracts are not in place. To the extent laws or contracts require us to bill patient co-payments or co-insurance, we must also comply with these requirements. We may also face increased risk in our collection efforts, including potential write-offs of accounts receivable and long collection cycles, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Several factors make the billing process complex, including:

differences between the billing rates and reimbursement rates for our products;
compliance with complex federal and state regulations related to billing government healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE;
risk of government audits related to billing;
disputes among payors as to which party is responsible for payment;
differences in coverage and information and billing requirements among payors, including the need for prior authorization and/or advanced notification;
the effect of patient co-payments or co-insurance and our ability to collect such payments from patients;
changes to billing codes used for our products;
changes to requirements related to our current or future clinical trials, including our registry studies, which can affect eligibility for payment;
ongoing monitoring provisions of LCDs for our products, which can affect the circumstances under which a claim would be considered medically necessary;
incorrect or missing billing information; and
the resources required to manage the billing and claims appeals process.

We use standard industry billing codes, known as CPT codes, to bill for our products. If these codes were to change, there is a risk of an error being made in the claim adjudication process. Such errors can occur with claims submission, third-party transmission or in the processing of the claim by the payor. Claim adjudication errors may result in a delay in payment processing or a reduction in the amount of the payment we receive.

As we introduce new products, we may need to add new codes to our billing process as well as our financial reporting systems. Failure or delays in effecting these changes in external billing and internal systems and processes could negatively affect our collection rates, revenue and cost of collecting.

Additionally, our billing activities require us to implement compliance procedures and oversight, train and monitor our employees, and undertake internal audits to evaluate compliance with applicable laws and regulations as well as internal compliance policies and procedures. When payors deny our claims, we may challenge the reason, low payment amount or payment denials. Payors also conduct external audits to evaluate payments, which add further complexity to the billing process. If the payor makes an overpayment determination, there is a risk that we may be required to return all or some portion of prior payments we have received. Additionally, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act requires providers and suppliers to report and return any overpayments received from government payors under the Medicare and Medicaid programs within 60 days of identification. Failure to identify and return such overpayments exposes the provider or supplier to liability

16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

under federal false claims laws. These billing complexities, and the related uncertainty in obtaining payment for our products, could negatively affect our revenue and cash flow, our ability to achieve profitability, and the consistency and comparability of our results of operations.

We rely on third parties for tumor sample collection, preparation and delivery. Any defects in sample collection or preparation by such third parties and any delays in delivery of such samples could cause errors in our test reports and delay our ability to deliver test reports in a timely manner, which could significantly harm our business.

The tumor tissue samples that we test are biopsied, preserved, prepared and delivered to us by third parties, including dermatopathologists and laboratory facilities. As such, we rely on these third parties to prepare, label and deliver the tissue samples that we test in compliance with applicable laws and guidelines, and in a timely manner. Therefore, the accuracy and correctness of the test reports that we deliver are dependent on proper chain of custody and appropriate methods of sample collection or preparation utilized by these third parties, and our ability to timely deliver reports is dependent upon the ability of these third parties to provide these samples to us in a timely manner. Any errors in any part of the sample collection or preparation process could cause us to deliver incorrect test reports, potentially resulting in harm to patients whose physicians implement a change in treatment decisions based upon our test report. If we are unable to timely deliver test reports, physicians may be less likely to recommend and order our products. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could significantly harm our reputation and our results of operations, causing significant harm to our business.

We rely on our database of tumor samples for the development and improvement of our products. Depletion or loss of our tumor samples could significantly harm our business.

The development and validation of accurate products is a complex process that requires access to tumor tissue specimens and long-term outcomes data. Our research and development efforts to improve our existing products and develop new products may require the depletion of our existing database of tumor samples. If our tumor samples are lost or destroyed, or substantially depleted before we are able to generate meaningful data, we may be unable to improve our existing products, continue the development of pipeline products or validate product candidates. While we have historically been able to create and maintain a large sample bank to expand the clinical use of our products and develop new products, we may be unable to do so in the future. If we were unable to maintain or replenish our sample bank, we may be unable to improve our products or develop new products.

If our sole laboratory facility becomes damaged or inoperable or we are required to vacate our existing facility, our ability to conduct our laboratory analysis and pursue our research and development efforts may be jeopardized.

We currently perform all of our testing and store our database of tumor samples at a single laboratory facility in Phoenix, Arizona. Our facility and equipment could be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including war, fire, earthquake, power loss, communications failure, terrorism, burglary or other events, which may make it difficult or impossible for us to perform our testing services for some period of time or to receive and store samples. The inability to perform tests or to reduce the backlog of sample analysis that could develop if our facility becomes inoperable, for even a short period of time, may result in the loss of revenue, loss of customers or harm to our reputation, and we may be unable to regain that revenue, those customers or repair our reputation in the future. Furthermore, integral parties in our supply chain are operating from single sites, increasing their vulnerability to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen and severe adverse events.

In addition, the loss of our tumor samples due to such events could limit or prevent our ability to conduct research and development analysis on existing tests as well as tests in active pipeline development.

While we have a business continuity plan in place, our facility and the equipment we use to perform our testing and research and development could be unavailable or costly and time-consuming to repair or replace. It would be difficult, time-consuming and expensive to rebuild our facility, to locate and qualify a new facility, replace certain pieces of equipment or license or transfer our proprietary technology to a third-party, particularly in light of licensure and accreditation requirements. Even in the unlikely event that we are able to find a third party with such qualifications to enable us to resume our operations, we may be unable to negotiate commercially reasonable terms.

17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We carry insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, but this insurance may not cover all of the risks associated with damage or disruption to our business, may not provide coverage in amounts sufficient to cover our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

Our current or future products may not achieve or maintain significant commercial market acceptance.

We believe our commercial success is dependent upon our ability to continue to successfully market and sell our products, to continue to expand our current relationships and develop new relationships with healthcare providers, to expand and maintain coverage for our products, and to develop and commercialize new products. Our ability to achieve and maintain commercial market acceptance of our existing and future products will depend on a number of factors, including:

our ability to increase awareness of our products through successful clinical utility and validity studies;
the rate of adoption of our products by physicians and other healthcare providers;
our ability to achieve guideline inclusion for our products;
the timeliness with which we can provide our clinical reports to the ordering physician;
the timing and scope of any regulatory approval for our products, if such approvals become required, and maintaining ongoing compliance with regulatory requirements;
our ability to obtain and maintain positive coverage decisions for our products from government and commercial payors;
our ability to obtain and maintain adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including Medicare, Medicare Advantage plans, United Healthcare and BlueCross BlueShield plans, which accounted for an aggregate of approximately 73% and 83% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively;
the impact of our investments in research and development and commercial growth;
negative publicity regarding our or our competitors’ products resulting from scientific publications, or defects or errors in the products; and
our ability to further validate our products through clinical research and accompanying publications.

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in addressing each of these factors or other factors that might affect the market acceptance of our products. If we are unsuccessful in achieving and maintaining market acceptance of our products, our business and results of operations will suffer.

New product development involves a lengthy and complex process, and we may be unable to develop and commercialize, or receive reimbursement for, on a timely basis, or at all, new products.

We continually seek to develop new product offerings, which requires us to devote considerable resources to research and development. For example, before we can commercialize our pipeline products for SCC and suspicious pigmented lesions, we will need to expend significant resources in order to conduct substantial research and development, including clinical utility and validity studies, and further develop and scale our laboratory processes and infrastructure to accommodate additional products.

Our product development process takes time and involves a high degree of risk, and such development efforts may fail for many reasons, including failure of the product to perform as expected, failure to successfully complete analytic and clinical validation, or failure to demonstrate the clinical utility of the product.

As we develop new products, we will have to make significant investments in research and development, marketing, selling, coverage and reimbursement activities. Typically, few research and development projects result in a commercialized product, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully develop new products that can be commercialized. At any point, we may abandon development of a product or we may be required to expend considerable resources conducting research, which would adversely affect the timing for generating potential revenue from a new product and our ability to invest in other products in our pipeline. If a clinical validation study fails to demonstrate the prospectively defined endpoints of the study or if we fail to sufficiently demonstrate analytical validity or clinical utility, we might choose to abandon the development of the product, which could harm our business. In addition, competitors may develop and commercialize competing products or technologies faster than us or at a lower cost.

18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may experience limits on our revenue if we are unable to increase and support adoption of our products by physicians and other healthcare providers.

Physicians and other healthcare providers may be unwilling to adopt our products due to their reliance on existing traditional clinical and pathology staging criteria and our ability to generate revenue from our products would be significantly impaired if we were unable to educate physicians, healthcare providers, patients and third-party payors about the benefits and advantages of our products. We will need to continue to educate physicians and pathologists about the benefits and cost-effectiveness of our products through published papers, presentations at scientific conferences, one-on-one marketing efforts by our sales force and one-on-one education by our medical affairs team. However, physicians and other healthcare providers may be reluctant to adopt our products in circumstances where our products are not incorporated into the current standard of care or practice guidelines. For example, while clinical utility of DecisionDx-Melanoma has been demonstrated in peer reviewed publications, the SLNB surgery is the most widely used staging tool for determining a cutaneous melanoma patient’s metastatic risk. Whether healthcare providers adopt DecisionDx-Melanoma as a complementary or triage diagnostic method relative to the SLNB surgery will depend on our ability to increase awareness of DecisionDx-Melanoma and its clinical validation.

In addition, our testing services are performed by our certified laboratory located in Phoenix, Arizona, under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, rather than by local laboratory or pathology practices. Accordingly, it may be difficult for us to collect samples from pathologists, and pathologists may be reluctant to support our testing services.

We rely on limited or sole suppliers for some of the reagents, equipment, chips and other materials used by our products, and we may not be able to find replacements or transition to alternative suppliers.

We rely on limited or sole suppliers for certain reagents and other materials and components that we use for our products. Some of these items are unique to these suppliers and vendors. While we have developed alternate sourcing strategies for these materials and vendors, we cannot be certain whether these strategies will be effective or the alternative sources will be available when we need them. If these suppliers can no longer provide us with the materials we need, if the materials do not meet our quality specifications or are otherwise unusable, if we cannot obtain acceptable substitute materials, or if we elect to change suppliers, an interruption in laboratory operations could occur, we may not be able to deliver patient reports on a timely basis, or at all, and we may incur higher one-time switching costs. Any such interruption may significantly affect our future revenue, cause us to incur higher costs, and harm our customer relationships and reputation. In addition, in order to mitigate these risks, we maintain inventories of these supplies at higher levels than would be the case if multiple sources of supply were available. If our testing volume decreases or we switch suppliers, we may hold excess supplies with expiration dates that occur before use which would adversely affect our losses and cash flow position. As we introduce any new products, we may experience supply issues as we ramp test volume. If we should encounter delays or difficulties in securing, reconfiguring or revalidating the equipment, reagents or other materials we require for our products, our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation could be adversely affected.

If our products do not meet the expectations of physicians and patients, our operating results, reputation and business could suffer.

Our success depends on physician and patient confidence that we can provide reliable, high-quality information that will improve treatment outcomes, lower healthcare costs and enable better patient care. We believe that patients, physicians and other healthcare providers are likely to be particularly sensitive to defects and errors in our products, including if our products fail to accurately predict risk of metastasis with high accuracy from samples, and there can be no guarantee that our products will meet their expectations. As a result, the failure of our products to perform as expected could significantly impair our operating results and our reputation, including if we become subject to legal claims arising from any defects or errors in our products or reports.

If we are unable to compete successfully, our business will suffer and we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenue or achieve profitability.

We face competition from companies and academic institutions that have either developed or may seek to develop products intended to compete with our products. Potential competitors within the broader genomics

19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

profiling space based on tissue sample collection include laboratory companies such as Laboratory Corporation of America and Myriad Genetics, and other companies which have strong infrastructures capable of supporting the commercialization of diagnostic services.

In addition, competitors may develop their own versions of our solutions in countries where we do not have patents or where our intellectual property rights are not recognized and compete with us in those countries, including encouraging the use of their solutions by physicians in other countries.

Some potential competitors may have longer operating histories, larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and market penetration, substantially greater financial, technological and research and development resources and selling and marketing capabilities, and more experience dealing with third-party payors. As a result, they may be able to respond more quickly to changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we do or sell their products at prices designed to win significant levels of market share. We may not be able to compete effectively against these organizations. Increased competition and cost-saving initiatives on the part of governmental entities and other third-party payors are likely to result in pricing pressures, which could harm our sales, profitability or ability to gain market share. In addition, competitors may be acquired by, receive investments from or enter into other commercial relationships with larger, well-established and well-financed companies. Certain potential competitors may be able to secure key inputs from vendors on more favorable terms, devote greater resources to marketing and promotional campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote substantially more resources to test development than we can. In addition, companies or governments that control access to testing through umbrella contracts or regional preferences could promote our competitors or prevent us from performing certain services. If we are unable to compete successfully against current and future competitors, our business will suffer and we may be unable to increase market acceptance and sales of our products, which could prevent us from increasing our revenue or achieving profitability and could cause our stock price to decline. As we add new tests and services, we will face many of these same competitive risks for these new tests.

The sizes of the markets for our current and future products have not been established with precision, and may be smaller than we estimate.

Our estimates of the total addressable markets for DecisionDx-Melanoma, DecisionDx-UM and our products in development are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates, including, without limitation, the annual rate of patients with the applicable form of skin cancer, the list price of our products relative to the reimbursement we expect to receive from third-party payors and the assumed prices at which we can sell our products in markets that have not been established. For example, we estimate that the total addressable market for DecisionDx-Melanoma is approximately $540 million, which is based, in part, on our review of multiple recent publications which show that diagnosis of melanoma is underreported by 30% to 40%. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates are reasonable, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our assumptions or estimates may change at any time, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. As a result, our estimates of the annual total addressable market for our current or future products may prove to be incorrect. If the actual number of patients who would benefit from our products, the price at which we can sell future products, or the annual total addressable market for our products is smaller than we have estimated, it may impair our sales growth and have an adverse impact on our business.

The diagnostic testing industry is subject to rapid change, which could make our current or future products obsolete.

Our industry is characterized by rapid changes, including technological and scientific breakthroughs, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and evolving industry standards, all of which could make our current products and the other products we are developing obsolete. Our future success will depend on our ability to keep pace with the evolving needs of physicians and patients on a timely and cost-effective basis and to pursue new market opportunities that develop as a result of scientific and technological advances. In recent years, there have been numerous advances in technologies relating to the diagnosis and treatment of cancer. There have also been advances in methods used to analyze very large amounts of molecular information. We must continuously enhance our existing products and develop new products to keep pace with evolving standards of care. If we do not update our products to reflect new scientific knowledge about cancer biology, information about new cancer therapies or relevant clinical trials, our products could become obsolete and sales of our current products and any new products we develop could decline or fail to grow as expected.

20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Related to Government Regulation and Reimbursement

We currently have limited reimbursement coverage for our lead product, DecisionDx-Melanoma, and if third-party payors, including government and commercial payors, do not provide sufficient coverage of, or adequate reimbursement for, our products, our commercial success will be negatively affected.

Our revenue depends on achieving broad coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products from third-party payors, including both government and commercial third-party payors. If third-party payors do not provide coverage of, or do not provide adequate reimbursement for, a substantial portion of the list price of our products, we may need to seek additional payment from the patient beyond any co-payments and deductibles, which may adversely affect demand for our products. Coverage determinations by a third-party payor may depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, a third-party payor’s determination of whether our products are appropriate, medically necessary or cost-effective. If we are unable to provide third-party payors with sufficient evidence of the clinical utility and validity of our products, they may not provide coverage, or may provide limited coverage, which will adversely affect our revenues and our ability to succeed. To the extent that more competitors enter our markets, the availability of coverage and the reimbursement rate for our products may decrease as we encounter pricing pressure from these competitors.

Since each third-party payor makes its own decision as to whether to establish a policy to cover our products, enter into a contract with us and set the amount it will reimburse for a product, these negotiations are a time-consuming and costly process, and they do not guarantee that the third-party payor will provide coverage or adequate reimbursement for our products. In addition, the determinations by a third-party payor whether to cover our products and the amount it will reimburse for them are often made on an indication-by-indication basis. In cases where there is no coverage policy or we do not have a contracted rate for reimbursement as a participating provider, the patient is typically responsible for a greater share of the cost of the product, which may result in further delay of our revenue, increase our collection costs or decrease the likelihood of collection.

Our claims for reimbursement from third-party payors may be denied upon submission, and we may need to take additional steps to receive payment, such as appealing the denials. Such appeals and other processes are time-consuming and expensive, and may not result in payment. Third-party payors may perform audits of historically paid claims and attempt to recoup funds years after the funds were initially distributed if the third-party payors believe the funds were paid in error or determine that our products were medically unnecessary. If a third-party payor audits our claims and issues a negative audit finding, and we are not able to overturn the audit findings through appeal, the recoupment may result in a material adverse effect on our revenue. Additionally, in some cases commercial third-party payors for whom we are not a participating provider may elect at any time to review claims previously paid and determine the amount they paid was too much. In these situations, the third-party payor will typically notify us of their decision and then offset whatever amount they determine they overpaid against amounts they owe us on current claims. We cannot predict when, or how often, a third-party payor might engage in these reviews and we may not be able to dispute these retroactive adjustments. We adopted the new revenue recognition guidance under ASC 606 on January 1, 2018 using the full retrospective method and adjusted the comparative reporting period for the year ended December 31, 2017. Under ASC 606, we recognize revenue at the amount we expect to be entitled, subject to a constraint for variable consideration, in the period in which our tests are delivered to the treating physician. We have determined that our contracts contain variable consideration under ASC 606 because the amounts paid by third-party payors may be paid at less than our standard rates or not paid at all, with such differences considered implicit price concessions. Variable consideration is recognized only to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur in future periods when the uncertainties are resolved. We consider variable consideration to be fully constrained (and therefore not recognized) for Medicare claims when the payment of such claims is subject to approval by an ALJ at an appeal hearing, due to the level of uncertainty and timing of the outcome. Variable consideration is evaluated each reporting period and adjustments are recorded as increases or decreases in revenues. Due to the outcome of ALJ hearings, potential future changes in insurance coverage policies, contractual rates and other trends in the reimbursement of our tests, our revenues may fluctuate significantly from period to period.

Although we are an in-network participating provider with some commercial third-party payors, including several Blue Cross Blue Shield plans, and certain large, national commercial third-party payors, including Aetna, other commercial third-party payors have issued non-coverage policies that currently categorize DecisionDx-UM and

21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DecisionDx-Melanoma as experimental or investigational. If we are not successful in obtaining coverage from third-party payors, in reversing existing non-coverage policies, or if other third-party payors issue similar non-coverage policies, this could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Palmetto GBA, or Palmetto, the Medicine Administrative Contractor, or MAC, responsible for administering MolDX, the program that assesses molecular diagnostic technologies, issued a final LCD for DecisionDx-Melanoma, which became effective on December 3, 2018. This LCD provides for coverage of DecisionDx-Melanoma for certain sentinel lymph node biopsy, or SLNB, eligible patients with cutaneous melanoma tumors with clinically negative sentinel node basins who are being considered for SLNB to determine eligibility for adjuvant therapy. Similarly, Palmetto issued a final LCD for DecisionDx-UM effective July 10, 2017. This LCD provides for coverage of DecisionDx-UM to determine metastatic risk in connection with the management of a patient’s newly diagnosed uveal melanoma and to guide surveillance and referral to medical oncology for those patients. We worked with Palmetto to obtain these positive coverage decisions through the submission of a detailed dossier of analytical and clinical data to substantiate that the tests meet Medicare’s medical necessity requirements. Per their joint operating agreement, Noridian Healthcare Solutions LLC, or Noridian, the MAC responsible for administering claims for laboratory services performed in Arizona, has adopted the same coverage policy as Palmetto for DecisionDx-UM and DecisionDx-Melanoma. This coverage process is lengthy, time-consuming, has changed over time, may change in the future and requires significant dedication of resources, and as we develop new products, we may be unsuccessful in receiving LCD determinations for those products or in maintaining our current LCDs. On a periodic basis, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, requests bids for its MAC services, and MAC jurisdictions have changed in the past. A change in our MAC, or future changes in the MolDx program, the elimination of the program, or a change in the administrator of that program, may affect our ability to obtain Medicare coverage and reimbursement for products for which we have coverage, for products for which we do not yet have coverage, or for any products we may launch in the future, or delay payments for our tests.

Under Medicare, payment for products like ours is generally made under the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule, or CLFS, with payment amounts assigned to specific procedure billing codes. In April 2014, Congress passed the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014, or PAMA, which included substantial changes to the way in which clinical laboratory services are paid under Medicare. Under PAMA, certain laboratories were required to report to CMS, beginning in 2017 and every three years thereafter (or annually for advanced diagnostic laboratory tests, or ADLTs), commercial third-party payor payment rates and volumes for each test they perform. CMS uses this data to calculate a weighted median payment rate for each test, which will be used to establish revised Medicare CLFS reimbursement rates for the test. Laboratories that fail to report the required payment information may be subject to substantial civil monetary penalties. We bill Medicare for our products, and therefore we are subject to reporting requirements under PAMA.

On May 17, 2019, CMS determined that DecisionDx-UM meets the criteria for “existing ADLT” status. This means that beginning in 2021, the DecisionDx-UM Medicare rate will be set annually based upon the median private payor rate for the first half of the preceding calendar year. Specifically, the median private payor rate from January 1 to June 30, 2019 will be used to set the Medicare rate for the calendar year 2021. From May 17, 2019 through December 31, 2020, our rate will be set by Noridian, our local MAC. Also, on May 17, 2019, CMS determined that DecisionDx-Melanoma meets the criteria for “new ADLT” status. This means that from July 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020 the Medicare reimbursement rate will equal the initial list price of $7,193.00. The rate for April 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 will be calculated based upon the median private payor rate from July 1, 2019 to November 30, 2019. Accordingly, beginning in 2021, the rate will be set annually based upon the median private payor rate for the first half of the preceding calendar year. If CMS determines the list charge amount for DecisionDx-Melanoma was greater than 130% of the weighted median of private payor rates, CMS will recoup from us the difference between the actual list charge and 130% of the weighted median. If we are unable to obtain and maintain adequate reimbursement rates from commercial third-party payors, this may adversely affect our Medicare rate. It is unclear what impact new pricing structures, such as those adopted under PAMA, may have on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The U.S. federal government continues to show significant interest in pursuing health care reform and reducing health care costs. Similarly, commercial third-party payors may seek to reduce costs by limiting coverage or

22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reducing reimbursement for our products. Any government-adopted reform measures or changes to commercial third-party payor coverage and reimbursement policies could cause significant pressure on the pricing of, and reimbursement for, health care products and services, including our products, which could decrease demand for our products, and adversely affect our sales and revenue.

In addition, some third-party payors have implemented, or are in the process of implementing, laboratory benefit management programs, often using third-party benefit managers to manage these programs. The stated goals of these programs are to help improve the quality of outpatient laboratory services, support evidence-based guidelines for patient care and lower costs. The impact on laboratories, such as ours, of active laboratory benefit management by third parties is unclear, and we expect that it could have a negative impact on our revenue in the short term. It is possible that third-party payors will resist reimbursement for the products that we offer, in favor of less expensive products, may require pre-approval for our products or may impose additional pricing pressure on and substantial administrative burden for reimbursement for our products.

We expect to continue to focus substantial resources on increasing coverage and reimbursement for our current products and any future products we may develop. We believe it may take several years to achieve broad coverage and adequate contracted reimbursement with a majority of third-party payors for our products. However, we cannot predict whether, under what circumstances, or at what payment levels third-party payors will cover and reimburse our products. If we fail to establish and maintain broad adoption of, and coverage and reimbursement for, our products, our ability to generate revenue could be harmed and our future prospects and our business could suffer.

Our products are currently marketed as l aboratory d eveloped t ests , and any changes in regulations or the U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s enforcement discretion for laboratory developed tests , or violations of regulations by us, could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.

The diagnostics industry is highly regulated, and we cannot assure you that the regulatory environment in which we operate will not change significantly and adversely in the future. In many instances, there are no significant regulatory or judicial interpretations of these laws and regulations. Although the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA has statutory authority to assure that medical devices are safe and effective for their intended uses, the FDA has generally exercised its enforcement discretion and not enforced applicable regulations with respect to in vitro diagnostics that are designed, manufactured and used within a single laboratory. These tests are referred to as laboratory developed tests, or LDTs. We currently market our products as LDTs.

The FDA has adopted a policy of enforcement discretion with respect to LDTs whereby the FDA does not actively require premarket review of LDTs or otherwise impose its requirements applicable to other medical devices on LDTs. However, the FDA has stated its intention to modify its enforcement discretion policy with respect to LDTs. The FDA could ultimately modify its current approach to LDTs in a way that would subject our products marketed as LDTs to the enforcement of additional regulatory requirements. Moreover, legislative measures have recently been proposed in Congress that, if ultimately enacted, could provide the FDA with additional authority to require premarket review of and regulate LDTs. If and when such changes to the regulatory framework occur, we could for the first time be subject to enforcement of regulatory requirements as a device manufacturer such as registration and listing requirements, medical device reporting requirements and the requirements of the FDA’s Quality System Regulation. We may be required to conduct additional clinical trials prior to continuing to sell our existing products or launching any other products we may develop. This may increase the cost of conducting, or otherwise harm, our business.

Moreover, even if the FDA does not modify its policy of enforcement discretion, the FDA may disagree that we are marketing our LDTs within the scope of its policy of enforcement discretion and may impose significant regulatory requirements. While we believe that we are currently in material compliance with applicable laws and regulations as historically enforced by the FDA, we cannot assure you that the FDA will agree with our determination. A determination that we have violated these laws and regulations, or a public announcement that we are being investigated for possible violations, could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.

If the FDA begins to actively regulate our diagnostic products, we may be required to obtain premarket clearance under Section 510(k) of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, or a premarket approval, or PMA. The process for submitting a 510(k) premarket notification and receiving FDA clearance usually takes from three to 12 months, but it can take significantly longer and clearance is never guaranteed. The process for

23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

submitting and obtaining FDA approval of a PMA is much more costly, lengthy and uncertain. It generally takes from one to three years or even longer, and approval is not guaranteed. PMA approval typically requires extensive clinical data and can be significantly longer, more expensive and more uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process. Despite the time, effort and expense expended, there can be no assurance that a particular device ultimately will be cleared or approved by the FDA through either the 510(k) clearance process or the PMA process on a timely basis, or at all. Moreover, there can be no assurance that any cleared or approved labeling claims will be consistent with our current claims or adequate to support continued adoption of and reimbursement for our products. If premarket review is required for some or all of our products, the FDA may require that we stop selling our products pending clearance or approval, which would negatively impact our business. Even if our products are allowed to remain on the market prior to clearance or approval, demand or reimbursement for our products may decline if there is uncertainty about our products, if we are required to label our products as investigational by the FDA, or if the FDA limits the labeling claims we are permitted to make for our products. As a result, we could experience significantly increased development costs and a delay in generating additional revenue from our products, or from other products now in development.

If the FDA imposes significant changes to the regulation of LDTs it could reduce our revenues or increase our costs and adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.

We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry, and failure to comply with federal, state and foreign laboratory licensing requirements and the applicable requirements of the FDA or any other regulatory authority, could cause us to lose the ability to perform our tests, experience disruptions to our business, or become subject to administrative or judicial sanctions.

The diagnostics industry is highly regulated, and the laws and regulations governing the marketing of diagnostic tests are extremely complex. Areas of the regulatory environment that may affect our ability to conduct business include, without limitation:

federal and state laws applicable to test ordering, documentation of tests ordered, billing practices and claims payment and/or regulatory agencies enforcing those laws and regulations;
federal and state fraud and abuse laws;
federal and state laboratory anti-mark-up laws;
coverage and reimbursement levels by Medicare, Medicaid, other governmental payors and private insurers;
restrictions on coverage of and reimbursement for tests;
federal and state laws governing laboratory testing, including CLIA, and state licensing laws;
federal and state laws and enforcement policies governing the development, use and distribution of diagnostic medical devices, including LDTs;
federal, state and local laws governing the handling and disposal of medical and hazardous waste;
federal and state Occupational Safety and Health Administration rules and regulations; and
the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and similar state data privacy laws.

In particular, the FDCA defines a medical device to include any instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent, or other similar or related article, including a component, part, or accessory, intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, in man or other animals. Our products are considered by the FDA to be subject to regulation as medical devices, and marketed under FDA’s policy of enforcement discretion for LDTs. Among other things, pursuant to the FDCA and its implementing regulations, the FDA regulates the research, testing, manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, marketing and promotion, and sales and distribution of medical devices in the United States to ensure that medical products distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses. In addition, the FDA regulates the import and export of medical devices manufactured between the United States and international markets.

24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are also subject to CLIA, a federal law that regulates clinical laboratories that perform testing on specimens derived from humans for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of disease. CLIA regulations establish specific standards with respect to personnel qualifications, facility administration, proficiency testing, quality control, quality assurance and inspections. Any testing subject to CLIA regulation must be performed in a CLIA certified or accredited lab. CLIA certification or accreditation is also required in order for us to be eligible to bill state and federal healthcare programs, as well as commercial third-party payors, for our products. We have a current CLIA accreditation under the College of American Pathologists, or CAP, program to conduct our tests at our clinical reference laboratory in Phoenix, Arizona. To maintain our CLIA accreditation, we have elected to be subject to survey and inspection every two years by CAP. Moreover, CLIA inspectors may make random inspections of our laboratory from time to time.

In addition, certain states require our laboratory to be licensed in such states in order to test specimens from those states. Accordingly, our laboratory is also licensed by California, Maryland, New York, Pennsylvania and Rhode Island. Other states may have similar requirements or may adopt similar requirements in the future. Although we have obtained licenses from states where we believe we are required to be licensed, we may become aware of other states that require out-of-state laboratories to obtain licensure in order to accept specimens from the state, and it is possible that other states currently have such requirements or will have such requirements in the future.

In order to test specimens from New York, LDTs must be approved by the New York State Department of Health, or NYSDOH, on a test-by-test basis before they are offered. Our laboratory director must also be separately qualified to be a laboratory director in New York. DecisionDx-UM, DecisionDx-PRAME and DecisionDx-Melanoma have each been approved and our laboratory director has been qualified by NYSDOH. We are subject to periodic inspection by the NYSDOH and are required to demonstrate ongoing compliance with NYSDOH regulations and standards. To the extent NYSDOH identified any non-compliance and we are unable to remedy such non-compliance, the State of New York could withdraw approval for our products. We will need to seek NYSDOH approval of any future LDTs we develop and want to offer for clinical testing to New York residents, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such approval.

We may also be subject to regulation in foreign jurisdictions as we seek to expand international utilization of our products or such jurisdictions adopt new licensure requirements, which may require review of our products in order to offer them or may have other limitations such as restrictions on the transport of human tissue samples necessary for us to perform our tests that may limit our ability to make our products available outside of the United States. Complying with licensure requirements in new jurisdictions may be expensive, time-consuming and subject us to significant and unanticipated delays.

CAP maintains a clinical laboratory accreditation program. While not required for the operation of a CLIA-certified laboratory, many private insurers require CAP accreditation as a condition to contracting with clinical laboratories to cover their tests. In addition, some countries outside the United States require CAP accreditation as a condition to permitting clinical laboratories to test samples taken from their citizens. CAP accredited laboratories are surveyed for compliance with CAP standards every two years in order to maintain accreditation. Failure to maintain CAP accreditation could have a material adverse effect on the sales of our products and the results of our operations. Our most recent CAP inspection occurred in the fourth quarter of 2018 and our CLIA accreditation certificate expires on December 20, 2020.

Failure to comply with applicable clinical laboratory licensure requirements may result in a range of enforcement actions, including suspension, limitation or revocation of our CLIA accreditation and/or state licenses, imposition of a directed plan of action, onsite monitoring, civil monetary penalties, criminal sanctions and revocation of the laboratory’s approval to receive Medicare and Medicaid payment for its services, as well as significant adverse publicity. Any sanction imposed under CLIA, its implementing regulations, or state or foreign laws or regulations governing clinical laboratory licensure or our failure to renew our CLIA accreditation, or a state or foreign license, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we were able to bring our laboratory back into compliance, we could incur significant expenses and potentially lose revenue in doing so.

25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The FDA may modify its enforcement discretion policy with respect to LDTs in a risk-based manner, and we may become subject to extensive regulatory requirements and may be required to conduct additional clinical trials prior to continuing to sell our existing tests or launching any other tests we may develop, which may increase the cost of conducting, or otherwise harm, our business.

If the FDA changes or ends its policy of enforcement discretion with respect to LDTs, and our products become subject to the FDA’s requirements for premarket review of medical devices, we may be required to cease commercial sales of our products and conduct clinical trials prior to making submissions to the FDA to obtain premarket clearance or approval. If we are required to conduct such clinical trials, delays in the commencement or completion of clinical trials could significantly increase our product development costs and delay commercialization of any currently marketed testing that we may be required to cease selling or the commercialization of any future tests that we may develop. Many of the factors that may cause or lead to a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to delay or denial of regulatory clearance or approval. The commencement of clinical trials may be delayed due to insufficient patient enrollment, which is a function of many factors, including the size of the patient population, the nature of the protocol, the proximity of patients to clinical sites and the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial.

The FDA requires medical device manufacturers to comply with, among other things, current good manufacturing practices for medical devices, known as the Quality System Regulation, which requires manufacturers to follow elaborate design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process; the medical device reporting regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur; labeling regulations, including the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off-label” uses; and the reports of corrections and removals regulation, which requires manufacturers to report to the FDA if a device correction or removal was initiated to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA caused by the device which may present a risk to health.

Even if we were able to obtain FDA clearance or approval for one or more of our products, if required, a diagnostic test may be subject to limitations on the indications for which it may be marketed or to other regulatory conditions. In addition, such clearance or approval may contain requirements for costly post-market testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the test.

In addition, the FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approvals. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing authorization that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Interim, topline and preliminary data from our clinical studies that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose preliminary or topline or data from our clinical studies, which is based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular study. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the topline results that we report may differ from future results of the same studies, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Topline data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, topline data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. From time to time, we may also disclose interim data from our clinical studies. Interim data from clinical studies that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as more patient data become available. Adverse differences between preliminary or interim data and final data could significantly harm our reputation and marketing efforts.

Further, others, including healthcare providers or payors, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently,

26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and our company in general. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study is based on what is typically extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is the material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure, and any information we determine not to disclose may ultimately be deemed significant with respect to future decisions, conclusions, views, activities or otherwise regarding our business. If the topline or interim data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including healthcare providers or payors, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to commercialize, our product candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.

Changes in health care policy could increase our costs, decrease our revenues and impact sales of and reimbursement for our products.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or the ACA, became law. This law substantially changed the way health care is financed by both government and commercial third-party payors, and significantly impacted our industry. The ACA contains a number of provisions that are expected to impact our business and operations, some of which in ways we cannot currently predict, including those governing enrollment in state and federal health care programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse, which impact existing state and federal health care programs and will result in the development of new programs. Among other things, the ACA requires medical device manufacturers to pay a sales tax equal to 2.3% of the price for which such manufacturer sells its medical devices, and began to apply to sales of taxable medical devices after December 31, 2012. FDA officials have indicated that a laboratory will not have to pay the tax under the proposed “notification” procedure in the Notification draft guidance. However, the laboratory would have to pay the tax at the time that it lists a test with FDA. In FDA’s Notification draft guidance, listing occurs at the time a laboratory submits either a PMA or 510(k) for the test. While it is possible that this tax will apply to some or all of our products or products that are in development, for the time being, Congress has enacted a two-year moratorium on the medical device tax until January 1, 2020.

Since 2016 there have been efforts to repeal all or part of the ACA, and the current administration and the U.S. Congress have taken action to roll back certain provisions of the ACA. The current administration and the U.S. Congress may take further action regarding the ACA, including, but not limited to, repeal or replacement. Additionally, on December 14, 2018, a Texas U.S. District Court Judge ruled that the ACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the tax penalty on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year, commonly referred to as the “individual mandate,” was repealed by Congress as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or the TCJA. While the Texas District Court Judge, as well as the current administration and CMS, have stated that the ruling will have no immediate effect pending appeal of the decision, it is unclear how this decision, subsequent appeals, and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA and our business.

On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to providers by 2% per fiscal year, effective on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2027, unless additional Congressional action is taken.

We anticipate there will continue to be proposals by legislators at both the federal and state levels, regulators and commercial third-party payors to reduce costs while expanding individual healthcare benefits. Certain of these changes could impose additional limitations on the prices we will be able to charge for our products, the coverage of or the amounts of reimbursement available for our products from third-party payors, including government and commercial payors.

27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are subject to numerous federal and state healthcare statutes and regulations, and complying with laws pertaining to our business is an expensive and time-consuming process. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties and a material adverse effect to our business and operations.

Physicians, other healthcare providers and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation of our products. Our arrangements with healthcare providers, third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that affect the business and financial arrangements and relationships through which we market and sell our products. The laws that affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, or the AKS, which prohibits, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, such as specimen collection materials or test kits. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, however these are drawn narrowly. Additionally, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Violations are subject to civil and criminal fines and monetary penalties of up to $100,000 for each violation, plus up to three times the remuneration involved, imprisonment of up to ten years and exclusion from government healthcare programs. In addition, the ACA codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the AKS constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act, or the FCA;
the Stark Law, which prohibits a physician from making a referral for certain designated health services covered by the Medicare or Medicaid program, including laboratory and pathology services, if the physician or an immediate family member of the physician has a financial relationship with the entity providing the designated health services and prohibits that entity from billing, presenting or causing to be presented a claim for the designated health services furnished pursuant to the prohibited referral, unless an exception applies. Sanctions for violating the Stark Law include denial of payment, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from the federal health care programs. Failure to refund amounts received as a result of a prohibited referral on a timely basis may constitute a false or fraudulent claim and may result in civil penalties and additional penalties under the FCA;
federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, such as the FCA, which can be enforced by private citizens through civil qui tam actions, prohibits individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented through distribution of template medical necessity language or other coverage and reimbursement information, false, fictitious or fraudulent claims for payment or approval by the federal government, including federal health care programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or knowingly making a false statement to improperly avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. In addition, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the AKS constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. Private individuals can bring False Claims Act “qui tam” actions, on behalf of the government and such individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” may share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. When an entity is determined to have violated the federal civil False Claims Act, the government may impose civil fines and penalties, plus treble damages, and exclude the entity from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs;
HIPAA, which, among other things, imposes criminal liability for executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up

28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation, in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the AKS, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which imposes privacy, security and breach reporting obligations with respect to individually identifiable health information upon entities subject to the law, such as health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, known as covered entities, and their respective business associates, individuals or entities that perform services for them that involve individually identifiable health information. Failure to comply with the HIPAA privacy and security standards can result in civil monetary penalties, and, in certain circumstances, criminal penalties. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in U.S. federal courts to enforce HIPAA and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions;
state laws that prohibit other specified practices, such as billing physicians for tests that they order or providing tests at no or discounted cost to induce physician or patient adoption; insurance fraud laws; waiving coinsurance, copayments, deductibles, and other amounts owed by patients; billing a state Medicaid program at a price that is higher than what is charged to one or more other third-party payors employing, exercising control over or splitting professional fees with licensed professionals in violation of state laws prohibiting fee splitting or the corporate practice of medicine and other professions; and
federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers;
the federal transparency requirements under the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under the ACA, which requires, among other things, certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to annually report to CMS information related to payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians, certain other healthcare professionals, and teaching hospitals and physician ownership and investment interests, including such ownership and investment interests held by a physician’s immediate family members. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately, and completely reported in an annual submission, and may result in liability under other federal laws or regulations. We believe that we are exempt from these reporting requirements. We cannot assure you, however, that our regulators, principally the federal government, will agree with our determination, and a determination that we have violated these laws and regulations, or a public announcement that we are being investigated for possible violations, could adversely affect our business;
the prohibition on reassignment of Medicare claims, which, subject to certain exceptions, precludes the reassignment of Medicare claims to any other part;
state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws, that may impose similar or more prohibitive restrictions, and may apply to items or services reimbursed by any non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; and
federal, state and foreign laws that govern the privacy and security of health information or personally identifiable information in certain circumstances, including state health information privacy and data breach notification laws which govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not pre-empted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

As a clinical laboratory, our business practices may face additional scrutiny from government regulatory agencies such as the Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, and CMS. Certain arrangements between clinical laboratories and referring physicians have been identified in fraud alerts issued by the OIG as implicating the AKS. The OIG has stated that it is particularly concerned about these types of arrangements because the choice of laboratory, as well as the decision

29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to order laboratory tests, typically are made or strongly influenced by the physician, with little or no input from patients. Moreover, the provision of payments or other items of value by a clinical laboratory to a referral source could be prohibited under the Stark Law unless the arrangement meets all criteria of an applicable exception. The government has been active in enforcement of these laws as they apply to clinical laboratories.

We have entered into consulting and scientific advisory board arrangements, speaking arrangements and clinical research agreements with physicians and other healthcare providers, including some who could influence the use of our products. Because of the complex and far-reaching nature of these laws, regulatory agencies may view these transactions as prohibited arrangements that must be restructured, or discontinued, or for which we could be subject to other significant penalties. We could be adversely affected if regulatory agencies interpret our financial relationships with providers who may influence the ordering of and use of our products to be in violation of applicable laws.

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies, healthcare providers and other third parties, including charitable foundations, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. It is possible that governmental authorities may conclude that our business practices, including our consulting arrangements with physicians, as well as our financial assistance programs, do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable healthcare laws. Responding to investigations can be time and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

Ensuring that our business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations is costly. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other current or future governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could substantially disrupt our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

We are subject to certain U.S. anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations and may become subject to their similar foreign equivalents. We can face serious consequences for violations.

U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations, or collectively, Trade Laws, prohibit, among other things, companies and their employees, agents, legal counsel, accountants, consultants, contractors, and other partners from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving, directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to or from recipients in the public or private sector. Violations of Trade Laws can result in substantial criminal fines and civil penalties, imprisonment, the loss of trade privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities, and other organizations. We also expect that we may engage in non-U.S. activities over time. We expect to rely on third-party suppliers and/or third parties to obtain necessary permits, licenses, and patent registrations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our personnel, agents, or partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have prior knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences.

30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our collection, use and disclosure of individually identifiable information, including health and/or employee information, is subject to state, federal and foreign privacy and security regulations, and our failure to comply with those regulations or to adequately secure the information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm.

We and any potential collaborators are subject to federal, state, and foreign data protection laws and regulations (i.e., laws and regulations that address privacy and data security). In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including federal health information privacy laws, state data breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws, and federal and state consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), that govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our collaborators.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including protected health information, or PHI, personally identifiable information, or PII, credit card and other financial information, intellectual property and proprietary business information owned or controlled by ourselves or our customers, payors and other parties. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing a combination of on-site systems, managed data centers, and cloud-based data centers. We utilize external security and infrastructure vendors to manage parts of our data centers.

The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of this critical information is vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information. Although we take measures to protect sensitive data from unauthorized access, use or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or viruses or breached due to employee error, malfeasance, or other malicious or inadvertent disruptions. Any such breach or interruption could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost, or stolen. Any such access, breach, or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, and liability under federal or state laws that protect the privacy of personal information, such as HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and regulatory penalties. Notice of breaches must be made to affected individuals, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, and for extensive breaches, notice may need to be made to the media or State Attorneys General. Such a notice could harm our reputation and our ability to compete. Although we have implemented security measures and a formal, dedicated enterprise security program to prevent unauthorized access to patient data, such data is currently accessible through multiple channels, and there is no guarantee we can protect our data from breach. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also disrupt our operations (including our ability to conduct our analyses, provide test results, bill payers or patients, process claims and appeals, provide customer assistance, conduct research and development activities, collect, process, and prepare company financial information, provide information about our products and other patient and physician education and outreach efforts through our website, and manage the administrative aspects of our business) and damage our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business. In addition, we may obtain health information from third parties that are also subject to privacy and security requirements under HIPAA, as amended by HITECH.

Further, various states, such as California and Massachusetts, have implemented similar privacy laws and regulations, such as the California Confidentiality of Medical Information Act, that impose restrictive requirements regulating the use and disclosure of health information and other personally identifiable information. These laws and regulations are not necessarily preempted by HIPAA, particularly if a state affords greater protection to individuals than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective, we have to comply with the stricter provisions. In addition to fines and penalties imposed upon violators, some of these state laws also afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. California’s patient privacy laws, for example, provide for penalties of up to $250,000 and permit injured parties to sue for damages. The interplay of federal and state laws may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and our clients and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability. Further, as regulatory focus on privacy issues continues to increase and laws and regulations concerning the protection of personal information expand and become more complex, these potential risks to our business could intensify. Changes in laws or regulations associated with the enhanced protection of certain types of sensitive data, such PHI or PII along with increased customer demands for enhanced data security infrastructure, could greatly increase our cost of providing our services, decrease demand for our services, reduce our revenue and/or subject us to additional liabilities.

31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compliance with U.S. and international data protection laws and regulations could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or in some cases, impact our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. Failure to comply with U.S. and international data protection laws and regulations could result in government enforcement actions (which could include civil, criminal, and administrative penalties), private litigation, and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws, or breached our contractual obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend and could result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

Ethical, legal and social concerns related to the use of genetic information could reduce demand for our products.

Genetic testing has raised ethical, legal, and social issues regarding privacy and the appropriate uses of the resulting information. Governmental authorities have, through the Genetic Information Nondisclosure Act of 2008, and could further, for social or other purposes, limit or regulate the use of genetic information or genetic testing or prohibit testing for genetic predisposition to certain conditions, particularly for those that have no known cure. Ethical and social concerns may also influence governmental authorities to deny or delay the issuance of patents for technology relevant to our business. While we do not currently perform genetic tests for genetic predisposition to certain conditions, these concerns may lead patients to refuse to use, or clinicians to be reluctant to order, our genomic tests or genetic tests for somatic mutations even if permissible. These and other ethical, legal and social concerns may limit market acceptance of our products or reduce the potential markets for our products, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for our technology, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize diagnostic tests similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our products may be impaired.

We rely on patent protection as well as trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights protection as well as nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual restrictions to protect our brands and proprietary tests and technologies, all of which provide limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. If we fail to protect our intellectual property, third parties may be able to compete more effectively against us. In addition, we may incur substantial litigation costs in our attempts to recover or restrict use of our intellectual property.

As is the case with other life science companies, our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain protection of the intellectual property we may own solely or jointly with others or in-license from others, particularly patents, in the United States and other countries with respect to our products and technologies. We apply for patents covering our products and technologies and uses thereof, as we deem appropriate. However, obtaining and enforcing life sciences patents is costly, time-consuming and complex, and we may fail to apply for patents on important tests, services and technologies in a timely fashion or at all, or we may fail to apply for patents in potentially relevant jurisdictions. We may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications, or maintain, enforce and license any patents that may issue from such patent applications, at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the rights to patents licensed from or to third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had four licensed U.S. patents and two pending U.S. patent applications, with foreign counterparts. It is possible that none of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents in a timely fashion or at all, and even if patents are granted, they may not provide a basis for intellectual property protection of commercially viable tests or services, may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be challenged and invalidated by third parties. It is possible that others will design around our future patented technologies. We may not be successful in defending any such challenges made against our patents or patent applications. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents could result in the

32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

unenforceability or invalidity of such patents and increased competition to our business. Even if our patents are held valid and enforceable, they may still be found insufficient to provide protection against competing products and services sufficient to achieve our business objectives. We may have to challenge the patents or patent applications of third parties, such as to counter infringement or unauthorized use. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, or may refuse to enjoin the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. Even if we prevail against an infringer in a U.S. district court or foreign trial-level court, there is always the risk that the infringer will file an appeal and the initial court judgment will be overturned at the appeals court and/or that an adverse decision will be issued by the appeals court relating to the validity or enforceability of our patents. The outcome of patent litigation or other proceeding can be uncertain, and any attempt by us to enforce our patent rights against others or to challenge the patent rights of others may not be successful, or, if successful, may take substantial time and result in substantial cost, and may divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

The patent positions of life sciences companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in such companies’ patents has emerged to date in the United States or elsewhere. Courts frequently render opinions in the life sciences field that may affect the patentability of certain inventions or discoveries, including opinions that may affect the patentability of methods for analyzing or comparing DNA sequences.

In particular, the patent positions of companies engaged in the development and commercialization of genomic diagnostic tests are particularly uncertain. Various courts, including the U.S. Supreme Court, have rendered decisions that affect the scope of patentability of certain inventions or discoveries relating to certain diagnostic tests and related methods. These decisions state, among other things, that a patent claim that recites an abstract idea, natural phenomenon or law of nature (for example, the relationship between particular genetic variants and cancer) are not themselves patentable. Precisely what constitutes a law of nature is uncertain, and it is possible that certain aspects of genetic diagnostics tests would be considered natural laws. Accordingly, the evolving case law in the United States may adversely affect our ability to obtain patents and may facilitate third-party challenges to any owned or licensed patents. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and we may encounter difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of many other countries do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to life science technologies, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents in such countries. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

To the extent our intellectual property offers inadequate protection, or is found to be invalid or unenforceable, we would be exposed to a greater risk of direct competition, and our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business. Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time-consuming and expensive. Moreover, if a third party has intellectual property rights that cover the practice of our technology, we may not be able to fully exercise or extract value from our intellectual property rights. The following examples are illustrative:

others may be able to develop and/or practice technology that is similar to our technology or aspects of our technology, but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or control, assuming such patents have issued or do issue;
we or our licensors or any future strategic partners might not have been the first to conceive or reduce to practice the inventions covered by the issued patents or pending patent applications that we own or have exclusively licensed;
we or our licensors or any future strategic partners might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;
others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;
it is possible that our pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents;

33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

issued patents that we own or have exclusively licensed may not provide us with any competitive advantage, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;
our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive tests for sale in our major commercial markets;
third parties performing manufacturing or testing for us using our products or technologies could use the intellectual property of others without obtaining a proper license;
parties may assert an ownership interest in our intellectual property and, if successful, such disputes may preclude us from exercising exclusive rights over that intellectual property;
we may not develop or in-license additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;
we may not be able to obtain and maintain necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all; and
the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business and results of operations.

Changes in patent law in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other life sciences companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents relating to our research programs and products. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the life sciences industry involves both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States or the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, rules and regulations could increase these uncertainties and costs. Recent patent reform legislation in the United States and other countries, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the AIA, signed into law on September 16, 2011, could increase those uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. The AIA includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent in USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings. For applications filed after March 15, 2013 that do not claim the benefit of applications filed before that date, the AIA transitioned the United States from a first to invent system to a first-inventor-to-file system in which, assuming that the other statutory requirements are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. The AIA and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications, our ability to obtain future patents, and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

Our in-licensed intellectual property has been discovered through government funded programs and thus may be subject to federal regulations such as “march-in” rights, certain reporting requirements and a preference for U.S.-based companies, and compliance with such regulations may limit our exclusive rights, and limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. manufacturers.

Intellectual property rights that have been in-licensed pursuant to our license agreement, or the License Agreement, with The Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, or WUSTL, have been generated through the use of U.S. government funding, and are therefore subject to certain federal regulations. As a result, the United

34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

States federal government may retain certain rights to intellectual property embodied in our current or future product candidates under the Bayh-Dole Act. These federal government rights include a “nonexclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license” to use inventions for any governmental purpose. The Bayh-Dole Act also provides federal agencies with “march-in rights.” March-in rights allow the government, in specified circumstances, to require the contractor or successors in title to the patent to grant a “nonexclusive, partially exclusive, or exclusive license” to a “responsible applicant or applicants” if it determines that (1) adequate steps have not been taken to commercialize the invention, (2) government action is necessary to meet public health or safety needs or (3) government action is necessary to meet requirements for public use under federal regulations. If the patent owner refuses to do so, the government may grant the license itself.

The U.S. government also has the right to take title to these inventions if the licensor fails to disclose the invention to the government or fails to file an application to register the intellectual property within specified time limits. Intellectual property generated under a government funded program is also subject to certain reporting requirements, compliance with which may require us to expend substantial resources. In addition, the U.S. government requires that any products embodying any of these inventions or produced through the use of any of these inventions be manufactured substantially in the United States, and the License Agreement requires that we comply with this requirement. This preference for U.S. industry may be waived by the federal agency that provided the funding if the owner or assignee of the intellectual property can show that reasonable but unsuccessful efforts have been made to grant licenses on similar terms to potential licensees that would be likely to manufacture substantially in the United States or that under the circumstances domestic manufacture is not commercially feasible. This preference for U.S. industry may limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. product manufacturers for products covered by such intellectual property. To the extent any of our owned or future in-licensed intellectual property is also generated through the use of U.S. government funding, the provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act may similarly apply.

Issued patents covering our products and related technologies could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability. Some of our patents or patent applications (including licensed patents) have been, are being or may be challenged at a future point in time in an opposition, nullification, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference action in court or before patent offices or similar proceedings for a given period after allowance or grant, during which time third parties can raise objections against such grant. In the course of such proceedings, which may continue for a protracted period of time, the patent owner may be compelled to limit the scope of the allowed or granted claims thus attacked, or may lose the allowed or granted claims altogether. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents in this or any other proceeding could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents, which may lead to increased competition to our business, which could harm our business. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future diagnostic tests.

We may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our products. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until approximately 18 months after filing or, in some cases ( e.g ., U.S. applications for which a request not to publish has been filed), not until such patent applications issue as patents. We might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and we might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions. To determine the priority of these inventions, we have and may have to participate in interference proceedings, derivation proceedings or other post-grant proceedings declared by the USPTO that could result in substantial cost to us. The outcome of such proceedings is uncertain. We can give no assurance that all of the potentially relevant art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found; overlooked prior art could be used by a third party to challenge the validity, enforceability and scope of our patents or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. As a result, we may not be able to obtain or maintain protection for certain inventions. No assurance can be given that other patent applications will not have priority over our patent applications. In addition, changes to the patent laws of the United States allow for various post-grant opposition proceedings that have not been extensively tested, and their outcome is therefore uncertain. Therefore, the validity, enforceability and scope of our patents in the United States and other countries cannot be predicted with certainty and, as a result, any patents that we own or license may not provide

35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

sufficient protection against our competitors. Furthermore, if third parties bring these proceedings against our patents, we could experience significant costs and management distraction.

Our commercial success depends significantly on our ability to operate without infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.

The life sciences industry is subject to rapid technological change and substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Our potential competitors in both the United States and abroad, may have substantially greater resources and are likely to make substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, and may apply for or obtain patents that could prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our products. Numerous third-party patents exist in fields relating to our products and technologies, and it is difficult for industry participants, including us, to identify all third-party patent rights relevant to our products and technologies. Moreover, because some patent applications are maintained as confidential for a certain period of time, we cannot be certain that third parties have not filed patent applications that cover our products and technologies.

Patents could be issued to third parties that we may ultimately be found to infringe. Third parties may have or obtain valid and enforceable patents or proprietary rights that could block us from using our technology. Our failure to obtain or maintain a license to any technology that we require may materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, we would be exposed to a threat of litigation.

From time to time, we may be party to, or threatened with, litigation or other proceedings with third parties, including non-practicing entities, who allege that our products, components of our products, and/or proprietary technologies infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights. The types of situations in which we may become a party to such litigation or proceedings include:

we may initiate litigation or other proceedings against third parties seeking to invalidate the patents held by those third parties or to obtain a judgment that our products or technologies do not infringe those third parties’ patents;
we may participate at substantial cost in International Trade Commission proceedings to abate importation of products that would compete unfairly with our products or technologies;
if a competitor files patent applications that claim technology also claimed by us or our licensors, we or our licensors may be required to participate in interference, derivation or opposition proceedings to determine the priority of invention, which could jeopardize our patent rights and potentially provide a third party with a dominant patent position;
if third parties initiate litigation claiming that our products or technologies infringe their patent or other intellectual property rights, we will need to defend against such proceedings;
if third parties initiate litigation or other proceedings seeking to invalidate patents owned by or licensed to us or to obtain a declaratory judgment that their products, services, or technologies do not infringe our patents or patents licensed to us, we will need to defend against such proceedings;
we may be subject to ownership disputes relating to intellectual property, including disputes arising from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our products and technologies; and
if a license to necessary technology is terminated, the licensor may initiate litigation claiming that our products or technologies infringe or misappropriate its patent or other intellectual property rights and/or that we breached our obligations under the license agreement, and we would need to defend against such proceedings.

These lawsuits and proceedings, regardless of merit, are time-consuming and expensive to initiate, maintain, defend or settle, and could divert the time and attention of managerial and technical personnel, which could materially adversely affect our business. Any such claim could also force us to do one or more of the following:

incur substantial monetary liability for infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights, which we may have to pay if a court decides that the diagnostic test or technology at issue infringes or violates the third party’s rights, and if the court finds that the infringement was willful, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the third party’s attorneys’ fees;

36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stop manufacturing, offering for sale, selling, using, importing, exporting or licensing the diagnostic test or technology incorporating the allegedly infringing technology or stop incorporating the allegedly infringing technology into such test or technology;
obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property right a license, which may require us to pay substantial upfront fees or royalties to sell or use the relevant technology and which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;
redesign our products and technologies so they do not infringe or violate the third party’s intellectual property rights, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time;
enter into cross-licenses with applicable third party, which could weaken our overall intellectual property position;
lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property against others;
find alternative suppliers for non-infringing technologies, which could be costly and create significant delay; or
relinquish rights associated with one or more of our patent claims, if our claims are held invalid or otherwise unenforceable.

Third parties may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, intellectual property litigation, regardless of its outcome, may cause negative publicity, adversely impact our business, cause delays, or prohibit us from marketing or otherwise commercializing our products and technologies. Any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, which could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

We depend on information technology systems that we license from third parties. Any failure of such systems or loss of licenses to the software that comprises an essential element of such systems could significantly harm our business.

We depend on information technology systems for significant elements of our operations, such as our laboratory information management systems, including test validation, specimen tracking and quality control, our bioinformatics analytical software systems and our test report generating systems. Essential elements of these systems depend on software that we license from third parties. If we are unable to maintain the licenses to this software or our software providers discontinue or alter the programs on which we rely, it could render our test reports unreliable or hinder our ability to generate accurate test reports, among other things. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We rely on licenses from third parties, and if we lose these licenses or are not able to obtain licenses to third -party technology on reasonable grounds or at all, then we may not be able to continue to commercialize existing diagnostic tests, be subjected to future litigation and may not be able to commercialize new diagnostic tests in the future.

We are party to certain royalty-bearing license agreements that grant us rights to use certain intellectual property, including patents and patent applications, in certain specified fields of use. Although we intend to develop products and technologies through our own internal research, we may need to obtain additional licenses from others to advance our research, development and commercialization activities. Our license agreements impose, and we expect that future license agreements will impose, various development, diligence, commercialization and other obligations on us.

In the future, we may identify third-party technology we may need, including to develop or commercialize new diagnostic tests or services. In return for the use of a third party’s technology, we may agree to pay the licensor royalties based on sales of our solutions. Royalties are a component of the cost of our products or services and affect our margins. We may also need to negotiate licenses to patents or patent applications before or after introducing a commercialized test. The in-licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and a number of more established companies are also pursuing strategies to in-license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights for technologies that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. Furthermore, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. In addition, we expect that competition for the in-licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights for technologies that are attractive to us may increase in the future, which may mean fewer suitable opportunities for us as well as higher acquisition or licensing costs. We may not be able to obtain necessary or strategic licenses to patents or patent applications, and our business may suffer if we are unable to enter into these licenses on acceptable terms or at all, if any necessary licenses are subsequently terminated, if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the licenses or fail to prevent infringement by third parties, or if the licensed patents or other rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable.

In spite of our efforts, our licensors might conclude that we have materially breached our obligations under such license agreements and might therefore terminate the license agreements, thereby removing or limiting our ability to develop and commercialize tests and technology covered by these license agreements. If these in-licenses are terminated, or if the underlying patents fail to provide the intended exclusivity, competitors or other third parties might have the freedom to seek regulatory approval of, and to market, tests identical to ours and we may be required to cease our development and commercialization activities. For example, we license certain intellectual property from WUSTL that is incorporated into DecisionDx-UM. In 2018, we provided more than 1,400 test reports for DecisionDx-UM. If this license agreement were terminated, we would be unable to continue to issue test reports and thus sales of DecisionDx-UM. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Moreover, disputes may arise with respect to any one of our licensing agreements, including:

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;
the extent to which our products, technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;
the sublicensing of patent and other rights under our collaborative development relationships;
our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;
the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and
the priority of invention of patented technology.

If we do not prevail in such disputes, we may lose any of such license agreements.

In addition, the agreements under which we currently license intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations.

38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected diagnostic tests, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Our failure to maintain such licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any of these licenses could be terminated, such as if either party fails to abide by the terms of the license, or if the licensor fails to prevent infringement by third parties or if the licensed patents or other rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable. Absent the license agreements, we may infringe patents subject to those agreements, and if the license agreements are terminated, we may be subject to litigation by the licensor. Litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we do not prevail, we may be required to pay damages, including treble damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses, royalties or, be enjoined from selling our products or services, including DecisionDx-UM and DecisionDx-Melanoma, which could adversely affect our ability to offer our products or services, our ability to continue operations and our financial condition.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our products in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries, and the breadth of patent claims allowed can be inconsistent. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and we may encounter difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own tests or products and may also export infringing tests or products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as in the United States. These products may compete with our products. Our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of many other countries do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to life science technologies, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents in such countries. We do not have patent rights in certain foreign countries in which a market may exist. Moreover, in foreign jurisdictions where we do have patent rights, proceedings to enforce our patent rights could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license. We may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing and selling in foreign countries tests, products and services that are the same as or similar to our products and technologies, in which case our competitive position in the international market would be harmed.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business could be harmed.

In addition to pursuing patents on our technology, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We take steps to protect our trade secrets, in part, by entering into agreements, including confidentiality agreements, non-disclosure agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements, with our employees, consultants, academic institutions, corporate partners and, when needed, our advisers. However, we cannot be certain that such

39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties, and we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. For example, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and, once disclosed, we are likely to lose trade secret protection and may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements, and we may not be able to prevent such unauthorized disclosure. If we are required to assert our rights against such party, it could result in significant cost and distraction.

Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. If we were to enforce a claim that a third party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome would be unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets.

We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our confidential proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems, but it is possible that these security measures could be breached. If any of our confidential proprietary information were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, absent patent protection, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.

We do and may employ individuals who previously worked with universities or other companies, including potential competitors. We could in the future be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other confidential information of current or former employers or competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and independent contractors do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may become subject to claims that we caused an individual to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of a current or former employer or competitor. Although, we are currently not subject to any such claims.

While we may litigate to defend ourselves against these claims, even if we are successful, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management and other employees. If our defenses to these claims fail, in addition to requiring us to pay monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the current or former employers. Therefore, we could be required to obtain a license from such third-party employer to commercialize our products or technology. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Moreover, any such litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our reputation, our ability to form strategic alliances or sublicense our rights to collaborators, engage with scientific advisors or hire employees or consultants, each of which would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

We have not yet registered certain of our trademarks in all of our potential markets, although we have registered DecisionDx, DecisionDx-UM and DecisionDx-Melanoma in the United States. Our current or future registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or descriptive determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable

40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. In addition, third parties have used trademarks similar and identical to our trademarks in foreign jurisdictions, and have filed or may in the future file for registration of such trademarks. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to market our products in those countries. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. We may license our trademarks and trade names to third parties, such as distributors. Although these license agreements may provide guidelines for how our trademarks and trade names may be used, a breach of these agreements or misuse of our trademarks and tradenames by our licensees may jeopardize our rights in or diminish the goodwill associated with our trademarks and trade names.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.

We or our licensors may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we or our licensors may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our products. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or our or our licensors’ ownership of our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property. If we or our licensors fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, right to use, or right to exclude others from using, intellectual property that is important to our products. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. Our assignment agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various required procedures, document submissions, fee payments and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications must be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States at several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ an outside firm and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees due to non-U.S. patent agencies. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction, such as failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we, or our licensors, fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products and technologies, potential competitors may be able to enter the market without infringing our patents and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan, and the protection patents afford is limited. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S.

41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the term of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our products are obtained, once the patent term has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive tests or products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of potential new tests or products, patents protecting such tests or products might expire before or shortly after such tests or products are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing tests or other products similar or identical to ours.

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing Growth and Other Risks Related to Our Business

We are highly dependent on the services of our key personnel.

We are highly dependent on the services of our key personnel, including Derek J. Maetzold, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Although we have entered into agreements with them regarding their employment, they are not for a specific term and each of may terminate their employment with us at any time, though we are not aware of any present intention of any of these individuals to leave us.

Our research and development programs and laboratory operations depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists and technicians. We may not be able to attract or retain qualified scientists and technicians in the future due to the competition for qualified personnel among life science businesses, particularly near our sole laboratory facility located in Phoenix, Arizona. We also face competition from universities and public and private research institutions in recruiting and retaining highly qualified scientific personnel. We may have difficulties locating, recruiting or retaining qualified sales people. Recruiting and retention difficulties can limit our ability to support our research and development and sales programs. All of our employees are at-will, which means that either we or the employee may terminate their employment at any time.

Our employees, clinical investigators, consultants, speakers, vendors and any current or potential commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, clinical study investigators, consultants, speakers, vendors and any potential commercial partners. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates: federal laws and regulations or those of comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information; manufacturing standards; federal and state health and data privacy, security, fraud and abuse, government price reporting, transparency reporting requirements, and other healthcare laws and regulations in the United States and abroad; sexual harassment and other workplace misconduct; or laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. Such misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical studies, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We intend to adopt a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees prior to completion of this offering, as well as a disclosure program and other applicable policies and procedures, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional integrity reporting and oversight obligations, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

We may be unable to manage our future growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute our business strategy.

We have experienced significant revenue growth in a short period of time. We may not achieve similar growth rates in future periods. You should not rely on our operating results for any prior periods as an indication of our future operating performance. To effectively manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to maintain

42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and enhance our financial, accounting, laboratory operations, customer support and sales administration systems, processes and controls. Failure to effectively manage our anticipated growth could lead us to over-invest or under-invest in development, operational and administrative infrastructure, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems, or internal controls, give rise to operational mistakes, losses, loss of customers, productivity or business opportunities, and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of remaining employees.

We also anticipate further growth in our business operations. This future growth could create strain on our organizational, administrative and operational infrastructure, including laboratory operations, quality control, customer service and sales organization management. We expect to increase headcount and to hire more specialized personnel in the future as we grow our business. We will need to continue to hire, train and manage additional qualified scientists, laboratory personnel, client and account services personnel, and sales and marketing staff and improve and maintain our technology to properly manage our growth. If our new hires perform poorly, if we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees or if we are not successful in retaining our existing employees, our business may be harmed.

In addition, our anticipated growth could require significant capital expenditures and might divert financial resources from other projects such as the development of new diagnostic tests and services. As we commercialize additional diagnostic tests, we may need to incorporate new equipment, implement new technology systems, or hire new personnel with different qualifications. Failure to manage this growth or transition could result in turnaround time delays, higher costs, declining quality, deteriorating customer service, and slower responses to competitive challenges. A failure in any one of these areas could make it difficult for us to meet market expectations for our products, and could damage our reputation and the prospects for our business.

We may not be able to maintain the quality or expected turnaround times of our products, or satisfy customer demand as it grows. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures. The time and resources required to implement these new systems and procedures is uncertain, and failure to complete this in a timely and efficient manner could adversely affect our operations. If our management is unable to effectively manage our anticipated growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue could decline or grow more slowly than expected and we may be unable to implement our business strategy. The quality of our products and services may suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract customers.

U.S. federal income tax reform could adversely affect us.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted the TCJA that significantly revises the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The TCJA, among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted earnings (except for certain small businesses), limitation of the deduction for net operating losses generated after December 31, 2017 to 80% of current year taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, one time taxation of offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated, elimination of U.S. tax on foreign earnings (subject to certain important exceptions), immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits. We do not expect the TCJA to have a material impact to our current projection of minimal cash taxes for the near future. However, we continue to examine the impact that the TCJA may have on our business in the longer term. Accordingly, notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the TCJA is uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the TCJA. The impact of the TCJA on holders of our common stock is also uncertain and could be adverse. We urge prospective investors to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to the TCJA and the potential tax consequences of investing in or holding our common stock.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations.

As of December 31, 2018, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $62.2 million. These net operating loss carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Under the TCJA, federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and in future years may be carried forward

43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses is limited. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the TCJA. In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We have experienced an ownership change in the past and we may also experience additional ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our future operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

Our business could be negatively impacted by cyber security threats.

We are increasingly dependent upon information technology systems, infrastructure and data to operate our business. In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store and transmit confidential information (including but not limited to intellectual property, proprietary business information and personal information). It is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such confidential information. We also have outsourced elements of our operations to third parties, and as a result we manage a number of third-party contractors who have access to our confidential information.

Despite the implementation of security measures, given their size and complexity and the increasing amounts of confidential information that they maintain, our internal information technology systems and those of our contractors and consultants are potentially vulnerable to breakdown or other damage or interruption from service interruptions, system malfunction, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures, as well as security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees, contractors, consultants, business partners, and/or other third parties, or from cyber-attacks by malicious third parties (including the deployment of harmful malware, ransomware, denial-of-service attacks, social engineering and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information), which may compromise our system infrastructure or lead to data leakage. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and reputational damage and the further development and commercialization of our products could be delayed.

While we have not experienced any such system failure, accident or security breach to date, we cannot assure you that our data protection efforts and our investment in information technology will prevent significant breakdowns, data leakages, breaches in our systems or other cyber incidents that could have a material adverse effect upon our reputation, business, operations or financial condition. For example, we maintain a tumor specimen database comprised of over 38,000 samples some of which were used to develop and validate DecisionDx-Melanoma, some of which are currently being used to improve on the test and some of which will be used in the future. If we were to lose this database, our ability to further validate, improve and therefore maintain and grow sales of DecisionDx-Melanoma could be significant impaired.

Furthermore, significant disruptions of our internal information technology systems or security breaches could result in the loss, misappropriation, and/or unauthorized access, use, or disclosure of, or the prevention of access to, confidential information (including trade secrets or other intellectual property, proprietary business information, and personal information), which could result in financial, legal, business, and reputational harm to us. For example, any such event that leads to unauthorized access, use, or disclosure of personal information, including personal information related to our patient samples or employees, could harm our reputation directly, compel us to comply with federal and/or state breach notification laws and foreign law equivalents, subject us to mandatory corrective action, and otherwise subject us to liability under laws and regulations that protect the privacy and security of personal information, which could result in significant legal and financial exposure and reputational damages that could potentially have an adverse effect on our business.

Product or professional liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and could limit our commercialization of our products.

We face an inherent risk of product and professional liability exposure related to our products. The marketing, sale and use of our products could lead to the filing of product liability claims were someone to allege that our

44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

products identified or reported inaccurate or incomplete information, or otherwise failed to perform as designed. We may also be subject to liability for errors in, a misunderstanding of or inappropriate reliance upon, the information we provide in the ordinary course of our business activities.

If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our products caused injury or otherwise failed to function properly, we could incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

decreased demand for our current tests any tests that we may develop, and the inability to commercialize such tests;
injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;
reluctance of experts willing to conduct our clinical studies;
initiation of investigations by regulators;
significant costs to defend the related litigation and diversion of management’s time and our resources;
substantial monetary awards to study subjects or patients;
product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, or marketing or promotional restrictions; and
loss of revenue.

We currently carry product liability insurance. However, the amount of this insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

International expansion of our business exposes us to business, regulatory, political, operational, financial, and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

We currently do not accept orders from customers outside of the United States, but our long term business strategy incorporates potential international expansion. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including:

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as privacy regulations, tax laws, export and import restrictions, economic sanctions and embargoes, employment laws, regulatory requirements and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses;
limits in our ability to penetrate international markets if we are not able to perform tests locally;
logistics and regulations associated with shipping tissue samples, including infrastructure conditions and transportation delays;
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
failure to obtain regulatory approvals for the commercialization of our products in various countries;
complexities and difficulties in obtaining intellectual property protection and enforcing our intellectual property;
complexities associated with managing multiple payor reimbursement regimes, government payors, or patient self-pay systems;
financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, the impact of local and regional financial crises on demand and payment for our products and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;
natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism, and political unrest, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade and other business restrictions; and
regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over sales and distributors’ activities that may fall within the purview of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, its books and records provisions, or its anti-bribery provisions.

Any of these factors could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, our revenue and results of operations.

45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Requirements associated with being a public company will increase our costs significantly, as well as divert significant company resources and management attention.

After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or the other rules and regulations of the SEC or any securities exchange relating to public companies. Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC, and The Nasdaq Stock Market, or Nasdaq, to implement provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the SEC has adopted additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as mandatory “say on pay” voting requirements that will apply to us when we cease to be an emerging growth company. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Compliance with the various reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies requires considerable time and attention of management. We cannot assure you that we will satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products. In addition, as a public company, it may be more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified personnel to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We, and the third parties with whom we share our facilities, are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Each of our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological and radioactive materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. We could be held liable for any resulting damages in the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use of hazardous materials by us or the third parties with whom we share our facilities, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research and development. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of O ur Common Stock

There has been no prior public market for our common stock, the stock price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from

46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon the completion of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;
our success in marketing and selling our products;
reimbursement determinations by third-party payors and reimbursement rates for our products;
changes in our projected operating results that we provide to the public, our failure to meet these projections or changes in recommendations by securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;
regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;
the level of expenses related to product development and clinical studies for our products;
our ability to achieve product development goals in the timeframe we announce;
announcements of clinical study results, regulatory developments, acquisitions, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;
the success or failure of our efforts to acquire, license or develop additional tests;
recruitment or departure of key personnel;
the economy as a whole and market conditions in our industry;
trading activity by a limited number of stockholders who together beneficially own a significant percentage of our outstanding common stock;
the expiration of market standoff or contractual lock-up agreements;
the size of our market float; and
any other factors discussed in this prospectus.

In addition, the stock market in general, and diagnostic and life sciences companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our securities, regardless of our actual operating performance. If the market price of our securities after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business.

Substantial amounts of our outstanding shares may be sold into the market when lock-up or market standoff periods end. If there are substantial sales of shares of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The price of our common stock could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, or if there is a large number of shares of our common stock available for sale and the market perceives that sales will occur. After this offering, we will have                outstanding shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2019. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be available for sale in the public market. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are currently restricted from resale as a result of market

47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

standoff and lock-up agreements, as more fully described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” These shares will become available to be sold 181 days after the date of this prospectus. Shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

After our initial public offering, certain of our stockholders will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders, subject to market standoff and lockup agreements. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we have issued and may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to existing market standoff or lock-up agreements. SVB Leerink LLC and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated may, in their discretion, permit our stockholders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the restrictive provisions contained in those lock-up agreements.

The market price of the shares of our common stock could decline as a result of the sale of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $       per share, based on the difference between the initial public offering price of $       per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the common stock you acquire, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, upon vesting of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, if we issue restricted stock to our employees under our equity incentive plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds of this offering and may not use them effectively or in ways that increase the value of our share price.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you and other stockholders may disagree with how we spend or invest these proceeds. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could adversely affect our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no or only very few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our common stock price and trading volume to decline.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management,

48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. For example, our directors or executive officers could inadvertently fail to disclose a new relationship or arrangement causing us to fail to make any related party transaction disclosures. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. In addition, we do not have a risk management program or processes or procedures for identifying and addressing risks to our business in other areas.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS ACT, and we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;
not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;
not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and
not being required to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

In addition, as an emerging growth company the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30 th and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

We are also a smaller reporting company as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of the 2018 LSA precludes us from paying dividends without prior consent. Consequently, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

The concentration of our stock ownership will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters, including the ability to influence the outcome of director elections and other matters requiring stockholder approval.

Based upon shares outstanding as of June 14, 2019, our executive officers, directors and the holders of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, in the aggregate, beneficially owned approximately       % of our common stock, and upon the completion of this offering, that same group, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately       % of our common stock. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will have significant influence over all matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Corporate actions might be taken even if other stockholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering, oppose them. This concentration of ownership might also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company that other stockholders may view as beneficial.

Delaware law and provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the completion of this offering could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate (including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control);
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;
provide that the board of directors or any individual director may only be removed with cause and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of our then outstanding common stock;
provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
divide our board of directors into three classes;
require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;
do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);
provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our Chief Executive Officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants; provided these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, but stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations thereunder; and provided these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

The amendment of any of these provisions, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require approval by the holders of at least 66-2/3% of our then-outstanding common stock.

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time. A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. However, we have not opted out of this provision.

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirors to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.

For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of amended and restated incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will apply to suits brought to enforce a

51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

duty or liability created by the Securities Act, but stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations thereunder; and provided, that, this provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees and may discourage these types of lawsuits. Furthermore, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. If a court were to find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions.

52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

estimates of our addressable market, future revenue, expenses, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;
expectations with respect to reimbursement for our products, including third-party payor reimbursement and coverage decisions;
anticipated cost, timing and success of our products in development, and our plans to research, develop and commercialize new tests;
our ability to obtain funding for our operations, including funding necessary to complete the expansion of our operations and development of our product candidates;
the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our products, technologies and businesses;
our ability to manage and grow our business by expanding our sales to existing customers or introducing our products to new customers;
our ability to develop and maintain sales and marketing capabilities;
regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;
the performance of our third-party suppliers;
the success of competing diagnostic products that are or become available;
our ability to attract and retain key personnel;
our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;
our use of the proceeds from this offering; and
our expectations regarding our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products and our ability to operate our business without infringing on the intellectual property rights of others.

In some cases, you can identify these statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expects,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of those terms, and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes. These forward-looking statements reflect our management’s beliefs and views with respect to future events and are based on estimates and assumptions as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to risks and uncertainties. In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements. We discuss many of the risks associated with the forward-looking statements in this prospectus in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

You should carefully read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $       million (or approximately $       million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $          million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $          , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

approximately $17 million for selling and marketing activities, including expansion of our sales force to support the ongoing commercialization of our current products and future products;
approximately $17 million for research and development related to the continued support of our current products as well as the development of our product pipeline; and
the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the additional costs associated with being a public company.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to in-license, acquire, or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current plans, commitments or obligations to do so.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash generated from sales of our products will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses through at least the next 24 months, although there can be no assurance in that regard.

Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual use of the net proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors, including the progress, cost and results of development programs, our ability to obtain additional financing, and other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus, many of which are outside our control and are difficult to anticipate, as well as the amount of cash used in our operations. Therefore, our actual expenditures may differ materially from the estimates described above. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering between the uses set forth above.

Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, the terms of the 2018 LSA with SVB and Oxford prohibit us from paying dividends on our common stock without prior consent.

56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2019 as follows:

on an actual basis;
on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (2) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2019 into 9,959,831 shares of our common stock and the resulting reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity in connection with the completion of this offering, (3) the net exercise of certain outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for an aggregate of          shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) in connection with the completion of this offering, (4) the adjustment of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase           shares of our common stock and the resulting reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital, a component of stockholders’ deficit, in connection with the completion of this offering and (5) the conversion of approximately $11.8 million of aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest thereon, of convertible promissory notes which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of             shares of our common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                   , 2019; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 
As of March 31, 2019
 
Actual
Pro Forma
Pro Forma
as Adjusted ( 1 )
 
(unaudited, in thousands, except share and per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
16,231
 
$
         
 
$
         
 
Convertible promissory notes (2)
$
3,568
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
Long-term debt
 
23,632
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock warrant liability
 
1,181
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible preferred stock Series C, $0.001 par value; 503,056 shares authorized, 503,056 shares issued and outstanding, actual;           shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma adjusted
 
1,501
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock Series A, B, D, E-1, E-2, E-2A, E-3 and F, $0.001 par value; 11,846,877 shares authorized, 9,456,775 shares issued and outstanding, actual;          shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
 
45,051
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ deficit:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 17,308,384 shares authorized, 2,336,463 shares issued and outstanding, actual;          shares authorized,          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;          shares authorized,        shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
 
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
9,412
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(58,846
)
 
     
 
 
     
 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
 
(49,432
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capitalization
$
25,501
 
$
 
 
$
 
 

57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total capitalization and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $       , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price per share of $       (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total capitalization and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $       , after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) Principal amount, less unamortized discounts and issuance costs, plus embedded derivative liability. See Note 7 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information on the accounting treatment of the convertible promissory notes.

A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would decrease the number of shares of our common stock issued on conversion of our convertible promissory notes (and therefore the number of shares to be outstanding after this offering) by          shares. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase the number of shares of our common stock issued on conversion of our convertible promissory notes (and therefore the number of shares to be outstanding after this offering) by             shares.

The number of shares of common stock shown as issued and outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2019, and excludes:

2,575,158 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2019, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.88 per share;
             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2019 Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering (with such shares include           new shares plus the number of shares (not to exceed           shares) (i) that remain available for the issuance of awards under the 2018 Plan at the time the 2019 Plan becomes effective, and (ii) any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under the 2018 Plan and the 2008 Plan, that expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation – Equity Incentive Plans”), as well as any automatic increases in the number of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2019 Plan;
             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, as well as any automatic increases in the number of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and
137,935 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2019, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.47 per share.

58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

As of March 31, 2019, we had a historical net tangible book value (deficit) of $(50.0) million, or $(21.39) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities and preferred stock, which is not included in our stockholders deficit, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at March 31, 2019.

After giving effect to: (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 9,959,831 shares of our common stock and the resulting reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity, in connection with the completion of this offering; (ii) the net exercise of certain outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for an aggregate of        shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) in connection with the completion of this offering; (iii) the adjustment of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase           shares of our common stock and the resulting reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital, a component of stockholders’ deficit, in connection with the completion of this offering; and (iv) the conversion of approximately $11.8 million of aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest thereon, of convertible promissory notes which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of           shares of our common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on                , 2019; our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2019 is $     million, or $     per share of our common stock.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving further effect to the sale of shares of common stock that we are offering at the initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2019 is $          million, or approximately $       per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $       per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $       per share to new investors participating in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share
 
 
 
$
         
 
Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2019, before giving effect to this offering
$
(21.39
)
 
 
 
Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2019 attributable to conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, net exercise of certain warrants and conversion of convertible promissory notes as described in the preceding paragraph
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2019, before giving effect to this offering
$
 
 
 
 
 
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors participating in this offering
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering
 
 
 
$
 
 

59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $       , and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $          , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

An increase of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $       and decrease the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $       per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $       and increase the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $       per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $       per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $       per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $       per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

To the extent that outstanding options with an exercise price per share that is less than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

The following table summarizes on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2019, the number of shares of common stock purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by new investors in this offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table below shows, investors participating in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average
Price Per
Share
 
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing stockholders
 
         
 
 
 
 
$
         
 
 
 
 
$
         
 
Investors participating in this offering
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
100.0
%
 
 
 
 
100.0
%
 
 
 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $       million, $       million and $       , respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, a one million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors participating in this offering, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by

60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

approximately $       million, $       million and $       , respectively, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The foregoing tables and calculations exclude:

2,575,158 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2019, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.88 per share;
             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2019 Plan, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering (with such shares include           new shares plus the number of shares (not to exceed           shares) (i) that remain available for the issuance of awards under the 2018 Plan at the time the 2019 Plan becomes effective, and (ii) any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under the 2018 Plan and the 2008 Plan that expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation – Equity Incentive Plans”), as well as any automatic increases in the number of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2019 Plan;
             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, as well as any automatic increases in the number of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and
137,935 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2019, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.47 per share.

We may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our selected financial data for the periods indicated. The following selected statements of operations and comprehensive loss data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 are derived from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected statements of operations and comprehensive loss data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2019 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This selected financial data should be read together with our financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace our financial statements and related notes. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results and our operating results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim periods or any future year.

 
Year s Ended December 31,
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2017
2018
2018
2019
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(in thousands, except share and per
share data)
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues
$
13,754
 
$
22,786
 
$
3,659
 
$
8,717
 
Cost of sales
 
4,922
 
 
5,297
 
 
1,253
 
 
1,598
 
Gross margin
 
8,832
 
 
17,489
 
 
2,406
 
 
7,119
 
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
 
4,473
 
 
4,854
 
 
1,263
 
 
1,394
 
Selling, general and administrative
 
15,259
 
 
16,470
 
 
4,228
 
 
6,047
 
Total operating expenses
 
19,732
 
 
21,324
 
 
5,491
 
 
7,441
 
Operating loss
 
(10,900
)
 
(3,835
)
 
(3,085
)
 
(322
)
Interest income
 
26
 
 
24
 
 
5
 
 
21
 
Interest expense
 
(1,649
)
 
(2,275
)
 
(529
)
 
(1,024
)
Other income (expense), net
 
163
 
 
(272
)
 
(21
)
 
(33
)
Loss before income taxes
 
(12,360
)
 
(6,358
)
 
(3,630
)
 
(1,358
)
Income tax expense
 
10
 
 
9
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss and comprehensive loss
 
(12,370
)
 
(6,367
)
 
(3,630
)
 
(1,358
)
Convertible preferred stock cumulative dividends
 
2,897
 
 
3,577
 
 
810
 
 
928
 
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value
 
41
 
 
219
 
 
49
 
 
56
 
Net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders
$
(15,308
)
$
(10,163
)
$
(4,489
)
$
(2,342
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)
$
(6.62
)
$
(4.37
)
$
(1.94
)
$
(1.00
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)
 
2,310,640
 
 
2,323,197
 
 
2,312,515
 
 
2,336,236
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)(2)
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)(2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) See Note 3 to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the basic and diluted loss per share and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
(2) The calculations for the unaudited pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted, assume the conversion of all our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and the net exercise of certain outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock for common stock as if the conversion or net exercise had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or the issuance date, if later, upon completion of this offering. For the three months ended March 31, 2019, the calculations further assume the conversion into shares of common stock all outstanding principal and accrued interest related to the convertible promissory notes as if the conversion had occurred at the respective issuance dates of the convertible promissory notes. Because the convertible promissory notes were not issued until after December 31, 2018, the assumed conversion of such notes into shares of common stock had no impact on the calculations for the year ended December 31, 2018.
 
December 31,
March 31 .
 
2017
2018
2019
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,212
 
$
4,479
 
$
16,231
 
Working capital (1)
$
1,464
 
$
11,389
 
$
18,035
 
Total assets
$
9,820
 
$
22,405
 
$
30,966
 
Convertible promissory notes (2)
$
 
$
 
$
3,568
 
Long-term debt
$
17,603
 
$
24,500
 
$
23,632
 
Preferred stock warrant liability
$
525
 
$
1,194
 
$
1,181
 
Convertible preferred stock
$
1,501
 
$
1,501
 
$
1,501
 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
$
34,538
 
$
44,995
 
$
45,051
 
Total stockholders’ deficit
$
(50,311
)
$
(56,565
)
$
(49,432
)
(1) We define working capital as current assets minus current liabilities. See our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and liabilities.
(2) Principal amount, less unamortized discounts and issuance costs, plus embedded derivative liability. See Note 7 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information on the accounting treatment of the convertible promissory notes.

63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected F inancial D ata” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a commercial-stage dermatological cancer company focused on providing physicians and their patients with personalized, clinically actionable genomic information to make more accurate treatment decisions. We believe that the traditional approach to developing a treatment plan for certain cancers using clinical and pathology factors alone is inadequate and can be improved by incorporating personalized genomic information. Our non-invasive products utilize proprietary algorithms to provide an assessment of a patient’s specific risk of metastasis or recurrence of their cancer, allowing physicians to identify patients who are likely to benefit from an escalation of care as well as those who may avoid unnecessary medical and surgical interventions. Our lead product, DecisionDx-Melanoma, is a proprietary GEP test that predicts the risk of metastasis or recurrence for patients diagnosed with invasive cutaneous melanoma, a deadly skin cancer. We estimate more than 100,000 patients are diagnosed with invasive cutaneous melanoma each year in the United States. We launched DecisionDx-Melanoma in May 2013. We also market DecisionDx-UM, which is a proprietary GEP test that predicts the risk of metastasis for patients with uveal melanoma, a rare eye cancer. We launched DecisionDx-UM in January 2010. Based on the substantial clinical evidence that we have developed, we have received Medicare coverage for both of our products, which represents approximately 50% of our addressable patient population. We also have two late-stage proprietary products in development that address SCC and suspicious pigmented lesions which are indications with high clinical need in dermatological cancer. These indications are areas of high clinical need in dermatological cancer and, together, represent an additional addressable market of approximately 500,000 patients in the United States.

We have processed over 40,000 clinical samples since commercial launch and our annual revenue increased from $13.8 million in 2017 to $22.8 million in 2018. New ordering clinicians (first time in ordering a test) grew by 9% for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018.

The numbers of DecisionDx-Melanoma and DecisionDx-UM test reports delivered by us since 2017 are presented in the table below:

 
DecisionDx-
Melanoma
DecisionDx-UM
Total
Q1 2017
 
2,012
 
 
318
 
 
2,330
 
Q2 2017
 
2,193
 
 
328
 
 
2,521
 
Q3 2017
 
2,561
 
 
305
 
 
2,866
 
Q4 2017
 
2,534
 
 
363
 
 
2,897
 
Year Ended December 31, 2017
 
9,300
 
 
1,314
 
 
10,614
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q1 2018
 
2,727
 
 
322
 
 
3,049
 
Q2 2018
 
2,899
 
 
382
 
 
3,281
 
Q3 2018
 
3,136
 
 
324
 
 
3,460
 
Q4 2018
 
3,270
 
 
385
 
 
3,655
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
12,032
 
 
1,413
 
 
13,445
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q1 2019
 
3,232
 
 
360
 
 
3,592
 

64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Since our inception in 2008, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, discovering product candidates, conducting clinical study activities to generate evidence demonstrating the clinical validity, clinical utility, economic benefits, and patient outcomes of our products, and commercialization activities for those products. We currently market two proprietary GEP products and generate substantially all of our revenue from those activities. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of preferred stock, revenue generated from sales of our products, bank debt and convertible notes.

The principal focus of our current commercial efforts is to distribute our molecular diagnostic testing products through our direct sales force. The number of test reports we generate is a key indicator that we use to assess our business. A test report is generated when we receive a sample in our laboratory, the relevant information relating to that test is entered into our Laboratory Information Management System, the genomic profile of the sample is performed and a report providing the results of that profile is sent to the physician who ordered the test.

We bill third-party payors and patients for the tests we perform. The majority of our revenue collections is paid by third-party insurers, including Medicare. We have received LCDs, which provide coverage for our tests that meet certain criteria for Medicare and Medicare Advantage beneficiaries, representing approximately 60 million covered lives. As it relates to DecisionDx-UM, we have contracts or have received positive medical policy decisions from additional payors representing approximately 83 million covered lives. A “covered life” means a subscriber, or a dependent of a subscriber, who is insured under an insurance policy for such an insurance carrier.

On May 17, 2019, CMS determined that DecisionDx-UM meets the criteria for “existing ADLT” status. This means that beginning in 2021, the DecisionDx-UM Medicare rate will be set annually based upon the median private payor rate for the first half of the preceding calendar year. Specifically, the median private payor rate from January 1 to June 30, 2019 will be used to set the Medicare rate for the calendar year 2021. From May 17, 2019 through December 31, 2020, our rate will be set by Noridian, our local MAC. Also, on May 17, 2019, CMS determined that DecisionDx-Melanoma meets the criteria for “new ADLT” status. This means that from July 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020 the Medicare reimbursement rate will equal the initial list price of $7,193.00. The rate for April 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 will be calculated based upon the median private payor rate from July 1, 2019 to November 30, 2019. Accordingly, beginning in 2021, the rate will be set annually based upon the median private payor rate for the first half of the preceding calendar year. If CMS determines the list charge amount for DecisionDx-Melanoma was greater than 130% of the weighted median of private payor rates, CMS will recoup from us the difference between the actual list charge and 130% of the weighted median.

Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2018, our net loss was $6.4 million, our net cash used in operating activities was $12.3 million and we had an accumulated deficit of $57.5 million as of December 31, 2018. For the three months ended March 31, 2019, our net loss was $1.4 million, our net cash provided by operating activities was $1.3 million and we had an accumulated deficit of $58.8 million as of March 31, 2019. We also have substantial indebtedness, the terms of which require us to meet a monthly three-month trailing revenue covenant. Although we were in compliance with this covenant as of December 31, 2018 and the most recently tested month prior to the date of this prospectus, management’s projections, including consideration of certain revenue recognition policies, previously indicated potential non-compliance with the revenue covenant during the next 12 months from the date of issuance of our annual financial statements. For these reasons, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and for each of the years then ended includes an explanatory paragraph indicating that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Subsequently, in June 2019, we entered into an amendment to the 2018 LSA which, among other changes, modified the revenue covenant. As a result, management now expects to be in compliance with the amended covenant for at least the next 12 months.

Our ability to generate revenue sufficient to achieve profitability will depend heavily on the successful commercialization of our currently marketed products and the products we plan to launch in the future. We anticipate that a substantial portion of our capital resources and efforts in the foreseeable future will be focused on the commercialization of our existing products, the development of our future product candidates, and the potential commercialization of our product candidates.

65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next two years. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash generated from sales of our products, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses through at least the next 24 months. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect. Additionally, our estimates and assumptions could be adversely impacted by the uncertainty associated with our ability to continue as a going concern.

Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from period to period, depending on the timing of our planned development activities, the growth of our sales and marketing activities and the timing of revenue recognition under ASC 606. We expect our expenses will increase substantially over time as we:

execute clinical studies to generate evidence supporting our current and future product candidates;
execute our commercialization strategy for our current and future products;
continue our ongoing and planned development of new products;
seek to discover and develop additional product candidates;
hire additional scientific and research and development staff; and
add additional operational, financial and management information systems and personnel.

Furthermore, following the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.

Factors affecting our performance

We believe there are several important factors that have impacted and that we expect will impact our operating performance and results of operations, including:

Report volume. We believe that the number of reports we deliver to physicians is an important indicator of growth of adoption among the healthcare provider community. Our revenue and costs are affected by the volume of testing and mix of customers. Our performance depends on our ability to retain and broaden adoption with existing prescribing physicians, as well as attract new physicians.
Reimbursement. We believe that expanding reimbursement is an important indicator of the value of our products. Payors require extensive evidence of clinical utility, clinical validity, patient outcomes and health economic benefits in order to provide reimbursement for diagnostics products. Our revenue depends on our ability to demonstrate the value of our products to these payors.
Gross margin. We believe that our gross margin is an important indicator of the operating performance of our business. Higher gross margins reflect the average selling price of our tests, as well as the operating efficiency of our laboratory operations.
New product development. A significant aspect of our business is our investment in research and development activities, including activities related to the development of new products. In addition to the development of new product candidates, we believe these studies are critical to gaining physician adoption of new products and driving favorable coverage decisions by payors for such products.

Components of the Results of Operations

Net Revenues

We generate revenues from the sale of our products, primarily from the sale of DecisionDx-Melanoma and DecisionDx-UM. We bill third-party payors and patients for the tests we perform.

We adopted the new revenue recognition guidance, ASC 606, on January 1, 2018 using the full retrospective method and adjusted the comparative reporting period for the year ended December 31, 2017. Under ASC 606, we recognize revenue at the amount we expect to be entitled, subject to a constraint for variable consideration, in the period in which our tests are delivered to the treating physicians. We have determined that our contracts contain variable consideration under ASC 606 because the amounts paid by third-party payors may be paid at

66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

less than our standard rates or not paid at all, with such differences considered implicit price concessions. Variable consideration is recognized only to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur in future periods when the uncertainties are resolved. We consider variable consideration to be fully constrained (and therefore not recognized) for Medicare claims when the payment of such claims is subject to approval by an ALJ at an appeal hearing, due to the level of uncertainty and timing of the outcome. Variable consideration is evaluated each reporting period and adjustments are recorded as increases or decreases in revenues. Importantly, we expect to recognize any revenue adjudicated by the ALJ in the reporting period in which we are notified of the ALJ hearing outcome. Due to ALJ hearings, potential future changes in insurance coverage policies, contractual rates, and other trends in the reimbursement of our tests, our revenues may fluctuate significantly from period to period.

Our ability to increase our revenues will depend on our ability to further penetrate our target market, and, in particular, generate sales through our direct sales force, develop and commercialize additional tests, obtain reimbursement from additional third-party payors and increase our reimbursement rate for tests performed. In the near term, our financial performance will be highly dependent on reimbursement for DecisionDx-Melanoma. The use of DecisionDx-Melanoma is not yet broadly covered under positive coverage policies, although many third-party payors have begun to reimburse for this test.

Cost of Sales

The components of our cost of sales are material and service costs, personnel costs, which includes stock-based compensation expense, equipment and infrastructure expenses associated with testing samples, electronic medical records, order and delivery systems, shipping charges to transport samples, third-party test fees, and allocated overhead including rent, information technology costs, equipment depreciation and utilities. Costs associated with performing tests are recorded when the test is accessioned regardless of whether and when revenues are recognized with respect to that test. As a result, our cost of sales as a percentage of revenues may vary significantly from period to period because we do not recognize all revenues in the period in which the associated costs are incurred. We expect cost of sales in absolute dollars to increase as the number of tests we perform increases.

Gross margin, calculated as net revenue minus cost of sales, is a key indicator we use to assess our business. For example, in 2016, we transitioned the performance of our genomic tests to a proprietary dedicated clinical lab from a third-party contract lab. This transition increased the gross margin from our genomic tests while also increasing our level of control of the performance of our tests and laboratory quality metrics.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses include costs incurred to develop our genomic tests, collect clinical samples and conduct clinical studies to develop and support our products. These costs consist of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, prototype materials, laboratory supplies, consulting costs, regulatory costs, electronic medical records set up costs, costs associated with setting up and conducting clinical studies and allocated overhead, including rent, information technology, equipment depreciation and utilities. We expense all research and development costs in the periods in which they are incurred. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in research and development activities related to developing enhanced and new products.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses include executive, selling and marketing, legal, finance and accounting, human resources, billing and client services. These expenses consist of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, direct marketing expenses, audit and legal expenses, consulting costs, training and medical education activities, payor outreach programs and allocated overhead, including rent, information technology, equipment depreciation, and utilities. In the near term, we expect increases in SG&A expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, investor relations activities, and additional insurance expenses. Other administrative and professional services expenses within SG&A are expected to increase with scale of our business, but selling and marketing-related expenses are expected to increase significantly, consistent with our growth strategy.

67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest Expense

Interest expense is attributable to borrowings under our term debt, revolving line of credit and convertible promissory notes, and also includes the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs.

Income Tax Expense

Our financial statements do not reflect any federal or state income tax benefits attributable to the net losses we have incurred, due to the uncertainty of realizing a benefit from those items. As of December 31, 2018, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $62.2 million, of which $48.3 million will begin to expire in 2028 if not utilized to offset taxable income, and $13.9 million may be carried forward indefinitely. Also, as of December 31, 2018, we had state net operating loss carryforwards of $60.8 million, which begin to expire in 2028 if not utilized to offset state taxable income.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods indicated (in thousands, except percentages):

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
Increase (Decrease)
 
2018
2019
 
(unaudited)
 
 
Net revenue
$
3,659
 
$
8,717
 
$
5,058
 
 
138.2
%
Cost of sales
 
1,253
 
 
1,598
 
 
345
 
 
27.5
%
Gross margin
 
2,406
 
 
7,119
 
 
4,713
 
 
195.9
%
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
 
1,263
 
 
1,394
 
 
131
 
 
10.4
%
Selling, general and administrative
 
4,228
 
 
6,047
 
 
1,819
 
 
43.0
%
Total operating expenses
 
5,491
 
 
7,441
 
 
1,950
 
 
35.5
%
Operating loss
 
(3,085
)
 
(322
)
 
2,763
 
 
89.6
%
Interest income
 
5
 
 
21
 
 
16
 
 
320.0
%
Interest expense
 
(529
)
 
(1,024
)
 
(495
)
 
(93.6
)%
Other income (expense), net
 
(21
)
 
(33
)
 
(12
)
 
(57.1
)%
Loss before income taxes
 
(3,630
)
 
(1,358
)
 
2,272
 
 
62.6
%
Income tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(3,630
)
$
(1,358
)
$
2,272
 
 
62.6
%

Net Revenues

Net revenues increased by $5.1 million, or 138.2%, due to a combination of increased test volume and higher per-unit revenues. Approximately 88% of the increase is attributable to DecisionDx-Melanoma test revenues with the remainder primarily attributable to DecisionDx-UM. For the three months ended March 31, 2019, we experienced an increase in overall test volumes of 17.8% and an increase in the average revenue per test of 102.2%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018. The increase in average revenue per test is primarily associated with the effect of the issuance of the final LCD for DecisionDx-Melanoma, issued by Palmetto and effective December 3, 2018. Coincident with the issuance of the LCD, a Medicare reimbursement rate for the test was established along with an agreement for payment of covered claims submitted for reimbursement beginning in February 2018. Note that as the Medicare LCD was not effective and the reimbursement rate was not known until the fourth quarter of 2018, the associated revenues were not recognized until the fourth quarter of 2018, which is when the criteria for revenue recognition was met. Medicare revenues for DecisionDx-Melanoma associated with test reports delivered in the first quarter of 2018, but not recognized in revenue until the fourth quarter of 2018, were $0.8 million. For each of the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, we recorded positive revenue adjustments of $0.6 million related to tests delivered in previous periods. Additionally, for the three months ended March 31, 2019, revenues included $0.2 million for tests associated with contract research activities.

68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales for the three months ended March 31, 2019 increased by $0.3 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018, primarily due to higher personnel costs due to additional headcount in our laboratory testing operations. As a percentage of net revenues, cost of sales was 34.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2018, compared to 18.3% for 2019, with the improvement principally a result of the increased operating leverage on the higher revenues. Due to the nature of our business, a significant portion of our cost of sales expenses represent fixed costs associated with our testing operations. Accordingly, our cost of sales expense will not necessarily increase or decrease commensurately with the change in net revenues from period to period.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased by $0.1 million, or 10.4%, for the three months ended March 31, 2019, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018, primarily associated with increases in personnel costs, legal fees and other costs, partially offset by lower clinical trials expense.

Selling, General and Administrative

SG&A expense increased by $1.8 million, or 43.0%, for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018. Approximately 57% of the increase is attributable to higher personnel costs, particularly within our sales function due to headcount expansion. The remainder of the increase was primarily associated with higher professional fees and increased travel costs. The higher professional fees were primarily attributable to accounting and reimbursement services.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased by $0.5 million, or 93.6%, for the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018. The effect of the issuance of the convertible promissory notes in January and February 2019 added $0.3 million in interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and consisted of the accrual of the contractual 8% interest plus the amortization of issuance costs and debt discount. The remainder of the increase is due to a combination of higher average outstanding balances and higher interest rates on our variable-rate term debt and revolving line of credit under our banking credit facility. Average outstanding bank debt balances were approximately $5.6 million higher during the three months ended March 31, 2019 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2018 and average interest rates increased by approximately 1.0% from the same period in 2018.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net, consists of the change in fair value of our liability for convertible preferred stock warrants and, beginning in 2019, the change in fair value of the embedded derivative liability associated with the convertible promissory notes. These liabilities are adjusted to their current fair values each period.

69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods indicated (in thousands, except percentages):

 
Years Ended December 31,
Increase (Decrease)
 
2017
2018
Net revenue
$
13,754
 
$
22,786
 
$
9,032
 
 
65.7
%
Cost of sales
 
4,922
 
 
5,297
 
 
375
 
 
7.6
%
Gross margin
 
8,832
 
 
17,489
 
 
8,657
 
 
98.0
%
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
 
4,473
 
 
4,854
 
 
381
 
 
8.5
%
Selling, general and administrative
 
15,259
 
 
16,470
 
 
1,211
 
 
7.9
%
Total operating expenses
 
19,732
 
 
21,324
 
 
1,592
 
 
8.1
%
Operating loss
 
(10,900
)
 
(3,835
)
 
7,065
 
 
64.8
%
Interest income
 
26
 
 
24
 
 
(2
)
 
(7.7
)%
Interest expense
 
(1,649
)
 
(2,275
)
 
(626
)
 
(38.0
)%
Other income (expense), net
 
163
 
 
(272
)
 
(435
)
 
(266.9
)%
Loss before income taxes
 
(12,360
)
 
(6,358
)
 
6,002
 
 
48.6
%
Income tax expense
 
10
 
 
9
 
 
(1
)
 
(10.0
)%
Net loss
$
(12,370
)
$
(6,367
)
$
6,003
 
 
48.5
%

Net Revenues

Net revenues increased $9.0 million, or 65.7%, due to a combination of increased test volume and higher per-unit revenues. Essentially all of the increase is attributable to DecisionDx-Melanoma. In 2018, we experienced an increase in overall test volumes of 26.7% and an increase in the average revenue per test of 30.8%, compared to 2017. The increase in average revenue per test is primarily related to the final LCD for DecisionDx-Melanoma, issued by Palmetto and effective December 3, 2018. Subsequent to the issuance of the LCD, a reimbursement rate for the test was established and an agreement to pay all covered claims submitted for reimbursement beginning in February 2018. Included in net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 were adjustments for variable consideration that unfavorably impacted net revenues by $0.9 million. There was no such amount for the year ended December 31, 2017 due to our election of a transition practical expedient in connection with the adoption of ASC 606 that permitted us to use the transaction price at the date the transaction was completed, rather than estimating variable consideration amounts, in the 2017 comparative reporting period.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased by $0.4 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily due to higher personnel costs due to additional headcount in our laboratory testing operations. As a percentage of net revenues, cost of sales was 35.8% for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to 23.2% for 2018, with the improvement principally a result of the increased leverage on the higher revenues. Due to the nature of our business, a significant portion of our cost of sales expenses represent fixed costs associated with our testing operations. Accordingly, our cost of sales expense will not necessarily increase or decrease commensurately with the change in net revenues from period to period.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased by $0.4 million, or 8.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily associated with increases in clinical trial activities and related expenses.

Selling, General and Administrative

SG&A expense increased by $1.2 million, or 7.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Approximately 50% of the increase is attributable to higher consulting and professional fees. The remainder of the increase was primarily associated with higher personnel costs, with the

70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

balance attributable to several other minor variations. The higher consulting and professional fees were primarily attributable to accounting and reimbursement services. The higher personnel costs reflect increased headcount in administrative support personnel, partially offset by the effect of temporary headcount fluctuations in our sales and marketing function during the year.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased by $0.6 million, or 38.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase is due to a combination of higher average outstanding debt balances and higher interest rates on our variable-rate term debt and revolving line of credit. Average outstanding debt balances were approximately $4.5 million higher in 2018 compared to 2017 and average interest rates increased by approximately 1.0%.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net, in both periods consists of the change in fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrants, which are recorded as a liability on the balance sheet. The liability is adjusted to its current fair value each period.

Income Tax Expense

We recorded minimal income tax expense in both the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, because the income tax benefit of net loss in both periods was fully offset by changes in the valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets, as we have determined that it is more likely than not that these benefits will not be realized.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2018, our net loss was $6.4 million, our net cash used in operating activities was $12.3 million and we had an accumulated deficit of $57.5 million as of December 31, 2018. For the three months ended March 31, 2019, our net loss was $1.4 million, our net cash provided by operating activities was $1.3 million and we had an accumulated deficit of $58.8 million as of March 31, 2019. We also have substantial indebtedness, the terms of which require us to meet a monthly three-month trailing revenue covenant. Although we were in compliance with this covenant as of December 31, 2018 and the most recently tested month prior to the date of this prospectus, management’s projections, including consideration of certain revenue recognition policies, previously indicated potential non-compliance with the revenue covenant during the 12 months following the date of issuance of our annual financial statements. For these reasons, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and for each of the years then ended includes an explanatory paragraph indicating that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Subsequently, in June 2019, we entered into an amendment to our 2018 LSA which, among other changes, modified the revenue covenant. As a result, management now expects to be in compliance with the amended covenant for at least the next 12 months.

Our continuation as a going concern is dependent on our ability to obtain additional financing until we can generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet our obligations. We intend to continue to seek additional debt or equity financing to continue our operations. There is no assurance that we will attain profitability or that additional debt or equity financing will be available to us.

As of March 31, 2019, we have raised aggregate cash proceeds of $46.6 million from the sale of our convertible preferred stock, in various private placements beginning in 2008, which we have used to fund our operations. In addition, we have obtained financing through term debt, a revolving line of credit and convertible promissory notes, which are discussed further below.

Funding Requirements

Our primary uses of capital are, and we expect will continue to be, compensation and related expenses, clinical research and development services, laboratory and related supplies, legal and other regulatory expenses and general administrative costs. We anticipate that a substantial portion of our capital resources and efforts in the foreseeable future will be focused on the commercialization of our existing products, the development of our future product candidates the potential commercialization of our product candidates, should their development be successful, and general administrative costs.

71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have two product candidates in the late stage development that we plan to launch commercially in the second half of 2020. The successful development of other product candidates is highly uncertain. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and estimated costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the clinical development of all our product candidates. We are also unable to predict when, if ever, revenue will commence from sales of our product candidates. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing genomic tests, including, among others, the uncertainty of:

successful commencement and completion of clinical trials protocols;
successful identification and acquisition of tissue samples;
the development and validation of genomic classifiers; and
acceptance of new genomic tests by physicians, patients and third-party payors.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates would significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate.

We will also incur costs as a public company that we have not previously incurred or have previously incurred at lower rates, including increased costs and expenses for fees to members of our board of directors, increased personnel costs, increased director and officer insurance premiums, audit and legal fees, investor relations fees and expenses for compliance with public-company reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq.

As of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of $4.5 million and $16.2 million, respectively. In the first quarter of 2019, we received proceeds of $11.8 million from the sale of convertible promissory notes. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash generated from sales of our products, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses through at least the next 24 months.

We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with research, development and commercialization of product candidates, we are unable to estimate the exact amount of our working capital requirements. Our future funding requirements will depend on and could increase significantly as a result of many factors, including those listed above.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate revenue sufficient to achieve profitability, we expect to finance our operations through a combination of equity and debt financings, which may not be available to us on the timing needed or on terms that we deem to be favorable. We do not currently have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of common stockholders. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making acquisitions or capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product discovery and development activities or future commercialization efforts.

72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Long-Term Debt

Our long-term debt consists of term debt and a revolving line of credit and are presented in the table below (in thousands):

 
As of December 31,
As of March 31,
 
2017
2018
2019
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Term debt
$
16,013
 
$
21,350
 
$
21,350
 
Revolving line of credit
 
4,000
 
 
5,000
 
 
4,011
 
Total principal amount
 
20,013
 
 
26,350
 
 
25,361
 
Unamortized discount and issuance costs
 
(1,410
)
 
(1,850
)
 
(1,729
)
Total long-term debt
 
18,603
 
 
24,500
 
 
23,632
 
Less: Current portion of long-term debt
 
1,000
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt, less current portion
$
17,603
 
$
24,500
 
$
23,632
 

The table above excludes our convertible promissory notes, which are classified as current liabilities in the balance sheet. See the “Convertible Promissory Notes” section below for details.

Term Debt

2017 L oan and Security Agreement

On March 31, 2017, we executed a loan and security agreement, or the 2017 LSA, with Oxford, as collateral agent, and SVB with Oxford and SVB as equal syndicated lenders, or the Lenders. The 2017 LSA provides a term loan of $15.0 million, or the 2017 Term Loan, and a credit line of up to $5.0 million (discussed in the “Revolving Line of Credit” section below) and granted to the Lenders a priority first lien security interest in substantially all of our assets. The 2017 Term Loan of $15.0 million was made on the effective date of the agreement and was used to repay all outstanding obligations with respect to our previous lending arrangement. The maturity date of the 2017 Term Loan was to be April 1, 2021, or the 2017 Term Loan Maturity Date.

The 2017 Term Loan bore interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of 7.25% and 6.48% above the U.S. LIBOR rate and required the payment of interest only each month for the one-year period beginning with the date of initial funding of the loan. The applicable annual interest rate of the 2017 LSA on the effective date, and as of December 31, 2017, was 7.46% and 8.04%, respectively. Repayment of principal was to be made in 36 monthly installments of principal and interest beginning in the month following the one-year interest-only period; provided, that if we achieved a stipulated revenue target for the trailing 12-month period ending January 31, 2018, 30 fixed monthly installments, beginning in the month following an 18-month interest-only period. Additionally, the 2017 LSA also included an obligation to make an additional final payment of 6.25% (6.75% in the case the stipulated revenue target was met) of the aggregate original principal amount of the 2017 Term Loan upon any prepayment or on the 2017 Term Loan Maturity Date. As we achieved the stipulated revenue target, repayment of principal was to be made in 30 fixed monthly installments beginning in the month following the 18-month interest-only period (i.e., November 1, 2018) and the additional final payment amount was to be 6.75% of the original principal amount, or $1,012,500. The final payment amount was being amortized as additional interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the debt.

As stipulated in the 2017 LSA and concurrent with the funding of the 2017 Term Loan, we issued Series F preferred stock warrants to the Lenders which had an aggregate initial fair value of $382,597. In accordance with ASC 480-10, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , or ASC 480-10, the warrants are liability-classified as the underlying to the warrant is a puttable security. The initial recognition of the warrant liability created a discount to the debt, which is being amortized over the debt term using the effective interest method. With respect to Oxford, the 2017 LSA was accounted for as a new borrowing. With respect to SVB, the 2017 LSA was accounted for as a modification of our previous lending arrangement with SVB, and therefore no extinguishment gain or loss was recognized.

2018 Loan and Security Agreement

On November 30, 2018, we entered into the 2018 LSA with Oxford, as collateral agent, and Oxford and SVB as equal syndicated lenders. The 2018 LSA replaced the 2017 LSA and provided for a $20.0 million term loan, or

73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the 2018 Term Loan, and a credit line of up to $5.0 million (discussed in the “Revolving Line of Credit” section below), prior to amendment of the 2018 LSA on June 13, 2019, as discussed below. Our obligations under the 2018 LSA are secured by substantially all of our assets, excluding intellectual property and subject to certain other exceptions and limitations. We have the right to prepay the 2018 Term Loan in whole or in part at any time, subject to a prepayment fee of 2.50% if prepaid on or prior to November 30, 2019, 1.50% if prepaid after November 30, 2019 and on or prior to November 30, 2020, and 0.75% thereafter. Upon prepayment, we are also obligated to pay a non-refundable early termination fee of $496,785. Amounts prepaid or repaid under the 2018 Term Loan may not be reborrowed. The 2018 LSA contained a financial covenant that requires us to achieve a monthly trailing six-month revenue target each month throughout the term of the agreement, which was recently amended and changed to a monthly trailing three-month revenue target, as discussed further below. As of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, we were in compliance with this covenant. In addition, the 2018 LSA contains customary conditions of borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness and make distributions to holders of our capital stock. Should an event of default occur, including the occurrence of a material adverse change, we could be liable for immediate repayment of all obligations under the 2018 LSA.

On June 13, 2019, we entered into an amendment to the 2018 LSA, or the Amendment, which, among other things, requires that we achieve certain revenue levels tested monthly on a trailing three-month basis. For each month through December 31, 2019, the trailing three-month revenue requirements are calculated as a percentage of our previously approved applicable monthly revenue targets. For monthly periods ending after December 31, 2019, the trailing three-months revenue requirements will be determined by the Lenders upon receipt and review of our monthly financial projections for the year, subject to certain specified criteria regarding minimum requirements. Revenues, if any, that we recognize as a result of an ALJ appeal process from consolidated claims initiatives for DecisionDx-Melanoma do not count toward the minimum revenue requirements. We were in compliance with this covenant as the the most recently tested month prior to the date of this prospectus. Additionally, the Amendment eliminated the $5.0 million revolving line and increased the 2018 Term Loan by $5.0 million.

The 2018 Term Loan bears interest at a floating rate equal to the greater of 8.55% and the 30-day U.S. LIBOR rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal on the last business day of the month that precedes the month in which the interest will accrue, plus 6.48%. The applicable interest rate on the 2018 Term Loan was 8.98% as of December 31, 2018 and 8.97% as of March 31, 2019, respectively. Interest on the 2018 Term Loan is payable monthly in arrears. We are permitted to make interest-only payments on the 2018 Term Loan through May 31, 2020. The principal is required to be repaid in 30 equal monthly installments beginning on June 1, 2020. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest is due on November 1, 2022, or the 2018 Term Loan Maturity Date. We are also obligated to make an additional final payment of 6.75% of the aggregate original principal amount, or $1,350,000 as of March 31, 2019, upon any prepayment or on the 2018 Term Loan Maturity Date. The final payment amount is being amortized as additional interest expense using the effective interest method of the term of the debt. The final payment amount increased to $1,687,500 in connection with the $5.0 million increase to the 2018 Term Loan under the Amendment.

The 2018 Term Loan was fully funded on November 30, 2018 and the 2018 Revolving Line (defined and discussed below) was fully drawn upon on November 30, 2018. Proceeds from the 2018 LSA were used to repay all outstanding obligations under the 2017 LSA and to provide working capital. As a condition of the loan, we issued Series F preferred stock warrants to the Lenders with an aggregate initial fair value of $158,000. In accordance with ASC 480-10, the warrants are liability-classified as the underlying to the warrant is a puttable security. The initial recognition of the warrant liability created a discount to the debt, which is being amortized over the debt term using the effective interest method. The 2018 LSA was accounted for as a modification of the previous lending arrangement with SVB and Oxford, and therefore no extinguishment gain or loss was recognized.

Revolving Line of Credit

In connection with the issuance of the 2017 Term Loan, we repaid $2.0 million that was drawn on the revolving line under our previous lending arrangement. In the 2017 LSA, the Lenders agreed to provide availability to us of up to $5.0 million of credit, or the 2017 Revolving Line, based on the application of an advance rate against either specified accounts receivable, or accounts receivable in the aggregate, contingent on our satisfaction of borrowing base eligibility requirements. Any outstanding credit advanced against the 2017 Revolving Line was to

74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

be due in full no later than March 31, 2019. We drew $4.0 million on the 2017 Revolving Line in June 2017 and drew the remaining $1.0 million balance in May 2018. The 2017 Revolving Line bore interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of 6.25% and 5.48% above the U.S. LIBOR rate. The applicable interest rate on the 2017 Revolving Line at December 31, 2017 was 7.04%.

In the 2018 LSA, the Lenders continued to provide credit availability to us of up to $5.0 million, or the 2018 Revolving Line, with similar terms as the 2017 Revolving Line, except that the 2018 Revolving Line was to be due in full no later than November 30, 2020. The 2018 Revolving Line was eliminated in connection with the Amendment. The applicable interest rate on the 2018 Revolving Line was 7.98% and 7.97% as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively.

Convertible Promissory Notes

In January and February 2019, we issued $11,770,375 principal amount of unsecured convertible promissory notes, or the Notes, of which $4,755,882 was with related parties (executive officers, members of our board of directors or entities affiliated with them). The Notes bear simple interest at a rate of 8% per annum with a maturity date of January 31, 2020.

On or before the maturity date, the entire outstanding principal amount of and accrued interest on the Notes, or the Conversion Amount, is automatically convertible into shares of our equity securities issued and sold in a single or series of related transactions, with the principal purpose of raising capital, in which we sell shares of such equity securities for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $10.0 million, or the Next Equity Financing. The number of shares of such equity securities issuable in the Next Equity Financing is equal to the quotient of the Conversion Amount as of the closing date of the Next Equity Financing divided by a per share price that is equal to 80% of the lowest per share purchase price of the equity securities sold in the Next Equity Financing. If the Notes have not been repaid or converted prior to the maturity date, then, at the request of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of and accrued interest on the Notes, then the Conversion Amount as of the maturity date will convert into shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, or any senior equity security issued by us after the first issuance of the Notes, in each case at a conversion price equal to the price at which such security was last sold (currently $5.8208 for shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock). If we undergo a change of control while the Notes are outstanding, we are required to repurchase each Note from each holder at a repurchase price equal to two times the principal amount of such Note, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on such Note as of the date of such repurchase.

As discussed further in Note 7 to the unaudited interim condensed financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, the Notes contain a beneficial conversion feature and an embedded derivative, both of which created a significant debt discount that is being amortized over the life of the debt (that is, through January 31, 2020) using the effective interest method, which will result in significant increases in non-cash interest expense in each succeeding reporting period through the date of maturity or through such earlier date the Notes are otherwise settled or converted.

75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes the aggregate values recorded for the Notes at issuance and as of March 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 
At Issuance 1
March 31, 2019
 
(unaudited)
Liability component:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal
$
11,770
 
$
11,770
 
Unamortized issuance costs
 
(74
)
 
(73
)
Unamortized discount from beneficial conversion feature
 
(8,378
)
 
(8,226
)
Unamortized discount from embedded derivative
 
(2,816
)
 
(2,765
)
Net carrying amount of the liability component
 
502
 
 
706
 
Embedded derivative liability
 
2,816
 
 
2,862
 
Total
$
3,318
 
$
3,568
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity component:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying value of beneficial conversion feature recorded in additional paid-in capital
$
8,378
 
$
8,378
 
1 The Notes were issued on January 31, 2019, February 12, 2019 and February 27, 2019.

The Notes are classified as current liabilities on the balance sheet due to their contractual maturity date of January 31, 2020.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented (in thousands):

 
Years Ended December 31,
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2017
2018
2018
2019
 
 
 
(unaudited)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
$
(12,234
)
$
(12,295
)
$
(2,509
)
$
1,288
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(495
)
 
(277
)
 
(29
)
 
(244
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
8,867
 
 
15,838
 
 
5,348
 
 
10,707
 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
$
(3,862
)
$
3,266
 
$
2,810
 
$
11,751
 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities of $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and was primarily attributable to the net loss of $12.4 million, increases in accounts receivable of $0.4 million and decreases in accrued compensation of $0.2 million, partially offset by net non-cash charges of $0.8 million, primarily consisting of $0.5 million in amortization of debt discount and issuance costs and depreciation expense of $0.3 million. Net cash used in operating activities of $12.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was primarily attributable to increases in accounts receivable of $8.4 million, the net loss of $6.4 million and increases in inventory of $0.6 million, partially offset by increases in accrued compensation and other accrued liabilities of $1.5 million and net non-cash charges of $1.4 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $0.6 million in amortization of debt discount and issuance costs, stock compensation expense of $0.3 million, changes in the fair value of our preferred stock warrants of $0.3 million and depreciation expense of $0.3 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and was primarily attributable to the net loss of $3.6 million, partially offset by increases in accrued compensation of $1.0 million and non-cash charges of $0.3 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $0.1 million each of amortization of debt discount and issuance costs, stock compensation expense and depreciation expense. Net cash provided by operating activities of $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was primarily

76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

attributable to decreases in accounts receivable of $3.8 million and net non-cash charges of $0.6 million, partially offset by decreases in accrued compensation of $1.8 million and the net loss of $1.4 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $0.3 million in amortization of debt discount and issuance costs, stock compensation expense of $0.2 million and depreciation expense of $0.1 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 consisted entirely of purchases of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and consisted primarily of $6.6 million of net proceeds from the issuance of term debt and preferred stock warrants in connection with the 2017 LSA, $4.0 million in proceeds from our line of credit and $0.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock, partially offset by a $2.0 million in repayment on our line of credit. Net cash provided by financing activities was $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, and consisted primarily of $10.4 million in proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and preferred stock warrants, $4.4 million from the issuance of term debt and preferred stock warrants in connection with the 2018 LSA and $1.0 million in proceeds from our line of credit.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $5.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, essentially all of which was attributable to proceeds received from the issuance of preferred stock. Net cash provided by financing activities was $10.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and consisted primarily of $11.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes, partially offset by $1.0 million in repayments on our line of credit.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

 
Payments Due by Period
 
Less than
1 year
1-3 years
3-5 years
More than
5 years
Total
Principal payments on long-term debt
$
 
$
17,667
 
$
8,683
 
$
 
$
26,350
 
Interest payments on long-term debt (1)
 
2,195
 
 
3,138
 
 
329
 
 
 
 
5,662
 
Operating lease obligations (2)
 
294
 
 
553
 
 
415
 
 
 
 
1,262
 
Total (3)
$
2,489
 
$
21,358
 
$
9,427
 
$
 
$
33,274
 
(1) Our long-term debt bears interest at a variable rate and therefore our actual interest payments are subject to changes in market interest rates. Estimated interest payments included in the table above are based on interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2018 applied to the principal balances outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and considering the contractual repayment schedule.
(2) Primarily associated with facility leases for our Phoenix, Arizona laboratory and our Friendswood, Texas corporate headquarters.
(3) The table above does not include the obligations associated with the convertible promissory notes issued in 2019. See the discussion above under “Convertible Promissory Notes” for information about these obligations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently have, nor did we have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC, during the periods presented.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, costs and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we

77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with ASC 606 . We adopted ASC 606 with an initial application date of January 1, 2018 using the full retrospective method. In accordance with ASC 606, we follow a five-step process to recognize revenues: (1) identify the contract with the customer; (2) identify the performance obligations; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation; and (5) recognize revenues when the performance obligations are satisfied.

All of our revenues from contracts with customers are associated with the provision of diagnostic and prognostic cancer test reports. Our revenues are primarily derived from DecisionDx-Melanoma, for cutaneous melanoma, and we also have revenues attributable to DecisionDx-UM, for uveal melanoma.

We have determined that we have a contract with the patient when the treating physician orders the test. Our contracts generally contain a single performance obligation, which is the delivery of the test report, and we satisfy our performance obligation at the point in time when we deliver the test report to the treating physician, at which point we can bill for the report. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the amount of consideration we expect to receive, or the transaction price, and considers the effects of variable consideration, which is discussed further below.

Once we satisfy our performance obligations and bill for the test report, the timing of the collection of payments may vary based on the payment practices of the third-party payor and the existence of contractually established reimbursement rates. Most of the payments for our test reports are made by third-party payors, including Medicare and commercial health insurance carriers. Certain contracts contain a contractual commitment of a reimbursement rate that differs from our list prices. However, absent a contractually committed reimbursement rate with a commercial carrier or governmental program, our diagnostic tests may or may not be covered by these entities’ existing reimbursement policies. In addition, patients do not enter into direct agreements with us that commit them to pay any portion of the cost of the tests in the event that their insurance provider declines to reimburse us. We may pursue, on a case-by-case basis, reimbursement from such patients in the form of co-payments and co-insurance, in accordance with the contractual obligations that we have with the insurance carrier or health plan. These situations may result in a delay in the collection of payments.

The Medicare claims that are covered by policy under an LCD are generally paid at the established rate by our Medicare contractor within 30 days from receipt. As the LCD currently only covers a portion of the DecisionDx-Melanoma test reports, we provide for patients covered by Medicare, we intend to attempt to expand this LCD coverage policy in the future. Medicare claims that were either submitted to Medicare prior to the LCD’s effective date or that are not otherwise covered by the terms of the LCD, but that may meet the definition of being reasonable and necessary pursuant to Section 1862(a)(1)(A) of the Social Security Act, are generally appealed by us. If our appeal is successful at the first level (termed “redetermination”), second level (termed “reconsideration”) or third level of appeal (de novo hearing with an ALJ), payment may be made for all or a portion of the claim.

We have concluded that our contracts include variable consideration because the amounts paid by Medicare or commercial health insurance carriers may be paid at less than our standard rates or not paid at all, with such differences considered implicit price concessions. Variable consideration attributable to these price concessions is measured at the expected value using the “most likely amount” method under ASC 606. The amounts are determined by historical average collection rates by test type and payor category taking into consideration the range of possible outcomes, the predictive value of our past experiences, the time period of when uncertainties expect to be resolved and the amount of consideration that is susceptible to factors outside of our influence, such as the judgment and actions of third parties. Such variable consideration is included in the transaction price only to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not

78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

occur when the uncertainties with respect to the amount are resolved. Variable consideration may be constrained and excluded from the transaction price in situations where there is no contractually agreed upon reimbursement coverage or in the absence of a predictable pattern and history of collectability with a payor. Variable consideration for Medicare claims is deemed to be fully constrained when the payment of such claims is subject to approval by an ALJ at an appeal hearing, due to factors outside our influence (i.e., judgment or actions of third parties) and the uncertainty of the amount to be received is not expected to be resolved for a long period of time. Variable consideration is evaluated each reporting period and adjustments are recorded as increases or decreases in revenues. Included in revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 were $0, $(0.9) million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of revenue increases (decreases) associated with changes in estimated variable consideration related to performance obligations satisfied in previous periods. The amount was zero for the year ended December 31, 2017 due to the application of a transition practical expedient in connection with the adoption of ASC 606.

Because our contracts with customers have an expected duration of one year or less, we have elected the practical expedient in ASC 606 to not disclose information about our remaining performance obligations. Any incremental costs to obtain contracts are recorded as SG&A expense as incurred due to the short duration of our contracts. Contract balances consisted solely of accounts receivable (both current and noncurrent) as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and March 31, 2019.

DecisionD x -Melanoma Claims Consolidation

In June 2017, we submitted to the Office of Medicare Hearings and Appeals, or OMHA, a formal request to participate in a program to consolidate and adjudicate large volumes of claim disputes at an accelerated rate. The program consolidates outstanding claim appeals pending at the ALJ level and uses a statistical-sampling approach where multiple ALJs will determine reimbursement results for a sample of claims which are then extrapolated to the universe of claims. Our consolidated appeal includes 2,698 DecisionDx-Melanoma claims dating from 2013 through spring 2017. The judges who will review the sample sets have been identified and the hearings were held in April 2019 with a supplemental hearing in May 2019. No formal ruling has been issued to date. In accordance with ASC 606, we have not recognized (fully constrained the variable consideration) any revenues attributable to these claims in our financial statements pending the outcome of this matter. We expect to recognize any revenue adjudicated by the ALJ in the reporting period in which we are notified of the ALJ hearing outcome.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense for equity instruments issued to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. The fair value of each employee stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model. We recognize compensation costs on a straight-line basis for all employee stock-based compensation awards over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the awards’ vesting period (typically four years). Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

Following is a description of the significant assumptions used in the option pricing model:

Expected term . The expected term is the period of time that granted options are expected to be outstanding. We have set the expected term using the simplified method based on the weighted average of both the period to vesting and the period to maturity for each option as we have concluded that our stock option exercise history does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term.
Expected volatility . Because our stock is not traded in an active market, we calculate volatility by using the historical stock prices of a group of similar companies looking back over the estimated life of the option and averaging the volatilities of these companies.
Risk-free interest rate . We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model on the market yield in effect at the time of option grant provided from the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Releases and historical publications from the Treasury constant maturities rates for the equivalent remaining terms.
Dividend yield . We have not paid, and do not have plans to pay, cash dividends. Therefore, we use an expected dividend yield of zero in the Black-Scholes option valuation model.

79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth the assumptions used to determine the fair value of stock options:

 
Year s Ended December 31,
Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
2017
2018
2019
Average expected term
6 years
6 years
6 years
Expected stock price volatility
58.64% - 60.23%
57.77% - 58.29%
58.22% - 58.84%
Risk-free interest rate
1.59% - 2.13%
2.77% - 3.13%
2.18% - 2.47%
Dividend yield
0%
0%
0%

Common S tock V aluations

As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, the estimated fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors, with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock and our board of directors’ assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant, and factors that may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. Prior to our initial public offering, given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, the valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors with input from management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

contemporaneous independent valuations performed at periodic intervals by an independent third-party valuation firm;
the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;
our operating and financial performance and forecast and capital resources;
current business conditions;
the hiring of key personnel;
our stage of commercialization;
the status of research and development efforts;
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;
any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;
trends and developments in our industry;
the market performance of comparable publicly traded technology companies; and
the U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions.

In valuing our common stock, we utilized the market approach (including the Guideline Public Company method and recent company transactions method considering our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock financing), which are considered highly complex and subjective valuation methodologies. The Guideline Public Company method estimates value based on a comparison to comparable public companies that are similar to us in line of business, size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined which is applied to our operating results to estimate an equity value, or Equity Value. The company transaction method estimates the Equity Value based on an assessment of recent transactions in our common stock as well as an assessment of recent preferred stock financing transactions.

80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Equity Value was allocated among the various classes of our equity securities to derive a per share value of our common stock. We performed this allocation using the option pricing method, or OPM, which treats the securities comprising our capital structure as call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences of our various series of preferred stock and the exercise prices of our options and warrants, and a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, which involves the estimation of multiple future potential outcomes for us, and estimates of the probability of each potential outcome. The per share value of our common stock determined using the PWERM approach is ultimately based upon probability-weighted per share values resulting from the various future scenarios, which include an initial public offering, merger or sale or continued operation as a private company.

After the Equity Value is determined and allocated to the various classes of shares, a discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, is applied to arrive at the fair value of the common stock. A DLOM is meant to account for the lack of marketability of a stock that is not traded on public exchanges. For financial reporting purposes, we considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date of our stock options to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation or a straight-line interpolation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.

For valuations after the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant or other relevant determination date, as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in the accompanying notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our primary market risk exposure relates to interest rates on our outstanding long-term debt, which bears interest at variable market rates. Based on bank borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, if market interest rates were to increase by 1.0%, our interest expense and operating cash flows would be adversely impacted by approximately $250,000 on an annual basis.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and research and development costs. We do not believe inflation has had a material effect on our results of operations during the periods presented.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can leverage the extended transition period, provided in Section 102(b) of the JOBS Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We also intend to rely on other exemptions provided by the JOBS Act, including without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a commercial-stage dermatological cancer company focused on providing physicians and their patients with personalized, clinically actionable genomic information to make more accurate treatment decisions. We believe that the traditional approach to developing a treatment plan for certain cancers using clinical and pathology factors alone is inadequate and can be improved by incorporating personalized genomic information. Our non-invasive products utilize proprietary algorithms to provide an assessment of a patient’s specific risk of metastasis or recurrence of their cancer, allowing physicians to identify patients who are likely to benefit from an escalation of care as well as those who may avoid unnecessary medical and surgical interventions. Our lead product, DecisionDx-Melanoma, is a proprietary multi-gene expression profile, or GEP, test that predicts the risk of metastasis or recurrence for patients diagnosed with invasive cutaneous melanoma, a deadly skin cancer. We also market DecisionDx-UM, which is a proprietary GEP test that predicts the risk of metastasis for patients with uveal melanoma, a rare eye cancer. Based on the substantial clinical evidence that we have developed, we have received Medicare coverage for both of our products, which represents approximately 50% of our addressable patient population. We also have two late-stage proprietary products in development that address cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma, or SCC, and suspicious pigmented lesions, which are indications with high clinical need in dermatological cancer.

Skin cancer is the most commonly diagnosed cancer in the United States. There are more than 5.5 million new cases of skin cancer diagnosed annually, compared with 1.6 million new cases for all other cancers combined. DecisionDx-Melanoma targets more than an estimated 100,000 patients diagnosed with invasive cutaneous melanoma each year, which we believe is underreported. In addition, our two late-stage proprietary products target approximately 200,000 patients diagnosed with SCC with high-risk features and approximately 300,000 patients with suspicious pigmented lesions without a definitive diagnosis of skin cancer. We estimate that the total addressable U.S. market for these three indications is approximately $1.8 billion.

Healthcare providers, predominately dermatologists and surgeons who treat melanoma patients, make nearly all treatment decisions for patients diagnosed with skin cancers based upon their expected risk of metastasis or recurrence. Historically these treatment decisions have been based solely on clinical and pathology factors, such as tumor depth or width, ulceration status, nerve invasion and evidence of metastasis to the sentinel lymph node, or SLN. Physicians use these factors to group, or stage, patients into stage-related populations. The average risk of metastasis within a population then guides treatment decisions for all patients within a respective population. However, an individual patient’s risk of metastasis can be significantly different from these stage-related population averages, thereby resulting in some patients receiving unnecessary medical and surgical interventions and some patients being undertreated. This treatment paradigm has led to suboptimal patient care and unnecessary costs to the healthcare system.

We believe that incorporating the genomics of each individual patient’s tumor biology to inform on their specific risk of metastasis can aid the decision-making process for their treatment plan, help optimize patient outcomes and reduce healthcare costs. The genomics of cutaneous melanoma and other skin cancers are highly complex because, unlike some other types of cancer, the presence or absence of a single gene or a limited number of genes has not been shown to accurately predict the risk of metastasis or recurrence. Rather, we believe that risk of metastasis or recurrence of skin cancer requires the analysis of gene expression profiles occurring at the RNA level through the application of artificial intelligence, deep learning and proprietary techniques to identify clinically relevant genomic patterns. Once identified, we then undertake extensive clinical validation and clinical utility studies to develop products that address key unmet medical needs for patients and physicians.

In cutaneous melanoma, nearly every treatment plan decision is based upon a patient’s risk of metastasis and the traditional clinical and pathology factors that are used to estimate population-based rates of metastasis can be inaccurate predictors of an individual patient’s risk. A primary tumor diagnostic biopsy is used to identify most of these factors, such as tumor thickness and ulceration status. These factors then assist physicians in their decision of whether to discuss or recommend a second procedure, the invasive sentinel lymph node biopsy, or SLNB, surgery which can provide additional prognostic information. However, the clinical and pathology factors that lead to a recommendation to perform the SLNB surgery have limitations, in that they are not very predictive when it comes to the likelihood that the patient will have an SLN-positive biopsy result, meaning that melanoma cells are found in their lymph nodes. In fact, approximately 88% of patients who undergo the SLNB surgery are found to have an SLN-negative biopsy result, and these patients remain either as Stage I, the lowest risk group,

82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or as Stage II, the next lowest risk group. Furthermore, despite being classified as low-risk, two out of three patients who develop metastatic disease and die from the primary melanoma tumor received an SLN-negative biopsy result and were classified as Stage I or II following SLNB surgery. The significant diagnostic discordance that exists between the clinical and pathologic factors and likelihood of both an SLN-positive biopsy result and the risk of metastasis or recurrence has led to an opportunity to improve care by adding personalized genomic information.

We developed our proprietary, non-invasive DecisionDx-Melanoma product to address this diagnostic discordance in patients with Stage I-III cutaneous melanoma. The product interrogates the biology of a patient’s tumor by analyzing the gene expression profile of 31 genes, a process made possible by our proprietary algorithm, developed using machine learning techniques. DecisionDx-Melanoma reports the risk of metastasis or recurrence for a patient’s melanoma into two classes and two subclasses, ranging from Class 1A, the lowest risk group, through Class 2B, the highest risk group, based on the genomics of a patient’s tumor. Physicians and patients use this additional tumor-specific genomic information, along with traditional staging criteria, to make better-informed decisions about how to manage the disease.

We have published 18 studies to support the two current clinically actionable uses of DecisionDx-Melanoma. The first use immediately following diagnosis is based upon a patient’s likelihood of having an SLN-negative biopsy result so that physicians and their patients can discuss the risk and benefit of undergoing the SLNB surgery. Data from our 1,421 patient prospective study showed that the 1,065 patients with a melanoma less than or equal to 2.0 mm thick, defined as T1-T2 melanoma, and who received a DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1A test result, had only a 4.6% likelihood of an SLN-positive biopsy result. This is clinically relevant because current guidelines do not recommend offering the SLNB surgery if the likelihood of an SLN-positive biopsy result is 5% or less. Therefore, all patients with a T1-T2 melanoma and a DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1A test result, which represented approximately 70% of all T1-T2 patients in our study, could avoid the SLNB surgery based on current guidelines. The second use of our product is to inform the appropriate treatment plan, regardless of the decision to undergo or avoid the SLNB surgery. The aggregate data from all of our published long-term archival population showed a 99.6% negative predictive value, or NPV, for melanoma-specific survival at five years for patients who received a DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1A test result; meaning that at the five-year mark, 99.6% of patients with a Class 1A test result did not die from their melanoma. We have also demonstrated, in all four of our clinical impact studies, that physicians changed their treatment plans approximately 50% of the time after receiving our test results, showing that DecisionDx-Melanoma can change the way physicians treat their patients.

We also market DecisionDx-UM, a genomic test for use in identifying patients diagnosed with uveal melanoma who are at a low risk of metastasis. Uveal melanoma is a rare but deadly disease with approximately 1,600 patients diagnosed in the United States annually. Similar to DecisionDx-Melanoma, this product also uses a proprietary algorithm developed using machine learning techniques to interrogate the biology of a patient’s tumor by analyzing the gene expression profile of 15 genes of a patient’s tumor. Because approximately 30% of uveal melanoma goes on to metastasize within three years, prior to the availability of DecisionDx-UM in 2010, once the primary eye tumor was treated, nearly all patients were managed under an aggressive metastatic surveillance treatment plan. We have an expansive, peer-reviewed publication dataset with 14 studies documenting the validity and utility of DecisionDx-UM. The first prospective, multi-center study reported a 98% NPV at five years for metastatic-free survival for patients who received a Class 1A test result. Based upon this and additional clinical validity data, two clinical impact studies we conducted reported that over 90% of post-diagnostic management decisions align with the DecisionDx-UM results.

We are developing additional products targeting the challenges faced by physicians in treating their patients’ skin cancer, with two products in late stage development. One of our product candidates, DecisionDx-SCC, is a proprietary GEP test designed to predict the risk of metastasis in patients diagnosed with SCC. Approximately one million patients are diagnosed with SCC in the United States each year. We estimate that approximately 200,000 of those patients have one or more high-risk factors associated with their SCC. The available clinical and pathology staging systems result in many patients receiving unnecessary adjuvant interventions or, for those who may benefit from adjuvant interventions, being placed in “watchful waiting” regimens. Our most recent development study analysis suggests that significant improvements relative to available staging systems could be possible. Based on the timing and results of our planned and ongoing clinical validation studies, we intend to commercially launch this product in the second half of 2020.

83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are also developing a proprietary GEP test designed to assist physicians in the diagnosis of suspicious pigmented lesions. Of the approximately two million pigmented lesion skin biopsies performed for the diagnosis of melanoma annually in the United States, we estimate that approximately 300,000 cannot be confidently confirmed as melanoma or benign lesion through the use of histopathology alone. Based on the timing and results of our planned and ongoing clinical studies, we intend to commercially launch this product in the second half of 2020.

We have built a commercial organization that focuses on providing solutions to dermatologists, dermatological pathologists and surgeons who care for patients with skin cancer. Our focus on dermatologic cancers has provided us with unique insights into the challenges faced by these physicians that have enabled us to drive adoption of DecisionDx-Melanoma, as well as to identify opportunities for additional products to address unmet clinical needs in dermatologic cancer. We have processed over 40,000 clinical samples since commercial launch, with total proprietary GEP report volume increasing from less than 4,000 in 2015 to more than 13,400 in 2018. Our annual revenue increased from $13.8 million in 2017 to $22.8 million in 2018. We will continue to develop clinical data to substantiate the value of our marketed products, which we believe is important for physicians as they adopt our products for multiple uses. Since the end of 2018, we have also expanded our sales organization from 22 to 35 individuals, as well as expanded our medical affairs group, to further educate physicians, which we believe drives adoption of our products.


Our Competitive Advantages

We are focused on providing actionable genomic information to physicians and their patients. We believe our key competitive advantages are due in part to the following factors:

Development of our products required our machine learning expertise and our proprietary algorithm, which are complex and difficult to replicate. We develop our products using our machine-learning expertise to analyze clinical specimens with associated long-term outcomes data to identify genomic patterns in tumor biology that we believe will accurately predict the risk of metastasis and recurrence. We then validate these genomic patterns, by refining and locking down algorithms to enable additional studies to validate the accuracy of our tests and subsequently document the clinically actionable changes made by physicians when they incorporate our test results into their treatment plan decisions.
We have demonstrated the ability to provide clinically actionable information despite the complex genomics of skin cancer. In the diagnosis and prognosis of cancer, there is significant current interest in DNA driver mutations as being a predictor of the behavior of cancers. We believe that while the behavior of some cancers may be elucidated by DNA analysis and the response to certain targeted therapies, the majority of skin cancer behavior will best be understood at the gene expression level. Specifically, while DNA mutations of a specific gene are important for tumor behavior, the impact of

84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

other genes, epigenetic changes to the gene and the non-tumor environment which cannot be discerned by the mutation that a gene carries are critical to the understanding of tumor behavior. We believe that focusing on the expression of the gene or how the gene behaves will be more accurate than the mutation of the gene itself.

Our vast and growing database of tumor samples and associated long-term outcomes data enables us to improve our current products and accelerate development of new products. The development and validation of accurate tests is a complex process that requires access to tumor tissue specimens and long-term outcomes data. Such data is not readily available for skin cancer, which creates a barrier to rapid test development and validation. However, over the past ten years we created a sample bank comprised of over 38,000 samples, including 5,900 well-annotated samples that we have used in our clinical studies to date. We have been able to use this sample bank to expand the clinical use of our products, evaluate improvements in new proprietary genomic algorithm approaches and develop new products.
We have generated, and will continue to generate, robust clinical validity and utility data supporting the use of our products. For example, DecisionDx-Melanoma has been the focus of 18 clinical studies involving more than 3,700 patients published since 2015. We also are making significant investments in further clinical studies to continue to support DecisionDx-Melanoma, DecisionDx-UM and our pipeline products. This growing set of data is significant in educating physicians and patients about the value of our products and supporting reimbursement of our products by third-party payors.
We have established relationships with physicians that allow us to optimize our interactions, increase adoption of our current products and identify areas of unmet clinical need to efficiently launch additional products. We have published rigorous clinical data, which allows our sales and medical affairs representatives to have substantive, in depth dialogues with physicians. Through these established relationships we have been able to integrate our products into physicians’ work flows and identify further educational programs, which we believe drives adoption of our products. We can also leverage these relationships to identify areas of significant unmet medical need and efficiently launch additional skin cancer products.
We have experience in navigating the reimbursement landscape. In the molecular diagnostics industry securing reimbursement for new tests is a long, complex and uncertain process. We have developed significant expertise in securing reimbursement for our products.

Our Strategy

We intend to build upon our position as a leading provider of genomic information for dermatological cancers. To realize this objective we plan to:

Expand adoption of our currently marketed products and educate physicians and their patients on the need for our products to make a more informed treatment plan decision . We believe that cancer treatment plans will be most effective if decisions are personalized for each patient based on the biology of their specific tumor, instead of a one-size-fits-all approach. We will continue to educate physicians and their patients on the diagnostic discordance that leads to over- and under-treatment.
Continue to generate evidence supporting the clinical utility and validity of our products . We have conducted extensive clinical utility and validity studies to support the adoption of, and reimbursement for, our products. In order to maintain our competitive advantage and increase sales of our products, we will continue to generate additional clinical data to support the use of our products.
Execute planned expansion of our commercial channel . We plan to increase sales of our products by adding new physicians to our customer base as well as increasing orders by physicians already using our products. We recently increased the number of sales and medical affairs representatives and are planning additional increases through 2019 in order to provide more frequent physician interactions and support the launch of additional products.
Expand coverage and reimbursement for our products . We plan to have increasing dialogue with third-party payors to highlight our clinical utility and patient outcomes data. We believe these data will

85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

validate the benefit of our products for patients and will persuade more third-party payors to provide coverage and reimbursement. Additionally, we will continue to emphasize our ability to reduce overall cost to the healthcare system by appropriately classifying high-risk patients and removing the need for unnecessary invasive procedures for low-risk patients.

Utilize our development expertise and commercial channel insight to provide additional solutions . We are continuing to develop products that address the challenges facing physicians, including genomic tests for patients with SCC with high-risk factors and suspicious pigmented lesions, addressing an aggregate of approximately 500,000 additional potential patients.

Dermatologic Cancer Market Overview

Skin cancer is the uncontrolled growth of abnormal skin cells. There are six types of pre-cancers and skin cancers that result in a total annual incidence of 5.5 million patients, three of which are highlighted in the figure below.

The three most common forms of skin cancers are basal cell carcinomas, SCC and cutaneous melanoma. Basal cell carcinomas are abnormal, uncontrolled growths or lesions that arise in the skin’s basal cells, which line the deepest layer of the epidermis. Basal cell carcinomas rarely metastasize beyond the original tumor site. Cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma, or SCC, the second most common form of skin cancer, is an uncontrolled growth of abnormal cells arising from the squamous cells in the epidermis, the skin’s outermost layer. Melanoma, an aggressive form of skin cancer, originates in the pigment-producing melanocytes in the basal layer of the epidermis.

Pre-cancers include suspicious pigmented lesions, which are unusual-looking lesions that may be melanoma, and actinic keratosis, also known as a solar keratosis.


Cutaneous Melanoma

Melanoma tumors originate in the pigment-producing melanocytes in the basal layer of the epidermis. Approximately half of all melanomas are diagnosed prior to expanding into the dermis and are classified as in situ or non-invasive melanomas and DecisionDx-Melanoma is not used in this population. Worldwide statistics suggest that there were nearly 300,000 new cases of melanoma diagnosed worldwide with the U.S. Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results, or SEER, database estimating that approximately 96,000 invasive cutaneous melanomas will be diagnosed in the United States in 2019, resulting in approximately 9,300 patient deaths each year. However, multiple recent publications show that diagnosis of melanoma is underreported by between 30% and 40%, meaning that actual diagnoses may be between 125,000 and 135,000 new cases, representing an estimated U.S. total addressable market, or TAM, of $540 million. According to these publications, underreporting reflects the fact that the majority of diagnoses are made by community-based dermatologists and dermatopathologists rather than institutional based specialists who more typically have tumor registry support.

86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additionally, the incidence of melanoma has steadily increased annually over the last several decades, with an estimated 53% growth in the United States in the last ten years.

After a diagnosis of invasive cutaneous melanoma, healthcare providers have traditionally used clinical and pathology factors from the initial biopsy to estimate the patient’s risk of metastasis. This estimation process, or staging, is used to determine nearly all treatment decisions. Invasive melanoma is staged as Stage I through Stage IV. Tumors characterized as Stage I have invaded the dermis but are thin, with less than or equal to 2.0 mm invasion into the dermis if not ulcerated or less than or equal to 1.0 mm invasion into the dermis if ulcerated. Stage I tumors have the lowest population risk of metastasis and death from melanoma. Stage II tumors, though localized, are thicker than 2.0 mm if not ulcerated or greater than 1.0 mm if ulcerated. Stage III tumors have evidence of regional metastasis, such as palpable metastasis at the regional lymph node basin, in-transit or satellite disease, or melanoma cell(s) in the SLN but without evidence of distant metastatic spread. Stage IV tumors are those in which distant metastasis, such as to the lung or brain, has been detected.

All patients who are diagnosed with an invasive cutaneous melanoma will undergo a wide local excision procedure with the surgical margins determined by the depth of the tumor. The invasive SLNB surgery is recommended to be considered for patients with melanomas greater than or equal to 0.8 mm thick or with the presence of an adverse pathologic feature such as the presence of ulceration, high mitotic rate, and transected base. It is believed that tumors with these anatomic based features have a likelihood of an SLN-positive biopsy result 5% or more of the time. If the SLNB surgery is performed, then the wide local excision is performed at that time. An SLN-positive biopsy result, meaning that at least one melanoma cell was seen in the SLN tissue, leads to re-staging the patient as Stage III. Guideline committees have selected this 5% threshold due to a combination of some studies showing a false negative rate of the SLNB surgery at 5% (meaning that 5% of the time, or more, the guideline committees expect a patient with an SLN-negative biopsy result will subsequently develop lymph node metastasis) as well as matching to the reported surgical complication rate. However, the published literature documents a higher surgical complication and false negative rate.

Cutaneous Squamous Cell Carcinoma

Cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma, the second most common form of skin cancer, is an uncontrolled growth of abnormal cells arising from the squamous cells in the epidermis, the skin’s outermost layer. Approximately one million patients are diagnosed with SCC each year in the United States and incidence has doubled over the last three decades. Worldwide data on SCC is inconsistently reported but the incidence outside the United States is estimated to be greater than two million diagnoses annually.

Until recently, SCC was considered a benign skin cancer. However, due to the rate of increased incidence, more patients die annually from SCC in the United States (approximately 15,000 patients) than from cutaneous melanoma. Similar to melanoma, SCC staging systems generally rely upon tumor dimensions and presence or absence of other adverse features.

Suspicious Pigmented Lesions

Suspicious pigmented lesions are unusual-looking lesions that may be melanoma. There are approximately two million skin biopsies performed specifically for the diagnosis of melanoma in the United States. Approximately 15% of these biopsies are classified as indeterminate, in which case a pathologist cannot make a definitive diagnosis as to whether the biopsy is benign or malignant.

Uveal Melanoma Market Overview

The incidence of uveal melanoma has remained relatively constant over time with approximately 1,600 patients diagnosed per year in the United States, representing an estimated U.S. TAM of $7.0 million. Uveal melanomas arise from the three tissues comprising the uveal tract and vary by location with approximately 90% occurring in choroid, 5% in the ciliary body and 5% in the iris. Uveal melanoma may also be referred to as ocular melanoma.

Significant Limitations of Current Clinical and Pathology Staging Systems for Skin Cancer

The dermatologic skin cancer market has significant unmet clinical needs, as clinical and pathology staging systems have traditionally applied a population-wide approach and have not incorporated the genomics of each patient’s tumor biology. This is unlike the diagnostic process applied to other solid tumors, such as breast and

87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

prostate cancer, where the broader use of genomics to understand tumor biology has led to individualized patient treatment plans. Not incorporating tumor biology leads to a discordance between the estimated and actual risk of metastasis, which results in over- and under-treatment as well as increased healthcare costs.

Cutaneous Melanoma

The clinical and pathology staging system for invasive cutaneous melanoma is based upon the anatomic findings of the melanoma; that is what the pathologist can see under the microscope from an initial tumor biopsy and what the physician can feel or see during a clinical exam or upon imaging. While this staging system provides population-based risk of metastasis estimates it does not evaluate nor incorporate the biology of the patient’s primary tumor.

Importantly, while it was formerly believed that the SLNB surgery improved melanoma specific survival, the landmark, prospective, randomized multi-center study conducted by the National Cancer Institute, the MSLT-I study, showed that death from melanoma was the same in patients who were randomized to the SLNB surgery or observation, indicating that the SLNB surgery is prognostic, and not therapeutic, as it relates to the risk of death from melanoma. On average, 12% of patients undergoing the SLNB surgery will have an SLN-positive biopsy result and 88% will not. The invasive SLNB surgery carries significant healthcare burden. For instance, the overall complication rate of SLNB was shown to be 11.3% in a systematic review of 21 articles representing 9,047 patients. A separate review reported that the false negative rate of the SLNB surgery ranged from 5% to 21%, with a median rate of 18%.

Both the complication and false negative rates are above the recommended 5% threshold proposed by guideline committees. Further, the SLNB surgery requires the use of general anesthesia and nearly half of the surgeries are performed in an in-patient setting, leading to an average reimbursed cost of $20,000 to $24,000. Finally, the 88% SLN-negative rate carries significant patient and healthcare system implications. This means that 88% of the time, patients undergoing an SLNB will have no change in their treatment plan and no change in their staging, but are still exposed to the complications from the surgery, including general anesthesia risks, cost and a median false negative rate of 18%. Thus, while it is true that patients who are SLN positive, or re-staged to Stage III, have a higher population-based rate of metastasis and death from melanoma, the SLNB surgery does not improve melanoma-specific survival, carries risk of complications, a high false negative rate and significant costs.

In addition to the significant clinical issues involved in only using the traditional clinical and pathology factors to determine SLNB eligibility, a discordance exists between an individual’s stage and their risk of metastasis or death from melanoma. Based on data from SEER and the American Joint Committee on Cancer, or AJCC, of the patients diagnosed with Stage I, II or III cutaneous melanoma, 80% of melanomas are classified as the lowest risk, Stage I, and 12% are classified as next lowest risk, Stage II. However, these data show that patients with melanomas that are initially diagnosed as Stage I or II represent 60% of all deaths in patients initially diagnosed as Stage I, II or III. Furthermore, while patients with Stage III melanoma are at a higher population risk of metastasis and death from melanoma, the five-year melanoma-specific survival rate these patients is 77%. The limitations of the current staging system not only result in unnecessary SLNB surgeries for certain low-risk patients, but we believe also leads to overtreatment with adjuvant immune-oncology and targeted therapies for certain patients with Stage III melanoma.

The risk of metastasis determines the treatment plans in newly diagnosed patients, including the recommendation for the SLNB surgery, decisions around the initiation of advanced imaging for active surveillance, frequency and specialty for clinical follow-up, initiation of adjuvant therapy and discussion of clinical trial enrollment opportunities. The graphic below illustrates the limitations of the SLNB surgery and staging systems as a risk of metastasis indicator.

88

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Cutaneous Squamous Cell Carcinoma

The clinical staging for SCC also presents challenges for physicians. Unlike in cutaneous melanoma, where longitudinal databases were developed in an attempt to align population-based risk of metastasis with clinical and pathology factors, the same level of effort has not been given to SCC. As recently as three years ago, there were as many as three SCC staging systems in the United States, each with widely divergent classifications for high- and low-risk patients. For example, a 2014 study compared the AJCC and National Comprehensive Cancer Network, or NCCN, systems to assess concordance between the AJCC and NCCN systems. The AJCC system classified 82% as low risk while the NCCN system classified 13% as low risk. As such, this level of discordance results in the staging systems minimally impacting treatment plans, with patients frequently being over- and under-treated.

Today, there are two principal staging systems for SCC: the AJCC version and the Brigham Women’s Hospital, or BWH, version. Both systems rely upon clinical and pathology factors to stage or classify risk of metastasis, and have good clinical NPV but have low sensitivity and positive predictive value, or PPV. For example, analysis of the first 217 patients analyzed from our initial clinical validation study found NPV for regional or distant metastasis of 96% and 95% for AJCC and BWH, respectively, meaning that of 100 patients classified as low risk, 96 and 95 of them would not have gone on to metastasize. However, sensitivity was 46% and 23%, respectively, which means that out of 100 patients who metastasized, only 46 and 23 were correctly identified as high risk. In addition, the PPV was 12% and 13%, respectively, meaning that of 100 patients classified as high risk, only 12 and 13 actually metastasized. From a PPV perspective, this means that developing an adjuvant treatment plan that includes radiation, or chemotherapy or complete lymph surgical dissection, or a combination of these, may be appropriate for the one out of eight patients who will metastasize but not for the remaining seven patients who would not have metastasized. Furthermore, the low sensitivity means that half to three-quarters of the patients who will go on to metastasize are not even considered for adjuvant treatment. These accuracy metrics have created significant discordance in the approach to managing patients with high-risk features, including intervention for all high-risk patients and “watch and wait” for all high-risk patients. The end result is an unacceptable clinical discordance in the approach to treatment plans and significant over- and under-treatment for a diagnosis that leads to the most skin cancer deaths in the United States.

Suspicious Pigmented Lesions

A pigmented lesion biopsy that is difficult to diagnose may lead to an indeterminate diagnosis, in which case the treating physician generally leans towards making a conservative decision and assume that the lesion is melanoma. A definitive diagnosis of invasive cutaneous melanoma results in a treatment plan that involves wider margins for the definitive wide local excision surgery, consideration of the SLNB surgery and post-diagnosis management plans, including frequent, high intensity surveillance using advanced imaging, frequent clinical visits and encouragement to enroll in clinical studies. If the indeterminate lesion was benign, then the recommendation in the majority of cases would be no additional intervention. Thus, the tendency of physicians to treat an indeterminate diagnosis as melanoma leads to significant over-treatment decisions, complications and increased healthcare costs.

89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Uveal Melanoma

Approximately 97% of patients with uveal melanoma have no evidence of metastatic disease at the time of diagnosis and the success rate for definitive treatment of the primary tumor surpasses 90%. However, within three years, approximately 30% of all patients will experience metastases. Prior to commercial availability of DecisionDx-UM, other clinical staging and molecular diagnostic tests existed for uveal melanoma, but the lack of prospective studies, coupled with low accuracy, resulted in these tests primarily being used for research purposes rather than for clinical management of patients in the United States. As a result, nearly all U.S. centers grouped patients into a single, high-risk treatment plan that included frequent, high intensity surveillance using advanced imaging, frequent clinical visits and encouragement to enroll in clinical studies.

Our Solution

We use the gene expression profile of an individual patient’s tumor biology to inform specific prognosis of metastasis or recurrence and aid the decision-making process of the treating physician and their patient to help optimize health outcomes and reduce healthcare costs. Due to the biological complexity of skin cancers, developing accurate products takes scientific diligence, stringent clinical protocols, machine learning expertise, proprietary algorithms and significant investments of time and capital. In addition, the underlying tissue samples and associated outcomes data required to develop and validate these products are difficult to obtain. Once successfully developed and validated, commercial success requires the generation of clinical use documentation to support appropriate physician adoption, reimbursement success and guideline inclusion.

We have commercially launched DecisionDx-Melanoma, a proprietary GEP test designed to identify the risk of metastasis or recurrence in patients diagnosed with cutaneous melanoma, and DecisionDx-UM, a proprietary GEP test designed to identify the risk of metastasis in patients diagnosed with uveal melanoma. Multiple studies for both products have been published since completion of the initial clinical validation studies and have confirmed the accuracy of our products. Also, multiple clinical impact studies have demonstrated a significant impact on physician decisions to alter their treatment plan when the results of our test are considered in concert with the traditional clinical and pathology factors. Both of our currently marketed products may be reimbursed by Medicare under positive coverage policies. In addition, we have received widespread positive private payor coverage and positive guideline inclusion for DecisionDx-UM, our first melanoma test. Since commercial launch, we have processed more than 40,000 clinical patient samples.


Our products are designed to provide the following benefits:

Better Information for Physicians. We provide physicians and their patients with a report that contains clinically actionable information to inform the treatment plan for each individual patient. Our reports are updated as new clinical data is generated that may enable additional clinical decisions to be made. Based on four studies that we have conducted on clinical actionability, based on our test reports, physicians changed a patient’s treatment in more than 50% of cases, indicating physician confidence in the evidence underlying our reports.

90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Better Patient Care. The clinical evidence shows that our products are accurate predictors of a patient’s specific risk of metastasis or recurrence of their cancer based upon the gene expression profile of their tumor, independent of available clinical and pathology factors. Physicians use this information to identify patients who are likely to benefit from an escalation of care as well as those who may avoid unnecessary treatments, such as medical and surgical interventions.
Reduced Healthcare Costs for Payors. We believe our products have the potential to reduce overall healthcare costs by enabling physicians and their patients to avoid unnecessary medical and surgical interventions, including the SLNB surgery. As an example, without DecisionDx-Melanoma, 88% of patients who receive the SLNB surgery, which has an average in-patient reimbursed cost of $20,000 to $24,000, are found to be SLN-negative and remain classified as low risk. If all patients eligible for the SLNB surgery were tested and their test results were acted upon, we estimate the potential savings to the U.S. healthcare system could be up to $250 million, after considering the cost of DecisionDx-Melanoma.

Our Products

We currently market two proprietary products, DecisionDx-Melanoma and DecisionDx-UM, and have two active proprietary products in development, which we believe support an estimated total addressable market of $1.8 billion in the United States. We have received positive local coverage determinations, or LCDs, providing Medicare coverage for both of our commercial products. These LCDs facilitate reimbursement from Medicare, which represents approximately 50% of the addressable patient population. We also have third-party payor coverage for over 100 million lives for DecisionDx-UM and over 14 million lives for DecisionDx-Melanoma.


DecisionDx-Melanoma


Overview

We developed and market DecisionDx-Melanoma to healthcare providers for use with patients diagnosed with invasive cutaneous melanoma. Without the use of DecisionDx-Melanoma, these patients are classified in low- and high-risk categories based on population-wide clinical and pathology features, which impact a physician’s treatment plan recommendations, including whether or not to offer the invasive SLNB surgery, frequency and use of clinical imaging and follow-up frequency, adjuvant therapy and clinical trial enrollment. Unfortunately, these clinical and pathology features do not take incorporate the genomics of an individual patient’s tumor biology, which often leads to a misclassification of a patient’s risk of metastasis or recurrence.

To address this need for a more accurate predictor of metastatic risk, we discovered, developed and completed validation for DecisionDx-Melanoma. This product is designed to help physicians identify high-risk patients with Stage I and II melanomas based on biological information, or expression, from 31 genes within their tumor tissue. DecisionDx-Melanoma does not change a physician’s standard diagnostic workflow for suspicious pigmented lesions, which includes performing the initial biopsy procedure and placing the biopsied tissue in formalin. The dermatopathologist then embeds the specimen in a paraffin block, cuts sections that are stained for viewing under a microscope and makes a diagnosis of invasive melanoma. We then extract and purify RNA from

91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

sections of the remaining specimen to run our test. We report test results in two classes and two subclasses. Class 1A represents the lowest risk group, Class 1B represents a low risk group, Class 2A represents an increased risk group and Class 2B represents the highest risk group.


Clinical Validation

We have published 11 clinical validation studies of DecisionDx-Melanoma, which we believe is the largest clinical validation program of the metastatic risk of cutaneous melanoma ever conducted. Based on our published data, we have shown that DecisionDx-Melanoma is an accurate independent predictor of the risk of metastasis or recurrence, showing an aggregate melanoma-specific five-year survival rate of 99% for patients who receive the Class 1A test result.

Our first study, published in January 2015, analyzed 104 patients with Stage I, II and III melanoma from an independent cohort with long term outcomes data. This study reported a five-year disease free survival rate of 98% for patients with Stage I and II melanoma who received a Class 1 test result. In addition, the study also reported that only 2% of patients with a Class 1 test result were SLN-positive.

Our January 2019 study published in the Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology reviewed data on 690 patients with Stage I, II and III melanoma from all three previously published long-term archival publications, and enabled analysis of clinically important subgroups. Overall, the study reported a five-year melanoma specific survival rate of 99% for patients with Stage I, II or III melanoma who received a Class 1A test result.

Our long-term outcomes study data shows that we can provide a more specific individual risk of metastasis and death from melanoma that is distinct from the AJCC stage approach that limits prediction to clinical and pathology factors. The only endpoint reported by the AJCC is death from melanoma. For patients diagnosed with Stage I melanoma, DecisionDx-Melanoma predominantly identifies patients with a risk of death from melanoma that is similar to a patient with Stage IIIA melanoma, with the remaining group having a 99.6% likelihood of being alive from melanoma at five years. For patients with an intermediate risk Stage II melanoma, DecisionDx-Melanoma can distinguish between patients who have a very low risk of death from melanoma (>99% likelihood of being alive at 5-years) from those who have a higher risk of death from melanoma that is similar to a patient with Stage IIIA/IIIB melanoma. For patients with a Stage III melanoma, DecisionDx-Melanoma can identify patients who have a likelihood of death from melanoma similar to a patient with Stage IIA melanoma, with the remainder having a risk similar to a patient with Stage IIIC melanoma.

The ability of DecisionDx-Melanoma to improve the risk of recurrence or risk of death from melanoma accuracy of these patient populations is clinically significant as NCCN guidelines recommend that the duration and frequency of follow-up and intensity of cross-sectional imaging be based on a patient’s individual conditional probability of recurrence. The NCCN guideline cut-point for these decisions is between Stage I-IIA versus Stage IIB-III. For example, the chart below demonstrates that a patient with a Stage I melanoma but a DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 2B test result has a melanoma specific survival rate of 89.5%, which is a higher

92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

risk than if the patient had a Stage IIIA melanoma. Today, patients with a Stage III melanoma are recommended to have an increased follow-up schedule, undergo routine cross-sectional imaging, consider initiation of adjuvant therapy, such as an anti-PD1 inhibitor, and consider enrollment in a clinical trial. None of these options would be considered in a patient with a Stage I melanoma in the absence of a DecisionDx-Melanoma test result.


Our first prospective, multi-center study of 322 patients with Stage I, II and III melanoma was published in August 2017. This interim analysis reported a recurrence free survival rate of 97% and overall survival rate of 99% for patients with Stage I, II and III melanoma who received a Class 1 test result.

The most recent, independent, prospective, multi-center study of 86 patients with Stage IB and II melanoma was published in February 2019 in the Journal of The European Academy of Dermatology and Vernereology. This study reported a recurrence free survival rate of 100% for patients with Stage IB and II melanoma who received a Class 1 test result.

93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

When evaluating DecisionDx-Melanoma, one of the most important criteria is whether the test adds new information that is independent of the traditional clinical and pathology factors. The formal statistical method used to evaluate independence is the Cox multivariate analysis. Outputs of the Cox multivariate analysis include statistical significance, measured by p-value, as well as the power of the result, measured by Hazard Ratio, or HR. A p-value of less than 0.05 indicates statistical significance and thus independence. If statistical significance is reached, then the HR indicates the power of the result, with a higher HR indicating greater outcome prediction. For example, an HR of nine means that patients with a high-risk test result are nine times more likely to experience metastasis or death than a low-risk test result. The table below shows the Cox multivariate analysis of the disease-free survival, melanoma-specific survival and recurrence free survival from the four performance studies noted above.


94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The American Academy of Dermatology and other organizations use the Strength of Recommendation Taxonomy, or SORT, system to evaluate prognostic tests such as DecisionDx-Melanoma. The SORT system ranks evidence of clinical validity as levels 1, 2 or 3, and assigns a strength of recommendation as levels A, B or C. A SORT level 1A is the highest level and 3C is the lowest. For SORT ranking, “a systematic review or meta-analysis of good quality studies” or “a prospective study with good follow-up” represents a level 1 for good quality evidence of clinical validity. For SORT strength of recommendation, “consistent, good quality evidence” represents a level A recommendation. A meta-analysis was recently completed and presented at the 2019 Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Dermatology. This meta-analysis reviewed multiple peer-reviewed published clinical validation studies of DecisionDx-Melanoma, including prospective studies. The meta-analysis and the prospective studies satisfied the level 1 ranking of good quality studies and the consistency of DecisionDx-Melanoma data across these studies satisfied the level A strength of recommendation. Thus, the authors concluded that DecisionDx-Melanoma achieved a 1A level of evidence of clinical validity and strength of recommendation under the SORT system. Furthermore, as shown below, the multi-variate analysis for recurrence-free survival found DecisionDx-Melanoma to be the strongest predictor of risk of recurrence compared to the evaluable clinical and pathology factors.


In addition, we conducted a prospective, multi-center study of 1,421 patients, which was published in Future Oncology in January 2019 which focused on the performance of DecisionDx-Melanoma to predict metastasis to the SLN. This study found that patients with a Class 1A test result with melanomas less than or equal to 2.0 mm thick, which represents 86% of all melanomas, have a 95% probability for an SLN-negative biopsy result. Analyzing this data by age shows that patients 65 years of age or older have a 98% NPV, those between 64 and 55 years of age have a 95% NPV and patients under 55 years of age have a 92% NPV. For physicians and patients evaluating whether to use DecisionDx-Melanoma to guide decision-making on the SLNB surgery, the impact on melanoma specific survival is an important consideration if the SLN status is not known. To address this, we analyzed the long-term outcome data from our Gastman 2019 publication and showed that patients of all ages with a melanoma less than or equal to 2.0 mm thick and a Class 1A test result have a five-year melanoma specific survival rate of 99.6%, while similar patients 55 years or older had a melanoma specific survival rate of 99.3%. This study shows that use of DecisionDx-Melanoma for patients with melanomas of less than or equal to 2.0 mm thick could potentially result in 74% less SLNB surgeries.

95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clinical Utility

We have published four studies documenting how DecisionDx-Melanoma impacts treatment plan decisions. Across all four studies, based on the results of our test reports, physicians changed their treatment plan recommendations approximately 50% of the time. This change in the management of patient treatment plan recommendations compares favorably to leading molecular diagnostic tests as well as to the SLNB surgery, which only changes clinical decision-making approximately 12% of the time.

Study
Design
# of Patients
% Change in
Management
Berger et al. CMRO 2016
Prospectively tested cohort, multi-center. Retrospective pre test / post test management.
 
156
 
53%
Dillon et al. SKIN J Cutan Med 2018
Prospective, multi-center: pre test / post test management.
 
247
 
49%
Farberg et al. J Drugs Derm 2017
169 physician impact study: patient vignettes with pre test / post test management.
 
n/a
 
47-50%
Schuitevoerder et al. J Drugs Derm 2018
Prospectively tested cohort, single center. Retrospective pre test / post test management; and modeling of prospective cohort.
 
91
 
52%

These studies illustrate how physicians use DecisionDx-Melanoma to inform the treatment pathway for patients who have been diagnosed with invasive cutaneous melanoma. The initial use of the test is to determine whether to offer and recommend the SLNB surgery to patients with melanomas less than or equal to 2.0 mm thick. Following this decision, physicians use DecisionDx-Melanoma to guide the appropriate post-SLNB surgery treatment plan for their patients, including decision-making regarding advanced imaging, frequency of clinical visits, referral to medical oncology, adjuvant therapy, clinical trial enrollment, and watchful waiting.


Health Economics

We believe that the use of DecisionDx-Melanoma can reduce the number of SLNB surgeries, which has an average in-person reimbursed cost of between $20,000 and $24,000, thereby reducing overall cost of patient treatment for invasive cutaneous melanoma. If all patients eligible for the SLNB surgery were tested and their test results were acted upon, we estimate the potential savings to the U.S. healthcare system could be up to $250 million, after considering the cost of DecisionDx-Melanoma.

96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, DecisionDx-Melanoma can be used to make more informed decisions on advanced imaging, frequency of clinical visits, referral to medical oncology, adjuvant therapy initiation and clinical trial enrollment. In some cases, the DecisionDx-Melanoma test result may guide an appropriate reduction in these decisions based upon a low risk of metastasis and in others it will guide an appropriate increase with the end result being improved use of healthcare resources.

Summary of Our DecisionDx-Melanoma Studies

The table below summarizes the DecisionDx-Melanoma clinical studies that have been published to date:

Study
Peer-Reviewed Publications
(Methods)
Main Findings
Clinical Validity
 
 
 
Guidance of sentinel lymph node biopsy decisions in patients with T1-T2 melanoma using gene expression profiling
Future Oncology, January 2019
(SLNB rate: multicenter;
prospective; n=1421
Survival analysis:
retrospective; n=690)
Patients with T1/T2 melanomas and a Class 1A result had a SLN positive rate <5% while Class 2B patients had a rate above 10%. This is clinically significant as national guidelines do not recommend a SLNB if the risk is <5% and do recommend it if the risk is >10%.
 
Melanoma-specific survival (MSS) was 99.6% for patients with Class 1A, T1/T2 tumors who would avoid a SLNB.
 
 
 
 
Prospective validation of the prognostic 31-gene expression profiling test in primary cutaneous melanoma
Cancer Medicine, March 2019 (singlecenter; prospective; n=159 stage I-III melanomas)
Median follow-up of 45 months for recurrence-free cases.
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 was an independent predictor of recurrence (p=0.0001) and the most significant predictor of recurrence with a hazard ratio of 9.2. DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 was also an independent predictor of recurrence (p=0.009) and the most significant predictor of distant metastasis with a hazard ratio of 19.0.
 
NPV for Class 1 for distant metastasis free survival was 99%.
 
Of 29 recurrences, 10 (34%) occurred in SLN positive cases while 23 (79%) occurred in Class 2. Of the 10 recurrences in SLN positive cases, 9 were Class 2.
 
 
 
Early outcome of a 31-GEP test in 86 AJCC stage IB-II melanoma patients. A prospective mutlicentre cohort study
Journal of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology, February 2019 (Multicenter; prospective; n=86 stage IB-II melanomas)
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 was an independent predictor of recurrence (p=0.01) and the most significant predictor of recurrence with a hazard ratio of 18.82. AJCC stage and age were not independent of DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1.
NPV for Class 1 for RFS was 100%.
All recurrences occurred in Class 2 patients.

97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Study
Peer-Reviewed Publications
(Methods)
Main Findings
Identification of patients at risk for metastasis using a prognostic 31-gene expression profile in subpopulations of melanoma patients with favorable outcomes by standard criteria
Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology, January, 2019
(Multicenter; archival; n=690 stage I-III melanomas)
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1A was an independent predictor of RFS, DMFS and MSS in the entire cohort and the most significant predictor with hazard ratios of 2.92, 2.89 and 9.02 for RFS, DMFS and MSS, respectively.
Subpopulation analysis of patients with Stage I-IIA melanoma showed that DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1A was the only independent predictor of RFS, DMFS and MSS for all three endpoints compared to tumor thickness, ulceration status, and mitotic rate. Tumor thickness was an independent predictor for RFS but DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1A was 499% greater than tumor thickness for this endpoint.
Subpopulation analysis of patients with melanomas <1.0mm showed that DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1A was an independent predictor or RFS and the most significant predictor with a hazard ratio of 9.34 which was over 200% greater than SLNB status.
NPV for Class 1A for MSS was 99%.
 
 
 
 
Estimation of Prognosis in Invasive Cutaneous Melanoma: An Independent Study of the Accuracy of a GEP Profile Test
Dermatologic Surgery,
December, 2018 (Independent; single center; prospective; n=256 stage I/II melanomas)
Patients with a DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 2 result were 22 times more likely to metastasize compared to a Class 1 result. Multi-variate statistical analysis for independence was not reported.
NPV for Class 1 for recurrence was 99%.
 
 
 
 
Interim analysis of survival in a prospective, multi-center registry cohort of cutaneous melanoma patients tested with a prognostic 31-GEP test
Journal of Hematology and Oncology, August, 2017 (Multicenter; prospective; n=322 stage I-III melanomas)
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 was an independent predictor of RFS and the most significant predictor with a hazard ratio of 7.15 and 290% greater than the nearest predictor, SLNB.
NPV for Class 1 was 98-99% for RFS, DMFS and OS.
Of 12 distant metastatic events, 10 occurred in the Class 2 group compared to 6 in the SLN positive group.
 
 
 
 

98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Study
Peer-Reviewed Publications
(Methods)
Main Findings
Development of a prognostic genetic signature to predict the metastatic risk associated with cutaneous melanoma
Clinical Cancer Research, January, 2015
(Multicenter; archival; n=268 stage I-IV melanomas)
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 was an independent predictor of disease free survival, DFS, and the most significant predictor with a hazard ratio of 9.55 compared to 5.40 for AJCC stage.
5-year DFS rate for Class 1 (97%) was significantly better than for Class 2 (31%; p<0.0001) and 98% for patients with Stage I or II melanomas.
SLN positivity rate was 2% in patients with a Class 1 result.
 
 
 
 
Identification of high-risk cutaneous melanoma tumors is improved when combining the online American Joint Committee on Cancer Individualized Melanoma Patient Outcome Prediction Tool with a 31-GEP based classification
Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology, May, 2016
(Multicenter; archival; n=205 stage I-II melanomas)
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 was an independent predictor of RFS, DMFS and OS compared to the AJCC Individualized Melanoma Patient Outcome Prediction Tool and was 163% or greater than AJCC for all outcomes.
Adding the DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 result to AJCC staging improved sensitivity for identifying recurrence, distant metastasis or death by up to 22% compared to AJCC staging alone.
21% of cases had discordant risk prediction from DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 and AJCC tools, with the DecisionDx-Melanoma providing the more accurate prognosis for the majority of cases.
 
 
 
 
Gene expression profiling for molecular staging of cutaneous melanoma in patients undergoing sentinel lymph node biopsy
Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology, May, 2015
(Multicenter; archival; n=217 stage I-III melanomas all of whom underwent SLNB)
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 was an independent predictor of RFS, DMFS and OS with hazard ratios of 4.9, 3.9 and 4.7, respectively, and was 185% - 392% greater than SLNB.
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 NPV for distant metastasis was 82% compared to 67% for SLNB.
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 sensitivity was 85%, 84% and 85% compared to SLNB sensitivity of 35%, 38% and 29% for the endpoints of DFS, DMFS and OS.
 
 
 
 
Performance of a prognostic 31-GEP in an independent cohort of 523 cutaneous melanoma patients
BMC Cancer, February, 2018
(Multicenter; archival; n=523 stage I-III melanomas)
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1A was an independent predictor of RFS and DMFS with hazard ratios of 3.8 and 5.3, respectively, and was between 146% and 408% greater than SLNB and tumor thickness.
NPV for MSS for Class 1A patients was 100% for Stage I, 100% for Stage II, 94% for Stage IIIA and 91% for Stage IIIB-C patients.

99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Study
Peer-Reviewed Publications
(Methods)
Main Findings
Performance of a 31-GEP test in cutaneous melanomas of the head and neck
Head & Neck, January, 2019
(Multicenter; archival; n=157 melanomas of the head and neck region)
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 was an independent predictor of RFS, DMFS, OS and MSS with hazard ratios of 2.8, 2.8, 4.1 and 6.8, respectively compared to AJCC stage.
NPV for Class 1A for MSS was 98%.
 
 
 
 
Clinical Utility
 
 
Prospective, Multicenter Clinical Impact Evaluation of a 31-GEP Test for Management of Melanoma Patients
SKIN: The Journal of Cutaneous Medicine, March, 2018
(Multicenter, prospective; pre-test post-test methodology; n=247 patients)
Post-test management plans changed by 49% compared to pre-test plans; 85% of Class 2 patients and 36% of Class 1 patients having a change in management (p<0.001).
Significant changes for imaging (p<0.001), request for laboratory work (p=0.04) and frequency of office visits (p<0.001).
 
 
 
 
Clinical impact of a 31-GEP test for cutaneous melanoma in 156 prospectively and consecutively tested patients
Current Medical Research and Opinion, September, 2016 (Multicenter; retrospective chart review, pre-test post-test methodology; n=156 patients)
Post-test management plans were recorded in 53% of patients, with 77% of Class 2 patients and 37% of Class 1 patients (p<0.0001) having a change in management.
94% of patient management changes were concordant with the risk indicated by the GEP test result (p<0.0001).
 
 
 
 
Impact of a 31-gene Expression Profiling Test for Cutaneous Melanoma on Dermatologists’ Clinical Management Decisions
Journal of Drugs in Dermatology, May, 2017 (Intended use pre-test post-test vignette methodology; n=170 participating dermatologists)
Risk appropriate management recommendations for implementing SLNB and imaging were more likely to be made following incorporation of DecisionDx-Melanoma test results (p<0.05).
Dermatologists changed their tumor thickness inflection point for implementing SLNB, oncology referral and imaging from 1.0mm to 0.7mm following a Class 2 DecisionDx-Melanoma test result.
 
 
 
 
Impact of Genetic Expression Profile on Decision-Making in Clinically Node Negative Melanoma Patients After Surgical staging
Journal of Drugs in Dermatology, February, 2018 (Single center, prospective study at Oregon Health and Science Center; n=91 patients)
DecisionDx-Melanoma test results were significantly associated with management of patients with Stage I or II melanoma by Dermatology (most often Class 1) or Surgical Oncology (most often Class 2) (p<0.05).
Decision-tree model derived from the treatment and clinical data found that DecisionDx-Melanoma class result accounted for 52% of management changes whereas AJCC stage accounted for 48%.

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Study
Peer-Reviewed Publications
(Methods)
Main Findings
Factors affecting dermatologists’ use of a 31-gene expression profiling test as an adjunct for predicting metastatic risk in cutaneous melanoma
Journal of Drugs in Dermatology, May, 2018
(Intended use pre-test post-test vignette methodology; n=181 participating dermatologists)
The DecisionDx-Melanoma result had a significant impact on the likelihood that SLNB would be recommended for a patient with a T1b tumor.
The presence of ulceration increased the proportion of respondents who would recommend the test (p<0.001).
 
 
 
 
Management decisions made by physician assistants and nurse practitioners in cutaneous malignant melanoma patients: impact of a 31-GEP test
Journal of Drugs in Dermatology, November, 2018
(Intended use pre-test post-test vignette methodology; n=164 participating nurse practitioners and physician assistants)
DecisionDx-Melanoma Class 1 results led to a significant decrease in the proportion of PA/NPs who would recommend SLNB, imaging or quarterly follow-up intervals, while Class 2 results led to significant increases in each (p<0.01 for 5 of 6 patient vignettes included in clinical impact survey).
 
 
 
 
Analytical Validity
 
 
Analytic validity of DecisionDx-Melanoma, a proprietary GEP test, for determining metastatic risk in melanoma patients
Diagnostic Pathology, February, 2018
(Inter-assay, inter-instrument, and inter-observer analysis; technical reliability in clinically tested melanoma specimens)
Inter-assay concordance on 168 specimens was 99% and matched probability scores were significantly correlated (R2 = 0.96); inter-instrument concordance was 95% and matched probability scores were correlated (R2=0.99; p < 0.001).
A technical success rate of 98% was achieved for the test in 7,023 clinical cases.

DecisionDx-UM


Overview

At the time of diagnosis nearly all patients with uveal melanoma have no evidence of metastasis yet approximately 30% of uveal melanoma goes on to metastasize within three years and nearly 50% of uveal melanoma goes on to metastasize, overall. Traditional clinical staging and molecular diagnostic tests exist for uveal melanoma, but the lack of prospective studies of these tests, coupled with low accuracy, has resulted in these tests primarily being used for research purposes rather than for clinical management of patients in the United States. As a result, nearly all U.S. centers group patients into a single, high-risk treatment plan that included frequent, high intensity surveillance using advanced imaging, frequent clinical visits and encouragement to enroll in clinical studies.

DecisionDx-UM is a proprietary GEP test that helps healthcare providers predict the risk of metastasis in patients with uveal melanoma. We licensed the intellectual property for DecisionDx-UM from The Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, or WUSTL, completed analytical validation and began marketing DecisionDx-UM in late 2009 for use in patients diagnosed with uveal melanoma without evidence of metastatic disease. DecisionDx-UM identifies which patients are at low risk for progression of their disease so that their physicians can appropriately de-escalate the level of care provided. In 2018, DecisionDx-UM was delivered to more than 1,400 patients, representing approximately 87% of the patients diagnosed in the United States annually.

Fourteen peer-reviewed publications supporting the clinical validity and utility of DecisionDx-UM have been conducted.

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Kaplan-Meier plot from the initial prospective, multi-center Collaborative Ocular Oncology Group, or COOG, study found a 97% NPV for risk of metastasis. This study also compared DecisionDx-UM to the traditional clinical and pathology factors as well as chromosome 3 status, which is an alternative molecular test to predict the risk of metastasis in uveal melanoma. As is shown in the Cox multivariate analysis, the only statistically significant factor in predicting a likelihood of metastasis was DecisionDx-UM.


The data from the COOG study, as well as the consistency shown from the additional clinical validity studies, has supported wide spread adoption of DecisionDx-UM with more than 90% of the ocular oncology institutions in the United States ordering this test.

DecisionDx-UM has been used to guide treatment plan decisions regarding the intensity of a patient’s surveillance and management plan as well as clinical trial enrollment.


102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary of Our DecisionDx-UM Studies

The table below summarizes the DecisionDx-UM clinical studies that have been published to date:

Study
Peer-Reviewed Publications
(Methods)
Main Findings
Clinical Validity
 
 
Collaborative Ocular Oncology Group report number 1: prospective validation of a multi-gene prognostic assay in uveal melanoma
Ophthalmology, August, 2012 (Multicenter, prospective, n=446)
DecisionDx-UM Class 1 was the only significant predictor of MFS (p<0.0001) in multivariate analysis, compared to patient age, ciliary body involvement, tumor thickness, tumor diameter, cell type, and chromosome 3 status.
NPV for Class 1 for MFS was 99%
MFS rates as 50-months were 97% for Class 1 and 20% for Class 2 patients (p<0.0001).
 
 
 
 
Do largest basal tumor diameter and the American Joint Committee on Cancer’s cancer staging influence prognostication by gene expression profiling in choroidal melanoma
American Journal of Ophthalmology, November, 2018
(Two-centers, retrospective, consecutively tested patients; n=293)
NPV for Class 1A for MFS was 99%.
Three-year MFS rates were 99% for Class 1A, 90% for Class 1B, and 60% for Class 2 patients.
DecisionDx-UM was a significant predictor of metastasis in multivariate analysis (p=0.001) with increasing largest basal diameter.
 
 
 
 
Clinical performance and management outcomes with DecisionDx-UM in a prospective multi-center study
Journal of Oncology, June, 2016
(Multicenter, prospective; n=70)
NPV for Class 1 for MFS was 95%
Three year MFS rates were 100% for Class 1 and 63% for Class 2 patients (p=0.003).
DecisionDx-UM was the most significant predictor of metastasis in multivariate analysis (p=0.016) compared to age, largest basal diameter, ciliary body involvement, and tumor thickness.
 
Uveal melanoma: molecular pattern, clinical features, and radiation response
American Journal of Ophthalmology, August, 2012
(Single-center, retrospective; n=197)
5-year disease specific survival, or DFS, rates were 93% for Class 1 patients and 38% for Class 2 patients (p<0.0001).
DecisionDx-UM Class 1 was the only significant predictor of DFS (p<0.0001) in multivariate analysis compared with cell type, age of patient at radiation, and pretreatment ultrasound measurement.
DecisionDx-UM Class 1 was the only significant predictor disease-specific mortality (p<0.0001) in multivariate analysis with cell type, age of patient at radiation, and pretreatment ultrasound measurement.
 
 
 
 
An accurate, clinically feasible multi-gene expression assay for predicting metastasis in uveal melanoma
Journal of Molecular Diagnostics, July, 2010
(Single-center, prospective (outcomes); n=172)
MFS rates were significantly different between Class 1 and Class 2 patients (p<0.0001).

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Study
Peer-Reviewed Publications
(Methods)
Main Findings
Uveal melanoma: from lesion size and cell type to molecular class
Canadian Journal of Ophthalmology, June, 2012
(Independent, meta-analysis)
DecisionDx-UM had the strongest predictive value for UM metastasis and mortality.
Gene expression profiling and PRAME status versus tumor-node-metastasis staging for prognostication in uveal melanoma
American Journal of Ophthalmology, November, 2018
(Single-center, retrospective consecutively tested patients; n=240)
DecisionDx-UM was the most significant predictor of metastasis in multivariate analysis (p<0.0001) with PRAME status, TNM stage, and gender.
DecisionDx-UM was the most significant predictor of metastasis in multivariate analysis (p<0.0001) with PRAME status, largest basal diameter, tumor thickness, ciliary body involvement, and gender.
 
 
 
 
Prognostic implications of tumor diameter in association with gene expression profile for uveal melanoma
JAMA Ophthalmology, July, 2016
(Independent, retrospective, two centers, n=58 0 patients)
NPV for Class 1 of MSS was 96%.
DecisionDx-UM was the most significant predictor of metastasis (p<0.001) in multivariate analysis compared to age, sex, tumor thickness, largest basal diameter, ciliary body involvement, and cell type.
 
 
 
 
Driver mutations in uveal melanoma: Associations with gene expression profile and patient outcomes
JAMA Ophthalmology, July, 2016
(Independent, retrospective, single center, n=81 patients)
DecisionDx-UM was the most significant predictor of metastasis (p<0.001) in multivariate analysis compared to age, sex, ciliary body involvement, cell type, extraocular extension, largest basal diameter, tumor thickness, and mutational status.
DecisionDx-UM was the most significant predictor of melanoma-specific death (p<0.001) compared to age, sex, ciliary body involvement, cell type, extraocular extension, largest basal diameter, tumor thickness, and mutational status.
 
 
 
 
Independent prognostic significance of gene expression profile class and largest basal diameter of posterior uveal melanomas
American Journal of Ophthalmology, February, 2016
(Single-center, prospective; n=299)
DecisionDx-UM was the most significant prognostic factor for UM mortality (p=0.0019) in multivariate analysis.
 
 
 
 
Sufficiency of FNAB aspirates of posterior uveal melanoma for cytologic versus GEP classification in 159 patients, and relative prognostic significance of these classifications
Graefes Archives in Clinical Experimental Ophthalmology, January, 2014
(Prospective; n=159)
NPV for Class 1 for DFS was 95%.
Five-year disease-specific survival rates were 92% for Class 1 patients and 55% for Class patients (p=0.005).
 
 
 
 

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Study
Peer-Reviewed Publications
(Methods)
Main Findings
Clinical Utility
 
 
Clinical performance and management outcomes with the DecisionDx-UM GEP test in a prospective multi-center study
Journal of Oncology, June, 2016
(Multi-center, prospective; n=70)
81% of Class 1 patients were prescribed low-intensity surveillance schedules (annual metastatic screening) compared to 0% of Class 2 patients.
100% of Class 2 patients were prescribed high intensity surveillance schedules (quarterly-biannual metastatic screening) compared to 19% of Class 1 patients (p<0.001).
 
 
 
 
Current clinical practice: differential Management of Uveal Melanoma in the Era of Molecular Tumor Analyses
Clinical Ophthalmology, December, 2014
(Multi-center, chart review, pre-test post-test methodology; n=88)
100% of Medicare-eligible Class 1 patients had low-intensity surveillance schedules.
100% of Medicare-eligible Class 2 patients had high-intensity surveillance schedules (p<0.0001).
 
 
 
 
Analytical Validity
 
 
Gene Expression Profiling in Uveal Melanoma: Technical Reliability and Correlation and Correlation of Molecular Class with Pathologic Characteristics. Diagnostic Pathology
Diagnostic Pathology, August 2017
(Technical reliability studies and technical success in clinical testing (n=5,516))
Intra-assay, inter-assay (short-term and long-term), and inter-laboratory concordance experiments demonstrated 100% Class concordance and a high degree of correlation between discriminant scores.
Inter-instrument/operator concordance was 96% between Class 1 and 2.
96.3% technical success was achieved on fine-needle aspiration biopsy (FNAB) and formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded (FFPE) specimens in clinical testing.
 
 
 
 
An Accurate, Clinically Feasible Multi-Gene Expression Assay for Predicting Metastasis in Uveal Melanoma
Journal of Molecular Diagnostics, July, 2010
(Technical reliability studies)
Technical success was 95% in 609 samples.
DecisionDx-UM was successful in 50/51 FNABs that had insufficient quantity for cytology.
100% Class concordance in tissue from FNABs and matched fresh-frozen tumor slices.
31/32 (97%) Class concordance in multiple tumor sections from 7 tumors.

Additional Ancillary Products

We also offer two next generation sequencing panels to complement our proprietary cutaneous and uveal melanoma products. When the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approved adjuvant BRAF/MEK inhibitor therapy for patients diagnosed with Stage III cutaneous melanoma, either at the time of diagnosis or subsequent progression, physicians ordering our tests requested tests to provide information on these specific genes. In order to provide a more complete product offering to physicians, we offer a 3-gene test to confirm BRAF, NRAS and kit status to inform drug therapy decisions. This 3-gene panel can be ordered at the same time as, or after, DecisionDx-Melanoma. For uveal melanoma, we offer a 7-gene panel that can also be ordered at the same time or subsequent to DecisionDx-UM. We also offer a proprietary GEP test for PRAME status of patients diagnosed with uveal melanoma, DecisionDx-PRAME.

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Development Engine and Pipeline

We identify areas of significant unmet medical needs in the treatment of skin cancer and leverage our expertise in cancer genomics and data analytics to develop clinically actionable products. We focus first on previously unanswered medical questions, which we often identify as the result of the in-depth conversations our sales and medical affairs representatives have with physicians. We leverage our deep understanding of skin cancer clinical treatment pathways to identify areas of unmet medical need where better information can improve, and potentially transform, patient outcomes. Next, our team of scientists and laboratory technologists use the latest genomic methods to discover gene expression profiles, RNA, which are likely to impact treatment pathway decisions. Our bioinformatics team works collaboratively with our scientists to build proprietary algorithms based on machine-learning techniques to predict the risk of metastasis or recurrence based on the genomics of each individual patient’s tumor biology.

Once we have generated a product candidate that we believe will address an unmet medical need, we work to validate the product candidate through extensive testing of patient tissue samples combined with clinical outcomes data. We use both our extensive data bank of patient tumor samples and clinical outcomes data to run development and validation studies and conduct clinical studies to collect new samples in additional diseases. We publish our data regularly to drive adoption, reimbursement and guideline inclusion.

We have gained expertise in developing proprietary algorithms, conducting clinical studies and using the necessary instrumentation required for efficiently developing our pipeline products. We have used these development principles to explore multiple potential solutions, and have identified two principal areas to expand our pipeline: tests for patients with SCC and patients with suspicious pigmented lesions.

DecisionDx- SCC

The current treatment pathway for patients identified as having high-risk SCC suffers from a low PPV for risk of metastasis or recurrence as well as low sensitivity. As a result, many patients categorized as high risk received adjuvant therapy and other unnecessary medical and surgical interventions even though they would not have gone on to metastasize. Additionally, the low sensitivity means that many patients who will go on to metastasize are not identified as high risk and thus are not offered the benefits of adjuvant therapy and other interventions. To address this clinical need in SCC, we are developing DecisionDx-SCC, a proprietary GEP test designed to identify high-risk patients by demonstrating better PPV and sensitivity compared to traditional staging systems, while maintaining similar NPV. We believe this product candidate will enable more informed clinical decisions regarding adjuvant intervention and other management decisions. We have ongoing multi-center studies involving more than 46 U.S. centers. Our development analysis has identified several gene expression profile algorithms that exhibit significant differential expression between non-recurrent and recurrent cases. We believe that one of these algorithms may demonstrate statistically higher sensitivity and PPV as compared to traditional staging methods.

Based on the timing and results of our clinical validation studies, we intend to commercially launch DecisionDx-SCC in the second half of 2020.

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS


DecisionDx for S uspicious P igmented L esions

A biopsy of a pigmented lesion may lead to an indeterminate diagnosis, in which case the treating physician generally leans towards making a conservative decision and assumes that the lesion is melanoma. To address this clinical need, we are developing a proprietary GEP test designed to be used as an adjunct to histopathology when the distinction between a benign lesion and melanoma is uncertain. Our analysis has identified several gene expression profile algorithms that we believe may be used to confirm whether a specimen is melanoma or benign lesion.

Based on the timing and results of our planned and ongoing clinical studies, we intend to commercially launch this product in the second half of 2020.

Our Commercial Channel

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing efforts are currently focused on the United States skin cancer market. We employ a direct sales and marketing strategy to educate dermatologists, surgeons and other physicians on the clinical and economic benefits of our products. Our sales approach is highly technical, and our team is trained to articulate the scientific and clinical evidence behind our products and how they influence the clinical care pathway and ultimately improve patient outcomes. Our sales force is focused on educating and informing the entire patient care team, which consists of treating clinicians, nurses, laboratory and pathology personnel, and finance administrators, on the appropriate use and value of our test.

As of March 31, 2019, our sales and marketing team totaled 35 employees. Our sales team is focused on leading high clinical impact discussions with the treating clinician’s areas of interest, including clinical utility, patient outcomes, and supporting evidence. Our previous expansion to approximately 25 sales and marketing employees occurred in mid-2015 and showed significant promotion responsiveness over the past four years.

We increased our outside sales territories from 14 to 23 in the first quarter of 2019 and also added supporting inside sales associates and marketing staff. We believe that this increase in sales and marketing personnel will increase the adoption of our products as we educate physicians on the clinical benefits of our products as well as the expanded use of our products in guiding SLNB surgery recommendations. We may, in late 2019 or in 2020, add additional sales representatives and the associated sales support personnel in preparation for launch of our pipeline products. Based upon current knowledge, we believe that an optimally efficient dermatology salesforce to support these products ranges between 35 and 45 individuals.

DecisionDx-UM addresses a small cancer market, and patients are managed by a small group of ocular oncology surgeons, generally ophthalmology or retina trained specialists. We serve these patients and their physicians by providing highly technical interactions that focus on optimizing the appropriate use of our proprietary and ancillary products.

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Medical Affairs

We also deploy an experienced medical affairs group to assist education of treating physicians and key opinion leaders, to identify and engage sites for our sponsored clinical studies and to evaluate collaborative study opportunities. Our medical affairs strategy complements our sales and marketing and clinical research operations efforts.

Our Laboratory Report

We design our test reports with input from physicians to provide an easy to read risk classification and present specific actionable information to enable improved treatment decisions between patients and their physicians. We update our test reports as new data become available that may impact physicians’ treatment decisions based on the use of our tests. For example, the most recent update to our DecisionDx-Melanoma report incorporates data from our prospective multicenter 1,421 patient study showing how our tests can predict the likelihood of a patient experiencing an SLN-positive result from the SLNB surgery.

The image below is an example of a current clinical report for DecisionDx-Melanoma:


Reimbursement

The primary source of revenue for our products is reimbursement from third-party payors, which includes government payors, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors, such as insurance companies. Achieving broad coverage and reimbursement of our current products by third-party payors and continued Medicare coverage are key components of our financial success. De novo coverage by government and third-party payors for our pipeline tests will be important over time.

Government Payors

Medicare coverage is limited to items and services that are within the scope of a Medicare benefit category and that are reasonable and necessary for the diagnosis or treatment of an illness or injury. LCDs are made through an evidence-based process by Medicare Administrative Contractors, or MACs, with opportunities for public participation.

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Palmetto issued a final LCD for DecisionDx-Melanoma, which became effective on December 3, 2018. Noridian adopted the same coverage policy as Palmetto on that date, and subsequently issued a final LCD on February 10, 2019. This LCD provides for coverage for patients who are eligible for the SLNB surgery with cutaneous melanoma tumors of 2.0 mm in thickness or less, and patients with clinically negative SLN basins who are being considered for the SLNB surgery to determine eligibility for adjuvant therapy. Melanomas less than or equal to 2.0 mm thick represent 86% of all melanomas. The median age at diagnosis is 63 years old, therefore the Medicare eligible population represents close to 50% of the addressable market.

Separately, Palmetto issued a final LCD for DecisionDx-UM, which became effective in July 2017, and Noridian issued a similar LCD that became effective in September 2017. The Noridian LCD provides for coverage to determine metastatic risk in connection with the management of a patient’s newly diagnosed uveal melanoma and to guide surveillance and referral to medical oncology for those patients. Similar to cutaneous melanoma the median age at diagnosis for uveal melanoma is estimated at 58-62 years old, therefore the Medicare eligible population represents close to 45% of the addressable market.

On May 17, 2019, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, determined that DecisionDx-UM meets the criteria for existing advanced diagnostic laboratory test, or ADLT, status, also referred to as “existing ADLT” status. This means that beginning in 2021, the DecisionDx-UM Medicare rate will be set annually based upon the median private payor rate for the first half of the preceding calendar year. Specifically, the median private payor rate from January 1 to June 30, 2019 will be used to set the Medicare rate for the calendar year 2021. From May 17, 2019 through December 31, 2020, our rate will be set by Noridian, our local MAC. Also, on May 17, 2019, CMS determined that DecisionDx-Melanoma meets the criteria for “new ADLT” status. This means that from July 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020 the Medicare reimbursement rate will equal the initial list price of $7,193.00. The rate for April 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 will be calculated based upon the median private payor rate from July 1, 2019 to November 30, 2019. Accordingly, beginning in 2021, the rate will be set annually based upon the median private payor rate for the first half of the preceding calendar year. If CMS determines the list charge amount for DecisionDx-Melanoma was greater than 130% of the weighted median of private payor rates, CMS will recoup from us the difference between the actual list charge and 130% of the weighted median.

Commercial Third-Party Payors

We are actively engaged in efforts to achieve broad coverage and reimbursement for our current and future products, followed by contracting with commercial payors. Achieving positive coverage reduces the need for appeals and reduces failures to collect from the patient’s commercial payor. Even with positive coverage decisions, we still experience delays in time to payment. Achieving in-network contracts with third-party payors can shorten the time required to receive payments. Implementing our strategy includes our managed care and medical affairs teams educating third-party payors regarding our strong clinical utility and outcomes data, which we believe validates the value of our products and will persuade more third-party payors to provide value-based reimbursement.

We have broad positive policy coverage for our DecisionDx-UM test, have executed contracts with certain commercial payors and anticipate increases in contracting in 2019 and 2020. We also have positive policy recommendations from many third-party technical assessment review groups.

We are beginning our coverage discussions for DecisionDx-Melanoma and anticipate increases in contracting and coverage in 2019 and 2020.

Dependence on Third-Party Payors

We receive a substantial portion of our revenue from a small number of third-party payors, primarily Medicare, BlueCross BlueShield affiliates and Medicare Advantage plans. Our revenue from patients covered by Medicare, Medicare Advantage plans, United Healthcare and BlueCross BlueShield plans, as a percentage of total revenue, was 36%, 17%, 12% and 18%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. BlueCross BlueShield plans and Medicare Advantage plans represent an aggregation of multiple payors making independent reimbursement decisions; however, these plans often base reimbursement decisions on common guidelines which can influence multiple plans simultaneously.

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Competition

We are focused on providing high value diagnostic and prognostic solutions for dermatological cancers. We believe that there is limited existing competition for our products that provide evidence-based genomic solutions to physicians and their patients.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our target markets include:

Proprietary, disciplined approach to genomic analysis including the use of proprietary deep learning, machine learning and other techniques to identify and optimize gene selection and algorithmic approaches to answer the clinically important questions with accuracy tests. This involves the ability to design and efficiently conduct the right clinical studies at the right time;
Research and development investments to document the quality, quantity, consistency and strength of the clinical validity data, the impact our products have on clinical use, and demonstration of net health outcome improvement that reduce health system costs;
Maintaining a strong reputation with the treating physician by providing consistent, transparent, clinically relevant information that will improve the appropriate management of their patients;
Ease of use in accessing our products, reimbursement support for the physician and their patient and laboratory reports that clearly communicate the clinically relevant data points;
Demonstrated ability to work with, and secure coverage and reimbursement from, governmental and commercial payors;
Ability to efficiently commercialize pipeline products to the same customer base as our current products.

We believe we compete favorably on the factors described above.

Our principal competition for DecisionDx-Melanoma is existing traditional clinical and pathology staging criteria. While some clinical and pathology criteria have changed over time, this approach has been the standard of care in the United States for many years, and physicians may be unwilling to accept the validity of the published data adopt our test until it has become incorporated into national guidelines. In addition, we may, in the near future, face competition from a limited number of companies who are working in this disease space such as Neracare and Skylinedx.

DecisionDx-UM competes with a subsidiary of LabCorp and several academic laboratories all of which have had tests available for several years. To date, our data has demonstrated that DecisionDx-UM is clinically and statistically superior to these products.

We are unaware of late-stage work being performed to develop and validate a product that would compete with our pipeline product for SCC. We believe that the primary competitor for our SCC product, if we are successful in validating a clinically useful product, will initially be existing traditional clinical and pathology staging criteria.

We are aware of competitors that would likely compete with our pipeline product for suspicious pigmented lesions such as Myriad Genetics. If we are successful in validating a clinically useful product, then we expect to compete favorably with them.

Laboratory Operations

The Laboratory Developed Tests, or LDTs, that we commercialize are conducted in our CAP accredited, CLIA-certified facility in Phoenix, Arizona. Within this 12,000 square foot facility, we perform all laboratory procedures involved in our tests from receiving a requisition form to issuance of the final test result. Our most recent capacity plan analysis indicates that we can process up to 60,000 proprietary GEP test orders annually for our proprietary tests prior to expanding the wet lab facility although we would require additional space to increase sample intake, clinical research operations, IT and administration. We performed more than 12,800 proprietary GEP tests in 2018. We moved into this facility in April 2016. We are able to provide our proprietary DecisionDx-Melanoma and DecisionDx-UM products for patients in all fifty states including those that require specific, additional, out-of-state lab licenses or qualifications such as New York, California, Pennsylvania, Maryland, and Rhode Island. Upon receipt, orders and samples are processed through an automated laboratory

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

information management system which, in addition to tracking sample chain of custody, initiates and tracks accessioning, sample eligibility, technical data generation, algorithmic analysis and results reporting. The majority of samples are received as paraffin embedded sections from a formalin fixed tissue specimen.

The laboratory facility houses all functions related to quality control and assurance, licensing, accreditation and regulatory compliance. Our quality management program ensures the quality of our laboratory services and products through continuous monitoring of a broad range of key performance indicators including technical, customer service and cybersecurity metrics. Through this program, we promote a philosophy of continuous improvement based upon adherence to validated standards.

Raw Materials and Suppliers

We procure reagents, equipment, chips/cards and other materials used to perform our tests from sole suppliers such as Thermo, Inc., and Qiagen, Inc. Some of these items are unique to these suppliers and vendors. While we have developed alternate sourcing strategies for these materials and vendors and while we have experienced no business interruption due to an inability to source these materials, we cannot be certain whether these strategies will be effective or whether alternative sources will be available when we need them. If these suppliers can no longer provide us with the materials we need to perform our test services, they do not meet our quality specifications, or we cannot obtain acceptable substitute materials, our business would be negatively affected.

License Agreement with The Washington University

In November 2009, we entered into a license agreement, or the License Agreement, with WUSTL to license certain patent rights and technical information from WUSTL for the development of melanoma products, or the Products, and services, or the Services. The rights licensed under this agreement are used in DecisionDx-UM only.

Under the License Agreement, we obtain an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license to certain patent rights owned by WUSTL, or the Patent Rights, and a non-exclusive, worldwide license to certain technical information and research property owned by WUSTL, with the right to grant sublicenses under certain conditions, to develop the Products and Services. WUSTL retains the right to use the Patent Rights for research purposes.

The Patent Rights that we license pursuant to the License Agreement have been generated through the use of U.S. government funding and are therefore subject to certain federal regulations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property— Our in-licensed intellectual property has been discovered through government funded programs and thus may be subject to federal regulations such as “march-in” rights, certain reporting requirements and a preference for U.S.-based companies, and compliance with such regulations may limit our exclusive rights, and limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. manufacturers.”

Under the License Agreement, we are required to use best efforts to carry out the activities under an agreed-upon development plan, or the Development Plan, and meet any and all milestones set forth in the Development Plan. We are required to make milestone payments to WUSTL upon successful completion of development and commercialization milestones as set forth in the Development Plan. For each Product or Service that receives FDA approval, premarket approval or premarket notification, we are obligated to make a milestone payment to WUSTL in the mid-four digits. For the issuance of the first U.S. patent and the first foreign patent, we are obligated to make aggregate milestone payments to WUSTL in the low-five digits.

Under the License Agreement, we were obligated to pay WUSTL an initial license issue fee in the low-five digits. We are also obligated to make royalty payments to WUSTL equal to (i) a percentage in the mid-single digits of our and any of our affiliates’ or sub-licensees’ net sales of Products and (ii) a percentage in the low-single digits of our and any of our affiliates’ or sub-licensees’ revenue from Services. We are also obligated to make royalty payments to WUSTL in the low-to-mid single digit percentage of net sales, with minimum royalty payments to WUSTL every six-month period following the first commercial sale.

The term of the License Agreement will continue for ten years following the last-to-expire valid claim relating to the Patent Rights, unless terminated earlier. WUSTL may terminate the License Agreement upon written notice in the event of (i) our material breach if such breach remains uncured for 90 days, (ii) the exercise of certain rights by us with respect to the Patent Rights and/or the licensed technical information outside the scope of the License Agreement, or (iii) for certain insolvency-related events. We may terminate the License Agreement without cause upon written notice to WUSTL and payment of any amount due to WUSTL under the License Agreement.

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Intellectual Property

Our core technology for our products is related to methods and devices for analysis of genetic expression. Using this technology, we are able to provide a more accurate prediction of a patient’s metastatic risk as compared to other methods. We have secured and continue to pursue intellectual property rights globally, including through patent protection covering analysis of metastasis in cutaneous melanoma, as well as treatment of cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma. We also rely on trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and potential in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position. For more information, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property.”

Patents and Patent Applications

We have developed a global patent portfolio that as of December 31, 2018, comprised of six issued patents, including four issued U.S. patents, and 13 pending patent applications, including three U.S. applications. Our patent portfolio consists of two owned patent families and an exclusively in-licensed portfolio from WUSTL, which includes seven pending and issued patents across two families. This global patent portfolio has filing dates ranging from 2009 to 2018, and therefore are projected to expire between 2029 and 2038, subject to any patent term extension or patent term adjustment that might be available in a particular jurisdiction. The owned and licensed families contain issued patents and pending applications that relate to devices, systems, and methods for macromolecular analysis, and reflect our active and ongoing research programs. The commercial foci of these patent families are discussed below.

Commercial Focus
Number of Issued Patents
and Pending Patent
Applications
Methods for predicting risk of metastasis in cutaneous melanoma
10
Compositions and methods for detecting cancer metastasis
5
Methods of diagnosing and treating patients with cutaneous squamous cell carcinoma
1
Method for predicting risk of metastasis
2
Method of predicting risk for recurrence for soft tissue sarcoma
1

Individual patents extend for varying periods depending on the date of filing of the patent application or the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. Generally, patents issued for regularly filed applications in the United States are granted a term of 20 years from the earliest effective non-provisional filing date. In addition, in certain instances, a patent term can be extended to recapture a period due to delay by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO in issuing the patent as well as a portion of the term effectively lost as a result of the FDA regulatory review period. However, as to the FDA component, the restoration period cannot be longer than five years and the total patent term including the restoration period must not exceed 14 years following FDA approval. The duration of foreign patents varies in accordance with provisions of applicable local law, but typically is also 20 years from the earliest effective non-provisional filing date. However, the actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a product-by-product basis, from country to country, and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory-related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent.

Trademarks and Trade Secrets

As of December 31, 2018, our U.S. trademark portfolio contained four trademark registrations.

We rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and potential in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, corporate partners and, as applicable, our advisors. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the invention assignment agreements, to grant us ownership of technologies that are developed through a relationship with an employee or a third party. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. We additionally seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets, such as our proprietary algorithms, by maintaining the physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

Government Regulation and Product Approval

Regulations

Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988

As a clinical reference laboratory, we are required to hold certain federal, state and local licenses, certifications and permits to conduct our business. Under CLIA, we are required to hold a certificate applicable to the type of laboratory tests we perform and to comply with standards applicable to our operations, including test processes, personnel, facilities administration, equipment maintenance, recordkeeping, quality systems and proficiency testing. We must maintain CLIA compliance and certification to be eligible to bill for diagnostic services provided to Medicare beneficiaries.

To renew our CLIA certificate, we are subject to survey and inspection every two years to assess compliance with program standards. Because we are a College of American Pathologists, or CAP, accredited laboratory, CMS does not perform this survey and inspection and relies on our CAP survey and inspection. We may also be subject to additional unannounced inspections. The regulatory and compliance standards applicable to the testing we perform may change over time, and any such changes could have a material effect on our business.

Penalties for non-compliance with CLIA requirements include suspension, limitation or revocation of the laboratory’s CLIA certificate, as well as directed plan of correction, state on-site monitoring, civil money penalties, civil injunctive suit or criminal penalties.

State Laboratory Licensing

In addition to federal certification requirements of laboratories under CLIA, CLIA provides that states may adopt laboratory regulations and licensure requirements that are more stringent than those under federal law. Such laws, among other things, establish standards for the day-to-day operation of a clinical reference laboratory, including the training and skills required of personnel and quality control. We currently provide laboratory services in all 50 states and maintain out-of-state laboratory licenses in New York, California, Maryland, Pennsylvania and Rhode Island.

Multiple states require the licensure of out-of-state laboratories that accept specimens from those states. Because we receive specimens from New York, our clinical reference laboratory is required to be licensed by New York, under New York laws and regulations. New York law also mandates proficiency testing for laboratories licensed under New York state law, regardless of whether such laboratories are located in New York. If a laboratory is out of compliance with New York statutory or regulatory standards, the New York Department of Health, or NYDOH, may suspend, limit, revoke or annul the laboratory’s New York license, censure the holder of the license, or assess civil money penalties. We have received written approval from NYDOH to offer our proprietary DecisionDx-Melanoma DecisionDx-UM and DecisionDx-PRAME products in New York. If we were to be found out of compliance with New York laboratory requirements, we could be subject to such sanctions, which could harm our business.

Federal Oversight of Laboratory Developed Tests

The laws and regulations governing the marketing of diagnostic products are evolving, extremely complex, and in many instances, there are no significant regulatory or judicial interpretations of these laws and regulations. Clinical laboratory tests are regulated under CLIA, as administered by CMS, as well as by applicable state laws. In addition, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, defines a medical device to include any instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent, or other similar or related article, including a component part, or accessory, intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, in man or other animals. Our in vitro testing products are considered by the FDA to be subject to regulation as medical devices. Among other things, pursuant

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to the FDCA and its implementing regulations, the FDA regulates the research, testing, manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, pre-market clearance or approval, marketing and promotion, and sales and distribution of medical devices in the United States to ensure that medical products distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses. In addition, the FDA regulates the export of medical devices manufactured in the United States to international markets.

Although the FDA has statutory authority to assure that medical devices are safe and effective for their intended uses, the FDA has generally exercised its enforcement discretion and not enforced applicable regulations with respect to in vitro diagnostics that are designed, manufactured, and used within a single laboratory for use only in that laboratory. These tests are referred to as LDTs. As a result, we believe our diagnostic services are currently subject to the FDA’s enforcement discretion and are not subject to the FDA’s oversight. However, reagents, instruments, software or components provided by third parties and used to perform LDTs may be subject to regulation.

In recent years, FDA has stated its intention to modify its enforcement discretion policy with respect to LDTs. For example, on July 31, 2014, the FDA notified Congress of its intent to modify, in a risk-based manner, its policy of enforcement discretion with respect to LDTs. On October 3, 2014, the FDA issued two draft guidance documents entitled “Framework for Regulatory Oversight of Laboratory Developed Tests (LDTs),” or the Framework Guidance, and “FDA Notification and Medical Device Reporting for Laboratory Developed Tests (LDTs),” or the Reporting Guidance. The Framework Guidance states that FDA intends to modify its policy of enforcement discretion with respect to LDTs in a risk-based manner consistent with the classification of medical devices generally in Classes I through III. The Reporting Guidance would further enable FDA to collect information regarding the LDTs currently being offered for clinical use through a notification process, as well as to enforce its regulations for reporting safety issues and collecting information on any known or suspected adverse events related to the use of an LDT.

Although the FDA halted finalization of the guidance in November 2016 to allow for further public discussion on an appropriate oversight approach to LDTs and to give congressional authorizing committees the opportunity to develop a legislative solution, the FDA could ultimately modify its current approach to LDTs in a way that would subject our products marketed as LDTs to the enforcement of regulatory requirements.

Medical Device Regulatory Framework

Although we currently market our proprietary testing products as LDTs, which are currently subject to enforcement discretion, we could be subject to more onerous FDA compliance obligations in the future. Specifically, if the FDA begins to actively regulate LDTs, then, unless an exemption applies, each new or significantly modified medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a premarket notification to the FDA requesting permission for commercial distribution under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval from the FDA of a premarket approval, or PMA, application. Both the 510(k) clearance and PMA processes can be resource intensive, expensive, and lengthy, and require payment of significant user fees.

Device Classification

Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes-Class I, Class II or Class III depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to provide reasonable assurances with respect to safety and effectiveness.

Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and effectiveness can be reasonably assured by adherence to a set of FDA regulations, referred to as the General Controls for Medical Devices, which require compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse events and malfunctions, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below. Most Class I products are exempt from the premarket notification requirements.

Class II devices are those that are subject to the General Controls, and Special Controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. These Special Controls can include performance standards, patient registries, FDA guidance documents and post-market surveillance. Most Class II devices are

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subject to premarket review and clearance by the FDA. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification process.

Class III devices include devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as life-supporting or life-sustaining devices, or implantable devices, in addition to those deemed novel and not substantially equivalent following the 510(k) process. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be reasonably assured solely by the General Controls and Special Controls described above. Therefore, these devices are subject to the PMA application process, which is generally more costly and time-consuming than the 510(k) process. Through the PMA application process, the applicant must submit data and information demonstrating reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use to the FDA’s satisfaction. Accordingly, a PMA typically includes, but is not limited to, extensive technical information regarding device design and development, pre-clinical and clinical trial data, manufacturing information, labeling and financial disclosure information for the clinical investigators in device studies. The PMA application must provide valid scientific evidence that demonstrates to the FDA’s satisfaction a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use.

The Investigational Device Process

In the United States, absent certain limited exceptions, human clinical trials intended to support medical device clearance or approval require an investigational device exemption, or IDE, application. Some types of studies deemed to present “non-significant risk” are deemed to have an approved IDE once certain requirements are addressed and Institutional Review Board, or IRB, approval is obtained. If the device presents a “significant risk” to human health, as defined by the FDA, the sponsor must submit an IDE application to the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trials. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate IRBs at the clinical trial sites. Submission of an IDE will note necessarily result in the ability to commence clinical trials, and although the FDA’s approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward for a specified number of subjects, it does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product’s safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria.

All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s IDE regulations that govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. Clinical trials must further comply with the FDA’s good clinical practice regulations for IRB approval and for informed consent and other human subject protections. Required records and reports are subject to inspection by the FDA. The results of clinical testing may be unfavorable, or, even if the intended safety and efficacy success criteria are achieved, may not be considered sufficient for the FDA to grant marketing approval or clearance of a product. The commencement or completion of any clinical trial may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of a PMA application, for numerous reasons.

The 510(k) Clearance Process

Under the 510(k) clearance process, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA a premarket notification, demonstrating that the device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally marketed predicate device. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to a PMA, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was previously found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence.

After a 510(k) premarket notification is submitted, the FDA determines whether to accept it for substantive review. If it lacks necessary information for substantive review, the FDA will refuse to accept the 510(k) notification. If it is accepted for filing, the FDA begins a substantive review. By statute, the FDA is required to complete its review of a 510(k) notification within 90 days of receiving the 510(k) notification. As a practical

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

matter, clearance often takes longer, and clearance is never assured. Although many 510(k) premarket notifications are cleared without clinical data, the FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may significantly prolong the review process. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device.

If the FDA determines that the device is not “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device, or if the device is automatically classified into Class III, the device sponsor must then fulfill the much more rigorous premarketing requirements of the PMA approval process, or seek reclassification of the device through the de novo process. The de novo classification process is an alternate pathway to classify medical devices that are automatically classified into Class III but which are low to moderate risk. A manufacturer can submit a petition for direct de novo review if the manufacturer is unable to identify an appropriate predicate device and the new device or new use of the device presents a moderate or low risk. De novo classification may also be available after receipt of a “not substantially equivalent” letter following submission of a 510(k) to FDA.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, could require a PMA application. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires a new submission in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision and disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. Many minor modifications are accomplished by a letter-to-file in which the manufacture documents the change in an internal letter-to-file. The letter-to-file is in lieu of submitting a new 510(k) to obtain clearance for such change. The FDA can always review these letters to file in an inspection. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination regarding whether a new premarket submission is required for the modification of an existing 510(k)-cleared device, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application is obtained. In addition, in these circumstances, the FDA can impose significant regulatory fines or penalties for failure to submit the requisite application(s).

The PMA Approval Process

Following receipt of a PMA application, the FDA conducts an administrative review to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If it is not, the agency will refuse to file the PMA. If it is, the FDA will accept the application for filing and begin the review. The FDA has 180 days to review a filed PMA application, although the review of an application more often occurs over a significantly longer period of time. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided, and the FDA may issue a major deficiency letter to the applicant, requesting the applicant’s response to deficiencies communicated by the FDA.

Before approving or denying a PMA, an FDA advisory committee may review the PMA at a public meeting and provide the FDA with the committee’s recommendation on whether the FDA should approve the submission, approve it with specific conditions, or not approve it. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Prior to approval of a PMA, the FDA may conduct inspections of the clinical trial data and clinical trial sites, as well as inspections of the manufacturing facility and processes. Overall, the FDA review of a PMA application generally takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

the device may not be shown safe or effective to the FDA’s satisfaction;
the data from pre-clinical studies and/or clinical trials may be found unreliable or insufficient to support approval;
the manufacturing process or facilities may not meet applicable requirements; and
changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.

If the FDA evaluation of a PMA is favorable, the FDA will issue either an approval letter, or an approvable letter, the latter of which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing commercial marketing of the device, subject to the

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

conditions of approval and the limitations established in the approval letter. If the FDA’s evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The FDA also may determine that additional tests or clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and data is submitted in an amendment to the PMA, or the PMA is withdrawn and resubmitted when the data are available. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which the FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing.

New PMA applications or PMA supplements are required for modification to the manufacturing process, equipment or facility, quality control procedures, sterilization, packaging, expiration date, labeling, device specifications, ingredients, materials or design of a device that has been approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or may not require as extensive technical or clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel, depending on the nature of the proposed change.

In approving a PMA application, as a condition of approval, the FDA may also require some form of post-approval study or post-market surveillance, whereby the applicant conducts a follow-up study or follows certain patient groups for a number of years and makes periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional or longer term safety and effectiveness data for the device. The FDA may also approve a PMA application with other post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, such as, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale, distribution and use. New PMA applications or PMA supplements may also be required for modifications to any approved diagnostic tests, including modifications to our manufacturing processes, device labeling and device design, based on the findings of post-approval studies.

Federal and State Physician Self-Referral Prohibitions

We are subject to the federal physician self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law, and to comparable state laws. Together these restrictions generally prohibit us from billing a patient or any governmental or private payer for certain designated health services, including clinical laboratory services, when the physician ordering the service, or any member of such physician’s immediate family, has a financial interest, such as an ownership or investment interest in or compensation arrangement with us, unless the arrangement meets an exception to the prohibition.

Sanctions for a Stark Law violation include the following:

denial of payment for the services provided in violation of the prohibition;
refunds of amounts collected by an entity in violation of the Stark Law;
a civil penalty of up to $24,748 for each bill or claim for a service arising out of the prohibited referral;
the imposition of up to three times the amounts for each item or service wrongfully claimed;
possible exclusion from federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid; and
a civil penalty of up to $164,992 for each arrangement or scheme that the parties know (or should know) has the principal purpose of circumventing the Stark Law’s prohibition.

These prohibitions apply regardless of any intent by the parties to induce or reward referrals or the reasons for the financial relationship and the referral. In addition, knowing violations of the Stark Law may also serve as the basis for liability under the federal False Claims Act, or the FCA, which can result in additional civil and criminal penalties.

Federal and State Anti-Kickback Laws

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, or the AKS, makes it a felony for a person or entity, including a clinical laboratory, to knowingly and willfully offer, pay, solicit or receive any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in order to induce business that is reimbursable under any federal health care program. A violation of the AKS may result in imprisonment for up to ten years and fines of up to $100,000

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for each violation and administrative civil money penalties of $100,000 plus up to three times the amount of the remuneration paid. Convictions under the AKS result in mandatory exclusion from federal health care programs for a minimum of five years. In addition, The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has the authority to impose civil assessments and fines and to exclude health care providers and others engaged in prohibited activities from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal health care programs. In addition, the government may assert that a claim that includes items or services resulting from a violation of the AKS constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the FCA, which is discussed in greater detail below. Additionally, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

Although the AKS applies only to items and services reimbursable under any federal health care program, a number of states have passed statutes substantially similar to the AKS that apply to all payors. Penalties of such state laws include imprisonment and significant monetary fines.

Federal and state law enforcement authorities scrutinize arrangements between health care providers and potential referral sources to ensure that the arrangements are not designed as a mechanism to induce patient care referrals or induce the purchase or prescribing of particular products or services. Generally, courts have taken a broad interpretation of the scope of the AKS, holding that the statute may be violated if merely one purpose of a payment arrangement is to induce referrals or purchases.

In addition to statutory exceptions to the AKS, regulations provide for a number of safe harbors. If an arrangement meets the provisions of a safe harbor, it is deemed not to violate the AKS. An arrangement must fully comply with each element of an applicable safe harbor in order to qualify for protection.

Failure to meet the requirements of the safe harbor, however, does not render an arrangement illegal. Rather, the government may evaluate such arrangements on a case-by-case basis, taking into account all facts and circumstances.

Other Federal and State Health Care Laws

In addition to the requirements discussed above, several other health care fraud and abuse laws could have an effect on our business. For example, provisions of the Social Security Act permit Medicare and Medicaid to exclude an entity that charges the federal health care programs substantially in excess of its usual charges for its services. The terms “usual charge” and “substantially in excess” are subject to varying interpretations.

The FCA prohibits, among other things, a person from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment or approval and from, making, using, or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim in order to secure payment or retaining an overpayment by the federal government. In addition to actions initiated by the government itself, the statute authorizes actions to be brought on behalf of the federal government by a private party having knowledge of the alleged fraud. Because the complaint is initially filed under seal, the action may be pending for some time before the defendant is even aware of the action. If the government intervenes and is ultimately successful in obtaining redress in the matter or if the plaintiff succeeds in obtaining redress without the government’s involvement, then the plaintiff will receive a percentage of the recovery. Finally, the Social Security Act includes its own provisions that prohibit the filing of false claims or submitting false statements in order to obtain payment. Several states have enacted comparable false claims laws which may be broader in scope and apply regardless of payor.

The civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent. A person who offers or provides to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration, including waivers of co-payments and deductible amounts (or any part thereof), that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services may be liable under the civil monetary penalties statute. Moreover, in certain cases, providers who routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries, for example, in connection with patient assistance programs, can also be held liable under the AKS and False Claims Act. One of the statutory exceptions to the prohibition is non-routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The Office of Inspector General of HHS, or OIG, emphasizes, however, that this exception

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a particular patient. Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, applicable state laws related to, among other things, unlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with patient contracts and statutory or common law fraud, may also be implicated for similar practices offered to patients covered by commercial payor.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the AKS, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

The Physician Payments Sunshine Act, enacted as part of the ACA, as amended among other things, also imposed annual reporting requirements on manufacturers of certain devices, drugs and biologics for certain payments and transfers of value by them and in some cases their distributors to physicians and teaching hospitals, and certain other healthcare professionals as of January 1, 2022; as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Any failure to comply with these reporting requirements could result in significant fines and penalties. Because we manufacture our own LDTs solely for use by or within our own laboratory, we believe that we are exempt from these reporting requirements. We cannot assure you, however, that the government will agree with our determination, and a determination that we have violated these laws and regulations, or a public announcement that we are being investigated for possible violations, could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the fraud and abuse laws described above or any other laws that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including potentially significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

International Regulations

Many countries in which we may offer any of our testing products in the future have anti-kickback regulations prohibiting providers from offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, in order to induce business that is reimbursable under any national health care program. In situations involving physicians employed by state-funded institutions or national health care agencies, violation of the local anti-kickback law may also constitute a violation of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA.

The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual, business entity or employee of a U.S. business entity to offer or provide, directly or through a third party, including any potential distributors we may rely on in certain markets, anything of value to a foreign government official with corrupt intent to influence an award or continuation of business or to gain an unfair advantage, whether or not such conduct violates local laws. In addition, it is illegal for a company that reports to the SEC to have false or inaccurate books or records or to fail to maintain a system of internal accounting controls. We will also be required to maintain accurate information and control over sales and distributors’ activities that may fall within the purview of the FCPA, its books and records provisions and its anti-bribery provisions.

The standard of intent and knowledge in the Anti-Bribery cases is minimal-intent and knowledge are usually inferred from that fact that bribery took place. The accounting provisions do not require intent. Violations of the FCPA’s anti-bribery provisions for corporations and other business entities are subject to a fine of up to $2 million and officers, directors, stockholders, employees, and agents are subject to a fine of up to $100,000 and imprisonment for up to five years. Other countries, including the United Kingdom and other OECD Anti-Bribery Convention members, have similar anti-corruption regulations, such as the United Kingdom Anti-Bribery Act.

When marketing our testing products outside of the United States, we may be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing human clinical testing, prohibitions on the import of tissue necessary for us to perform our testing products or restrictions on the export of tissue imposed by countries outside of the United States or

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the import of tissue into the United States, and marketing approval. These requirements vary by jurisdiction, differ from those in the United States and may in some cases require us to perform additional pre-clinical or clinical testing. In many countries outside of the United States, coverage, pricing and reimbursement approvals are also required.

Privacy and Security Laws

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act

Under HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, HHS has issued regulations to protect the privacy and provide for the security of protected health information, or PHI, used or disclosed by certain entities including health care providers, such as us. HIPAA also regulates standardization of data content, codes and formats used in certain health care transactions and standardization of identifiers for health plans and providers. Penalties for violations of HIPAA and HITECH laws and regulations include civil and criminal penalties.

Three standards have been promulgated under HIPAA’s and HITECH’s regulations: the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, which restrict the use and disclosure of certain individually identifiable health information, the Standards for Electronic Transactions, which establish standards for common healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures, and the Security Standards for the Protection of Electronic Protected Health Information, which require covered entities and business associates to implement and maintain certain security measures to safeguard certain electronic health information, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information.

The HIPAA privacy regulations cover the use and disclosure of PHI by covered entities as well as business associates, which are defined to include subcontractors that create, receive, maintain, or transmit PHI on behalf of a business associate. They also set forth certain rights that an individual has with respect to his or her PHI maintained by a covered entity, including the right to access or amend certain records containing PHI, or to request restrictions on the use or disclosure of PHI. The HIPAA security regulations establish requirements for safeguarding the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of PHI that is electronically transmitted or electronically stored. HITECH, among other things, established certain health information security breach notification requirements. A covered entity must notify any individual whose PHI is breached according to the specifications set forth in the breach notification rule. The HIPAA privacy and security regulations establish a uniform federal “floor” and do not preempt state laws that are more stringent or provide individuals with greater rights with respect to the privacy or security of, and access to, their records containing PHI or insofar as such state laws apply to personal information that is broader in scope than PHI.

Individuals (or their personal representatives, as applicable) have the right to access test reports directly from laboratories and to direct that copies of those reports be transmitted to persons or entities designated by the individual.

HIPAA authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents for violations. Courts are able to award damages, costs and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to file suit against us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its standards have been used as the basis for duty of care cases in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI. In addition, HIPAA mandates that the Secretary of HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities, such as us, and their business associates for compliance with the HIPAA privacy and security standards. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the civil monetary penalty paid by the violator.

As a covered entity with downstream vendors and subcontractors and, in certain instances, as a business associate of other covered entities with whom we have entered into a business associate agreement, we have certain obligations under HIPAA regarding the use and disclosure of any PHI that may be provided to us. HIPAA and HITECH impose civil and criminal penalties against covered entities and business associates for noncompliance with privacy and security requirements. Further, various states, such as California and Massachusetts, have implemented similar privacy laws and regulations that impose restrictive requirements regulating the use and disclosure of health information and other personally identifiable information.

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Numerous other federal, state and foreign laws, including consumer protection laws and regulations, govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to, confidentiality and security of patient health information. We intend to continue to comprehensively protect all personal information and to comply with all applicable laws regarding the protection of such information.

Reimbursement for Clinical Laboratory Services

We generate revenue on our products from several sources, including third-party payors, laboratory services intermediaries, and self-paying individuals. Depending on the billing arrangement and applicable law, we must bill various third-party payors, such as insurance companies, Medicare, Medicaid, and patients, all of which have different billing requirements. Compliance with applicable laws and regulations as well as internal compliance policies and procedures adds further complexity to the billing process. CMS establishes new procedures and continuously evaluates and implements changes to the reimbursement process for billing the Medicare program.

To receive reimbursement from third-party payors, we bill our tests using a variety of Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, codes, as defined by the American Medical Association. For many of the genetic tests we conduct, there may not be an appropriate CPT code for some of the genes in a panel, in which case the test may be billed under a miscellaneous code for an unlisted molecular pathology procedure. Because these miscellaneous codes do not describe a specific service, the third-party payor claim may need to be examined to determine the service that was provided, whether the service was appropriate and medically necessary and whether payment should be rendered. This process can require a letter of medical necessity from the ordering physician and it can result in a delay in processing the claim, a lower reimbursement amount, or denial of the claim.

With the evolution of genetic testing, we have seen individual third-party payors’ medical coverage policies around the CPT codes we bill and their associated payment rates change over time, resulting in changes to our reimbursement revenues. We believe all of our products provide significant clinical value and reduction in downstream healthcare spend, as evidenced in research studies and clinical publications, which we believe will continue to support and drive third-party payor reimbursement.

Under Medicare, payment for our laboratory tests are generally made under the CLFS with payment amounts assigned to specific procedure billing codes. In April 2014, Congress passed PAMA, which included substantial changes to the way in which clinical laboratory services will be paid under Medicare. Under PAMA, laboratories that receive the majority of their Medicare revenue from payments made under the CLFS or the Physician Fee Schedule are required to report to CMS, beginning in 2017 and every three years thereafter (or annually for ADLTs), private payor payment rates and volumes for their tests. Laboratories that fail to report the required payment information may be subject to substantial civil monetary penalties. As required under PAMA, CMS will use the rates and volumes reported by laboratories to develop Medicare payment rates for laboratory tests equal to the volume-weighted median of the private payor payment rates for the tests. On June 23, 2016, CMS published the final rule implementing the reporting and rate-setting requirements under PAMA.

As set forth under PAMA, for tests furnished on or after January 1, 2018, Medicare payments for clinical diagnostic laboratory tests will be paid based upon these reported private payor rates. For clinical diagnostic laboratory tests that are assigned a new or substantially revised CPT code, initial payment rates will be assigned by the gap-fill methodology, as under prior law. Initial payment rates for new ADLTs will be based on the actual list charge for the laboratory test.

The payment rates calculated under PAMA became effective on January 1, 2018. Any reductions to payment rates resulting from the new methodology are limited to 10% per test per year in each of the years 2018 through 2020 and to 15% per test per year in each of the years 2021 through 2023.

On May 17, 2019, CMS determined that DecisionDx-UM meets the criteria for “existing ADLT” status. This means that beginning in 2021, the DecisionDx-UM Medicare rate will be set annually based upon the median private payor rate for the first half of the preceding calendar year. Specifically, the median private payor rate from January 1 to June 30, 2019 will be used to set the Medicare rate for the calendar year 2021. From May 17, 2019 through December 31, 2020, our rate will be set by Noridian, our local MAC. Also, on May 17, 2019, CMS determined that DecisionDx-Melanoma meets the criteria for “new ADLT” status. This means that from July 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020 the Medicare reimbursement rate will equal the initial list price of $7,193.00. The rate for April 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 will be calculated based upon the median private payor rate from July 1, 2019 to November 30, 2019. Accordingly, beginning in 2021, the rate will be set

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

annually based upon the median private payor rate for the first half of the preceding calendar year. If CMS determines the list charge amount for DecisionDx-Melanoma was greater than 130% of the weighted median of private payor rates, CMS will recoup from us the difference between the actual list charge and 130% of the weighted median.

PAMA also authorizes the adoption of new, temporary billing codes and/or unique test identifiers for FDA-cleared or approved tests as well as ADLTs. The AMA’s CPT Editorial Panel has approved a proposal to create a new section of billing codes to facilitate implementation of this section of PAMA. These proprietary laboratory analyses codes may be requested by a clinical laboratory or manufacturer to specifically identify their test. If approved, the codes are issued by the AMA on a quarterly basis.

Healthcare Reform

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively the ACA, was enacted in the U.S. The Affordable Care Act made a number of substantial changes to the way healthcare is financed both by governmental and private insurers. For example, the ACA requires each medical device manufacturer to pay a sales tax equal to 2.3% of the price for which such manufacturer sells its medical devices. The medical device tax has been suspended until December 31, 2019, but is scheduled to return beginning in 2020. It is unclear at this time when, or if, the provision of our LDTs will trigger the medical device tax if the FDA ends its policy of general enforcement discretion and regulates certain LDTs as medical devices, and it is possible that this tax will apply to some or all of our existing testing products or testing products we may develop in the future. The ACA also contains a number of other provisions, including provisions governing enrollment in federal and state healthcare programs, reimbursement matters and fraud and abuse, which we expect will impact our industry and our operations in ways that we cannot currently predict.

On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas, or Texas District Court Judge, ruled that the entire Affordable Care Act is invalid based primarily on the fact that the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or the TCJA, repealed the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA, on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year, which is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate”. While the Texas District Court Judge, as well as the current presidential administration and CMS, have stated that this ruling will have no immediate effect, it is unclear how this decision, subsequent appeals, and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings. We are not currently a party to any litigation or legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Facilities

We lease approximately 4,195 square feet of office space in Friendswood, Texas under an agreement that expires June 30, 2019, which we have the option to renew for successive one year periods beginning on July 1 of each subsequent year with the last such one-year extension commencing on July 1, 2020. We also lease approximately 12,000 square feet of laboratory space in Phoenix, Arizona under an agreement that expires July 31, 2023. We believe that our existing facilities will be sufficient for our needs for the foreseeable future.

Employees

As of March 31, 2019, we had 96 employees, of whom 94 were full-time employees. Our employees are not represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers, directors and key employees as of June 14, 2019.

Name
Age
Position(s)
Executive Officers
 
 
Derek J. Maetzold
57
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Federico A. Monzon, M.D.
51
Chief Medical Officer
Bernhard E. Spiess
59
Chief Operating Officer
Frank Stokes
49
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
Non-Employee Directors
 
 
Daniel M. Bradbury
58
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Bonnie H. Anderson (2)(3)
61
Director
Mara G. Aspinall (1)(3)
56
Director
G. Bradley Cole (1)(2)
63
Director
Joseph C. Cook III (1)
48
Director
David Kabakoff, Ph.D. (2)(3)
71
Director
 
 
 
Key Employees
 
 
Kristen Oelschlager, R.N.
51
Senior Vice President, Clinical Operations
Toby Juvenal
59
Senior Vice President, Sales
Robert W. Cook, Ph.D.
47
Vice President, Medical Affairs and Research and Development
(1) Member of the audit committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Derek J. Maetzold founded Castle Biosciences in September 2007 and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since inception. Previously, Mr. Maetzold held leadership roles at Encysive Pharmaceuticals, Schering-Plough Corporation (now Merck), Integrated Communications, Amylin Pharmaceuticals and Sandoz Pharmaceuticals (now a division of Novartis). Mr. Maetzold currently serves as a director of the Ocular Melanoma Foundation. He has contributed to the discovery, development and commercialization of five diagnostic and prognostic tests in cancers, has co-authored multiple scientific publications and is a co-inventor of a number of technologies at Castle Biosciences and Encysive Pharmaceuticals. Mr. Maetzold holds a B.S. degree in Biology from George Mason University and completed additional coursework at the University of Calgary Health Sciences Center and the MBA program at the University of California, Riverside.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Maetzold’s experience as our founder, director and as our President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as his expertise in the development and commercialization of diagnostic tests, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Federico A. Monzon, M.D. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since November 2015. From September 2013 to October 2015, Dr. Monzon served as Medical Director of Oncology and Medical Director for Latin America at Invitae Corporation, a provider of genetic diagnostics for hereditary disorders. Since October 2011, Dr. Monzon held the position of Director of Molecular Pathology at the Cancer Genetics Laboratory from Baylor College of Medicine, where he also had an academic appointment as Associate Professor in the Department of Pathology & Immunology. Since September 2013, Dr. Monzon has held an academic appointment as Clinical Associate Professor in the Department of Pathology and Immunology. Dr. Monzon holds an M.D. degree from the Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, and is board certified in Anatomic and Clinical Pathology and Molecular Genetic Pathology by the American Board of Pathology. He completed his Pathology residency at Thomas Jefferson University and his Molecular Pathology fellowship at the University of Pittsburgh.

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bernhard E. Spiess has served as our Chief Operating Officer since May 2016. From April 1997 to April 2016, Mr. Spiess held various positions with Beckman Coulter, Inc., a manufacturer of biomedical testing instrument systems, tests and supplies, including as Vice President, Strategic Marketing, Blood Virus & Infectious Diseases from February 2015 to April 2016, and as Vice President, Marketing, Molecular Diagnostics from April 2008 to February 2015. Throughout his career, Mr. Spiess has held positions of increasing responsibility in laboratory testing and management, scientific support, sales, strategic and tactical marketing, and product and business management. Mr. Spiess holds a B.App.Sc. degree in Medical Technology from the Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology.

Frank Stokes has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2017. From January 2017 to December 2017, Mr. Stokes served as Chief Financial Officer of Hammock Pharmaceuticals, a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of women’s health and urology products. From May 2011 to December 2016, Mr. Stokes served as a Managing Director of Leerink Swann (now SVB Leerink). Mr. Stokes also held positions as a Managing Director at Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and Wachovia Securities, LLC. While at SVB Leerink and Robert W. Baird & Co., Mr. Stokes led life sciences, tools and diagnostics sector investment banking efforts, and managed financings and mergers and acquisitions transactions. Mr. Stokes holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration and J.D. and MBA degrees from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

Non-Employee Directors

Daniel M. Bradbury has served as a member our board of directors since September 2012, and as chairman of our board of directors since September 2014. Since June 2018, Mr. Bradbury has served as Chief Executive Officer of Equillium, Inc., a publicly traded biotechnology company, where he also served as its President from March 2017 until June 2018. Mr. Bradbury is the founder of, and has served as the managing member of, BioBrit, LLC, a life sciences consulting and investment firm, since September 2012. Mr. Bradbury served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc., from March 2007 until Amylin’s acquisition by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company in August 2012. Prior to Amylin, Mr. Bradbury worked in marketing and sales for ten years at SmithKline Beecham Pharmaceuticals. Mr. Bradbury serves on the board of directors of numerous private companies and two publicly traded companies, Equillium, Inc. and Intercept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Bradbury previously served on the board of directors of the following publicly traded companies: Corcept Therapeutics, Inc., from 2012 to 2019; Geron Corporation, from 2012 to 2019; and Illumina, Inc. from 2004 to 2017. Mr. Bradbury holds a Bachelor of Pharmacy from Nottingham University and a Diploma in Management Studies from Harrow and Ealing Colleges of Higher Education in the United Kingdom.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Bradbury’s extensive experience as a life sciences executive and his other executive and board of directors experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Bonnie H. Anderson has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2015. Since February 2008, Ms. Anderson has served as the Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of directors of Veracyte, Inc., a publicly traded genomic diagnostics company, and as the chairman of Veracyte’s board of directors, since December 2016. From August 2013 to February 2017, she also served as Veracyte’s President. Prior to Veracyte, Ms. Anderson was an independent strategic consultant from April 2006 to January 2008. Ms. Anderson was a Vice President at Beckman Coulter, Inc., a manufacturer of biomedical testing instrument systems, tests and supplies, from September 2000 to March 2006. In addition to her positions with Veracyte, Ms. Anderson currently serves as a trustee emeritus of the Keck Graduate Institute of Applied Life Sciences. Ms. Anderson holds a B.S. degree in Medical Technology from Indiana University of Pennsylvania.

Our board of directors believes that Ms. Anderson’s career in the diagnostics and testing industry qualify her to serve on our board of directors

Mara G. Aspinall has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2015. Ms. Aspinall has served as Managing Director of BlueStone Venture Partners, a life science-focused venture capital firm, since December 2017. Since June 2014, Ms. Aspinall has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Health Catalysts Group, a consulting firm that focuses on growth of early-stage life science and technology companies. From September 2011 until June 2014, Ms. Aspinall served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Ventana Medical Systems and the Global Head of Roche Tissue Diagnostics, a global leader in the development and commercialization of tissue-based cancer diagnostics. Prior to 2011, Ms. Aspinall served as President of Genzyme Pharmaceuticals and Genzyme Genetics. Ms. Aspinall currently serves as a director of

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Orasure Technologies and UK-based company Abcam plc., along with other privately-held healthcare technology and medical insurance companies. Ms. Aspinall holds a B.A. degree in International Relations from Tufts University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Our board of directors believes that Ms. Aspinall’s operational expertise, international experience and digital health knowledge qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

G. Bradley Cole has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2018. Since June 2014, Mr. Cole has served as Chief Financial Officer of Genomic Health, Inc., a publicly traded global provider of genomic-based diagnostic tests, where he also served as Chief Operating Officer from January 2009 until March 2018, and as Executive Vice President, Operations from January 2008 until January 2009. Mr. Cole previously held Chief Financial Officer positions at multiple publicly traded companies, including Applied Biosciences, Inc. Mr. Cole holds a B.S. degree in Accounting from Biola University and an MBA from San Jose State University.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Cole’s extensive experience in finance and operations as a public company executive qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Joseph C. Cook III has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2018. Since February 2003, Mr. Cook has served as a Managing Director at Mountain Group Partners, an investment firm with investments in the Life Sciences, AgTech and Technology sectors. From January 2001 until February 2003, Mr. Cook served as a Director, Private Placements in the Investment Banking Group of Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated. Mr. Cook also previously served as a Vice President in the Investment Banking Group at J.C. Bradford & Co. Mr. Cook serves on the board of directors of MiNDERA Corp., a non-invasive transcriptome testing company, and Cerebrotech Medical Systems, Inc., a machine learning cerebral diagnostic company. Mr. Cook holds a B.A. degree in Economics from Davidson College.

Our board of directors believes Mr. Cook’s investing expertise and experience in the life sciences and investment banking industries qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

David Kabakoff, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2017. Since 2012, Dr. Kabakoff has served as a partner at HealthQuest Capital. Since 2007, Dr. Kabakoff has also served as an executive partner at Sofinnova Ventures. Dr. Kabakoff’s currently serves as chairman of the board of directors of NextCure, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company. Dr. Kabakoff also serves on the board of directors of numerous private companies, including Antiva Biosciences, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, Dauntless Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company, Lineagen (chairman), a genetic testing company, bioTheranostics, a molecular diagnostics company, Rainier Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company and Neurana Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From 2006 until October 2014, Dr. Kabakoff served as a director of InterMune Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutial company. In 2001 Dr. Kabakoff co-founded Salmedix, Inc., a developer of cancer drug treatments, served as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and led its acquisition in June 2005 by Cephalon, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From 1996 to 2000, Dr. Kabakoff held the positions of Executive Vice President of Dura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and President and Chief Executive Officer of Spiros, both pharmaceutical companies. From 1989 to 1996, Dr. Kabakoff was employed as Chief Executive Officer of Corvas International, Inc., a developer of biotherapeutics, and from 1983 to 1989 held senior executive positions with Hybritech, a biotechnology company. Dr. Kabakoff holds a B.A. degree in Chemistry from Case Western Reserve University and a Ph.D. from Yale University.

Our board of directors believes that Dr. Kabakoff’s educational background, as well as financial understanding of the diagnostics industry gained from his investing experience, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Key Employees

Kristen Oelschlager, R.N. has served as our Senior Vice President of Clinical Operations since October 2008. From May 1996 to September 2008, Ms. Oelschlager served as Director of Clinical Research of Arizona Pulmonary Specialists, where she managed a multi-specialty clinical research department. Ms. Oelschlager has co-authored multiple scientific publications and is a co-inventor of a number of our technologies. Ms. Oelschlager completed her core nursing requirements at Purdue University and holds an A.S. degree in Nursing from Indiana Vocational Technical College.

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Toby Juvenal has served as our Senior Vice President of Sales since October 2008. From December 2005 to June 2007, Mr. Juvenal served as Vice President of Sales of Encysive Pharmaceuticals. Mr. Juvenal has also held management positions at deCODE Genetics, Genzyme Pharmaceuticals and Genetics Institute. Mr. Juvenal holds a B.S. degree in Marketing from the University of Florida.

Robert W. Cook, Ph.D. has served as our Vice President of Medical Affairs and Research and Development since April 2018. Previously, he served as our Manager of Scientific Relations from February 2011 to June 2015 and our Executive Director of Research and Development from June 2015 to April 2018. Dr. Cook has held postdoctoral fellowships at Baylor College of Medicine and the University of California, San Diego. Dr. Cook holds a B.S. degree in Molecular Biology from Temple University and a Ph.D. from Northwestern University in Biochemistry, Molecular Biology and Cell Biology.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of seven members. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and on an ad hoc basis as required.

Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors other than Mr. Maetzold are independent directors, as defined by Rule 5605(a)(2) of The Nasdaq Listing Rules.

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, we will divide our board of directors into three classes, as follows:

Class I, which will consist of Joseph C. Cook III and David Kabakoff, Ph.D., whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020;
Class II, which will consist of Mara G. Aspinall and Daniel M. Bradbury, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021; and
Class III, which will consist of Bonnie H. Anderson, G. Bradley Cole and Derek J. Maetzold, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022.

At each annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The authorized size of our board of directors is currently seven members. The authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed between the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. Our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least % of our voting stock.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently chaired by Mr. Bradbury who has authority, among other things, to call and preside over board of directors meetings, to set meeting agendas and to determine materials to be distributed to the board of directors. Accordingly, the Chairman has substantial ability to shape the work of the board of directors. We believe that separation of the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of the board of directors in its oversight of our business and affairs. In addition, we have a separate chair for each committee of our board of directors. The chair of each committee is expected to report annually to our board of directors on the activities of their committee in fulfilling their responsibilities as detailed in their respective charters or specify any shortcomings should that be the case.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

The audit committee of our board of directors is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes on behalf of our board of directors. Going forward, we expect that the audit committee will receive reports from management periodically regarding our assessment of risks. In addition, the audit committee reports regularly to our board of directors, which also considers our risk profile. The audit committee and our board of

126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors focus on the most significant risks we face and our general risk management strategies. While our board of directors oversees our risk management, management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our board of directors expects management to consider risk and risk management in each business decision, to proactively develop and monitor risk management strategies and processes for day-to-day activities and to effectively implement risk management strategies adopted by the audit committee and our board of directors. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks we face and that our board of directors’ leadership structure, which also emphasizes the independence of our board of directors in its oversight of its business and affairs, supports this approach.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of G. Bradley Cole, Mara G. Aspinall and Joseph C. Cook III. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the Nasdaq and SEC independence requirements. G. Bradley Cole serves as the chair of our audit committee. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of our independent auditors and determining whether to retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;
reviewing and approving the engagement of our independent auditors to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;
monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;
prior to engagement of any independent auditor, and at least annually thereafter, reviewing relationships that may reasonably be thought to bear on their independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee the independence of our independent auditor;
reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and discussing the statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;
reviewing, with our independent auditors and management, significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation and matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;
reviewing with management and our independent auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding material developments;
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters and other matters;
preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;
reviewing and providing oversight of any related-person transactions in accordance with our related person transaction policy and reviewing and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities, including our code of business conduct and ethics;
reviewing our major financial risk exposures, including the guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and risk management are implemented;
reviewing on a periodic basis our investment policy; and
reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the audit committee and the audit committee charter.

127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our board of directors has determined that G. Bradley Cole qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. In making this determination, our board has considered prior experience, business acumen and independence. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our audit committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of David Kabakoff, Ph.D., Bonnie H. Anderson and G. Bradley Cole. David Kabakoff, Ph.D. serves as the chair of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and satisfies the Nasdaq independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

reviewing, modifying and approving (or if it deems appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) our overall compensation strategy and policies;
reviewing and approving or, in the case of our chief executive officer's compensation, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers;
reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;
reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding) the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying, amending or terminating existing plans and programs;
evaluating risks associated with our compensation policies and practices and assessing whether risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us;
reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to our non-employee board members;
establishing policies with respect to votes by our stockholders to approve executive compensation as required by Section 14A of the Exchange Act and determining our recommendations regarding the frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation, to the extent required by law;
reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors as required by Section 10C of the Exchange Act;
administering our equity incentive plans;
establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;
reviewing the competitiveness of our executive compensation programs and evaluating the effectiveness of our compensation policy and strategy in achieving expected benefits to us;
reviewing and making recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change in control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers;
reviewing with management and approving our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in our periodic reports or proxy statements to be filed with the SEC, to the extent such caption is included in any such report or proxy statement;
preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and

128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reviewing and assessing on an annual basis the performance of the compensation committee and the compensation committee charter.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our compensation committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Bonnie H. Anderson, Mara G. Aspinall and David Kabakoff, Ph.D. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of this committee satisfies the Nasdaq independence requirements. Bonnie H. Anderson serves as the chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The functions of this committee include, among other things:

identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on our board of directors consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;
determining the minimum qualifications for service on our board of directors;
evaluating director performance on the board and applicable committees of the board and determining whether continued service on our board is appropriate;
evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors;
evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our board of directors;
considering and assessing the independence of members of our board of directors;
developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles, including a code of business conduct and ethics, periodically reviewing and assessing these policies and principles and their application and recommending to our board of directors any changes to such policies and principles;
considering questions of possible conflicts of interest of directors as such questions arise; and
reviewing and assessing on an annual basis the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee charter.

We believe that the composition and functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and all applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our current or former executive officers serve as a member of the compensation committee. None of our officers serve, or have served during the last completed fiscal year, on the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee. For a description of transactions between us and members of our compensation committee and affiliates of such members, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or person performing similar functions. Following this offering, a current copy of the code will be available on the Corporate Governance section of our website, www.castlebiosciences.com.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation and its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for any:

129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

breach of his or her duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, will remain available under Delaware law. These limitations also do not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers and may indemnify other officers, employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding and also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws permit such indemnification. We have obtained a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

Except as otherwise disclosed under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in the “Business” section of this prospectus, at present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2018, which include our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers, are:

Derek J. Maetzold, our President and Chief Executive Officer
Frank Stokes, our Chief Financial Officer
Federico A. Monzon, M.D., our Chief Medical Officer

Summary Compensation Table

Name and principal position
Year
Salary
($)
Option
awards
($) (1)
Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (2)
All other
compensation
($) (3)
Total
($)
Derek J. Maetzold
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
2018
 
 
409,500
 
 
161,040
 
 
206,000
 
 
14,218
 
 
790,758
 
Frank Stokes
Chief Financial Officer
 
2018
 
 
275,000
 
 
177,347
 
 
96,250
 
 
 
 
548,597
 
Federico A. Monzon, M.D.
Chief Medical Officer
 
2018
 
 
317,075
 
 
33,387
 
 
112,400
 
 
11,000
 
 
473,862
 
(1) This column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of options without regard to forfeitures granted during the year measured pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (ASC 718). The valuation assumptions we used in calculating the fair value of options are set forth in Note 13 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officer.
(2) Amounts reported represent performance-based cash bonuses earned in 2018 and paid in 2019, as further described below under “—Performance Bonus Compensation.”
(3) Amounts reflect the following: for Mr. Maetzold, $14,218 in 401(k) matching contributions; and for Dr. Monzon, $11,000 in 401(k) matching contributions.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Annual Base Salary

The compensation of our named executive officers is generally determined and approved by our board of directors, based on the recommendation of the compensation committee of our board of directors. The 2018 base salaries were $412,000, $275,000 and $319,000 for Mr. Maetzold, Mr. Stokes and Dr. Monzon, respectively.

Performance Bonus Compensation

In addition to base salaries, our named executive officers are eligible to receive annual performance-based cash bonuses, which are designed to provide appropriate incentives to achieve defined annual performance goals and to reward our executives for individual achievement towards these goals. The annual performance-based bonus each named executive officer is eligible to receive is generally based on the extent to which we achieve the corporate goals that our board of directors establishes each year and the individual’s contributions to such achievements. At the end of the year, our board of directors reviews each executive’s performance and determines the actual bonus payout to be awarded to each of our named executive officers.

For 2018, the target bonus for Mr. Maetzold was 50% of base salary. For 2018, the target bonus for each of Mr. Stokes and Dr. Monzon was 35% of base salary. Our corporate performance objectives for 2018, as established by our board of directors, included achievement of revenue, reimbursement and pipeline program goals. In March 2019, our board of directors approved a 95% overall achievement level of our corporate goals and awarded bonuses to our named executive officers based on Company achievements.

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

We believe that our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable and necessary compensation tool that aligns the long-term financial interests of our employees, consultants and directors with the financial interests of our stockholders. In addition, we believe that our ability to grant equity-based awards helps us to attract, retain

131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and motivate employees, consultants and directors, and encourages them to devote their best efforts to our business and financial success. Our board of directors is responsible for approving equity grants. Vesting of equity awards is generally tied to continuous service with us and serves as an additional retention measure. Our executives generally are awarded an initial new hire grant upon commencement of employment. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward executives for exceptional performance.

Prior to this offering, we have granted all equity awards pursuant to the 2008 Plan and 2018 Plan, the terms of which are described below under “—Equity Benefit Plans.” All options are granted with a per share exercise price equal to no less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of the grant of such award. Generally, our stock option awards vest over a four-year period subject to the holder’s continuous service to us.

In May 2018, under the 2008 Plan, our board of directors granted Mr. Maetzold an option to purchase 120,000 shares of common stock, Mr. Stokes an option to purchase 162,295 shares of common stock and Dr. Monzon an option to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock, each with an exercise price per share of $1.96. In November 2018, under the 2018 Plan, our board of directors granted Mr. Maetzold an option to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock and Dr. Monzon an option to purchase 15,000 shares of common stock, each with an exercise price per share of $1.96. Each of the 2018 options vests as follows: 25% of the shares subject to the option vests on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the balance of the shares vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to the executive’s continuous service with us. In addition, Mr. Maetzold’s May 2018 option includes an early exercisability feature. For additional information, please see below under “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”

Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers

Below are descriptions of our employment agreements with our named executive officers. Each of our executive officers’ employment is at will and may be terminated by us at any time. Any potential payments and benefits due upon a qualifying termination of employment or a change in control are further described below under “— Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Mr. Maetzold . We entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Maetzold in September 2012, which was amended in February 2017 and in June 2019 and which governs the current terms of his employment with us. Under the terms of the employment agreement, as amended, Mr. Maetzold is entitled to an annual base salary of $445,000. In addition, Mr. Maetzold is eligible to receive an annual performance cash bonus with a target of 60% of his base salary based on corporate performance and his individual performance, as determined by our board of directors. Pursuant to his employment agreement, as amended, Mr. Maetzold is entitled to receive periodic grants of stock options, as determined by our board of directors.

Mr. Stokes . We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Stokes in November 2017, which governs the current terms of his employment with us. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Stokes was entitled to an initial base salary of $275,000 (most recently increased to $316,250). In addition, he is eligible to receive an annual performance cash bonus with a target payout of 35% of his base salary based on corporate performance, as determined by our board of directors, and Mr. Stokes’s individual performance as determined by our chief executive officer. Pursuant to his employment agreement, in May 2018, we granted to Mr. Stokes an option to purchase 162,295 shares of common stock, as further described below under “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”

Dr. Monzon . We entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Monzon in October 2015, which governs the current terms of his employment with us. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Dr. Monzon was entitled to an initial annual base salary of $300,000 (most recently increased to $328,776) and a one-time signing bonus of $30,000. In addition, he is eligible to receive an annual performance cash bonus with a target payout of 35% of his base salary based on corporate performance, as determined by our board of directors, and Dr. Monzon’s individual performance as determined by our chief executive officer. Pursuant to his employment agreement, in January 2016, we granted to Dr. Monzon an option to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock, as further described below under “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”

132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control

Regardless of the manner in which a named executive officer’s service terminates, each named executive officer is entitled to receive amounts earned during his term of service, including unpaid salary and unused vacation, as applicable. In addition, each of our named executive officers is eligible to receive certain benefits in connection with certain terminations pursuant to his employment agreement with us, as described below. For the definitions of “cause,” “good reason,” “disability,” and “change of control” referenced below, please refer to the individual employment agreements with each of our named executive officers.

Mr. Maetzold . Upon Mr. Maetzold’s resignation without good reason, Mr. Maetzold will be entitled to receive 12 months of continued base salary, to be paid in accordance with our normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings. In the event Mr. Maetzold’s service is terminated without cause (excluding death or disability) or he resigns with good reason at any time prior to our undergoing a change of control, Mr. Maetzold will be eligible to receive (i) aggregate severance pay equal to 150% of his base salary, 50% of which is payable in a lump sum after the date of termination, less any applicable withholdings, and the remaining 100% of which is payable in equal regular installments over 12 months in accordance with our normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings, (ii) 18 months’ acceleration on the vesting of any unvested portion of outstanding options, (iii) COBRA continuation at our expense for up to 18 months, and (iv) a cash bonus equal to 150% of the greater of the most recent annual performance bonus target or actual bonus earned, to be paid in equal regular installments over 12 months in accordance with our normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings. In the event Mr. Maetzold’s service is terminated without cause (excluding death or disability) or he resigns with good reason at any time following a change of control, Mr. Maetzold will be eligible to receive (i) aggregate severance pay equal to 300% of his base salary, 200% of which is payable in a lump sum after the date of termination, less any applicable withholdings, and the remaining 100% of which is payable in equal regular installments over 12 months in accordance with our normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings, (ii) immediate vesting of any unvested portion of options outstanding as of the date of termination, (iii) COBRA continuation at our expense for up to three years, and (iv) a cash bonus equal to 300% of the greater of the most recent annual performance bonus target or actual bonus earned, to be paid in a lump sum after the date of termination. In the event of termination due to death or disability, Mr. Maetzold will be eligible to receive immediate vesting of any unvested portion of options outstanding as of the date of termination.

Mr. Stokes and Dr. Monzon . Upon the executive’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason, the executive will be eligible to receive (i) continued base salary for six months for Mr. Stokes or four months for Dr. Monzon (net of any amounts earned through consulting arrangements with us following the executive’s termination), to be paid in accordance with our normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings, (ii) continued COBRA benefits during such period, and (iii) 24 months’ accelerated vesting of the option granted pursuant to the executive’s employment agreement in the event of such termination prior to our undergoing a change of control. In addition, in the event the executive’s service is terminated without cause or the executive resigns for good reason within six months following a change of control, the executive will be eligible to receive (i) immediate vesting of any unvested portion of the option granted pursuant to executive’s employment agreement, (ii) 12 months of continued base salary (net of any amounts earned through consulting arrangements with us following the executive’s termination), to be paid in accordance with our normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings, and (iii) continued COBRA benefits during such period.

All severance benefits described above, other than the continued COBRA benefits for Mr. Stokes and Dr. Monzon, are subject to (i) the execution and effectiveness of a release of claims in favor of us and (ii) compliance with the executive’s employment agreement and employee proprietary information agreement.

Each of our named executive officers holds stock options under the 2008 Plan (and for Mr. Maetzold and Dr. Monzon, also under the 2018 Plan) that were granted subject to the general terms of the applicable equity plan and the form of stock option agreement. A description of the termination and change in control provisions in the 2008 Plan, 2018 Plan and stock options granted thereunder is provided below under “—Equity Benefit Plans” and the specific vesting terms of each named executive officer’s stock options are described below under “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”

133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2018.

 
Option Awards (1)
Name and principal position
Vesting
Commencement
Date
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable (2)
Option
Exercise
Price
($) (3)
Option
Expiration
Date
Derek J. Maetzold
 
6/1/2015
 
 
70,000
 
 
10,000
 
 
1.57
(4)  
 
6/3/2020
 
 
 
7/21/2017
 
 
7,083
 
 
12,917
 
 
1.93
 
 
7/20/2022
 
 
 
5/10/2018
 
 
120,000
(5)  
 
 
 
1.96
 
 
5/9/2028
 
 
 
11/12/2018
 
 
 
 
25,000
 
 
1.96
 
 
11/11/2028
 
Frank Stokes
 
12/4/2017
 
 
162,295
(5)  
 
 
 
1.96
 
 
5/9/2028
 
Federico A. Monzon, M.D.
 
11/1/2015
 
 
77,083
 
 
22,917
 
 
1.57
 
 
1/17/2026
 
 
 
5/10/2018
 
 
15,000
(5)  
 
 
 
1.96
 
 
5/9/2028
 
 
 
11/12/2018
 
 
 
 
15,000
 
 
1.96
 
 
11/11/2028
 
(1) All of the option awards were granted under either the 2008 Plan or the 2018 Plan, the terms of which are described below under “—Equity Benefit Plans.”
(2) Each option award vests as follows: 25% of the shares subject to the option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the balance of the shares vest in equal monthly installments thereafter over the next 36 months, provided in each case that the holder is then providing services to us in accordance with the terms of the 2008 Plan or the 2018 Plan, as applicable. Certain option awards are subject to acceleration, as described above under “— Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.”
(3) Unless otherwise indicated, all of the option awards were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors.
(4) The fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors, was $1.42. On the date of grant, Mr. Maetzold owned more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock. Pursuant to the 2008 Plan, the exercise price per share for the incentive stock option award granted to Mr. Maetzold on 6/4/2015 is $1.57, which represents 110% of the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant.
(5) The option is exercisable immediately, in whole or in part, conditioned upon the named executive officer’s entering into a restricted stock purchase agreement with respect to any unvested shares. The shares subject to the option vest and/or are released from the Company’s repurchase option, as to 1/4th of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and thereafter as to 1/48th of the shares subject to such option on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, such that all shares will be vested on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to the Company through such vesting date.

We did not engage in any repricings or other modifications or cancellations to any of our named executive officers’ outstanding equity awards during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits

Our named executive officers, during their employment with us, are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group term life, disability, employee assistance, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. In addition, we provide a 401(k) plan to our employees, including our named executive officers, as discussed in the section below entitled “—401(k) Plan.”

We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, except in limited circumstances. We do, however, pay a portion of the premiums for medical, dental, vision, group term life, disability, employee assistance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance for all of our employees who work at least 30 hours per week, including our named executive officers. Our board of directors may elect to adopt qualified or nonqualified benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests and in the best interests of our stockholders.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan, or 401(k) plan, for our employees. Our executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. The 401(k) plan

134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Code. The 401(k) plan provides that each participant may contribute up to the lesser of 100% of his or her compensation or the statutory limit, which was $18,500 for calendar year 2018. Participants that are 50 years or older can also make “catch-up” contributions, which in calendar year 2018 was up to an additional $6,000 above the statutory limit. We currently make matching contributions into the 401(k) plan on behalf of participants. Participant contributions are held and invested, pursuant to the participant’s instructions, by the plan’s trustee.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, a nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by us during the year ended December 31, 2018. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Equity Benefit Plans

The principal features of our equity plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2019 Plan in              2019. The 2019 Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The 2019 Plan is a successor to and continuation of the 2018 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under the 2019 Plan until the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Once the 2019 Plan is effective, no further grants will be made under the 2018 Plan.

Stock Awards. The 2019 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards, performance cash awards and other forms of stock awards to employees, directors and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares. Initially, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the 2019 Plan after it becomes effective will be              shares, which is the sum of (1)       new shares, plus (2) the number of shares (not to exceed          shares) (i) that remain available for the issuance of awards under the 2018 Plan at the time the 2019 Plan becomes effective, and (ii) any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that were granted under the 2008 Plan and the 2018 Plan that terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement; are forfeited because of the failure to vest or otherwise return to us; or are reacquired or withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price. In addition, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, starting on January 1, 2020 (assuming the 2019 Plan becomes effective in 2019) through January 1, 2029, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar year before the date of each automatic increase, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs under the 2019 Plan is          .

Shares subject to stock awards granted under the 2019 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2019 Plan. If any shares of common stock issued pursuant to a stock award are forfeited back to or repurchased or reacquired by us for any reason, the shares that are forfeited or repurchased or reacquired will revert to and again become available for issuance under the 2019 Plan. Any shares reacquired in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a stock award will again become available for issuance under the 2019 Plan.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer the 2019 Plan and is referred to as the “plan administrator” herein. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive

135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

specified stock awards and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Under the 2019 Plan, our board of directors has the authority to determine award recipients, grant dates, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value, and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award.

Under the 2019 Plan, the board of directors also generally has the authority to effect, with the consent of any adversely affected participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase, or strike price of any outstanding award, (B) the cancellation of any outstanding award and the grant in substitution therefore of other awards, cash, or other consideration, or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2019 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2019 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2019 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability, death, or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended in the event that exercise of the option is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 18 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the cessation of service. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker- assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, or (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the plan administrator or a duly authorized officer in each case, (i) an option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement, or other divorce or separation instrument and (ii) an optionholder may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an award holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.

136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, past or future services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation right agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2019 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2019 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. If a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability, or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards. The 2019 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards. Our compensation committee may structure awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (i) sales; (ii) revenues; (iii) assets; (iv) expenses; (v) market penetration or expansion; (vi) earnings from operations; (vii) earnings before or after deduction for all or any portion of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, incentives, service fees or extraordinary or special items, whether or not on a continuing operations or an aggregate or per share basis; (viii) net income or net income per common share (basic or diluted); (ix) return on equity, investment, capital or assets; (x) one or more operating ratios; (xi) borrowing levels, leverage ratios or credit rating; (xii) market share; (xiii) capital expenditures; (xiv) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment, or net cash provided by operations; (xv) stock price, dividends or total stockholder return; (xvi) development of new technologies or products; (xvii) sales of particular products or services; (xviii) economic value created or added; (xix) operating margin or profit margin; (xx) customer acquisition or retention; (xxi) raising or refinancing of capital; (xxii) successful hiring of key individuals; (xxiii) resolution of significant litigation; (xxiv) acquisitions and divestitures (in whole or in part); (xxv) joint ventures and strategic alliances; (xxvi) spin-offs, split-ups and the like; (xxvii) reorganizations; (xxviii) recapitalizations, restructurings, financings (issuance of debt or equity) or refinancings; (xxix) or strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on the following goals: achievement of timely development, design management or enrollment, meeting specified market penetration or value added, payor acceptance, patient adherence, peer reviewed publications, issuance of new patents, establishment of or securing of licenses to intellectual property, product development or introduction (including, without limitation, any clinical trial accomplishments, regulatory or other filings, approvals or milestones, discovery of novel products, maintenance of multiple products in pipeline, product launch or other product development milestones), geographic business expansion, cost targets, cost reductions or savings, customer satisfaction, operating efficiency, acquisition or retention, employee satisfaction, information technology, corporate development (including, without limitation, licenses, innovation, research or establishment

137

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of third-party collaborations), manufacturing or process development, legal compliance or risk reduction, patent application or issuance goals, or goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures or other business combinations (in whole or in part), joint ventures or strategic alliances; and (xxx) other measures of performance selected by the board of directors.

The performance goals may be based on company-wide performance or performance of one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and may be either absolute or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Our board of directors is authorized at any time in its sole discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a performance goal for such performance period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants, (a) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event or development; (b) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting us, or our financial statements in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions; or (c) in view of the board of director’s assessment of our business strategy, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, and any other circumstances deemed relevant. Specifically, the board of directors is authorized to make adjustment in the method of calculating attainment of performance goals and objectives for a performance period as follows: (i) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (ii) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; and (iii) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends. In addition, the board of directors is authorized to make adjustment in the method of calculating attainment of performance goals and objectives for a performance period as follows: (i) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (ii) to exclude exchange rate effects, as applicable, for non-U.S. dollar denominated net sales and operating earnings; (iii) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting standards required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board; (iv) to exclude the effects of any items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (v) to exclude the effects to any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; and (vi) to make other appropriate adjustments selected by the board of directors.

Other Stock Awards . The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions . The 2019 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions (or a change in control, as defined below), unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder, the plan administrator may take one or more of the following actions with respect to such stock awards:

arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation;
arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation;
accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination if not exercised (if applicable) at or before the effective time of the transaction;
arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us;
cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award, to the extent not vested or not exercised before the effective time of the transaction, in exchange for a cash payment, if any; or

138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

make a payment equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the participant would have received on exercise of the award immediately before the effective time of the transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise.

The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards in the same manner and is not obligated to take the same actions with respect to all participants.

Under the 2019 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of: (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or other disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction or (4) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Change in Control. In the event of a change in control, the plan administrator may take any of the above-mentioned actions. Awards granted under the 2019 Plan may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control as may be provided in the applicable stock award agreement or in any other written agreement between us or any affiliate and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will automatically occur. Under the 2019 Plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by any person or company of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock, (2) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such transaction, (3) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of our outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, (4) a complete dissolution or liquidation of us or (5) when a majority of our board of directors becomes comprised of individuals who were not serving on our board of directors on the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering, or the incumbent board, or whose nomination, appointment, or election was not approved by a majority of the incumbent board still in office.

Plan Amendment or Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2019 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (A) the date our board of directors adopts the 2019 Plan or (B) the date the 2019 Plan is approved by our stockholders. No stock awards may be granted under the 2019 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2018 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2018 Plan in August 2018 and our stockholders approved the 2018 Plan in October 2018. As of March 31, 2019, 183,109 shares were available for the future grant of stock awards under the 2018 Plan and 730,500 shares were subject to outstanding stock awards that were granted under the 2018 Plan. We expect that any shares remaining available for issuance under the 2018 Plan will become available for issuance under the 2019 Plan in connection with this offering.

Stock Awards. The 2018 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other stock awards to employees, directors and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates. To date, we have only granted stock options under the 2018 Plan.

Authorized Shares. Subject to certain capitalization adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2018 Plan may not exceed a maximum of 676,607 shares, or the 2018 Plan’s share reserve, which number is the sum of (i) 500,000 new shares plus (ii) 176,607 shares subject to the 2008 Plan’s share reserve as of the effective date of the 2018 Plan. The 2018 Plan’s share reserve may be increased by up to 1,904,637 shares, which is equal to the number of shares that were subject to outstanding stock awards under the 2008 Plan as of the effective date of the 2018 Plan, that expire or terminate for any reason, are forfeited or otherwise return to us or are reacquired, withheld or not issued to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or to satisfy the exercise or purchase price of a stock award, as

139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such shares become available from time to time. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs under the 2018 Plan is 5,162,488 shares.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under the 2018 Plan that expire or terminate without all of the shares covered by such stock award having been issued or that are settled in cash rather than in shares do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2018 Plan. Additionally, if any shares issued pursuant to a stock award are forfeited back to or repurchased or reacquired by us for any reason, including because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest, then the shares that are forfeited, repurchased or reacquired will revert to and again become available for issuance under the 2018 Plan. This includes shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer the 2018 Plan and is referred to as the “plan administrator” herein. The plan administrator may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Under the 2018 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to determine award recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of their exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award.

Under the 2018 Plan, the plan administrator also generally has the authority to effect, with the consent of any adversely affected participant, (1) the reduction of the exercise, purchase, or strike price of any outstanding award; (2) the cancellation of any outstanding award and the grant in substitution therefore of other awards, cash, or other consideration; or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2018 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2018 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2018 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended in the event that exercise of the option is prohibited by applicable securities laws or if the sale of common stock received upon exercise would violate our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 18 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the cessation of service.

In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, (5) a deferred payment arrangement or (6) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the plan administrator or a duly authorized officer in each case, (1) an option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement, or other divorce or separation instrument and (2) an optionholder may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be

140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate and proportionate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2018 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs and (3) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Transactions . The 2018 Plan provides that in the event of a corporate transaction or a change in control, each outstanding stock award shall be treated as the plan administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each stock award may be assumed, continued or a similar award substituted for such stock award by the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a change in control in which the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent) does not assume, continue or substitute for such outstanding stock awards, then the vesting and exercisability of such stock awards shall accelerate in full. In addition, the plan administrator shall notify the participant that the stock award shall be fully vested and exercisable for a specified period of time, and any such award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards similarly in the transaction.

In addition, a stock award under the 2018 Plan may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control as may be provided in the award agreement or other written agreement between us and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will automatically occur, except as described above .

Under the 2018 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or other disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction where we do not survive the transaction or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Under the 2018 Plan, a change in control is generally (1) the acquisition by any person or company of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock, (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such transaction, (3) a complete dissolution or liquidation of us, (4) a consummated sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of our outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction or (5) when a majority of our board of directors becomes comprised of individuals who were not serving on our board of directors on the date the 2018 Plan was adopted, or the incumbent board, or whose nomination, appointment or election was not approved by a majority of the incumbent board still in office.

Plan Amendment or Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2018 Plan, provided that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. Unless terminated sooner, the 2018 Plan will automatically terminate on August 14, 2028. No stock awards may be granted under the 2018 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2008 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2008 Plan in September 2008 and our stockholders approved the 2008 Plan in September 2008. The 2008 Plan was further amended by our board of directors and stockholders, most recently in May 2017. No further awards were granted upon the effective date of the 2018 Plan. As of March 31, 2019, there were outstanding stock options covering a total of 1,844,658 shares that were granted under the 2008 Plan.

141

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Stock Awards. The 2008 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of NSOs and restricted stock awards to employees, directors and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares. Shares are no longer available for the grant of stock awards under the 2008 Plan. However, if a stock award granted under the 2008 Plan expires or terminates, is forfeited or otherwise returns to us or is reacquired, withheld or not issued to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or to satisfy the exercise or purchase price of a stock award, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2019 Plan.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors, or a committee appointed by our board of directors, has the authority to administer the 2008 Plan and is referred to as the “plan administrator” herein. Under the 2008 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to determine award recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted, the applicable fair market value and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of their exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award.

Under the 2018 Plan, the plan administrator also generally has the authority to institute an exchange program under which (i) outstanding options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for options and/or cash and/or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding option is reduced.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2008 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2008 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2008 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the cessation of service. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) delivery of other shares, (5) a cashless exercise program, (6) such other consideration permitted by applicable laws or (7) any combination of the foregoing.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the plan administrator, an optionholder may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, adjustments will be made to the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2008 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

Transactions . The 2008 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or a change in control, each outstanding stock award shall be treated as the plan administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each stock award may be assumed or a similar award substituted for such stock award by the successor corporation (or its

142

TABLE OF CONTENTS

parent). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a change in control in which the successor corporation (or its parent) does not assume or substitute for such outstanding stock awards, then the vesting and exercisability of such stock awards shall accelerate in full. In addition, the plan administrator shall notify the participant that the stock award shall be fully vested and exercisable for a specified period of time, and any such award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards similarly in the transaction.

Under the 2008 Plan, a change in control generally means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the acquisition by any person or group of more than 50% of the total voting power of our stock; (2) a majority of members of the board of directors is replaced during any 12 month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election; or (3) any person acquires (or has acquired during the 12 month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from us that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of our assets immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the ESPP in              2019. The ESPP will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code for U.S. employees.

Share Reserve . Following this offering, the ESPP authorizes the issuance of           shares of our common stock under purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2020 (assuming the ESPP becomes effective in 2019) through January 1, 2029, by the lesser of (1) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar year before the date of the automatic increase and (2)                shares; provided that before the date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (1) and (2). As of the date hereof, no shares of our common stock have been purchased under the ESPP.

Administration . Our board of directors, or a committee of our board of directors, will administer the ESPP. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions . Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings (as defined in the ESPP) for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share that is at least the lesser of (1) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering or (2) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

Limitations . Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors, including: (1) being customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week, (2) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year or (3) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each calendar year

143

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value under Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to: (1) the class(es) and maximum number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the class(es) and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class(es) and number of shares subject to and purchase price applicable to outstanding offerings and purchase rights and (4) the class(es) and number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions . In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued, or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue, or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within 10 business days before such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

Under the ESPP, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of: (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; (2) the sale or other disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities; (3) a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction; and (4) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

ESPP Amendment or Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth in summary form information concerning the compensation that was earned by each of our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2018:

Name (1)
Fees Earned or Paid in
Cash
Total
Bonnie H. Anderson
$
20,000
(2)  
$
20,000
 
Mara G. Aspinall
$
46,000
(2)  
$
46,000
 
Daniel M. Bradbury
 
 
 
 
G. Bradley Cole
 
 
 
 
Joseph C. Cook III
 
 
 
 
Joseph C. Cook, Jr .
 
 
 
 
David Kabakoff, Ph.D.
 
 
 
 
(1) As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate number of shares outstanding under all options to purchase our common stock held by our non-employee directors were: Ms. Anderson, 30,168 and Ms. Aspinall, 30,168. None of our other non-employee directors held outstanding options as of December 31, 2018. None of our non-employee directors held unvested stock awards (other than options) as of December 31, 2018.
(2) Earned in connection with service on the board of directors and/or committees of our board of directors. The amount for Ms. Aspinall includes $26,000 earned for her service on a strategic committee of our board of directors, which service terminated following the second quarter of 2018.

Mr. Maetzold, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is also a member of our board of directors but did not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. See above for more information regarding the compensation earned by Mr. Maetzold.

We have entered into written agreements with each of Mss. Anderson and Aspinall and Mr. Cole in connection with their service on the board of directors.

144

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The agreements with Mss. Anderson and Aspinall, who joined the board of directors in February 2015 and June 2015, respectively, provide for quarterly cash payments of $5,000 for their service on the board of directors. Pursuant to the agreements, each of Mss. Anderson and Aspinall was also granted an option to purchase 20,826 shares of the Company's common stock pursuant to the 2008 Plan, which vests as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the date they commenced service on the board of directors, and as to 1/36th of the remaining shares in equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to her continued service. The options will vest in full upon a change in control of the Company. We have also made certain other grants of stock options to Mss. Anderson and Aspinall for their service on the board.

The agreement with Mr. Cole, who joined the board of directors in December 2018, provides for an annual cash retainer of $20,000 for his service on the board of directors and an annual cash retainer of $10,000 as chair of the audit committee. Pursuant to the agreement, on March 5, 2019, Mr. Cole was also granted an option to purchase 30,168 shares of the Company's common stock pursuant to the 2018 Plan, which vests as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the date he commenced service on the board of directors, and as to 1/36th of the remaining shares in equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to his continued service. The option will vest in full upon a change in control of the Company.

We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Our board of directors adopted a non-employee director compensation policy in May 2019 that will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. This compensation policy will be applicable to each member of our board of directors who is not also serving as an employee or consultant to us and will supersede any agreements we have with individual directors.

This compensation policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the following compensation for service on our board of directors:

an annual cash retainer of $36,000;
an additional annual cash retainer of $40,000 for service as chairman of the board of directors;
an additional annual cash retainer of $7,500, $5,000 and $4,000 for service as a member of the audit committee, compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively;
an additional annual cash retainer of $7,500, $5,000 and $4,000 for service as chair of the audit committee, compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively (in addition to the commitee member service retainer);
an initial option grant to purchase            shares of our common stock on the date of each such non-employee director’s appointment to our board of directors, vesting in 36 monthly installments following the grant date; and
an annual option grant to purchase            shares of our common stock on the date of each of our annual stockholder meetings, vesting one year following the grant date.

Each of the option grants described above will be granted under the 2019 Plan, the terms of which are described in more detail below under “— Equity Benefit Plans — 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.” Each such option grant will vest and become exercisable subject to the director’s continuous service to us, provided that each option will vest in full upon a change in control (as defined in the 2019 Plan). The term of each option will be 10 years, subject to earlier termination as provided in the 2019 Plan, provided that upon a termination of service other than for death, disability or cause, the post-termination exercise period will be three months from the date of termination. An eligible director may decline all or any portion of his or her compensation by giving notice to us prior to the date cash may be paid or equity awards are to be granted, as the case may be.

145

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2016 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Series F Preferred Stock Financings

In January 2018 we completed a second Series F financing in which we sold and issued an aggregate of 940,605 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.8208 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $5.5 million, and issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 67,233 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, at a purchase price of $0.01 per warrant share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $672. The participants in this financing included the following executive officers and members of our board of directors, or entities affiliated with them:

Participants
Shares of Series F
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Warrants to
Purchase Shares of
Series F
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Aggregate
Consideration
Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P. (1)
 
167,230
 
 
14,107
 
$
973,412
 
MGC Venture Partners 2013, L.P. (2)
 
154,988
 
 
13,077
 
$
902,154
 
Industry Ventures Healthcare, LLC
 
140,832
 
 
11,880
 
$
819,755
 
BioBrit, LLC (3)
 
98,145
 
 
8,279
 
$
571,282
 
Joseph C. Cook, Jr. (4)
 
30,233
 
 
2,550
 
$
175,980
 
Joseph C. Cook, III (5)
 
24,840
 
 
2,095
 
$
144,589
 
Mara G. Aspinall
 
17,180
 
 
 
$
100,001
 
Bernhard E. Spiess
 
6,872
 
 
 
$
40,001
 
Derek J. Maetzold
 
1,000
 
 
 
$
5,821
 
(1) Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P. is affiliated with David Kabakoff, Ph.D., one of our non-employee directors.
(2) MGC Venture Partners 2013, L.P. is affiliated with each of Joseph C. Cook, III, one of our non-employee directors, and Joseph C. Cook, Jr., a former non-employee director.
(3) BioBrit, LLC is affiliated with Daniel M. Bradbury, one of our non-employee directors.
(4) Joseph C. Cook, Jr., a former non-employee director, resigned from our board of directors in August 2018.
(5) Joseph C. Cook, III, one of our non-employee directors, was elected to our board of directors in August 2018.

In May 2018 we completed the initial closing of a third Series F financing in which we sold and issued an aggregate of 783,248 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.8208 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $4.6 million. In June 2018 we completed a second closing under this financing in which we sold and issued an aggregate of 85,711 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.8208 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $0.5 million. The participants in this financing included the following executive officers and members of our board of directors, or entities affiliated with them:

Participants
Shares of Series F
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Aggregate
Consideration
Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P. (1)
 
429,494
 
$
2,499,999
 
MGC Venture Partners 2013, L.P. (2)
 
112,243
 
$
653,344
 
Industry Ventures Healthcare, LLC
 
85,227
 
$
496,089
 
BioBrit, LLC (3)
 
52,458
 
$
305,348
 
Joseph C. Cook, Jr. (4)
 
21,138
 
$
123,040
 
Joseph C. Cook, III (5)
 
13,784
 
$
80,234
 

146

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P. is affiliated with David Kabakoff, Ph.D., one of our non-employee directors.
(2) MGC Venture Partners 2013, L.P. is affiliated with each of Joseph C. Cook, III, one of our non-employee directors, and Joseph C. Cook, Jr., a former non-employee director.
(3) BioBrit, LLC is affiliated with Daniel M. Bradbury, one of our non-employee directors.
(4) Joseph C. Cook, Jr., a former non-employee director, resigned from our board of directors in August 2018.
(5) Joseph C. Cook, III, one of our non-employee directors, was elected to our board of directors in August 2018.

Convertible Promissory Note Financing

In January 2019 and February 2019, we issued and sold to investors convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $11.8 million. The convertible promissory notes carry an interest rate of 8% per annum. Upon the completion of this offering, all outstanding principal and accrued interest under the convertible promissory notes will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of              shares of our common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on          , 2019. The participants in this convertible promissory note financing included the following executive officers and members of our board of directors, or entities affiliated with them:

Participants
Aggregate Principal Amount
Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P. (1)
$
1,027,882
 
MGC Venture Partners 2013, L.P. (2)
$
1,200,000
 
Industry Ventures Healthcare, LLC
$
727,492
 
BioBrit, LLC (3)
$
874,537
 
Joseph C. Cook, Jr. (4)
$
600,000
 
Joseph C. Cook, III (5)
$
205,971
 
Derek J. Maetzold
$
100,000
 
Bernhard E. Spiess
$
20,000
 
(1) Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P. is affiliated with David Kabakoff, Ph.D., one of our non-employee directors.
(2) MGC Venture Partners 2013, L.P. is affiliated with each of Joseph C. Cook, III, one of our non-employee directors, and Joseph C. Cook, Jr., a former non-employee director.
(3) BioBrit, LLC is affiliated with Daniel M. Bradbury, one of our non-employee directors.
(4) Joseph C. Cook, Jr., a former non-employee director, resigned from our board of directors in August 2018.
(5) Joseph C. Cook, III, one of our non-employee directors, was elected to our board of directors in August 2018.

Investor Agreements

In connection with our preferred stock financings described above, we entered into amendments to our existing investor rights agreement, voting agreement and right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, which contain voting rights, information rights, rights of first refusal and co-sale and registration rights, among other things, with certain of our stockholders. These rights will terminate upon the closing of this offering, except for the registration rights as more fully described below in “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Stock Options Granted to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and directors, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, as described in “Management — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

We have adopted a written related-person transactions policy that sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration and oversight of “related-person transactions.” For purposes of our policy only, a “related-person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar

147

TABLE OF CONTENTS

transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any “related person” are participants involving an amount that exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, consultant or director are not considered related-person transactions under this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director, nominee to become a director or a holder of more than five percent of our common stock, including any of their immediate family members and affiliates, including entities owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related-person transaction, management must present information regarding the proposed related-person transaction to our audit committee (or, where review by our audit committee would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors) for review. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, all of the parties thereto, the direct and indirect interests of the related persons, the purpose of the transaction, the material facts, the benefits of the transaction to us and whether any alternative transactions are available, an assessment of whether the terms are comparable to the terms available from unrelated third parties and management’s recommendation. To identify related-person transactions in advance, we rely on information supplied by our executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related-person transactions, our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors takes into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

the risks, costs and benefits to us;
the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;
the terms of the transaction;
the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and
the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties.

In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself or herself from the deliberations and approval.

148

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
each of our directors;
our named executive officer; and
all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information under the column entitled “Before Offering” is based on 12,596,294 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 14, 2019, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 9,959,831 shares of common stock.

The percentage ownership information under the column entitled “After Offering” is based on the sale of          shares of common stock in this offering, assuming (i) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, (ii) the net exercise of certain outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for an aggregate of           shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) upon the completion of this offering, and (iii) the conversion of approximately $11.8 million of aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest thereon, of convertible promissory notes which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of          shares of our common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on          , 2019, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before August 13, 2019, which is 60 days after June 14, 2019. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Castle Biosciences, Inc., 820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 201, Friendswood, Texas 77546.

 
Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Before
Offering
After
Offering
Before
Offering
After
Offering
Greater than 5% Stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derek J. Maetzold (1)
 
2,360,375
 
 
 
 
 
18.4
%
%
Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P. (2)
 
2,057,226
 
 
 
 
 
16.3
%
%
MGC Venture Partners 2013, L.P. (3)
 
1,629,715
 
 
 
 
 
12.9
%
%
Industry Ventures Healthcare, LLC (4)
 
1,456,019
 
 
 
 
 
11.5
%
%
BioBrit, LLC (5)
 
1,021,004
 
 
 
 
 
8.1
%
%
Directors and Named Executive Officers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonnie H. Anderson (6)
 
46,180
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
%
Mara G. Aspinall (7)
 
46,180
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
%
Daniel M. Bradbury (5)
 
1,021,004
 
 
 
 
 
8.1
%
%
G. Bradley Cole
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
%
Joseph C. Cook III (8)
 
1,835,832
 
 
 
 
 
14.6
%
%
David Kabakoff, Ph.D. (2)
 
2,057,226
 
 
 
 
 
16.3
%
%
Derek J. Maetzold (1)
 
2,360,375
 
 
 
 
 
18.4
%
%

149

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Before
Offering
After
Offering
Before
Offering
After
Offering
Frank Stokes (9)
 
162,295
 
 
 
 
 
1.3
%
 
Federico A. Monzon, M.D. (10)
 
108,750
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
%
All current executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) (11)
 
7,827,685
 
 
 
 
 
58.6
%
%
* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1) The number of shares beneficially owned before the offering consists of (i) 1,906,375 shares of common stock held by Derek J. Maetzold, (ii) 200,000 shares of common stock held by DJM Grantor Retained Annuity Trust No. 1, or the Maetzold Trust, and (iii) 254,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options. In addition to the foregoing shares, the number of shares beneficially owned after the offering includes        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note held by Mr. Maetzold in the principal amount of $100,000.00 plus accrued interest upon the completion of this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on             , 2019. Mr. Maetzold is a trustee of the Maetzold Trust.
(2) The number of shares beneficially owned before the offering consists of (i) 2,043,119 shares of common stock and (ii) 14,107 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants. The number of shares beneficially owned after the offering consists of        shares of common stock, which includes (i)        shares of common stock issuable upon the net exercise of warrants to purchase 14,107 shares of common stock and (ii)        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,027,882.00 plus accrued interest, in each case, upon the completion of this offering and based on an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of each such issuance on           , 2019. HealthQuest Venture Management, L.L.C., or HealthQuest Management, is the managing member of Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P., or HealthQuest Partners. David Kabakoff, Ph.D., is a partner of HealthQuest Management. Garheng Kong is the managing member of HealthQuest Partners and has sole voting and investment power over the shares held by HealthQuest Partners. Each of HealthQuest Management, Mr. Kong and Dr. Kabakoff disclaims beneficial ownership over all shares held by HealthQuest Partners except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of HealthQuest Management, HealthQuest Partners, Mr. Kong and Dr. Kabakoff is 1301 Shoreway Rodd, Suite 350, Belmont, CA 94002.
(3) The number of shares beneficially owned before the offering consists of (i) 1,620,778 shares of common stock and (ii) 8,937 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants. In addition to the foregoing shares, the number of shares beneficially owned after the offering includes        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,200,000.00 plus accrued interest upon the completion of this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on             , 2019, or the MGC Note Shares. MGC Venture Partners 2013 GP, LLC, or MGC Partners GP, is the general partner of MGC Venture Partners 2013, L.P., or MGC Partners LP. Each of Joseph C. Cook, Jr., Joseph C. Cook III, Steven D. Singleton and Byron W. Smith are managing directors of MGC Partners GP and share voting and investment power over the shares held by MGC Partners LP. The address of MGC Partners LP, MGC Partners GP and each of the foregoing individuals is 3835 Cleghorn Avenue, Suite 300 Nashville, TN 37215.
(4) Consists of (i) 1,444,139 shares of common stock and (ii) 11,880 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants. The number of shares beneficially owned after the offering consists of        shares of common stock, which includes (i)        shares of common stock issuable upon the net exercise of warrants to purchase 11,880 shares of common stock and (ii)        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $727,492.11 plus accrued interest, in each case, upon the completion of this offering and based on an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of each such issuance on           , 2019. Industry Ventures Management VII, LLC, or Industry Management, is the sole manager of Industry Ventures Healthcare LLC, or Industry Healthcare. Johan Swildens is the sole managing member of Industry Management and has voting and investment power over the shares held by Industry Healthcare. The address of Industry Healthcare, Industry Management and Mr. Swildens is 30 Hotaling Place, San Francisco, CA 94111.
(5) Daniel M. Bradbury is the managing member of BioBrit, LLC, or BioBrit, and has voting and investment power of the shares held by BioBrit. The number of shares beneficially owned after the offering includes          shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $874,537.48 plus accrued interest held by BioBrit upon the completion of this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on       , 2019. The address of BioBrit is 2223 Avenida de la Playa, Suite 108, La Jolla, CA 92037.
(6) Consists of (i) 21,457 shares of common stock held by Bonnie H. Anderson, (ii) 17,180 shares of common stock held by the Bonnie H. Anderson Living Trust, or Anderson Trust, and (iii) 7,543 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Bonnie H. Anderson is a trustee of the Anderson Trust.
(7) Consists of (i) 17,180 shares of common stock and (ii) 29,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options.
(8) The number of shares beneficially owned before the offering consists of (i) 206,117 shares of common stock and (ii) the shares described in note 3 above. The number of shares beneficially owned after the offering consists of (i) the shares described in note 3 above and (ii)        shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $205,970.51 plus accrued interest held by Mr. Cook III upon the completion of this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on             , 2019.
(9) Consists of 162,295 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options.
(10) Consists of 108,750 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options.
(11) Includes the shares described in notes (1), (2) and (5) through (10), and shares held or issuable upon the exercise of stock options by executive officers who are not named in the table above.

150

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. All of our authorized preferred stock upon the completion of this offering will be undesignated. The following is a summary of the rights of our common and preferred stockholders and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

As of March 31, 2019, after giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock in connection with the completion of this offering, there were 12,296,294 shares of common stock issued and outstanding held of record by 77 stockholders. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2019, and assuming (1) the issuance by us of         shares of common stock in this offering, (2) the net exercise of certain outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for an aggregate of         shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) upon the completion of this offering and (3) the conversion of approximately $11.8 million of aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest thereon, of convertible promissory notes which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of         shares of our common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on         , 2019, there will be         shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

As of March 31, 2019, there were 2,575,158 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our equity incentive plans.

Voting

Our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and does not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

151

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Convertible Preferred Stock

As of March 31, 2019, there were 9,959,831 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding, held of record by 69 stockholders.

In connection with the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will be converted into         shares of our common stock. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated and all of our previously outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will be converted into shares of common stock. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to         shares of convertible preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control that may otherwise benefit holders of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of March 31, 2019, the following shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants:

Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 12,999 shares of our Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock for an exercise price of $3.77 per share, which we issued to investors in connection with a financing transaction.
A warrant to purchase 15,292 shares of our Series E-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock for an exercise price of $4.58 per share, which we issued to SVB.
A warrant to purchase 6,554 shares of our Series E-3 redeemable convertible preferred stock for an exercise price of $5.34 per share, which we issued to SVB.
Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 103,090 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for an exercise price of $5.82 per share, which we issued to SVB and Oxford.
Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 34,282 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for an exercise price of $0.01 per share, which we issued to investors in connection with a financing transaction.

Each of the foregoing warrants provide for the adjustment of the number of shares issuable upon the exercise thereof in the event of stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

Stock Options

As of March 31, 2019, 2,575,158 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.88 per share. For information regarding the terms of our equity incentive plans, see “Executive and Director Compensation—Equity Benefit Plans.”

Registration Rights

After the closing of this offering, certain holders of shares of our common stock, including all of the current preferred stockholders, including certain holders of five percent of our capital stock and entities affiliated with

152

TABLE OF CONTENTS

certain of our directors, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of the investors’ rights agreement and are described in additional detail below.

The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of the registration rights described below would enable the holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We are required to pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares the holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire upon the earliest to occur of (1) five years after the closing of this offering and (2) the consummation of a “Liquidation Event,” as such term is defined in our seventh amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of the registrable securities will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. Subject to the terms of the lockup agreements described under “Underwriters,” at any time beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities then outstanding may make a written request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions. Such request for registration must cover securities that have an aggregate offering price that exceeds $10,000,000. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations pursuant to these demand registration rights.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of registrable securities were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. If we propose to register for offer and sale any of our securities under the Securities Act in another offering, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, including a registration statement on Form S-3 as discussed below, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of the registrable securities will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Holders of at least 10% of the registrable securities may request that we register for offer and sale their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, subject to certain specified exceptions. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities the aggregate offering price of which exceeds $1,000,000. We will not be required to effect more than one registration on Form S-3 within any six-month period.

153

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

prior to such time the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;
subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the completion of this offering, respectively, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate (including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in our control);
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

154

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provide that the board of directors or any individual director may only be removed with cause and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 3 % of the voting power of all of our then outstanding common stock;
provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
divide our board of directors into three classes;
require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;
do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);
provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our Chief Executive Officer or by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors;
provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants; provided these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and
provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

The amendment of any of these provisions, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require approval by the holders of at least 66 2 3 % of our then-outstanding common stock.

Exchange Listing

We have applied for listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “CSTL.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.

155

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2019, upon the completion of this offering and assuming (1) the 1-for-         reverse stock split of all outstanding shares of our capital stock, (2) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2019 into an aggregate of 9,959,831 shares of common stock, (3) the net exercise of certain outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock for an aggregate of         shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) upon completion of this offering, (4) the conversion of approximately $11.8 million of aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest thereon, of convertible promissory notes which will automatically convert upon the completion of this offering into an aggregate of         shares of our common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and assuming the occurrence of the conversion on          , 2019, there will be         shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering, (5) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock, and (6) no exercise of outstanding options, an aggregate of         shares of common stock will be outstanding. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless held by an affiliate of ours. Except as set forth below, the remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements. In addition, any shares sold in this offering to entities affiliated with our existing stockholders and directors will be subject to lock-up agreements. These remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:

no restricted shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon the completion of this offering;
up to         restricted shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 or Rule 701 upon expiration of lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and
the remainder of the restricted shares will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective holding periods under Rule 144, as described below, but could be sold earlier if the holders exercise any available registration rights.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the completion of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; or
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

156

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 held by our affiliates are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted shares have entered into lock-up agreements as described below and their restricted shares will become eligible for sale at the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

Under Rule 701, shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our stock plans may be resold by:

persons other than affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144; and
our affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject to the manner-of-sale and volume limitations, current public information and filing requirements of Rule 144, in each case, without compliance with the six-month holding period requirement of Rule 144.

As of March 31, 2019, options to purchase a total of 2,575,158 shares of common stock were outstanding, of which 1,219,548 were vested. Of the total number of shares of our common stock issuable under these options, substantially all are subject to contractual lock-up agreements with us or the underwriters described below under “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, along with our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our other stockholders and optionholders, have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of each of SVB Leerink LLC and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, and subject to specified exceptions, we or they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, or enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock. Each of SVB Leerink LLC and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated has advised us that it has no current intent or arrangement to release any of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

After this offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers and/or directors, may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of           shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. After registration pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Equity Incentive Plans

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2008 Plan, the 2018 Plan, the 2019 Plan and the ESPP. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

157

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxes that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, including but not limited to alternative minimum tax consequences and the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. Nor does it address any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences, or any U.S. federal tax consequences other than income taxes (such as U.S. federal estate or gift tax consequences). Rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, broker-dealers and traders in securities, commodities or currencies, government organizations, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, holders deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, persons who have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, and accrual method taxpayers subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and U.S. Treasury regulations, published administrative pronouncements, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof. Such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

The following discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice for any Non-U.S. Holders under their particular circumstances. Persons considering the purchase of our common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax and other tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences and any U.S. federal non-income tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of common stock that is not a U.S. Holder. A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (b) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (d) a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. Also, partnerships and their partners, or other entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and their equity holders (regardless of their place of organization or formation) and entities that are treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (regardless of their place of organization or formation) are not addressed by this discussion and are, therefore, not considered to be Non-U.S. Holders for the purposes of this discussion.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, distributions, if any, made on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or

158

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities), or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, U.S. Treasury regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide such certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you should consult with your tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a refund or credit if any excess amount is withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net-income basis at the regular graduated rates applicable to U.S. residents, unless a specific treaty exemption applies. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

To the extent distributions on our common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in our common stock as a non-taxable return of capital, but not below zero, and then any excess will be treated as gain and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally should not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (a) above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, unless a specific treaty exemption applies, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in clause (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (b) above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States), provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to clause (c) above, whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests plus our trade and business assets. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are treated as a USRPHC, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than 5% of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (a) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (b) the

159

TABLE OF CONTENTS

holder’s holding period and (2) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market within the meaning of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. There can be no assurance that our common stock will continue to qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market. If any gain on your disposition of our common stock is taxable because we are a USRPHC and either your ownership of our common stock exceeds 5% or our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market, you will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner applicable to U.S. persons, and in addition a purchaser of your common stock may be required to withhold tax with respect to that obligation.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Generally, we or certain financial middlemen must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our common stock (even if payments are not subject to withholding) including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals), IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities) or IRS Form W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock effected within the United States or through certain U.S.-related brokers, unless the holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals), IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities) or IRS Form W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. If backup withholding is applied to you, you should consult with your tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a tax refund or credit with respect to the amount withheld.

Foreign Accounts

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends and, subject to the discussion of certain proposed U.S. Treasury regulations below, the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules), including when the foreign financial institution holds our common stock on behalf of a Non-U.S. Holder, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which may include certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these withholding and reporting requirements may be subject to different rules. This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to dividends on and, subject to the discussion of certain proposed U.S. Treasury regulations below, the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

160

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The U.S. Treasury recently released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock. In its preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible impact of these rules on their investment in our common stock, and the possible impact of these rules on the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of this 30% withholding tax.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY RECENT AND PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS.

161

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

SVB Leerink LLC and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below and as joint book-running managers for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

Underwriter
Number of
Shares
SVB Leerink LLC
 
         
 
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
 
 
 
BTIG, LLC
 
 
 
Canaccord Genuity LLC
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $       per share. After the initial offering of the shares, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 
 
Total
 
Per
Share
Without
Option
With
Option
Public offering price
$   
$   
$   
Underwriting discount
$   
$   
$   
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$   
$   
$   

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $          and are payable by us. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses, in an amount of up to $       , as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to          additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

162

TABLE OF CONTENTS

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of SVB Leerink LLC and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;
sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;
purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;
grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;
otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;
exercise any right with respect to the registration of any common stock, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement in connection therewith; or
enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap, or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The lock-up provisions apply to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. They also apply to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the lock-up agreement or for which the person executing the lock-up agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Nasdaq Global Select Market Listing

We have applied to list the shares of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “CSTL.”

Determination of Offering Price

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;
our financial information;
the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;
an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;
the present state of our development; and
the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering, our shares of common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

163

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them under the underwriting agreement described above. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. Silicon Valley Bank, a lender under our loan agreement, is an affiliate of SVB Leerink LLC, one of the underwriters in this offering.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

164

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares that are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

A. to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
B. to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive), per Relevant Member State, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters; or
C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with the representatives of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed that the shares acquired by it in this offering have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to offering those shares to the public, other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to “qualified investors” as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly, any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For purposes of the above provisions, the expression “an offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State. The expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom.

165

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

166

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of Non-CIS Securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Non-CIS Securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the Non-CIS Securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Non-CIS Securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(a) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(c) where the transfer is by operation of law;
(d) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(e) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

167

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

168

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP. The underwriters are being represented by Latham & Watkins LLP.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Castle Biosciences, Inc. as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2017 and 2018 financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that states there are uncertainties about the Company's ability to comply with certain debt covenants under its long-term debt that is required to finance operations, which raises substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty. The audit report covering the December 31, 2017 and 2018 financial statements refers to a change to the method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers in 2018 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), as amended.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing us at 820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 201, Friendswood, Texas 77546, or calling us at (832) 974-1550.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.castlebiosciences.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in, and is not part of, this prospectus.

169

TABLE OF CONTENTS

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Castle Biosciences, Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in note 1 to the financial statements, there are uncertainties about the Company's ability to comply with certain debt covenants under its long-term debt that is required to finance operations, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has elected to change its method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers in 2018 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , as amended. The Company adopted Topic 606 using the full retrospective method.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

San Diego, California
May 13, 2019

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
   
BALANCE SHEETS

 
December 31,
 
2017
2018
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current A ssets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,212,063
 
$
4,478,512
 
Accounts receivable, net
 
4,652,317
 
 
12,089,719
 
Inventory
 
304,576
 
 
882,233
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
515,510
 
 
675,562
 
Total current assets
 
6,684,466
 
 
18,126,026
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term accounts receivable, net
 
1,561,786
 
 
2,532,011
 
Property and equipment, net
 
1,469,651
 
 
1,528,996
 
Intangible assets, net
 
40,119
 
 
4,167
 
Other assets – long-term
 
64,300
 
 
213,735
 
Total assets
$
9,820,322
 
$
22,404,935
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
1,116,725
 
$
1,450,766
 
Accrued compensation
 
2,496,279
 
 
4,571,011
 
Other accrued liabilities
 
607,845
 
 
715,244
 
Current portion of long-term debt
 
1,000,000
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
 
5,220,849
 
 
6,737,021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
 
17,602,686
 
 
24,499,752
 
Preferred stock warrant liability
 
524,694
 
 
1,193,726
 
Accrued compensation − long-term
 
727,558
 
 
 
Deferred rent liability
 
15,791
 
 
43,587
 
Total liabilities
 
24,091,578
 
 
32,474,086
 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible preferred stock Series C, $0.001 par value, 503,056 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018; 503,056 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018; $2,277,144 and $2,417,195 aggregate liquidation preference as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively
 
1,500,994
 
 
1,500,994
 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock Series A, B, D, E-1, E-2, E-2A, E-3 and F, $0.001 par value, 8,738,465 and 9,640,493 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; 7,611,010 and 9,456,775 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; $43,396,181 and $57,570,036 aggregate liquidation preference as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively
 
34,538,255
 
 
44,995,157
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 15,000,000 and 15,102,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; 2,311,798 and 2,335,880 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively
 
2,312
 
 
2,336
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
808,767
 
 
920,940
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(51,121,584
)
 
(57,488,578
)
Total stockholders’ deficit
 
(50,310,505
)
 
(56,565,302
)
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit
$
9,820,322
 
$
22,404,935
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
   
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
2018
NET REVENUES
$
13,753,912
 
$
22,785,734
 
COST OF SALES
 
4,921,854
 
 
5,296,849
 
Gross margin
 
8,832,058
 
 
17,488,885
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING EXPENSES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
 
4,473,136
 
 
4,854,232
 
Selling, general and administrative
 
15,258,598
 
 
16,470,296
 
Total operating expenses
 
19,731,734
 
 
21,324,528
 
Operating loss
 
(10,899,676
)
 
(3,835,643
)
Interest income
 
26,184
 
 
23,514
 
Interest expense
 
(1,649,594
)
 
(2,273,842
)
Other income (expense), net
 
163,288
 
 
(272,417
)
Loss before income taxes
 
(12,359,798
)
 
(6,358,388
)
Income tax expense
 
9,731
 
 
8,606
 
Net loss and comprehensive loss
 
(12,369,529
)
 
(6,366,994
)
Convertible preferred stock cumulative dividends
 
2,896,966
 
 
3,576,743
 
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value
 
40,932
 
 
219,138
 
Net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders
$
(15,307,427
)
$
(10,162,875
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$
(6.62
)
$
(4.37
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
 
2,310,640
 
 
2,323,197
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
   
STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 
Convertible Preferred
Stock Series C
Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
Series A, B, D, E-1, E-2,
E-2A, E-3 and F
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2017
 
503,056
 
$
1,500,994
 
 
7,524,343
 
$
34,208,160
 
 
2,309,298
 
$
2,309
 
$
737,455
 
$
(38,752,055
)
$
(38,012,291
)
Stock compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108,696
 
 
 
 
108,696
 
Exercise of common stock options
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,500
 
 
3
 
 
3,548
 
 
 
 
3,551
 
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series E-1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,174
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4,174
)
 
 
 
(4,174
)
Series E-2A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
383
 
 
 
 
 
 
(383
)
 
 
 
(383
)
Series E-3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11,565
 
 
 
 
 
 
(11,565
)
 
 
 
(11,565
)
Series F
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24,810
 
 
 
 
 
 
(24,810
)
 
 
 
(24,810
)
Exercise of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants
 
 
 
 
 
86,667
 
 
289,163
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(12,369,529
)
 
(12,369,529
)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2017
 
503,056
 
 
1,500,994
 
 
7,611,010
 
 
34,538,255
 
 
2,311,798
 
 
2,312
 
 
808,767
 
 
(51,121,584
)
 
(50,310,505
)
Stock compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
293,639
 
 
 
 
293,639
 
Exercise of common stock options
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24,082
 
 
24
 
 
37,672
 
 
 
 
37,696
 
Issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock
 
 
 
 
 
1,809,564
 
 
9,990,482
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series E-1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,180
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4,180
)
 
 
 
(4,180
)
Series E-2A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
384
 
 
 
 
 
 
(384
)
 
 
 
(384
)
Series E-3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11,595
 
 
 
 
 
 
(11,595
)
 
 
 
(11,595
)
Series F
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
202,979
 
 
 
 
 
 
(202,979
)
 
 
 
(202,979
)
Exercise of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series E-1
 
 
 
 
 
3,250
 
 
14,983
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series F
 
 
 
 
 
32,951
 
 
232,299
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6,366,994
)
 
(6,366,994
)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2018
 
503,056
 
$
1,500,994
 
 
9,456,775
 
$
44,995,157
 
 
2,335,880
 
$
2,336
 
$
920,940
 
$
(57,488,578
)
$
(56,565,302
)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
   
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
2018
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(12,369,529
)
$
(6,366,994
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
 
270,308
 
 
287,064
 
Stock compensation expense
 
108,696
 
 
293,639
 
Amortization of intangibles
 
40,512
 
 
35,952
 
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
 
520,228
 
 
566,260
 
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability
 
(163,288
)
 
272,417
 
Other
 
 
 
(23,887
)
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 
(428,211
)
 
(8,407,626
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
(134,241
)
 
(160,052
)
Inventory
 
(115,556
)
 
(577,657
)
Other assets
 
(31,080
)
 
12,884
 
Accounts payable
 
370,902
 
 
197,248
 
Accrued compensation
 
(184,529
)
 
1,347,174
 
Other accrued liabilities
 
(122,120
)
 
201,271
 
Deferred rent liability
 
4,321
 
 
27,796
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 
(12,233,587
)
 
(12,294,511
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INVESTING ACTIVITES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment
 
(494,854
)
 
(277,036
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(494,854
)
 
(277,036
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and preferred stock warrants (including exercised warrants)
 
289,163
 
 
10,382,507
 
Proceeds from issuance of term debt and preferred stock warrants, net of issuance costs
 
6,573,729
 
 
4,417,793
 
Proceeds from line of credit
 
4,000,000
 
 
1,000,000
 
Repayment of line of credit
 
(2,000,000
)
 
 
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options
 
3,551
 
 
37,696
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
8,866,443
 
 
15,837,996
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
(3,861,998
)
 
3,266,449
 
Beginning of year
 
5,074,061
 
 
1,212,063
 
End of year
$
1,212,063
 
$
4,478,512
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH PAID FOR:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
$
1,107,633
 
$
1,635,438
 
Income taxes
$
 
$
159,732
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued capital expenditures
$
12,913
 
$
58,398
 
Deferred offering costs incurred but not paid
$
 
$
91,307
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Description of Business

Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on September 12, 2007. The Company is a commercial-stage dermatological cancer company focused on providing physicians and their patients with personalized, clinically actionable genomic information to make more accurate treatment decisions. The Company is based in Friendswood, Texas (a suburb of Houston, Texas) and laboratory operations are conducted in the Company’s facilities located in Phoenix, Arizona.

Going Concern, Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company has incurred significant operating losses since its inception. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $51.1 million and $57.5 million, respectively, cash and cash equivalents totaling $1.2 million and $4.5 million respectively, and working capital of $1.5 million and $11.4 million, respectively. The Company also has substantial indebtedness, the terms of which require it to meet a monthly six-month trailing revenue covenant. Although the Company is in compliance with this covenant as of December 31, 2018, management’s projections indicate that the Company may be unable to maintain compliance with the revenue covenant during the next 12 months. The Company is currently in discussion with its lenders to amend the covenant. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining an amendment or a waiver. If the Company fails to maintain compliance with the covenant, the Company’s lenders could accelerate the repayment of the debt. In such event, there is no assurance the Company would be able to refinance the debt on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects of the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

The Company has financed its operations to date primarily through private placements of its preferred stock, the sale of its prognostic testing services, and bank debt borrowings. The ability of the Company to fund operations according to plan is largely dependent on its ability to improve the timing and amount of collections from the sale of tests; however, as the attainment of managed care coverage policy decisions is ordinarily a protracted process, funding from other sources will likely be necessary.

While the Company intends to substantially fund planned operations for the next 12 months using cash on hand and collections from test sales, management expects that a net usage of cash will continue to occur through 2019 and, consequently, additional capital from other sources will be required. As discussed in Note 15, “Subsequent Events,” the Company secured $11.8 million in financing through the sale of unsecured convertible notes. Additional equity and debt capital are believed by management to be available and funding arrangements are actively being sought as of the date of this report. In addition to the procurement of capital to fund operations, management has identified discretionary spending included in the Company’s operating plan that can be deferred until prudently effectuated.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company has no subsidiaries and all operations are conducted by the Company.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates include revenue recognition, the determination of fair value of the Company’s preferred stock warrants, the valuation of stock options, assessing future tax exposure and the realization of deferred tax assets, the useful lives and recoverability of property and equipment, and contingent liabilities. The Company bases these estimates on historical and anticipated results, trends, and various

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances, including assumptions as to future events. These estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and recorded revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Operating Segments

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in making decisions on how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business as one operating segment. All revenues are attributable to U.S.-based operations and all assets are held in the United States.

Cash and Cash Equivalents including Concentrations of Credit Risk

Cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents consist primarily of amounts invested in money market accounts. A majority of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with a single financial institution. Deposits in this institution may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for U.S. institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”) . The Company adopted ASC 606 with an initial application date of January 1, 2018 using the full retrospective method, as discussed under Recently Adopted Accounting Principles below. In accordance with ASC 606, the Company follows a five-step process to recognize revenues: 1) identify the contract with the customer, 2) identify the performance obligations, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations and 5) recognize revenues when the performance obligations are satisfied.

All of the Company’s revenues from contracts with customers are associated with the provision of diagnostic and prognostic cancer testing services. Most of the Company’s revenues are attributable to DecisionDx-Melanoma for cutaneous melanoma. The Company also provides a test for uveal melanoma, DecisionDx-UM. Information on the disaggregation of revenues by the Company’s significant third-party payors is included under Payor Concentration below. The Company has determined that it has a contract with the patient when the treating clinician orders the test. The Company’s contracts generally contain a single performance obligation, which is the delivery of the test report, and the Company satisfies its performance obligation at a point in time upon the delivery of the test report to the treating physician, which then triggers the billing for the service. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the amount of consideration the Company expects to be entitled (the “transaction price”) and considers the effects of variable consideration, which is discussed further below.

Once the Company satisfies its performance obligations and bills for the service, the timing of the collection of payments may vary based on the payment practices of the third-party payor and the existence of contractually established reimbursement rates. Most of the payments for the Company’s services are made by third-party payors, including Medicare and commercial health insurance carriers. Certain contracts contain a contractual commitment of a reimbursement rate that differs from the Company’s list prices. However, absent a contractually committed reimbursement rate with a commercial carrier or governmental program, the Company’s diagnostic tests may or may not be covered by these entities’ existing reimbursement policies. In addition, patients do not enter into direct agreements with the Company that commit them to pay any portion of the cost of the tests in the event that their insurance provider declines to reimburse the Company. The Company may pursue, on a case-by-case basis, reimbursement from such patients in the form of co-payments and co-insurance, in accordance with the contractual obligations that the Company has with the insurance carrier or health plan. These situations may result in a delay in the collection of payments.

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

The Medicare claims that are covered by policy under a Local Coverage Determination (“LCD”) are generally paid at the established rate by the Company’s Medicare contractor within 30 days from receipt. Medicare claims that were either submitted to Medicare prior to the LCD coverage commencement date or are not covered by the terms of the LCD but meet the definition of being medically reasonable and necessary pursuant to the controlling 42 C.F.R §410.32(a) regulation are ultimately reviewed and payment is determined by an Administrative Law Judge (“ALJ”), at an appeal hearing.

The Company has concluded that its contracts include variable consideration because the amounts paid by Medicare or commercial health insurance carriers may be paid at less than the Company’s standard rates or not paid at all, with such differences considered implicit price concessions. Variable consideration attributable to these price concessions is measured at the expected value using the “most likely amount” method under ASC 606. The amounts are determined by historical average collection rates by test type and payor category taking into consideration the range of possible outcomes, the predictive value of the Company’s past experiences, the time period of when uncertainties expect to be resolved and the amount of consideration that is susceptible to factors outside of the Company’s influence, such as the judgment and actions of third parties. Such variable consideration is included in the transaction price only to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainties with respect to the amount are resolved. Variable consideration may be constrained and excluded from the transaction price in situations where there is no contractually agreed upon reimbursement coverage or in the absence of a predictable pattern and history of collectability with a payor. Variable consideration for Medicare claims is deemed to be fully constrained when the payment of such claims is subject to approval by an ALJ at an appeal hearing, due to factors outside the Company’s influence (i.e., judgment or actions of third parties) and the uncertainty of the amount to be received is not expected to be resolved for a long period of time. Variable consideration is evaluated each reporting period and adjustments are recorded as increases or decreases in revenues. Included in revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $0 and $867,157, respectively, of revenue decreases associated with changes in estimated variable consideration related to performance obligations satisfied in previous periods. The amount was zero for the year ended December 31, 2017 due to the application of a transition practical expedient in connection with the adoption of ASC 606, as discussed below under Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements .

Because the Company’s contracts have an expected duration of one year or less, the Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 606 to not disclose information about its remaining performance obligations. Any incremental costs to obtain contracts are recorded as selling, general and administrative expense as incurred due to the short duration of the Company’s contracts. Contract balances consisted solely of accounts receivable (both current and noncurrent) as of December 31, 2017 and 2018.

DecisionD x -Melanoma Claims Consolidation

In June 2017, the Company submitted to the Office of Medicare Hearings and Appeals (“OMHA”) a formal request to participate in a program that OMHA developed with the intent of providing appellants a means to have large volumes of claim disputes adjudicated at an accelerated rate. The program consolidates outstanding claims at the ALJ level and uses a statistical-sampling approach where five ALJ’s will determine reimbursement results for a sample of claims which are then extrapolated to the universe of claims. The consolidation includes 2,698 DecisionDx-Melanoma claims dating from 2013 through spring 2017. The judges who will review the sample sets have been identified and the hearings were held in April 2019 and no formal ruling has been issued to date. In accordance with ASC 606, the Company has not recognized (fully constrained the variable consideration) any revenues attributable to these claims in its financial statements pending the outcome of this matter. The Company expects to recognize any revenue adjudicated by the ALJ in the periodic reporting period in which the Company is notified of the ALJ hearing outcome.

Payor Concentration

The Company relies upon reimbursements from third-party government payors (primarily Medicare) and private-payor insurance companies to collect accounts receivable related to sales of its diagnostic tests.

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

The Company’s significant third-party payors and their related revenues as a percentage of total revenues and accounts receivable balances are as follows:

 
Percentage of Revenues
Percentage of
Accounts Receivable
(current)
Percentage of
Accounts Receivable
(non-current)
 
Years Ended December 31,
As of December 31,
As of December 31,
 
2017
2018
2017
2018
2017
2018
Medicare
 
9
%
 
36
%
 
%
 
54
%
 
%
 
%
Medicare Advantage plans
 
23
%
 
17
%
 
22
%
 
9
%
 
16
%
 
18
%
United Healthcare
 
11
%
 
12
%
 
10
%
 
7
%
 
15
%
 
15
%
BlueCross BlueShield plans
 
30
%
 
18
%
 
41
%
 
18
%
 
45
%
 
41
%

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company classifies accounts receivable balances that are expected to be paid more than one year from the balance sheet date as non-current assets. The estimated timing of payment utilized as a basis for classification as non-current is determined by analyses of historical payor-specific payment experience, adjusted for known factors that are expected to change the timing of future payments.

The Company accrues an allowance for doubtful accounts against its accounts receivable when it is probable that an account is not collectible, based on write off history, credit risk of specific accounts, aging analysis and other information available on specific accounts. The Company generally does not perform evaluations of customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. Accounts receivable are written off when all efforts to collect the balance have been exhausted. Historically, the Company’s bad debt expense has not been significant. The allowance for doubtful accounts was zero as of December 31, 2017 and 2018. Adjustments for implicit price concessions attributable to variable consideration, as discussed above, are incorporated into the measurement of the accounts receivable balances and are not part of the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventory

The Company carries an inventory of test supplies in the Phoenix, Arizona laboratory. The inventory is carried at the lower of weighted average cost and net realizable value and expensed through cost of sales as the supplies are used.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally between five and ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the term of the lease. The Company’s leasehold improvements primarily relate to its office and laboratory in Phoenix, Arizona, and are generally being amortized through the end of the lease term in July 2023. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and material improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the period realized.

Patent Rights Licenses

The Company capitalizes the purchase of material licenses that grant interest in and to certain patent rights owned primarily by research and education institutions. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the period of expected commercial benefit or the life of the underlying patent. Amortization of patent license costs is charged to research and development expense.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the total of estimated future undiscounted cash flows, expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

disposition, are less than the carrying amount. Impairment, if any, would be calculated based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset over the long-lived asset’s fair value. There were no impairment charges recognized for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount of the Company’s long-term debt approximates fair value due to its variable market interest rate and management’s opinion that current rates and terms that would be available to the Company with the same maturity and security structure would be essentially equivalent to that of the Company’s long-term debt. Refer to Note 8 for additional information on fair value measurements.

Deferred Rent

The Company has negotiated certain landlord/tenant incentives, rent holidays and escalations in the base price of rent payments under operating leases. The Company recognizes these incentives, rent holidays and rent escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Deferred rent balances are classified as current or non-current in the accompanying balance sheets based upon the period when reversal of the liability is expected to occur.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales is expensed as incurred and includes direct labor costs, equipment, supplies, materials and infrastructure expenses associated with testing tissue samples, third-party lab processing and service costs, third-party collection costs, and shipping charges to transport samples.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred. Advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made. Upfront and milestone payments due to third parties that perform research and development services on behalf of the Company will be expensed as services are rendered or when the milestone is achieved.

Research and development costs include, but are not limited to, payroll and personnel-related expenses, stock-based compensation expense, materials, laboratory supplies, and consulting costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses are attributable to sales, marketing, executive, finance and accounting, legal and human resources functions. These expenses consist of personnel costs (including salaries, employee benefit costs, bonuses and equity-based compensation expenses), customer services expenses, direct marketing expenses, educational and promotional expenses, market research, audit and legal expenses, and consulting. The Company expenses all SG&A costs as incurred.

Accrued Compensation

The Company accrues for liabilities under discretionary employee and executive bonus plans. These estimated compensation liabilities are based on progress against corporate objectives approved by the Board of Directors, compensation levels of eligible individuals, and target bonus percentage levels. The Board of Directors reviews and evaluates the performance against these objectives and ultimately determines what discretionary payments are made. As of December 31, 2017, and 2018, the Company accrued approximately and $2,148,128 and $3,197,234, respectively, for liabilities associated with these employee and executive bonus plans. These amounts are classified as current or noncurrent accrued liabilities in the balance sheets based on the expected timing of payment.

Retirement Plan

The Company has an Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 401(k) profit sharing plan (the “Plan”) for eligible employees. The Plan is funded by employee contributions and provides for discretionary contributions in the form of matching and/or profit-sharing contributions. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company provided a discretionary matching contribution of $362,187 and $337,632, respectively.

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using statutory tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the statutory enactment date. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Tax benefits are recognized only for tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. A liability for unrecognized tax benefits is recorded for any tax benefits claimed in the Company’s tax returns that do not meet these recognition and measurement standards.

The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions is to record such items as a component of tax expense. No material amounts of tax-related interest or penalties were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense for equity instruments issued to employees is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. The fair value of each employee stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model. The Company recognizes compensation costs on a straight-line basis for all employee stock-based compensation awards over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the awards’ vesting period (typically four years). Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist primarily of legal fees, which are direct and incremental fees related to the Company’s planned initial public offering (the “IPO”). The deferred offering costs will be offset against the IPO proceeds upon the consummation of the IPO. In the event the offering is aborted, the deferred offering costs will be expensed. There were no deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had incurred $91,307 in deferred offering costs, which are reported as other assets - long term on the balance sheet.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as a change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The Company’s comprehensive loss was the same as its reported net loss for all periods presented.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2018 has been computed to give effect to the assumed automatic conversion of all the Company’s outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock and the net exercise of certain preferred stock warrants into shares of common stock as if such conversion and net exercise had occurred at the beginning of 2018, or the date of issuance, if later. The assumed net exercise of certain preferred stock warrants is associated with warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s Series F preferred stock for $0.01 per share that will become exercisable into shares of the Company’s common stock immediately prior to the closing of the IPO and which will otherwise expire upon the closing of the IPO if not exercised. The assumed net exercise of these preferred stock warrants is based on an IPO price of $       per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Shares of common stock to be issued in the IPO and shares issued upon conversion of the outstanding principal plus accrued interest related to the convertible promissory notes are excluded from the pro forma basic and diluted loss per share information. See Note 15, “Subsequent Events,” for information on the issuance of the convertible promissory notes in January and February 2019.

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenues from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . This guidance applies to any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The core principle of this guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance supersedes existing revenue recognition guidance, including most industry-specific guidance, as well as certain related guidance on accounting for contract costs. The Company early adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2018 using the full retrospective method and adjusted the comparative reporting period for the year ended December 31, 2017. The cumulative impact on periods prior to January 1, 2017, which was not material, was recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit on January 1, 2017. In connection with the adoption of ASC 606, the Company elected the transition practical expedient that permitted the Company to use the transaction price at the date the transaction was completed, rather than estimating variable consideration amounts, in the 2017 comparative reporting period. For additional information and disclosures about the Company’s revenue recognition under ASC 606, see the Revenue Recognition section included above.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), – Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU-2018-13”), which removes, modifies and adds certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The Company’s early adoption of ASU 2018-13 on January 1, 2018 had no impact on the Company’s financial statements. Refer to Note 8 for additional information on fair value measurements.

Accounting Pronouncements Yet to be Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes FASB ASC Topic 840, Leases (Topic 840), and provides principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method for finance leases or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for operating leases. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. For companies that are not emerging growth companies (“EGCs”), the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. For EGCs, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company will adopt the new standard using the modified retrospective method, under which the Company will apply Topic 842 to existing and new leases as of January 1, 2020, but prior periods will not be restated and will continue to be reported under Topic 840 guidance in effect during those periods. The Company anticipates that the adoption will not have a material impact on its statements of operations and comprehensive loss or its statements of cash flows but expects to recognize right-of-use assets and liabilities for lease obligations associated with its operating leases. The Company’s operating lease arrangements are discussed in Note 9.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments–Credit Losses , which requires the measurement of expected credit losses for financial instruments carried at amortized cost, such as accounts receivable, held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable forecasts. The main objective of this ASU is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financing Instruments–Credit Losses , which included an amendment of the effective date for nonpublic entities. For non-EGCs, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. For EGCs, the standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company does not believe the adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on its financial statements, given its history of minimal bad debt expense relating to trade accounts receivable.

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

3. Loss per share

Loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share reflects the additional dilution from potential issuances of common stock, such as stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options, as well as from the possible conversion of the Company’s convertible preferred stock and exercise of outstanding warrants. The treasury stock and if-converted methods are used to calculate the potential dilutive effect of these common stock equivalents. However, potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share when their effect is antidilutive. Due to the Company reporting a net loss attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented, all potentially dilutive securities were antidilutive and have been excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share.

The table below provides potentially dilutive securities not included in the Company’s calculation of diluted loss per share because to do so would be antidilutive:

 
As of December 31,
 
2017
2018
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock
 
533,711
 
 
533,711
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock
 
816,654
 
 
816,654
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock
 
503,056
 
 
503,056
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock
 
756,416
 
 
756,416
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series E-1 convertible preferred stock
 
826,392
 
 
829,642
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series E-2 convertible preferred stock
 
934,433
 
 
934,433
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series E-2A convertible preferred stock
 
27,306
 
 
27,306
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series E-3 convertible preferred stock
 
824,000
 
 
824,000
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series F convertible preferred stock
 
2,892,098
 
 
4,734,613
 
Shares issuable upon exercise of stock options
 
1,433,612
 
 
2,023,158
 
Shares issuable upon exercise of preferred stock warrants
 
119,707
 
 
172,217
 
Total
 
9,667,385
 
 
12,155,206
 

Unaudited Pro Forma Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2018 is set forth in the table below:

 
Pro Forma
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2018
 
(unaudited)
Basic and Diluted Loss per Share
 
 
 
Numerator
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders, as reported
$
(10,162,875
)
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock, cumulative dividends
 
3,576,743
 
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock, accretion to redemption value
 
219,138
 
Pro forma adjustment to remove change in fair value of preferred stock warrants, net of tax
 
272,417
 
Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders
$
(6,094,577
)

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

 
Pro Forma
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2018
 
(unaudited)
Denominator
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
 
2,323,197
 
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock
 
9,562,627
 
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed net exercise of certain preferred stock warrants
 
 
 
Shares used to compute pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted
$
 
 

Pro forma diluted loss per share does not include outstanding stock options and preferred stock warrants (except for certain preferred stock warrants described in Note 2 under Unaudited Pro Forma Information ) since the effect would be antidilutive due to the pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders for the period.

4. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 
As of December 31,
 
2017
2018
Lab equipment
$
980,589
 
$
1,153,210
 
Computer equipment
 
510,976
 
 
629,437
 
Leasehold improvements
 
545,401
 
 
553,921
 
Furniture and fixtures
 
71,151
 
 
101,813
 
Total
 
2,108,117
 
 
2,438,381
 
Less accumulated depreciation
 
(638,466
)
 
(909,385
)
Property and equipment, net
$
1,469,651
 
$
1,528,996
 

Depreciation expense was recorded in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows:

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
2018
Cost of sales
$
189,073
 
$
163,995
 
Research and development
 
2,427
 
 
2,847
 
Selling, general and administrative
 
78,808
 
 
120,222
 
Total
$
270,308
 
$
287,064
 

5. Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets consist of capitalized license costs as follows:

 
As of December 31,
 
2017
2018
 
Value
Weighted-
Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
Value
Weighted-
Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
Licenses
$
274,534
 
 
1
 
$
274,534
 
 
0
 
Accumulated amortization
 
(234,415
)
 
 
 
 
(270,367
)
 
 
 
Intangible assets, net
$
40,119
 
 
 
 
$
4,167
 
 
 
 

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

Amortization expense was $40,512 and $35,952, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

6. Other Accrued Liabilities

Other accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 
As of December 31,
 
2017
2018
Accrued state income taxes
$
9,731
 
$
8,606
 
Accrued interest
 
113,436
 
 
185,580
 
Accrued royalties
 
186,734
 
 
239,751
 
Accrued service fees
 
200,195
 
 
281,307
 
Accrued lease payments
 
3,877
 
 
 
Other
 
93,872
 
 
 
 
$
607,845
 
$
715,244
 

7. Long-Term Debt

The Company’s long-term debt consists of term debt and a revolving line of credit and are presented in the table below:

 
As of December 31,
 
2017
2018
Term debt
$
16,012,500
 
$
21,350,000
 
Revolving line of credit
 
4,000,000
 
 
5,000,000
 
Total principal amount
 
20,012,500
 
 
26,350,000
 
Unamortized discount and issuance costs
 
(1,409,814
)
 
(1,850,248
)
Total long-term debt
 
18,602,686
 
 
24,499,752
 
Less: Current portion of long-term debt
 
1,000,000
 
 
 
Long-term debt, less current portion
$
17,602,686
 
$
24,499,752
 

Future maturities of principal amounts on long-term debt as of December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 
Term Debt
Revolving Line of
Credit
Total
Years Ending December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019
$
 
$
 
$
 
2020
 
4,666,667
 
 
5,000,000
 
 
9,666,667
 
2021
 
8,000,000
 
 
 
 
8,000,000
 
2022
 
8,683,333
 
 
 
 
8,683,333
 
2023
 
 
 
 
 
 
Thereafter
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
21,350,000
 
$
5,000,000
 
$
26,350,000
 

Term Debt

2017 L oan and Security Agreement

On March 31, 2017, the Company executed a Loan and Security Agreement (“2017 LSA”) with Oxford Finance LLC (“Oxford”), as collateral agent, and Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) with Oxford and SVB as equal syndicated lenders (collectively, the “Lenders”). The 2017 LSA provides a term loan of $15.0 million (the

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

“2017 Term Loan”) and a credit line of up to $5.0 million (discussed in the “Revolving Line of Credit” section below) and granted to the Lenders a priority first lien security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets. The 2017 Term Loan of $15.0 million was made on the effective date of the agreement and was used to repay all outstanding obligations with respect to the Company’s previous lending arrangement. The maturity date of the 2017 Term Loan was to be April 1, 2021 (the “2017 Term Loan Maturity Date”).

The 2017 Term Loan bore interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of 1) 7.25% and 2) 6.48% above the U.S. LIBOR rate and required the payment of interest only each month for the one-year period beginning with the date of initial funding of the loan. The applicable annual interest rate of the 2017 LSA on the effective date, and as of December 31, 2017, was 7.46% and 8.04%, respectively. Repayment of principal was to be made in 36 monthly installments of principal and interest beginning in the month following the one-year interest-only period. Or, provided that the Company achieved a stipulated revenue target for the trailing 12-month period ending January 31, 2018, 30 fixed monthly installments, beginning in the month following an 18-month interest-only period. Additionally, the 2017 LSA also included an obligation to make an additional final payment of 6.25% (6.75% in the case the stipulated revenue target was met) of the aggregate original principal amount of the 2017 Term Loan upon any prepayment or on the 2017 Term Loan Maturity Date. As the Company achieved the stipulated revenue target, repayment of principal was to be made in 30 fixed monthly installments beginning in the month following the 18-month interest-only period (i.e., November 1, 2018) and the additional final payment amount was to be 6.75% of the original principal amount, or $1,012,500. The final payment amount was being amortized as additional interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the debt.

As stipulated in the 2017 LSA and concurrent with the funding of the 2017 Term Loan, the Company issued Series F preferred stock warrants to the Lenders which had an aggregate initial fair value of $382,597. In accordance with ASC 480-10, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480-10”), the warrants are liability-classified as the underlying to the warrant is a puttable security. The initial recognition of the warrant liability created a discount to the debt, which is being amortized over the debt term using the effective interest method. With respect to Oxford, the 2017 LSA was accounted for as a new borrowing. With respect to SVB, the 2017 LSA was accounted for as a modification of the Company’s previous lending arrangement with SVB, and therefore no extinguishment gain or loss was recognized.

2018 L oan and Security Agreement

On November 30, 2018 (the “Closing Date”), the Company entered into a new Loan and Security Agreement (the “2018 LSA”) with Oxford, as collateral agent, and Oxford and SVB as equal syndicated lenders. The 2018 LSA replaced the 2017 LSA and provides for a $20.0 million secured term loan credit facility (the “2018 Term Loan”) and a credit line of up to $5.0 million (discussed in the “Revolving Line of Credit” section below). The Company’s obligations under the 2018 LSA are secured by substantially all of its assets, excluding intellectual property and subject to certain other exceptions and limitations. The Company has the right to prepay the 2018 Term Loan in whole or in part at any time, subject to a prepayment fee of 2.50% if prepaid on or prior to November 30, 2019, 1.50% if prepaid after November 30, 2019 and on or prior to November 30, 2020, and 0.75% thereafter. Upon prepayment, the Company is also obligated to pay a non-refundable early termination fee of $496,785. Amounts prepaid or repaid under the 2018 Term Loan may not be reborrowed. The 2018 LSA contains a financial covenant that requires the Company to achieve a trailing six-month revenue target each month throughout the term of the agreement. As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with this covenant. In addition, the 2018 LSA contains customary conditions of borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness and make distributions to holders of the Company’s capital stock. Should an event of default occur, including the occurrence of a material adverse change, the Company could be liable for immediate repayment of all obligations under the 2018 LSA.

The 2018 Term Loan bears interest at a floating rate equal to the greater of 1) 8.55% and 2) the 30-day U.S. LIBOR rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal on the last business day of the month that precedes the month in which the interest will accrue, plus 6.48%. The applicable interest rate on the 2018 Term Loan was 8.98% at December 31, 2018. Interest on the 2018 Term Loan is payable monthly in arrears. The Company is permitted to make interest-only payments on the 2018 Term Loan for the 18 months following the Closing Date. The principal is required to be repaid in 30 equal monthly installments beginning on June 1, 2020. All unpaid

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

principal and accrued and unpaid interest is due on November 1, 2022 (the “2018 Term Loan Maturity Date”). The Company is also obligated to make an additional final payment of 6.75% of the aggregate original principal amount, or $1,350,000, upon any prepayment or on the 2018 Term Loan Maturity Date. The final payment amount is being amortized as additional interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the debt.

The 2018 Term Loan was fully funded on the Closing Date and the 2018 Revolving Line (defined and discussed below) was fully drawn upon on the Closing Date. Proceeds from the 2018 LSA were used to repay all outstanding obligations under the 2017 LSA and to provide working capital. As a condition of the loan, the Company issued Series F preferred stock warrants to the Lenders with an aggregate initial fair value of $158,000. In accordance with ASC 480-10, the warrants are liability-classified as the underlying to the warrant is a puttable security. The initial recognition of the warrant liability created a discount to the debt, which is being amortized over the debt term using the effective interest method. The 2018 LSA was accounted for as a modification of the previous lending arrangement with SVB and Oxford, and therefore no extinguishment gain or loss was recognized.

Revolving Line of Credit

In connection with the issuance of the 2017 Term Loan, the Company repaid $2.0 million that was drawn on the revolving line under the Company’s previous lending arrangement. In the 2017 LSA, the Lenders agreed to provide availability to the Company of up to $5.0 million of credit (the “2017 Revolving Line”), based on the application of an advance rate against either specified accounts receivable, or accounts receivable in the aggregate, contingent on the Company’s satisfaction of borrowing base eligibility requirements. Any outstanding credit advanced against the 2017 Revolving Line was to be due in full no later than March 31, 2019. The Company drew $4.0 million on the 2017 Revolving Line in June 2017 and drew the remaining $1.0 million balance in May 2018. The 2017 Revolving Line bore interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of 1) 6.25% and 2) 5.48% above the U.S. LIBOR rate. The applicable interest rate on the 2017 Revolving Line at December 31, 2017 was 7.04%.

In the 2018 LSA, the Lenders continued to provide credit availability to the Company of up to $5.0 million (the “2018 Revolving Line”), with similar terms as the 2017 Revolving Line, except that 2018 Revolving Line is due in full no later than November 30, 2020. The applicable interest rate on the 2018 Revolving Line was 7.98% at December 31, 2018.

8. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used in measuring fair value. There are three levels to the fair value hierarchy based on the reliability of inputs, as follows:

Level 1 – Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions.

Financial instruments measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability. The use of different assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on estimated fair values. Accordingly, the fair value estimates disclosed, or amounts recorded may not be indicative of the amount that the Company or holders of the instruments could realize in a current market exchange.

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

The table below provides information, by level within the fair value hierarchy, of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017 and 2018:

 
As of December 31, 2017
 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Items
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Total
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock warrants
$
 
$
 
$
524,694
 
$
524,694
 
 
As of December 31, 2018
 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Items
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Total
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock warrants
$
 
$
 
$
1,193,726
 
$
1,193,726
 

The following table discloses the summary of changes in the fair value of the Level 3 preferred stock warrant liability:

Balance, January 1, 2017
$
402,001
 
Issuance of warrants
 
382,597
 
Change in fair value included in net loss
 
(163,288
)
Exercised warrants
 
(96,616
)
Balance, December 31, 201 7
 
524,694
 
Issuance of warrants
 
631,320
 
Change in fair value included in net loss
 
272,417
 
Exercised warrants
 
(234,705
)
Balance, December 31, 2018
$
1,193,726
 

The change in fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability is recorded as other income (expense), net on the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The fair value of the warrants for shares of Series A, Series B, Series E-1, Series E-2, Series E-2A, Series E-3, and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock was estimated by management using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 
As of December 31,
 
2017
2018
Average expected life (years)
8
9
Expected stock price volatility
59.0% - 63.0%
64%
Risk-free interest rate
1.03% - 2.40%
2.51% - 2.69%
Dividend yield
0%
0%

9. Operating Leases

The Company leases its office headquarters in Friendswood, Texas (the “Friendswood Lease”). In December 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the Friendswood Lease to rent additional office space within the facility. As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s commitment under the lease extends through June 30, 2019 and the Company has two one-year renewal options thereafter. If these options are exercised, the term of the lease would extend through June 30, 2021.

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

In April 2016, the Company took occupancy of a newly-constructed office and laboratory facility located in Phoenix, Arizona (the “Phoenix Lease”), replacing its previous facility. The term of the Phoenix Lease is through July 31, 2023.

Other leasing arrangements include office copiers and a corporate apartment.

All leases have been classified as operating leases. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the leases. Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,
2019
$
294,230
 
2020
 
277,647
 
2021
 
275,085
 
2022
 
266,943
 
2023
 
148,453
 
Thereafter
 
 
 
$
1,262,358
 

Rent expense was $229,040 and $314,868 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes there is no threatened litigation or litigation pending that could have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

11. Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended on February 27, 2019, authorizes the Company to issue 17,308,384 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. The holder of each share of common stock shall have one vote for each share of stock. The common stockholders are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds and assets are legally available and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of all series of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding. No dividends were declared or paid during the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2018. The terms of the 2018 LSA restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends on common stock with prior consent of the Lenders.

The Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on January 4, 2018 to reduce the number of shares of common stock that the Company is authorized to issue to 13,700,000. On May 31, 2018, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of shares of common stock that the Company is authorized to issue to 14,602,000. On October 3, 2018, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of shares of common stock that the Company is authorized to issue to 15,102,000. On January 31, 2019, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of shares of common stock that the Company is authorized to issue to 16,957,416. On February 27, 2019, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of shares of common stock that the Company is authorized to issue to 17,308,384. Certain of these amendments also included changes to the number of authorized preferred shares, as discussed in Note 12.

12. Convertible Preferred Stock and Preferred Stock Warrants

Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company’s convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders’ equity in accordance with authoritative guidance for the classification and measurement of potentially redeemable securities. The preferred stock is contingently redeemable upon events that are outside of the Company’s control including liquidation,

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

sale, or transfer of control of the Company. The Company has determined not to adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to liquidation preferences of such shares because of the uncertainty of whether or when such events would occur. Further, except for Series C preferred stock, the preferred stock is redeemable upon the majority vote of specified holders of the preferred stock. Information on liquidation and redemption terms are discussed further under Liquidation Provisions and Redemption Rights , respectively, below.

The Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on January 4, 2018 to increase the authorized number shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to 3,981,548. On May 31, 2018, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to 4,883,486. On January 31, 2019, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to 6,738,902. On February 27, 2019, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to 7,089,870.

On January 12, 2018, the Company issued 940,605 shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock in exchange for $5.475 million in cash. In two subsequent closings on May 31, 2018 and June 8, 2018, the Company issued 783,248 and 85,711 additional shares, respectively, in exchange for $4,599,000 and $499,000, respectively, in cash. The designations, rights and preferences associated with the Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock are provided below. Proceeds of $93,872 from the sale of 16,127 of these shares were received prior to issuance at December 31, 2017 and these proceeds were reported as a liability on the December 31, 2017 balance sheet. In 2018, these proceeds were reclassified to preferred stock when the shares were ultimately issued. In conjunction with the January 12, 2018 issuance of the Series F redeemable convertible preferred shares, the Company also issued warrants to purchase 67,233 additional shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock at $0.01 per share with an initial fair value of $473,320.

Convertible preferred stock consists of the following:

Convertible preferred stock

 
As of December 31, 2017
 
Shares
Authorized
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Original
Issue
Price per
Share
Original
Issue Value
Accumulated
and
Undeclared
Dividends
Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
Carrying
Value
Series C
 
503,056
 
 
503,056
 
$
3.4800
 
$
1,750,635
 
$
526,509
 
$
2,277,144
 
$
1,500,994
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

 
As of December 31, 2017
 
Shares
Authorized
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Original
Issue
Price per
Share
Original
Issue Value
Accumulated
and
Undeclared
Dividends
Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
Carrying
Value
Series A
 
533,711
 
 
533,711
 
$
2.1400
 
$
1,142,142
 
$
622,127
 
$
1,764,269
 
$
1,142,142
 
Series B
 
816,654
 
 
816,654
 
$
2.2500
 
 
1,837,472
 
 
835,842
 
 
2,673,314
 
 
1,931,634
 
Series D
 
756,416
 
 
756,416
 
$
3.7700
 
 
2,851,688
 
 
1,111,654
 
 
3,963,342
 
 
2,851,688
 
Series E-1
 
842,641
 
 
826,392
 
$
3.7700
 
 
3,115,498
 
 
845,367
 
 
3,960,865
 
 
3,079,416
 
Series E-2
 
949,725
 
 
934,433
 
$
4.5776
 
 
4,277,461
 
 
1,160,631
 
 
5,438,092
 
 
4,277,461
 
Series E-2A
 
27,306
 
 
27,306
 
$
4.5776
 
 
124,996
 
 
28,738
 
 
153,734
 
 
124,377
 
Series E-3
 
830,554
 
 
824,000
 
$
5.3405
 
 
4,400,572
 
 
1,011,675
 
 
5,412,247
 
 
4,381,914
 
Series F
 
3,981,458
 
 
2,892,098
 
$
5.8208
 
 
16,834,324
 
 
3,195,994
 
 
20,030,318
 
 
16,749,623
 
Total
 
8,738,465
 
 
7,611,010
 
 
 
 
$
34,584,153
 
$
8,812,028
 
$
43,396,181
 
$
34,538,255
 

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

Convertible preferred stock

 
As of December 31, 2018
 
Shares
Authorized
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Original
Issue
Price per
Share
Original
Issue Value
Accumulated
and
Undeclared
Dividends
Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
Carrying
Value
Series C
 
503,056
 
 
503,056
 
$
3.4800
 
$
1,750,635
 
$
666,560
 
$
2,417,195
 
$
1,500,994
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

 
As of December 31, 2018
 
Shares
Authorized
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Original
Issue
Price per
Share
Original
Issue Value
Accumulated
and
Undeclared
Dividends
Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
Carrying
Value
Series A
 
533,711
 
 
533,711
 
$
2.1400
 
$
1,142,142
 
$
713,498
 
$
1,855,640
 
$
1,142,142
 
Series B
 
816,654
 
 
816,654
 
$
2.2500
 
 
1,837,472
 
 
982,840
 
 
2,820,312
 
 
1,931,634
 
Series D
 
756,416
 
 
756,416
 
$
3.7700
 
 
2,851,688
 
 
1,339,789
 
 
4,191,477
 
 
2,851,688
 
Series E-1
 
842,641
 
 
829,642
 
$
3.7700
 
 
3,127,750
 
 
1,095,281
 
 
4,223,031
 
 
3,098,578
 
Series E-2
 
949,725
 
 
934,433
 
$
4.5776
 
 
4,277,461
 
 
1,502,821
 
 
5,780,282
 
 
4,277,461
 
Series E-2A
 
27,306
 
 
27,306
 
$
4.5776
 
 
124,996
 
 
38,738
 
 
163,734
 
 
124,762
 
Series E-3
 
830,554
 
 
824,000
 
$
5.3405
 
 
4,400,572
 
 
1,363,688
 
 
5,764,260
 
 
4,393,509
 
Series F
 
4,883,486
 
 
4,734,613
 
$
5.8208
 
 
27,559,235
 
 
5,212,065
 
 
32,771,300
 
 
27,175,383
 
Total
 
9,640,493
 
 
9,456,775
 
 
 
 
$
45,321,316
 
$
12,248,720
 
$
57,570,036
 
$
44,995,157
 

Any discount to the original issue price is accreted with a charge to additional paid-in capital over the period through the earliest date the redeemable convertible preferred stock could become redeemable. See the Redemption Rights section below for additional information. Unpaid cumulative accruing dividends are included in calculating the aggregate liquidation preference, but such dividends are not recorded in the financial statements unless and until a liquidation event or a deemed liquidation event becomes probable of occurring. See the Liquidation Provisions section below for additional information.

The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E-1, Series E-2, Series E-2A, Series E-3, and Series F convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Dividends

The holders of the outstanding shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E-1, Series E-2, Series E-2A, Series E-3, and Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, a cash dividend in the following order of preference and at the rates per annum noted:

Convertible
Preferred Stock Class
Annual
Dividend Rate
Series A
$
0.17120
 
Series B
$
0.18000
 
Series C
$
0.27840
 
Series D
$
0.30160
 
Series E-1
$
0.30160
 
Series E-2
$
0.36620
 
Series E-2A
$
0.36620
 
Series E-3
$
0.42720
 
Series F
$
0.46570
 

The right to receive dividends on shares of preferred stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to such dividends shall accrue to holders of preferred stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

declared or paid in any calendar year. However, refer to Liquidation Provisions below for information regarding cumulative dividends that are payable upon a liquidation event or a deemed liquidation event.

Conversion Rights

Each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E-1, Series E-2, Series E-2A, Series E-3, and Series F convertible preferred stock is, at the option of the holder, convertible at any time into that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price. The conversion price for each series preferred stock shall initially be the original issue price of such series of preferred stock and shall be adjusted in accordance with the conversion provisions contained in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock based on the then effective conversion price (i) upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E-1, Series E-2, Series E-2A, Series E-3, and Series F convertible preferred stock or (ii) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company are at least $30 million.

Liquidation Provisions

Upon a liquidation event (any liquidation, dissolution or winding up on the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary) or a deemed liquidation event (generally, a change of control of the Company or the sale of substantially all the assets or intellectual property of the Company), the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E-1, Series E-2, Series E-2A, Series E-3, and Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to distributions based on the liquidation value of the stock, which is initially set equal to the original issue price for the series of preferred stock, plus any unpaid cumulative accruing dividends, at the annual dividend rates provided above, accruing from the date of issuance of the shares of preferred stock, plus any other declared and unpaid dividends.

Regarding liquidation preferences, the holders of each successive series of preferred stock shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis and prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of any prior-issued preferred stock, or common stock, the liquidation preference specified for each share of preferred stock.

Voting Rights

Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of preferred stock could be converted. Holders of the preferred stock are entitled to vote on all matters on which the holders of common stock shall be entitled to vote.

Redemption Rights

The holders of at least a majority (voting together as a single class and not as a separate series, and on an as-converted basis) of the then outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series D preferred stock, Series E-1 preferred stock, Series E-2 preferred stock, Series E-2A preferred stock, Series E-3 preferred stock and Series F preferred stock (the “Redemption Stock”), and the holders of at least a majority (voting together as a single class and not as a separate series, and on an as-converted basis) of the then outstanding shares of Series E-1 preferred stock, Series E-2 preferred stock, Series E-2A preferred stock, Series E-3 preferred stock and Series F preferred stock may request, in writing, and any time after five years from the date of first issuance of Series F preferred stock (i.e., five years from July 15, 2015), the redemption of all outstanding shares of the Redemption Stock. The Company shall, upon such written request, redeem all outstanding shares in three equal annual installments beginning on the date specified in the redemption request, which date may not be less than 90 days after the Company’s receipt of such request. The redemption price shall be the original issue price of the preferred stock plus an amount for all declared and unpaid dividends thereon. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, there were no declared and unpaid dividends; therefore the redemption value would have been equal to the original issue value if the preferred stock had been redeemable as of those dates. The foregoing redemption rights do not apply to Series C preferred stock.

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

The Company has issued warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock. The warrant provides the holder the option to purchase a specified number of shares of a particular series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock for a specified price. The holder may exercise the warrant in cash or exercise pursuant to a cashless exercise whereby a calculated number of shares are withheld upon exercise to satisfy the exercise price. The warrants do not provide the holder any voting rights until the warrants are exercised. In the event of conversion of the Company’s convertible preferred stock to common shares, the warrants become exercisable into common shares of the Company’s stock, subject to certain adjustments.

In accordance with ASC 480-10, the Company accounts for preferred stock warrants outstanding as a liability at fair value and adjusts the instruments to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s statements of operations and comprehensive loss as other income (expense), net. The fair value of the warrants issued by the Company has been estimated using a Black-Scholes model at each measurement date. Refer to Note 8 for additional information on the fair value measurement assumptions and changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants recorded on the Company’s balance sheets.

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred shares consist of the following:

As of December 31, 2017
Warrants
Year of First
Issuance
Shares
Exercise
Price
Year of
Expiration
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding
Series A Preferred Stock
 
2008
 
 
108,057
 
$
2.1400
 
2015
 
(96,375
)
 
(11,682
)
 
 
Series B Preferred Stock
 
2010
 
 
86,667
 
$
2.2500
 
2017
 
(86,667
)
 
 
 
 
Series E-1 Preferred Stock
 
2014
 
 
16,249
 
$
3.7700
 
2024
 
 
 
 
 
16,249
 
Series E-2 Preferred Stock
 
2014
 
 
15,292
 
$
4.5776
 
2024
 
 
 
 
 
15,292
 
Series E-3 Preferred Stock
 
2015
 
 
6,554
 
$
5.3405
 
2024
 
 
 
 
 
6,554
 
Series F Preferred Stock
 
2016
 
 
81,612
 
$
5.8208
 
2026-2028
 
 
 
 
 
81,612
 
Total
 
 
 
 
314,431
 
 
 
 
 
 
(183,042
)
 
(11,682
)
 
119,707
 
As of December 31, 2018
Warrants
Year of First
Issuance
Shares
Exercise
Price
Year of
Expiration
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding
Series A Preferred Stock
 
2008
 
 
108,057
 
$
2.1400
 
2015
 
(96,375
)
 
(11,682
)
 
 
Series B Preferred Stock
 
2010
 
 
86,667
 
$
2.2500
 
2017
 
(86,667
)
 
 
 
 
Series E-1 Preferred Stock
 
2014
 
 
16,249
 
$
3.7700
 
2024
 
(3,250
)
 
 
 
12,999
 
Series E-2 Preferred Stock
 
2014
 
 
15,292
 
$
4.5776
 
2024
 
 
 
 
 
15,292
 
Series E-3 Preferred Stock
 
2015
 
 
6,554
 
$
5.3405
 
2024
 
 
 
 
 
6,554
 
Series F Preferred Stock
 
2016
 
 
103,090
 
$
5.8208
 
2026-2028
 
 
 
 
 
 
103,090
 
Series F Preferred Stock
 
2018
 
 
67,233
 
$
0.0100
 
2023
 
(32,951
)
 
 
 
34,282
 
Total
 
 
 
 
403,142
 
 
 
 
 
 
(219,243
)
 
(11,682
)
 
172,217
 

13. Stock Incentive Plan and Stock Based Compensation

Stock Incentive Plan

On September 6, 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Stock Plan (the “2008 Plan”). The 2008 Plan provides for the granting of options to purchase common stock to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. The Company may grant incentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-statutory stock options (“NSOs”) or restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) under the 2008 Plan. ISOs may only be granted to Company employees (including directors who are also considered employees). NSOs and RSAs may be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants. Options under the 2008 Plan may be granted for terms of up to ten years from the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that with respect to an ISO granted to a person who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

shall be for no more than five years from the date of grant. The exercise price of options granted under the 2008 Plan must be at a price no less than 100% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors, provided however, that with respect to an ISO granted to an employee who at the time of grant of such option owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant.

Options granted under the 2008 Plan generally vest over four years (generally 25% after one year and monthly thereafter).

On August 15, 2018, the Company adopted the 2018 Stock Plan (the “2018 Plan”). Following the adoption of the 2018 Plan, no additional stock awards will be granted under the 2008 Plan; however, all stock awards granted under the 2008 Plan are subject to the terms of the 2008 Plan. Further, any shares that would have otherwise remained available for future grants under the 2008 Plan ceased to be available on the adoption date of the 2018 Plan and, instead, the number of shares of common stock equal to the 2008 Plan’s available reserve were added to the available reserve of the 2018 Plan, as will any shares issued under the 2008 Plan which expire, are forfeited or terminate prior to exercise or settlement.

Under the 2018 Plan, the Company may grant ISOs, NSOs or RSAs. ISOs may only be granted to Company employees (including directors who are also considered employees). NSOs and RSAs may be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants. Options under the 2018 Plan may be granted for terms of up to ten years from the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors, provided however, that with respect to an ISO granted to a person who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term shall be for no more than five years from the date of grant. The exercise price of options granted under the 2018 Plan must be at a price no less than 100% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors, provided however, that with respect to an ISO granted to an employee who at the time of grant of such option owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant.

Activity under the Company’s 2008 and 2018 Plans for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 is set forth below:

 
 
 
Weighted-Average
 
 
Shares
Available for
Grant
Stock Options
Outstanding
Exercise
Price
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Balance as of January 1, 2017
 
129,505
 
 
1,479,321
 
$
1.42
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional options authorized
 
500,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
(130,750
)
 
130,750
 
$
1.93
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
 
(2,500
)
$
1.42
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited/Cancelled
 
173,959
 
 
(173,959
)
$
1.51
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2017
 
672,714
 
 
1,433,612
 
$
1.46
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional options authorized
 
676,607
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
(707,545
)
 
707,545
 
$
1.96
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
 
(24,082
)
$
1.57
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited/Cancelled
 
93,916
 
 
(93,917
)
$
1.49
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2018
 
735,692
 
 
2,023,158
 
$
1.63
 
 
6.54
 
$
2,301,631
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercisable at December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
1,120,515
 
$
1.42
 
 
4.61
 
$
1,508,822
 

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

Determining Fair Value of Stock Options - Summary of Assumptions

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant or any other measurement date. Following is a description of the significant assumptions used in the option pricing model:

Expected term - The expected term is the period of time that granted options are expected to be outstanding. The Company has set the expected term using the simplified method based on the weighted average of both the period to vesting and the period to maturity for each option as the Company has concluded that its stock option exercise history does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term.
Expected volatility - Because the Company’s stock is not traded in an active market, the Company calculates volatility by using the historical stock prices of a group of similar companies looking back over the estimated life of the option and averaging the volatilities of these companies.
Risk-free interest rate - The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model on the market yield in effect at the time of option grant provided from the Federal Reserve Board’s Statistical Releases and historical publications from the Treasury constant maturities rates for the equivalent remaining terms.
Dividend yield - The Company has not paid and does not have plans to pay cash dividends in the future. Therefore, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the Black-Scholes option valuation model.

The following table sets forth the assumptions used to determine the fair value of stock options:

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
2018
Average expected term
6 years
6 years
Expected stock price volatility
58.64% - 60.23%
57.77% - 58.29%
Risk-free interest rate
1.59% - 2.13%
2.77% - 3.13%
Dividend yield
0%
0%

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options is included in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows:

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
2018
Cost of sales
$
18,277
 
$
23,721
 
Research and development
 
13,767
 
 
55,975
 
Selling, general and administrative
 
76,652
 
 
213,943
 
Total stock-based compensation expense
$
108,696
 
$
293,639
 

No tax benefits related to stock-based compensation were recorded in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 due to the valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets. The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $1.04 and $1.11 per option, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, there was $878,095 of total unrecognized compensation cost, which is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years. The total unrecognized compensation costs will be adjusted for forfeitures in future periods as they occur. The intrinsic value of stock options exercised and the related tax benefit associated with the tax deduction was not material for either of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

14. Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
2018
Current tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Federal
$
 
$
 
State and local
 
9,731
 
 
8,606
 
Total current
 
9,731
 
 
8,606
 
Deferred tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Federal
 
 
 
 
State and local
 
 
 
 
Total deferred
 
 
 
 
Total income tax expense
$
9,731
 
$
8,606
 

The differences between income taxes expected at the U.S. federal statutory rate (34% for 2017, 21% for 2018) and the reported income tax expense are summarized as follows:

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
2018
Pre-tax loss
$
(12,359,798
)
$
(6,358,388
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. federal taxes at statutory rate
 
(4,202,332
)
 
(1,335,261
)
State income taxes
 
(253,522
)
 
(1,174,207
)
Permanent differences
 
160,042
 
 
235,979
 
Change in corporate tax rate
 
6,186,483
 
 
 
Research and development (“R&D”) tax credit
 
(215,281
)
 
 
Change in valuation allowance
 
(1,670,809
)
 
2,278,081
 
Other
 
5,150
 
 
4,014
 
Total income tax expense
$
9,731
 
$
8,606
 

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 
As of December 31,
 
2017
2018
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards
$
11,564,168
 
$
16,184,285
 
Accounts payable
 
 
 
389,822
 
Accrued liabilities
 
831,974
 
 
1,432,067
 
R&D tax credit
 
718,907
 
 
714,907
 
Intangible assets
 
55,386
 
 
60,723
 
Stock-based compensation
 
15,033
 
 
12,359
 
Charitable contributions
 
3,938
 
 
3,938
 
Total deferred tax assets
 
13,189,406
 
 
18,798,101
 
Less valuation allowance
 
(12,097,388
)
 
(14,375,469
)
Deferred tax assets, net
 
1,092,018
 
 
4,422,632
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 
 
 
(3,248,520
)
Prepaid expenses
 
 
 
(378,276
)
Property and equipment
 
(138,680
)
 
(130,905
)
Section 481(a) adjustment (cash to accrual)
 
(953,338
)
 
(664,931
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
 
(1,092,018
)
 
(4,422,632
)
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
$
 
$
 

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

At December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company had NOL carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $48,308,000 and $62,201,000, respectively, of which $48,308,000 will begin to expire in 2028 if not utilized to offset taxable income, and $13,893,000 may be carried forward indefinitely. Future changes in ownership, as defined by Section 382 of the IRC, could limit the amount of NOL carryforwards used in any one year. Also, as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $41,586,000 and $60,815,000, respectively, which begin to expire in 2028 if not utilized to offset state taxable income.

In general, under Section 382 and 383 of the IRC, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs and certain tax credits, to offset future taxable income and tax. In general, an ownership change occurs if the aggregate stock ownership of certain stockholders changes by more than 50 percentage points over such stockholders’ lowest percentage of ownership during the testing period (generally three years). The Company performed a Section 382 analysis from inception through the year ended December 31, 2017 and concluding the Company had experienced an ownership change in 2011 and 2014. These changes in ownership did not result in the expiration of any NOLs or R&D credits. However, future changes in ownership may further limit the ability of the Company to utilize its NOL carryforwards and R&D tax credit carryforwards.

At December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company placed a valuation allowance of $12,097,388 and $14,375,469, respectively, against the entirety of its net deferred tax asset balance, as the Company has not determined that it is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company assessed whether it had any significant uncertain tax positions related to open tax years and concluded there were none. Accordingly, no reserve for uncertain tax positions has been recorded as of December 31, 2017 and 2018. The Company is generally no longer subject to tax examinations for U.S. federal income tax purposes for fiscal years prior to 2015 and fiscal years prior to 2014 for multiple state jurisdictions. However, since the Company has been in an NOL position since 2008, the Company’s 2008 to 2013 tax returns are potentially subject to examination adjustments to the extent of those NOL carryforwards.

On December 22, 2017, the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was signed into law. The TCJA significantly changes U.S. tax law by, among other things, lowering the U.S. corporate income tax rate from a maximum of 35% to a flat 21% rate, effective January 1, 2018. As a result of the decrease in the corporate income tax rate, the Company revalued its ending net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2017 but did not recognize any incremental income tax expense (benefit) in 2017 as the impacts of the change were fully offset by changes in the Company’s valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

On December 22, 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the TCJA. SAB 118 provides registrants up to one year to after the enactment date of the TCJA to finalize the recording of the related tax impacts. The Company’s accounting for the impacts of the TCJA are complete as of December 31, 2018. No adjustments under SAB 118 were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2018.

15. Subsequent Events

On January 13, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the issuance of unsecured convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”) in a financing transaction. The initial closing of the issuance of the Notes occurred in January 2019 and the Company issued notes to 54 purchasers for an aggregate of approximately $8.1 million in gross proceeds. In February 2019, the Company issued notes to an additional 11 purchasers for an aggregate of approximately $3.7 million in gross proceeds. Of the aggregate proceeds of $11.8 million, $4.8 million was received from related parties. The Notes bear simple interest at a rate of 8% per annum with a maturity date of January 31, 2020. On or before the maturity date, the entire outstanding principal amount of and accrued interest on the Notes (the “Conversion Amount”), is automatically convertible into shares of the Company’s equity securities issued and sold in a single or series of related transactions, with the principal purpose of raising capital, in which the Company sells shares of such equity securities for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $10.0 million (the “Next Equity Financing”). The number of shares of such equity securities

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)

issuable in the Next Equity Financing is equal to the quotient of the Conversion Amount as of the closing date of the Next Equity Financing divided by a per share price that is equal to 80% of the lowest per share purchase price of the equity securities sold in the Next Equity Financing. If the Notes have not been repaid or converted prior to the maturity date, then, at the request of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of and accrued interest on the Notes, then the Conversion Amount as of the maturity date will convert into shares of the Company’s Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, or any senior equity security issued by the Company after the first issuance of the Notes, in each case at a conversion price equal to the price at which such security was last sold (currently $5.8208 for shares of the Company’s Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock). If a change of control of the Company occurs while the Notes are outstanding, the Company is required to repurchase each Note from each holder at a repurchase price equal to two times the principal amount of such Note, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on such Note as of the date of such repurchase.

On January 31, 2019 and February 27, 2019, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock and preferred stock, as discussed in Notes 11 and 12.

On March 13, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a grant of 510,000 options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company as ISOs. The per share exercise price is $2.77 per share, which the Board believes is equal to the fair market value of one share of common stock as of that date. The options shall have a term beginning on the grant date and ending on the date immediately preceding the ten-year anniversary of the grant date. The options are initially subject to vesting. On the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 1/4 th of the shares subject to the option shall vest; thereafter 1/48 th of the shares subject to the option shall vest at the end of each one-month of anniversary of vesting commencement date, provided in each case that the optionee is then providing services to the Company in accordance with the terms of the 2018 Plan.

For the purposes of the financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and the year then ended, the Company has evaluated the subsequent events through May 13, 2019, the date the audited annual financial statements were issued.

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 
December 31,
2018
March 31,
2019
Pro Forma
As of
March 31, 2019
 
 
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
4,478,512
 
$
16,230,647
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable, net
 
12,089,719
 
 
9,229,423
 
 
 
 
Inventory
 
882,233
 
 
809,297
 
 
 
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
675,562
 
 
741,423
 
 
 
 
Total current assets
 
18,126,026
 
 
27,010,790
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term accounts receivable, net
 
2,532,011
 
 
1,551,034
 
 
 
 
Property and equipment, net
 
1,528,996
 
 
1,719,557
 
 
 
 
Intangible assets, net
 
4,167
 
 
1,667
 
 
 
 
Other assets – long-term
 
213,735
 
 
682,585
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
22,404,935
 
$
30,965,633
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
1,450,766
 
$
1,609,458
 
 
 
 
Accrued compensation
 
4,571,011
 
 
2,761,765
 
 
 
 
Other accrued liabilities
 
715,244
 
 
1,036,222
 
 
 
 
Convertible promissory notes (including $4,755,882 principal amount with related parties as of March 31, 2019) (Note 7)
 
 
 
3,568,136
 
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
 
6,737,021
 
 
8,975,581
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
 
24,499,752
 
 
23,632,316
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock warrant liability
 
1,193,726
 
 
1,180,569
 
 
 
 
Deferred rent liability
 
43,587
 
 
57,372
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
32,474,086
 
 
33,845,838
 
 
 
 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible preferred stock Series C, $0.001 par value, 503,056 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019; 503,056 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019; $2,417,195 and $2,451,728 aggregate liquidation preference as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2019, pro forma
 
1,500,994
 
 
1,500,994
 
 
 
 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock Series A, B, D, E-1, E-2, E-2A, E-3 and F, $0.001 par value, 9,640,493 and 11,846,877 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively; 9,456,775 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019; $57,570,036 and $58,464,077 aggregate liquidation preference as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2019, pro forma
 
44,995,157
 
 
45,050,955
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ Deficit
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 15,102,000 and 17,308,384 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively; 2,335,880 and 2,336,463 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively;       shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2019, pro forma
 
2,336
 
 
2,337
 
 
 
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
920,940
 
 
9,412,070
 
 
 
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(57,488,578
)
 
(58,846,561
)
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ deficit
 
(56,565,302
)
 
(49,432,154
)
 
 
 
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit
$
22,404,935
 
$
30,965,633
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(UNAUDITED)

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2018
2019
NET REVENUES
$
3,658,565
 
$
8,716,987
 
COST OF SALES
 
1,252,983
 
 
1,597,958
 
Gross margin
 
2,405,582
 
 
7,119,029
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING EXPENSES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
 
1,262,690
 
 
1,393,851
 
Selling, general and administrative
 
4,227,791
 
 
6,046,622
 
Total operating expenses
 
5,490,481
 
 
7,440,473
 
Operating loss
 
(3,084,899
)
 
(321,444
)
Interest income
 
5,383
 
 
20,789
 
Interest expense
 
(530,225
)
 
(1,024,400
)
Other income (expense), net
 
(20,698
)
 
(32,928
)
Loss before income taxes
 
(3,630,439
)
 
(1,357,983
)
Income tax expense
 
 
 
 
Net loss and comprehensive loss
 
(3,630,439
)
 
(1,357,983
)
Convertible preferred stock cumulative dividends
 
809,322
 
 
928,575
 
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value
 
49,225
 
 
55,798
 
Net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to common stockholders
$
(4,488,986
)
$
(2,342,356
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
$
(1.94
)
$
(1.00
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
 
2,312,515
 
 
2,336,236
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted
 
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
 
 
 
 
         
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(UNAUDITED)

 
Convertible
Preferred
Stock Series C
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Series A, B, D, E-1,
E-2, E-2A, E-3 and F
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2018
 
503,056
 
$
1,500,994
 
 
7,611,010
 
$
34,538,255
 
 
2,311,798
 
$
2,312
 
$
808,767
 
$
(51,121,584
)
$
(50,310,505
)
Stock compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
61,707
 
 
 
 
61,707
 
Exercise of common stock options
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
750
 
 
1
 
 
1,064
 
 
 
 
1,065
 
Issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock
 
 
 
 
 
940,605
 
 
4,967,890
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series E-1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,030
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,030
)
 
 
 
(1,030
)
Series E-2A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95
 
 
 
 
 
 
(95
)
 
 
 
(95
)
Series E-3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,855
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,855
)
 
 
 
(2,855
)
Series F
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
45,245
 
 
 
 
 
 
(45,245
)
 
 
 
(45,245
)
Exercise of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants
 
 
 
 
 
8,279
 
 
58,367
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3,630,439
)
 
(3,630,439
)
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2018
 
503,056
 
$
1,500,994
 
 
8,559,894
 
$
39,613,737
 
 
2,312,548
 
$
2,313
 
$
822,313
 
$
(54,752,023
)
$
(53,927,397
)
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2019
 
503,056
 
$
1,500,994
 
 
9,456,775
 
$
44,995,157
 
 
2,335,880
 
$
2,336
 
$
920,940
 
$
(57,488,578
)
$
(56,565,302
)
Stock compensation expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
168,421
 
 
 
 
168,421
 
Exercise of common stock options
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
583
 
 
1
 
 
915
 
 
 
 
916
 
Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series E-1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,031
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,031
)
 
 
 
(1,031
)
Series E-2A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95
 
 
 
 
 
 
(95
)
 
 
 
(95
)
Series E-3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,863
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,863
)
 
 
 
(2,863
)
Series F
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
51,809
 
 
 
 
 
 
(51,809
)
 
 
 
(51,809
)
Recognition of beneficial conversion feature on convertible promissory notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,377,592
 
 
 
 
8,377,592
 
Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,357,983
)
 
(1,357,983
)
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2019
 
503,056
 
$
1,500,994
 
 
9,456,775
 
$
45,050,955
 
 
2,336,463
 
$
2,337
 
$
9,412,070
 
$
(58,846,561
)
$
(49,432,154
)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2018
2019
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(3,630,439
)
$
(1,357,983
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
 
70,413
 
 
77,420
 
Stock compensation expense
 
61,707
 
 
168,421
 
Amortization of intangibles
 
9,337
 
 
2,500
 
Amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs
 
145,197
 
 
334,327
 
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability
 
20,698
 
 
(13,157
)
Change in fair value of embedded derivative
 
 
 
46,085
 
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
 
(37,990
)
 
3,841,273
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
(98,951
)
 
(65,861
)
Inventory
 
97,035
 
 
72,936
 
Other assets
 
35,224
 
 
(14,181
)
Accounts payable
 
(217,193
)
 
(328,835
)
Accrued compensation
 
1,014,079
 
 
(1,809,246
)
Other accrued liabilities
 
(6,410
)
 
320,978
 
Deferred rent liability
 
28,475
 
 
13,785
 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
 
(2,508,818
)
 
1,288,462
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INVESTING ACTIVITES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment
 
(28,584
)
 
(243,623
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(28,584
)
 
(243,623
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and preferred stock warrants (including exercised warrants)
 
5,347,421
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance from convertible promissory notes (including $4,755,882 from related parties), net of issuance costs
 
 
 
11,695,495
 
Repayments on line of credit
 
 
 
(989,115
)
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options
 
1,065
 
 
916
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
 
5,348,486
 
 
10,707,296
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
2,811,084
 
 
11,752,135
 
Beginning of year
 
1,212,063
 
 
4,478,512
 
End of year
$
4,023,147
 
$
16,230,647
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH PAID (REFUNDED) FOR:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
$
453,492
 
$
572,449
 
Income taxes
$
 
$
(150,000
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued capital expenditures
$
14,356
 
$
82,756
 
Deferred offering costs incurred but not paid
$
 
$
463,170
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed financial statements.

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)

1. Organization and Description of Business

Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on September 12, 2007. The Company is a commercial stage dermatological cancer company focused on providing physicians and their patients with personalized, clinically actionable genomic information to make more accurate treatment decisions. The Company is based in Friendswood, Texas (a suburb of Houston, Texas) and laboratory operations are conducted in the Company’s facilities located in Phoenix, Arizona.

Going Concern, Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company has incurred significant operating losses since its inception. As of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $57.5 million and $58.8 million, respectively, cash and cash equivalents totaling $4.5 million and $16.2 million, respectively, and working capital of $11.4 million and $18.0 million, respectively. The Company also has substantial indebtedness, the terms of which required it to meet a monthly six-month trailing revenue covenant. At the time of issuance of the Company’s financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for the years then ended, the Company disclosed that substantial doubt was raised about the Company ability to continue as a going concern, because its projections indicated potential non-compliance with this covenant during the next 12 months. As discussed in Note 8, “Long-Term Debt,” on June 13, 2019, the Company entered into an amendment to its bank debt agreement, which among other changes, modified the revenue covenant from a trailing six-month calculation to a trailing three-month calculation with revised revenue targets. As a result, management now expects to be in compliance with the amended covenant during the next 12 months. The Company has financed its operations to date primarily through private placements of its preferred stock, the sale of its prognostic testing services, bank debt borrowings and the issuance of convertible promissory notes. The ability of the Company to fund operations according to plan is largely dependent on its ability to improve the timing and amount of collections from the sale of tests; however, as the attainment of managed care coverage policy decisions is ordinarily a protracted process, funding from other sources will likely be necessary.

While the Company intends to substantially fund planned operations for the next 12 months using cash on hand and collections from test sales, management expects that a net usage of cash will continue to occur through 2019 and, consequently, additional capital from other sources will be required. As discussed in Note 7, “Convertible Promissory Notes,” the Company secured $11.8 million in financing through the sale of unsecured convertible notes. Additional equity and debt capital are believed by management to be available and funding arrangements are actively being sought as of the date of these financial statements. In addition to the procurement of capital to fund operations, management has identified discretionary spending included in the Company’s operating plan that can be deferred until prudently effectuated.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company has no subsidiaries and all operations are conducted by the Company.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying balance sheet as of March 31, 2019, the statements of operations and comprehensive loss, the statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2019 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 are also unaudited. The results for the three months

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

ended March 31, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2019, any other interim periods, or any future year or period. The balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 included herein was derived from the audited financial statements as of that date. Certain disclosures have been condensed or omitted from the interim financial statements. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates include revenue recognition, the determination of fair value of the Company’s preferred stock warrants, the valuation of stock options, assessing future tax exposure and the realization of deferred tax assets, the useful lives and recoverability of property and equipment, and contingent liabilities. The Company bases these estimates on historical and anticipated results, trends, and various other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances, including assumptions as to future events. These estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and recorded revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Operating Segments

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in making decisions on how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business as one operating segment. All revenues are attributable to U.S.-based operations and all assets are held in the United States.

Cash and Cash Equivalents including Concentrations of Credit Risk

Cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents consist primarily of amounts invested in money market accounts. A majority of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with a single financial institution. Deposits in this institution may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for U.S. institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). In accordance with ASC 606, the Company follows a five-step process to recognize revenues: 1) identify the contract with the customer, 2) identify the performance obligations, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations and 5) recognize revenues when the performance obligations are satisfied.

All of the Company’s revenues from contracts with customers are associated with the provision of diagnostic and prognostic cancer testing services. Most of the Company’s revenues are attributable to DecisionDx-Melanoma for cutaneous melanoma. The Company also provides a test for uveal melanoma, DecisionDx-UM. Information on the disaggregation of revenues by the Company’s significant third-party payors is included under Payor Concentration below. The Company has determined that it has a contract with the patient when the treating clinician orders the test. The Company’s contracts generally contain a single performance obligation, which is the delivery of the test report, and the Company satisfies its performance obligation at a point in time upon the

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

delivery of the test report to the treating physician, at which point the Company can bill for the report. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the amount of consideration the Company expects to be entitled (the “transaction price”) and considers the effects of variable consideration, which is discussed further below.

Once the Company satisfies its performance obligations and bills for the service, the timing of the collection of payments may vary based on the payment practices of the third-party payor and the existence of contractually established reimbursement rates. Most of the payments for the Company’s services are made by third-party payors, including Medicare and commercial health insurance carriers. Certain contracts contain a contractual commitment of a reimbursement rate that differs from the Company’s list prices. However, absent a contractually committed reimbursement rate with a commercial carrier or governmental program, the Company’s diagnostic tests may or may not be covered by these entities’ existing reimbursement policies. In addition, patients do not enter into direct agreements with the Company that commit them to pay any portion of the cost of the tests in the event that their insurance provider declines to reimburse the Company. The Company may pursue, on a case-by-case basis, reimbursement from such patients in the form of co-payments and co-insurance, in accordance with the contractual obligations that the Company has with the insurance carrier or health plan. These situations may result in a delay in the collection of payments.

The Medicare claims that are covered by policy under a Local Coverage Determination (“LCD”) are generally paid at the established rate by the Company’s Medicare contractor within 30 days from receipt. Medicare claims that were either submitted to Medicare prior to the LCD coverage commencement date or are not covered by the terms of the LCD but meet the definition of being medically reasonable and necessary pursuant to the controlling Section 1862(a)(1)(A) of the Social Security Act are generally appealed and may ultimately be paid at the first (termed “redetermination”), second (termed “reconsideration”) or third level of appeal (de nova hearing with an ALJ). A successful appeal at any of these levels results in payment.

The Company has concluded that its contracts include variable consideration because the amounts paid by Medicare or commercial health insurance carriers may be paid at less than the Company’s standard rates or not paid at all, with such differences considered implicit price concessions. Variable consideration attributable to these price concessions is measured at the expected value using the “most likely amount” method under ASC 606. The amounts are determined by historical average collection rates by test type and payor category taking into consideration the range of possible outcomes, the predictive value of the Company’s past experiences, the time period of when uncertainties expect to be resolved and the amount of consideration that is susceptible to factors outside of the Company’s influence, such as the judgment and actions of third parties. Such variable consideration is included in the transaction price only to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainties with respect to the amount are resolved. Variable consideration may be constrained and excluded from the transaction price in situations where there is no contractually agreed upon reimbursement coverage or in the absence of a predictable pattern and history of collectability with a payor. Variable consideration for Medicare claims is deemed to be fully constrained when the payment of such claims is subject to approval by an ALJ at an appeal hearing, due to factors outside the Company’s influence (i.e., judgment or actions of third parties) and the uncertainty of the amount to be received is not expected to be resolved for a long period of time. Variable consideration is evaluated each reporting period and adjustments are recorded as increases or decreases in revenues. Included in revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 was $631,822 and $648,192, respectively, of revenue increases associated with changes in estimated variable consideration related to performance obligations satisfied in previous periods.

Because the Company’s contracts with customers have an expected duration of one year or less, the Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 606 to not disclose information about its remaining performance obligations. Any incremental costs to obtain contracts are recorded as selling, general and administrative expense as incurred due to the short duration of the Company’s contracts. Contract balances consisted solely of accounts receivable (both current and noncurrent) as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019.

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

DecisionDx-Melanoma Claims Consolidation

In June 2017, the Company submitted to the Office of Medicare Hearings and Appeals (“OMHA”) a formal request to participate in a program that OMHA developed with the intent of providing appellants a means to have large volumes of claim disputes adjudicated at an accelerated rate. The program consolidates outstanding claims at the ALJ level and uses a statistical-sampling approach where five ALJ’s will determine reimbursement results for a sample of claims which are then extrapolated to the universe of claims. The consolidation includes 2,698 DecisionDx-Melanoma claims dating from 2013 through spring 2017. The judges who will review the sample sets have been identified and the hearings were held in April 2019 with a supplemental hearing in May 2019. No formal ruling has been issued to date. In accordance with ASC 606, the Company has not recognized (fully constrained the variable consideration) any revenues attributable to these claims in its financial statements pending the outcome of this matter. The Company expects to recognize any revenue adjudicated by the ALJ in the periodic reporting period in which the Company is notified of the ALJ hearing outcome.

Payor Concentration

The Company relies upon reimbursements from third-party government payors (primarily Medicare) and private-payor insurance companies to collect accounts receivable related to sales of its diagnostic tests.

The Company’s significant third-party payors and their related revenues as a percentage of total revenues and accounts receivable balances are as follows:

 
Percentage of Revenues
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Percentage of
Accounts Receivable
(current)
Percentage of
Accounts Receivable
(non-current)
 
2018
2019
Dec. 31,
2018
March 31,
2019
Dec. 31,
2018
March 31,
2019
Medicare
 
10
%
 
19
%
 
54
%
 
15
%
 
%
 
%
Medicare Advantage plans
 
25
%
 
25
%
 
9
%
 
26
%
 
18
%
 
17
%
United Healthcare
 
20
%
 
9
%
 
7
%
 
10
%
 
15
%
 
5
%
BlueCross BlueShield plans
 
17
%
 
9
%
 
18
%
 
29
%
 
41
%
 
46
%

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company classifies accounts receivable balances that are expected to be paid more than one year from the balance sheet date as non-current assets. The estimated timing of payment utilized as a basis for classification as non-current is determined by analyses of historical payor-specific payment experience, adjusted for known factors that are expected to change the timing of future payments.

The Company accrues an allowance for doubtful accounts against its accounts receivable when it is probable that an account is not collectible, based on write off history, credit risk of specific accounts, aging analysis and other information available on specific accounts. The Company generally does not perform evaluations of customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. Accounts receivable are written off when all efforts to collect the balance have been exhausted. Historically, the Company’s bad debt expense has not been significant. The allowance for doubtful accounts was zero as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and as of March 31, 2019. Adjustments for implicit price concessions attributable to variable consideration, as discussed above, are incorporated into the measurement of the accounts receivable balances and are not part of the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount of the Company’s long-term debt approximates fair value due to its variable market interest rate and management’s opinion that current rates and terms that would be available to the Company with the same maturity and security structure would be essentially equivalent to that of the Company’s long-term debt. The estimated fair value of the Company’s convertible promissory notes at March 31, 2019 was $15,300,633. These estimated fair values are “Level 3” fair value measurements, as defined in Note 9.

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

Accrued Compensation

The Company accrues for liabilities under discretionary employee and executive bonus plans. These estimated compensation liabilities are based on progress against corporate objectives approved by the Board of Directors, compensation levels of eligible individuals, and target bonus percentage levels. The Board of Directors reviews and evaluates the performance against these objectives and ultimately determines what discretionary payments are made. As of December 31, 2018, and March 31, 2019, the Company accrued approximately $3,197,234 and $1,145,865, respectively, for liabilities associated with these employee and executive bonus plans. These amounts are classified as current or noncurrent accrued liabilities in the balance sheets based on the expected timing of payment.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist primarily of legal fees, which are direct and incremental fees related to the Company’s planned initial public offering (the “IPO”). The deferred offering costs will be offset against the IPO proceeds upon the consummation of the IPO. In the event the offering is aborted, the deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, the Company had incurred $91,307 and $554,477 in deferred offering costs, which are reported as other assets - long-term on the balance sheet.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as a change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The Company’s comprehensive loss was the same as its reported net loss for all periods presented.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of March 31, 2019 has been prepared assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 9,959,831 shares of common stock, the net exercise of certain preferred stock warrants into shares of common stock and the conversion of the outstanding principal plus accrued interest of the convertible promissory notes into shares of common stock, immediately prior to completion of the Company’s planned IPO. The assumed net exercise of certain preferred stock warrants is associated with warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s Series F preferred stock for $0.01 per share that will become exercisable into shares of the Company’s common stock immediately prior to the closing of the IPO and which will otherwise expire upon the closing of the IPO if not exercised. The assumed net exercise of these preferred stock warrants and the assumed conversion of the outstanding principal plus accrued interest of the convertible promissory notes are based on an IPO price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The pro forma balance sheet was prepared as though the completion of the proposed offering, reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity, net exercise of certain preferred stock warrants and conversion of the outstanding principal plus accrued interest of the convertible promissory notes had occurred on March 31, 2019. Additionally, the pro forma balance sheet information assumes that the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability associated with the unexercised warrants will be transferred to additional paid-in capital as a result of the IPO because they will become common stock warrants not subject to remeasurement. Shares of common stock to be issued in the IPO and any related net proceeds are excluded from the pro forma balance sheet information.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended March 31, 2019 has been computed to give effect to the assumed automatic conversion of all the Company’s outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, the net exercise of certain preferred stock warrants (as described above) into shares of common stock and the conversion of the outstanding principal plus accrued interest of the convertible promissory notes into shares of common stock as if such conversions and net exercise had occurred at the beginning of 2019, or the date of issuance, if later. The assumed net exercise of these preferred stock warrants and the assumed conversion of the outstanding principal

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

plus accrued interest of the convertible promissory notes are based on an IPO price of $    per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Shares of common stock to be issued in the IPO are excluded from the pro forma basic and diluted loss per share information.

Accounting Pronouncements Yet to be Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes FASB ASC Topic 840, Leases (Topic 840), and provides principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method for finance leases or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for operating leases. A lessee is also required to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than 12 months regardless of classification. Leases with a term of 12 months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. For companies that are not emerging growth companies (“EGCs”), the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. For EGCs, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company will adopt the new standard using the modified retrospective method, under which the Company will apply Topic 842 to existing and new leases as of January 1, 2020, but prior periods will not be restated and will continue to be reported under Topic 840 guidance in effect during those periods. The Company anticipates that the adoption will not have a material impact on its statements of operations and comprehensive loss or its statements of cash flows but expects to recognize right-of-use assets and liabilities for lease obligations associated with its operating leases.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses , which requires the measurement of expected credit losses for financial instruments carried at amortized cost, such as accounts receivable, held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable forecasts. The main objective of this ASU is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financing Instruments—Credit Losses , which included an amendment of the effective date for nonpublic entities. For non-EGCs, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. For EGCs, the standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company does not believe the adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on its financial statements, given its history of minimal bad debt expense relating to trade accounts receivable.

3. Loss per share

Loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share reflects the additional dilution from potential issuances of common stock, such as stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options, as well as from the possible conversion of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, convertible promissory notes and exercise of outstanding warrants. The treasury stock and if-converted methods are used to calculate the potential dilutive effect of these common stock equivalents. However, potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share when their effect is antidilutive. Due to the Company reporting a net loss attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented, all potentially dilutive securities were antidilutive and have been excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share.

The table below provides potentially dilutive securities not included in the Company’s calculation of diluted loss per share because to do so would be antidilutive:

 
March 31, 2018
March 31, 2019
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series A convertible preferred stock
 
533,711
 
 
533,711
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock
 
816,654
 
 
816,654
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series C convertible preferred stock
 
503,056
 
 
503,056
 

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

 
March 31, 2018
March 31, 2019
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series D convertible preferred stock
 
756,416
 
 
756,416
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series E-1 convertible preferred stock
 
826,392
 
 
829,642
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series E-2 convertible preferred stock
 
934,433
 
 
934,433
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series E-2A convertible preferred stock
 
27,306
 
 
27,306
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series E-3 convertible preferred stock
 
824,000
 
 
824,000
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of Series F convertible preferred stock
 
3,840,982
 
 
4,734,613
 
Shares issuable upon exercise of stock options
 
1,422,882
 
 
2,575,158
 
Shares issuable upon exercise of preferred stock warrants
 
178,661
 
 
172,217
 
Shares issuable upon conversion of convertible promissory notes (1)
 
 
 
2,180,529
 
Total
 
10,664,493
 
 
14,887,735
 
(1) Based on conversion of the convertible promissory notes at maturity into Series F convertible preferred stock. In the event of the Next Equity Financing (as defined in Note 7), the convertible promissory notes convert into equity securities as discussed in Note 7.

Unaudited Pro Forma Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended March 31, 2019 is set forth in the table below:

 
Pro Forma
 
Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2019
Basic and Diluted Loss per Share
 
 
 
Numerator
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders, as reported
$
(2,342,356
)
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock, cumulative dividends
 
928,575
 
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock, accretion to redemption value
 
55,798
 
Pro forma adjustment to remove change in fair value of preferred stock warrants, net of tax
 
(13,157
)
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible promissory notes, interest expense and embedded derivative change in fair value, net of tax
 
382,832
 
Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders
$
(988,308
)
Denominator
 
 
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
 
2,336,236
 
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock
 
9,959,831
 
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed net exercise of certain preferred stock warrants
 
 
 
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible promissory notes
 
      
 
Shares used to compute pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted
 
      
 
   
 
 
 
Pro forma loss per share, basic and diluted
$
 
 

Pro forma diluted loss per share does not include outstanding stock options and preferred stock warrants (except for certain preferred stock warrants described in Note 2 under Unaudited Pro Forma Information ) since the effect would be antidilutive due to the pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders for the period.

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

4. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 
December 31,
2018
March 31,
2019
Lab equipment
$
1,153,210
 
$
1,280,479
 
Computer equipment
 
629,437
 
 
759,294
 
Leasehold improvements
 
553,921
 
 
553,921
 
Furniture and fixtures
 
101,813
 
 
112,668
 
Total
 
2,438,381
 
 
2,706,362
 
Less accumulated depreciation
 
(909,385
)
 
(986,805
)
Property and equipment, net
$
1,528,996
 
$
1,719,557
 

Depreciation expense was recorded in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows:

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2018
2019
Cost of sales
$
38,617
 
$
43,490
 
Research and development
 
971
 
 
1,604
 
Selling, general and administrative
 
30,825
 
 
32,326
 
Total
$
70,413
 
$
77,420
 

5. Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets consist of capitalized license costs as follows:

 
December 31, 2018
March 31, 2019
 
Value
Weighted-
Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
Value
Weighted-
Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
Licenses
$
274,534
 
 
0
 
$
274,534
 
 
0
 
Accumulated amortization
 
(270,367
)
 
 
 
 
(272,867
)
 
 
 
Intangible assets, net
$
4,167
 
 
 
 
$
1,667
 
 
 
 

Amortization expense was $9,337 and $2,500, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

6. Other Accrued Liabilities

Other accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 
December 31,
2018
March 31,
2019
Accrued state income taxes
$
8,606
 
$
8,606
 
Accrued interest
 
185,580
 
 
303,204
 
Accrued royalties
 
239,751
 
 
80,457
 
Accrued service fees
 
281,307
 
 
637,955
 
Other
 
 
 
6,000
 
Total
$
715,244
 
$
1,036,222
 

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

7. Convertible Promissory Notes

In January and February 2019, the Company issued $11,770,375 principal amount of unsecured convertible promissory notes (the “Notes”), of which $4,755,882 was with related parties (executive officers, members of the Company’s Board of Directors or entities affiliated with them). The Notes bear simple interest at a rate of 8% per annum with a maturity date of January 31, 2020.

On or before the maturity date, the entire outstanding principal amount of and accrued interest on the Notes (the “Conversion Amount”), is automatically convertible into shares of the Company’s equity securities issued and sold in a single or series of related transactions, with the principal purpose of raising capital, in which the Company sells shares of such equity securities for aggregate gross proceeds of at least $10.0 million (the “Next Equity Financing”). The number of shares of such equity securities issuable in the Next Equity Financing is equal to the quotient of the Conversion Amount as of the closing date of the Next Equity Financing divided by a per share price that is equal to 80% of the lowest per share purchase price of the equity securities sold in the Next Equity Financing. If the Notes have not been repaid or converted prior to the maturity date, then, at the request of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding principal amount of and accrued interest on the Notes, then the Conversion Amount as of the maturity date will convert into shares of the Company’s Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, or any senior equity security issued by the Company after the first issuance of the Notes, in each case at a conversion price equal to the price at which such security was last sold (currently $5.8208 for shares of the Company’s Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock). If a change of control of the Company occurs while the Notes are outstanding, the Company is required to repurchase each Note from each holder at a repurchase price equal to two times the principal amount of such Note, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on such Note as of the date of such repurchase.

The Company determined that the Notes contain embedded derivatives that require bifurcation and separate accounting under ASC 815-15, Embedded Derivatives . The Company determined that two such features in the Notes are not considered clearly and closely related to the host debt instrument and therefore require separate accounting: a) the automatic conversion feature in connection with the Next Equity Financing and b) the acceleration upon a change of control feature. Under ASC 815-15, these features are bundled together and accounting for as a single, compound embedded derivative. The Company determined the fair value of the embedded derivative liability at the issuance date, creating a discount to the carrying value of the Notes, which is amortized over the life of the debt using the effective interest method. The embedded derivative is recorded at fair value each reporting period, with changes in fair value recorded as “other income (expense), net” in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The embedded derivative liability is included in the same line as the convertible promissory notes on the balance sheet, as detailed in the table below. No hedge accounting treatment was applied. For details regarding the fair value measurement of the embedded derivative, see Note 9.

The Company also assessed the optional conversion feature into Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at maturity and determined that this feature does not meet the definition of a derivative instrument because the settlement terms involve gross delivery of the underlying shares, which are not readily convertible to cash. The Company then assessed whether this feature caused the Notes to be subject to ASC 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options and determined that the beneficial conversion feature guidance is applicable to the Notes. At issuance, the Company concluded that the Notes have a beneficial conversion feature because the fair value of the Series F preferred stock exceeded the conversion price of $5.8208 per share that would be applicable under the optional conversion at maturity, assuming no other equity securities senior to Series F preferred stock are sold. Under ASC 470-20, this beneficial conversion feature is measured at intrinsic value as of the issuance date of the Notes and is recognized as additional paid-in capital, creating a discount to the carrying value of the Notes that is amortized over the life of the debt using the effective interest method.

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

The following table summarizes the aggregate values recorded for the Notes at issuance and as of March 31, 2019:

 
At Issuance (1)
March 31, 2019
Liability component:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal (including $4,755,882 with related parties)
$
11,770,375
 
$
11,770,375
 
Unamortized issuance costs
 
(74,880
)
 
(73,523
)
Unamortized discount from beneficial conversion feature
 
(8,377,592
)
 
(8,225,806
)
Unamortized discount from embedded derivative
 
(2,815,946
)
 
(2,764,941
)
Net carrying amount of the liability component
 
501,957
 
 
706,105
 
Embedded derivative liability
 
2,815,946
 
 
2,862,031
 
Total
$
3,317,903
 
$
3,568,136
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity component:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying value of beneficial conversion feature recorded in additional paid-in capital
$
8,377,592
 
$
8,377,592
 
(1) The Notes were issued on January 31, 2019, February 12, 2019 and February 27, 2019.

The Notes are classified as current liabilities on the balance sheet due to their contractual maturity date of January 31, 2020. Amortization of discounts and issuance costs on the Notes totaled $204,148 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and were included in interest expense.

The amounts recognized in net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2019 for the embedded derivative liability are as follows:

 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2019
 
Statement of Operations and
Comprehensive Loss
Location
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Net Loss
Derivatives Not Classified as Hedging Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
Embedded derivative in convertible promissory notes
Other income (expense), net
$
(46,085
)

The following table presents the fair value and balance sheet classification for the embedded derivative liability:

 
March 31, 2019
 
Classification
Balance Sheet Location
Fair Value
Derivatives Not Classified as Hedging Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Embedded derivative in convertible promissory notes
 
Liability
 
Convertible promissory notes
$
2,862,031
 

8. Long-Term Debt

The Company’s long-term debt consists of term debt and a revolving line of credit and are presented in the table below:

 
December 31, 2018
March 31, 2019
Term debt
$
21,350,000
 
$
21,350,000
 
Revolving line of credit
 
5,000,000
 
 
4,010,885
 
Total principal amount
 
26,350,000
 
 
25,360,885
 
Unamortized discount and issuance costs
 
(1,850,248
)
 
(1,728,569
)
Total long-term debt
$
24,499,752
 
$
23,632,316
 

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

Term Debt

2018 Loan and Security Agreement

On November 30, 2018 (the “Closing Date”), the Company entered into a new Loan and Security Agreement (the “2018 LSA”) with Oxford Finance LLC (“Oxford”), as collateral agent, and Oxford and Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) as equal syndicated lenders (collectively, the “Lenders”). The 2018 LSA replaced the Company’s previous lending arrangement and provided for a $20.0 million secured term loan credit facility (the “2018 Term Loan”) and a credit line of up to $5.0 million (discussed in the “Revolving Line of Credit” section below), prior to amendment of the 2018 LSA on June 13, 2019, as discussed below. The Company’s obligations under the 2018 LSA are secured by substantially all of its assets, excluding intellectual property and subject to certain other exceptions and limitations. The Company has the right to prepay the 2018 Term Loan in whole or in part at any time, subject to a prepayment fee of 2.50% if prepaid on or prior to November 30, 2019, 1.50% if prepaid after November 30, 2019 and on or prior to November 30, 2020, and 0.75% thereafter. Upon prepayment, the Company is also obligated to pay a non-refundable early termination fee of $496,785. Amounts prepaid or repaid under the 2018 Term Loan may not be reborrowed. The 2018 LSA contains a financial covenant that requires the Company to achieve a monthly trailing six-month revenue target each month throughout the term of the agreement, which was recently amended and changed to a monthly trailing three-month target, as discussed further below. As of March 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with this covenant. In addition, the 2018 LSA contains customary conditions of borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness and make distributions to holders of the Company’s capital stock. Should an event of default occur, including the occurrence of a material adverse change, the Company could be liable for immediate repayment of all obligations under the 2018 LSA.

On June 13, 2019, the Company entered into an amendment of the 2018 LSA (the “Amendment”) which, among other things, requires that the Company achieve certain revenue requirements tested monthly on a trailing three-month basis. For each month through December 31, 2019, the trailing three-month revenues are calculated as a percentage of the Company’s previously approved applicable monthly revenue targets. For monthly periods ending after December 31, 2019, the trailing three-months revenue requirements will be determined by the Lenders upon receipt and review of the Company’s monthly financial projections for the year, subject to certain specified criteria regarding minimum requirements. Revenues, if any, that the Company recognizes as a result of an ALJ appeal process from consolidated claims initiatives for DecisionDx-Melanoma do not count toward the minimum revenue requirements. Additionally, the Amendment eliminated the $5.0 million revolving line and increased the 2018 Term Loan amount by $5.0 million.

The 2018 Term Loan bears interest at a floating rate equal to the greater of 1) 8.55% and 2) the 30-day U.S. LIBOR rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal on the last business day of the month that precedes the month in which the interest will accrue, plus 6.48%. The applicable interest rate on the 2018 Term Loan was 8.98% and 8.97% at December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively. Interest on the 2018 Term Loan is payable monthly in arrears. The Company is permitted to make interest-only payments on the 2018 Term Loan for the 18 months following the Closing Date. The principal is required to be repaid in 30 equal monthly installments beginning on June 1, 2020. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest is due on November 1, 2022 (the “2018 Term Loan Maturity Date”). The Company is also obligated to make an additional final payment of 6.75% of the aggregate original principal amount, or $1,350,000 as of March 31, 2019, upon any prepayment or on the 2018 Term Loan Maturity Date. The final payment amount is being amortized as additional interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the debt. The final payment amount increased to $1,687,500 in connection with the $5.0 million increase to the 2018 Term Loan under the Amendment.

The 2018 Term Loan was fully funded on the Closing Date and the 2018 Revolving Line (defined and discussed below) was fully drawn upon on the Closing Date. Proceeds from the 2018 LSA were used to repay all outstanding obligations under the Company’s previous lending arrangement and to provide working capital. As a condition of the loan, the Company issued Series F preferred stock warrants to the Lenders with an aggregate initial fair value of $158,000. In accordance with ASC 480-10, the warrants are liability-classified as the

F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

underlying to the warrant is a puttable security. The initial recognition of the warrant liability created a discount to the debt, which is being amortized over the debt term using the effective interest method. The 2018 LSA was accounted for as a modification of the previous lending arrangement with SVB and Oxford, and therefore no extinguishment gain or loss was recognized.

Revolving Line of Credit

Under the 2018 LSA, the Company had a $5.0 million revolving line of credit (the “2018 Revolving Line”), contingent on the Company’s satisfaction of borrowing base eligibility requirements. The 2018 Revolving Line bore interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of 1) 6.25% and 2) 5.48% above the U.S. LIBOR rate. The applicable interest rate on the 2018 Revolving Line at December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019 was 7.98% and 7.97%, respectively. The 2018 Revolving Line was to be due in full no later than November 30, 2020, but was eliminated in connection with the Amendment.

9. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used in measuring fair value. There are three levels to the fair value hierarchy based on the reliability of inputs, as follows:

Level 1 – Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring the Company to develop its own assumptions.

Financial instruments measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability. The use of different assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on estimated fair values. Accordingly, the fair value estimates disclosed, or amounts recorded may not be indicative of the amount that the Company or holders of the instruments could realize in a current market exchange.

The table below provides information, by level within the fair value hierarchy, of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019:

 
As of December 31, 2018
 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Items
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Total
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock warrants
$
 
$
 
$
1,193,726
 
$
1,193,726
 

F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

 
As of March 31, 2019
 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Items
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Total
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock warrants
$
 
$
 
$
1,180,569
 
$
1,180,569
 
Embedded derivative in convertible promissory notes (1)
$
 
$
 
$
2,862,031
 
$
2,862,031
 
(1) Included in the convertible promissory notes line on the balance sheet.

The following table discloses the summary of changes in the fair value of Level 3 fair value measurements:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2019
 
Preferred stock
warrants
Embedded
derivative in
convertible
promissory notes
Balance, December 31, 2018
$
1,193,726
 
$
 
Issuance of convertible promissory notes
 
 
 
2,815,946
 
Change in fair value included in net loss
 
(13,157
)
 
46,085
 
Balance, March 31, 2019
$
1,180,569
 
$
2,862,031
 

The changes in fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability and the embedded derivative liability are recorded as “other income (expense), net” in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The fair value of the warrants for shares of Series A, Series B, Series E-1, Series E-2, Series E-2A, Series E-3, and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock was estimated by management using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 
December 31, 2018
March 31, 2019
Average expected life (years)
9
7
Expected stock price volatility
64%
64%
Risk-free interest rate
2.51% - 2.69%
2.22% - 2.39%
Dividend yield
0%
0%

Certain features of the Notes were determined to be an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and separate accounting, as discussed in Note 7. The fair value of the embedded derivative was determined based on a probability-weighted income approach discounted at an interest rate that is consistent with the appropriate market interest rate (11.32% as of March 31, 2019) considering management’s estimates of the probability of the possible settlement outcomes. As of March 31, 2019, management assessed the probability of the occurrence of the Next Equity Financing at 90%.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes there is no threatened litigation or litigation pending that could have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock and Preferred Stock Warrants

Convertible Preferred Stock

Convertible preferred stock consists of the following:

Convertible preferred stock

 
As of December 31, 2018
 
Shares
Authorized
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Original
Issue
Price per
Share
Original
Issue Value
Accumulated
and
Undeclared
Dividends
Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
Carrying
Value
Series C
 
503,056
 
 
503,056
 
$
3.4800
 
$
1,750,635
 
$
666,560
 
$
2,417,195
 
$
1,500,994
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

 
As of December 31, 2018
 
Shares
Authorized
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Original
Issue
Price per
Share
Original
Issue Value
Accumulated
and
Undeclared
Dividends
Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
Carrying
Value
Series A
 
533,711
 
 
533,711
 
$
2.1400
 
$
1,142,142
 
$
713,498
 
$
1,855,640
 
$
1,142,142
 
Series B
 
816,654
 
 
816,654
 
$
2.2500
 
 
1,837,472
 
 
982,840
 
 
2,820,312
 
 
1,931,634
 
Series D
 
756,416
 
 
756,416
 
$
3.7700
 
 
2,851,688
 
 
1,339,789
 
 
4,191,477
 
 
2,851,688
 
Series E-1
 
842,641
 
 
829,642
 
$
3.7700
 
 
3,127,750
 
 
1,095,281
 
 
4,223,031
 
 
3,098,578
 
Series E-2
 
949,725
 
 
934,433
 
$
4.5776
 
 
4,277,461
 
 
1,502,821
 
 
5,780,282
 
 
4,277,461
 
Series E-2A
 
27,306
 
 
27,306
 
$
4.5776
 
 
124,996
 
 
38,738
 
 
163,734
 
 
124,762
 
Series E-3
 
830,554
 
 
824,000
 
$
5.3405
 
 
4,400,572
 
 
1,363,688
 
 
5,764,260
 
 
4,393,509
 
Series F
 
4,883,486
 
 
4,734,613
 
$
5.8208
 
 
27,559,235
 
 
5,212,065
 
 
32,771,300
 
 
27,175,383
 
Total
 
9,640,493
 
 
9,456,775
 
 
 
 
$
45,321,316
 
$
12,248,720
 
$
57,570,036
 
$
44,995,157
 

Convertible preferred stock

 
As of March 31, 2019
 
Shares
Authorized
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Original
Issue
Price per
Share
Original
Issue Value
Accumulated
and
Undeclared
Dividends
Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
Carrying
Value
Series C
 
503,056
 
 
503,056
 
$
3.4800
 
$
1,750,635
 
$
701,093
 
$
2,451,728
 
$
1,500,994
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

 
As of March 31, 2019
 
Shares
Authorized
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
Original
Issue
Price per
Share
Original
Issue Value
Accumulated
and
Undeclared
Dividends
Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
Carrying
Value
Series A
 
533,711
 
 
533,711
 
$
2.1400
 
$
1,142,142
 
$
736,028
 
$
1,878,170
 
$
1,142,142
 
Series B
 
816,654
 
 
816,654
 
$
2.2500
 
 
1,837,472
 
 
1,019,086
 
 
2,856,558
 
 
1,931,635
 
Series D
 
756,416
 
 
756,416
 
$
3.7700
 
 
2,851,688
 
 
1,396,041
 
 
4,247,729
 
 
2,851,688
 
Series E-1
 
842,641
 
 
829,642
 
$
3.7700
 
 
3,127,750
 
 
1,156,979
 
 
4,284,729
 
 
3,099,609
 
Series E-2
 
949,725
 
 
934,433
 
$
4.5776
 
 
4,277,461
 
 
1,587,196
 
 
5,864,657
 
 
4,277,461
 
Series E-2A
 
27,306
 
 
27,306
 
$
4.5776
 
 
124,996
 
 
41,203
 
 
166,199
 
 
124,857
 
Series E-3
 
830,554
 
 
824,000
 
$
5.3405
 
 
4,400,572
 
 
1,450,486
 
 
5,851,058
 
 
4,396,372
 
Series F
 
7,089,870
 
 
4,734,613
 
$
5.8208
 
 
27,559,235
 
 
5,755,742
 
 
33,314,977
 
 
27,227,191
 
Total
 
11,846,877
 
 
9,456,775
 
 
 
 
$
45,321,316
 
$
13,142,761
 
$
58,464,077
 
$
45,050,955
 

F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred shares consist of the following:

As of December 31, 2018
Warrants
Year of First
Issuance
Shares
Exercise
Price
Year of
Expiration
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding
Series A Preferred Stock
 
2008
 
 
108,057
 
$
2.1400
 
2015
 
(96,375
)
 
(11,682
)
 
 
Series B Preferred Stock
 
2010
 
 
86,667
 
$
2.2500
 
2017
 
(86,667
)
 
 
 
 
Series E-1 Preferred Stock
 
2014
 
 
16,249
 
$
3.7700
 
2024
 
(3,250
)
 
 
 
12,999
 
Series E-2 Preferred Stock
 
2014
 
 
15,292
 
$
4.5776
 
2024
 
 
 
 
 
15,292
 
Series E-3 Preferred Stock
 
2015
 
 
6,554
 
$
5.3405
 
2024
 
 
 
 
 
6,554
 
Series F Preferred Stock
 
2016
 
 
103,090
 
$
5.8208
 
2026-2028
 
 
 
 
 
103,090
 
Series F Preferred Stock
 
2018
 
 
67,233
 
$
0.0100
 
2023
 
(32,951
)
 
 
 
34,282
 
Total
 
 
 
 
403,142
 
 
 
 
 
 
(219,243
)
 
(11,682
)
 
172,217
 
As of March 31, 2019
Warrants
Year of First
Issuance
Shares
Exercise
Price
Year of
Expiration
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding
Series A Preferred Stock
 
2008
 
 
108,057
 
$
2.1400
 
2015
 
(96,375
)
 
(11,682
)
 
 
Series B Preferred Stock
 
2010
 
 
86,667
 
$
2.2500
 
2017
 
(86,667
)
 
 
 
 
Series E-1 Preferred Stock
 
2014
 
 
16,249
 
$
3.7700
 
2024
 
(3,250
)
 
 
 
12,999
 
Series E-2 Preferred Stock
 
2014
 
 
15,292
 
$
4.5776
 
2024
 
 
 
 
 
15,292
 
Series E-3 Preferred Stock
 
2015
 
 
6,554
 
$
5.3405
 
2024
 
 
 
 
 
6,554
 
Series F Preferred Stock
 
2016
 
 
103,090
 
$
5.8208
 
2026-2028
 
 
 
 
 
103,090
 
Series F Preferred Stock
 
2018
 
 
67,233
 
$
0.0100
 
2023
 
(32,951
)
 
 
 
34,282
 
Total
 
 
 
 
403,142
 
 
 
 
 
 
(219,243
)
 
(11,682
)
 
172,217
 

12. Stock Incentive Plan and Stock Based Compensation

Stock Incentive Plan

Activity under the Company’s 2008 Stock Plan and the 2018 Stock Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2019 is set forth below:

 
 
 
Weighted-Average
 
 
Shares
Available for
Grant
Stock Options
Outstanding
Exercise
Price
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Balance as of December 31, 2018
 
735,692
 
 
2,023,158
 
$
1.63
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
(554,000
)
 
554,000
 
$
2.77
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
 
 
(583
)
$
1.57
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited/Cancelled
 
1,417
 
 
(1,417
)
$
1.85
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of March 31, 2019
 
183,109
 
 
2,575,158
 
$
1.88
 
 
6.91
 
$
2,299,621
 
Exercisable at March 31, 2019 (1)
 
 
 
 
1,219,548
 
$
1.48
 
 
4.39
 
$
1,212,753
 
(1) Vested and exercisable options. Additionally, 321,578 outstanding unvested options with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.96 per share may be exercised prior to vesting as of March 31, 2019 under an early-exercise provision in the stock option award agreement. In the event of such exercise, the shares obtained upon exercise would be restricted and subject to forfeiture prior to vesting. No such early exercises have occurred to date.

F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)

Determining Fair Value of Stock Options - Summary of Assumptions

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant or any other measurement date. The following table sets forth the assumptions used to determine the fair value of stock options:

 
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2019
Average expected term
6 years
Expected stock price volatility
58.22% - 58.84%
Risk-free interest rate
2.18% - 2.47%
Dividend yield
0

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options is included in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows:

 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2018
2019
Cost of sales
$
4,774
 
$
10,124
 
Research and development
 
12,681
 
 
20,184
 
Selling, general and administrative
 
44,252
 
 
138,113
 
Total stock-based compensation expense
$
61,707
 
$
168,421
 

No options were granted during the three months ended March 31, 2018. The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2019 was $1.56 per option, respectively. As of March 31, 2019, there was $1,577,669 of total unrecognized compensation cost, which is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of 3.23 years. The total unrecognized compensation costs will be adjusted for forfeitures in future periods as they occur.

13. Income Taxes

No income tax expense or benefit was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2019 due to the full valuation allowance on the Company’s net deferred tax asset, based on the Company’s assessment that it is more likely than not that the benefits of those deferred tax assets will not be realized.

14. Subsequent Events

As discussed in Note 8, on June 13, 2019, the Company entered into an amendment of the 2018 LSA with Oxford and SVB. The Amendment modified the monthly trailing revenue covenant from a six-month calculation to a three-month calculation with revised revenue targets. Additionally, the Amendment eliminated the 2018 Revolving Line and increased the 2018 Term Loan amount by $5.0 million, with the same terms and conditions applicable to the existing term loan.

On June 24, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase 33,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company for an exercise price of $3.98 per share. The options were granted pursuant to the Company’s 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, have a ten-year term and vest over a four year period (with 25% vesting after one year from the vesting start date and the remainder vesting in monthly installments thereafter).

For the purposes of the interim financial statements as of March 31, 2019 and for the three months then ended, the Company has evaluated the subsequent events through June 26, 2019, the date the interim financial statements were issued.

F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         Shares


Common Stock

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Joint Book-Running Managers

SVB Leerink
   
Baird

Co-Managers

Canaccord Genuity
   
BTIG

            , 2019

Through and including          , 2019 (the 25 th day after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
   
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “Castle Biosciences,” the “company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to Castle Biosciences, Inc.

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

SEC registration fee
$
6,969
 
FINRA filing fee
 
9,125
 
Exchange listing fee
 
150,000
 
Printing and engraving expenses
 
 
*
Legal fees and expenses
 
 
*
Accounting fees and expenses
 
 
*
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
 
 
*
Miscellaneous expenses
 
 
*
Total
$
 
*
* To be provided by amendment.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to and upon the closing of this offering, respectively, provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;
act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or
breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as currently in effect, includes such a provision, and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering will include such a provision. Expenses incurred by any officer or director in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by us upon delivery to it of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, that require us to indemnify such persons against any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’, witness or other professional fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (including derivative actions), whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer or is or was acting or serving as an officer, director, employee or agent of us or any of our affiliated enterprises. Under these agreements, we are not required to provide indemnification for certain matters, including:

indemnification beyond that permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law;
indemnification for any proceeding with respect to the unlawful payment of remuneration to the director or officer;
indemnification for certain proceedings involving a final judgment that the director or officer is required to disgorge profits from the purchase or sale of our stock;
indemnification for proceedings involving a final judgment that the director’s or officer’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct or a breach of his or her duty of loyalty, but only to the extent of such specific determination;
indemnification for proceedings or claims brought by an officer or director against us or any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, except for claims to establish a right of indemnification or proceedings or claims approved by our board of directors or required by law;
indemnification for settlements the director or officer enters into without our consent; or
indemnification in violation of any undertaking required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, or in any registration statement filed by us.

The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. Except as otherwise disclosed under the heading “Legal Proceedings” in the “Business” section of the prospectus included in this registration statement, there is at present no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

We have an insurance policy in place that covers our officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

We plan to enter into an underwriting agreement which provides that the underwriters are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

Set forth below is information regarding securities issued and options granted by us since January 1, 2016 that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us, for such securities and options and information relating to the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(1) In February 2016, we issued a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 12,885 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, in connection with the entry into a loan and security agreement with SVB.
(2) In December 2016, we issued a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 4,295 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to SVB in connection with the entry into an amendment to our loan and security agreement with SVB.
(3) In March 2017, we issued a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 64,432 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to SVB and Oxford Finance LLC, or Oxford, in connection with the entry into a loan and security agreement with SVB and Oxford.
(4) In January 2018, we sold and issued an aggregate of 940,605 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.8208 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $5.5 million, and issued warrants, at a purchase price of $0.01 per warrant share, to purchase an aggregate of 67,233 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $672, each to accredited investors.
(5) In May 2018, we sold and issued an aggregate of 783,248 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.8208 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $4.6 million.
(6) In June 2018, we sold and issued an aggregate of 85,711 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.8208 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $0.5 million.
(7) In November 2018, we issued warrants to each of SVB and Oxford to purchase an aggregate of 21,478 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with the entry into our current loan and security agreement with SVB and Oxford.
(8) In January 2019 and February 2019, we issued convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $11.8 million to investors.
(9) From January 1, 2016 through June 26, 2019, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,973,789 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.11 per share, to certain of our employees, consultants and directors in connection with services provided to us by such persons. Through June 26, 2019, options to purchase 327,165 shares have been exercised for aggregate consideration of approximately $405 thousand and options to purchase 345,917 shares have been cancelled.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) through (8) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) in that the issuance of securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor under Rule 501 of Regulation D. No underwriters were involved in these transactions.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (9) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on either Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or Section 4(a)(2) in that the issuance of securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or bona fide consultants and received the securities under the 2008 Stock Plan and the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.

II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.
(a) Exhibits.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit number
Description of document
1.1†
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering.
Bylaws.
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering.
4.1†
Form of Common Stock Certificate.
Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated July 15, 2015, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, as amended.
Form of warrant to purchase Series E-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to investors.
Form of warrant to purchase Series E-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank on December 31, 2014.
Form of warrant to purchase Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank on February 22, 2016.
Form of warrant to purchase Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank on March 31, 2017.
Form of warrant to purchase Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank on November 30, 2018.
Form of Warrant to Purchase Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock issued to investors.
5.1†
Opinion of Cooley LLP.
Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and its directors and officers.
Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan
Forms of Stock Option Agreement, Exercise Notice and Investment Representation Statement under the 2008 Stock Plan.
Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
Forms of Stock Option Grant Notice, Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.
Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.
Forms of Stock Option Grant Notice, Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.
Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Form of Director Agreement by and between the Registrant and certain of its directors.
Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated September 20, 2012, as amended, by and between the Registrant and Derek J. Maetzold.
Offer Letter Agreement, dated October 9, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Federico Monzon, M.D.
Offer Letter Agreement, dated March 2, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Bernhard Spiess.
Offer Letter Agreement, dated November 9, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Frank Stokes.
Standard Office Lease, dated as of October 5, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Merced Restart Phoenix Investors II, LLC.
Office Building Lease, dated as of March 11, 2015, by and between the Registrant and RMG Leasing (a/k/a Cedarwood Professional Building), as amended.

II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit number
Description of document
Loan and Security Agreement, dated November 30, 2018, by and among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank.
Exclusive License Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2009, by and between the Registrant and The Washington University.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 13, 2019, by and among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2†
Consent of Cooley LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.
To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
# Certain portions of this exhibit (indicated by “[***]”) have been omitted as we have determined (i) the omitted information is not material and (ii) the omitted information would likely cause harm to us if publicly disclosed.
(b) Financial statement schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(c) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:
(i) If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided,

II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(d) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Friendswood, State of Texas, on the 26th day of June, 2019.

 
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Derek J. Maetzold
 
 
Derek J. Maetzold
President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Derek J. Maetzold and Frank Stokes, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Derek J. Maetzold
President, Chief Executive Officer and
Member of the Board of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)
June 26, 2019
Derek J. Maetzold
 
 
 
/s/ Frank Stokes
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
June 26, 2019
Frank Stokes
 
 
 
/s/ Daniel M. Bradbury
Chairman of the Board of Directors
June 26, 2019
Daniel M. Bradbury
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Bonnie H. Anderson
Member of the Board of Directors
June 26, 2019
Bonnie H. Anderson
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Mara G. Aspinall
Member of the Board of Directors
June 26, 2019
Mara G. Aspinall
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ G. Bradley Cole
Member of the Board of Directors
June 26, 2019
G. Bradley Cole
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Joseph C. Cook III
Member of the Board of Directors
June 26, 2019
Joseph C. Cook III
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ David Kabakoff, Ph.D.
Member of the Board of Directors
June 26, 2019
David Kabakoff, Ph.D.
 
 

II-7


Exhibit 3.1
SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Castle Biosciences, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”) hereby certifies as follows:
A.             The name of the Company is Castle Biosciences, Inc. The Company’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 12, 2007, as amended and restated on September 11, 2008, August 29, 2011, September 21, 2011, September 21, 2012, and May 2, 2013, as amended on November 8, 2013, as amended and restated on August 11, 2014, and as amended on December 31, 2014.
B.             This Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Company in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).
C.             This Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company restates, integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as previously amended and restated. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.
In Witness WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate to be signed by the duly authorized officer below on July 14, 2015.
 
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
   
 
By:
/s/ Derek Maetzold
  Name:  Derek Maetzold
  Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer
 


EXHIBIT A
ARTICLE I
The name of the corporation is Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”).
ARTICLE II
The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.
ARTICLE III
3.1    Capitalization.
(a)            Classes of Stock . The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, which shall be designated, respectively, as “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock, ” each with a par value per share of $0.001. The total number of shares of stock that the Company shall have authority to issue is 23,871,745 consisting of 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, and 8,871,745 shares of Preferred Stock, 545,393 of which shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), 816,654 of which shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), 503,056 of which shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”), 756,416 of which shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”), 842,641 of which shall be designated “ Series E-1 Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series E-1 Preferred Stock ”), 949,725 of which shall be designated “ Series E-2 Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series E-2 Preferred Stock ”), 830,554 of which shall be designated “ Series E-3 Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series E-3 Preferred Stock ”), 27,306 of which shall be designated “ Series E-2A Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series E-2A Preferred Stock ”), and 3,600,000 of which shall be designated “ Series F Preferred Stock ” (the “ Series F Preferred Stock ”).
(b)            Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock are as set forth in this Article III below.
(c)            Definitions . For purposes of this Article III, the following definitions shall apply:
(i)      Conversion Price ” means $2.14 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $2.25 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $3.48 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $3.77 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $3.77 per share for the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, $4.5776 per share for the Series E-2 Preferred Stock, $5.3405 per share for the Series E-3 Preferred Stock, $4.5776 per share for the Series E-2A Preferred Stock and $5.8208 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein occurring after the Filing Date).
(ii)     Convertible Securities ” means any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

- 1 -

(iii)    Deemed Liquidation Event ” means (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions or (b) a sale, lease, exclusive license, or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets or intellectual property of the Company.
(iv)    Distribution ” means the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, payable other than in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption or other acquisition of shares of the Company by the Company for cash or property, other than: (1) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries, at or below the original cost, upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements approved by the Board of Directors (including, with respect to any such agreement entered into after August 11, 2014, a majority of the Preferred Directors) providing for the right of said repurchase, (2) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements approved by the Board of Directors (including, with respect to any such agreement entered into after August 11, 2014, a majority of the Preferred Directors) providing for such right, (3) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder approved by the Board of Directors and by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and calculated excluding the stockholder with which or with whom the dispute exists and such stockholder’s Affiliates) and by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (calculated excluding the stockholder with which or with whom the dispute exists and such stockholder’s Affiliates), (4) repurchases of capital stock of the Company pursuant to the redemption provisions set forth in Section 3.7 of this Certificate of Incorporation, (5) repurchases of capital stock of the Company pursuant to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated on or about July 14, 2015 by and among the Company, the Preferred Holders (as defined therein) and the Common Holders (as defined therein) (the “ ROFR/Co-Sale Agreement ”) that are approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors), or (6) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Company that is approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors) and by the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock.
(v)     Dividend Rate ” means an annual, fixed dividend of $0.1712 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.1800 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.2784 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $0.3016 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $0.3016 per share for the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, $0.3662 per share for the Series E-2 Preferred Stock, $0.4272 per share for the Series E-3 Preferred Stock, $0.3662 per share for the Series E-2A Preferred Stock and $0.4657 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein occurring after the Filing Date).
(vi)    Filing Date ” means the date that this Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
(vii)    Liquidation Event ” means any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary.

- 2 -

(viii)    Liquidation Preference ” means $2.14 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $2.25 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $3.48 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $3.77 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $3.77 per share for the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, $4.5776 per share for the Series E-2 Preferred Stock, $5.3405 per share for the Series E-3 Preferred Stock, $4.5776 per share for the Series E-2A Preferred Stock and $5.8208 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein occurring after the Filing Date), plus, in each case, any unpaid Accruing Dividends (solely in the case of a Liquidation Event or a Deemed Liquidation Event), plus any other declared but unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
(ix)      Options ” means rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.
(x)       Original   Issue Price ” means $2.14 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $2.25 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $3.48 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $3.77 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $3.77 per share for the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, $4.5776 per share for the Series E-2 Preferred Stock, $5.3405 per share for the Series E-3 Preferred Stock, $4.5776 per share for the Series E-2A Preferred Stock and $5.8208 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for any Recapitalization as set forth elsewhere herein occurring after the Filing Date).
(xi)      Preferred Director ” means the Series E Director, the Series D Director or the Series ABC Director.
(xii)     Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, the Series E-2 Preferred Stock, the Series E-3 Preferred Stock, the Series E-2A Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock, together as a single class and not as separate series.
(xiii)    Qualified Public Offering ” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s Common Stock with aggregate offering proceeds to the Company in excess of $30,000,000 (before deduction of underwriters’ commissions and expenses).
(xiv)    Recapitalization ” means any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.
(xv)     Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(xvi)    Series E Preferred Stock ” means the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock, together as a single class and not as separate series.
- 3 -

3.2    Dividends.
(a)            Preferred Stock . From and after the date of the issuance of any share of Preferred Stock, dividends at the Dividend Rate shall accrue on such share of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock) (the “ Accruing Dividends ”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided, however , that except as set forth in this Section 3.2 or Section 3.3, such Accruing Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors. In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends on a pari   passu basis, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for the shares of Series F Preferred Stock, payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock, Series E-2A Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Company in such calendar year. After payment of such dividends to the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of outstanding shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends on a pari   passu basis, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for the shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock, as applicable, payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Company in such calendar year. After payment of such dividends to the holders of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock, the holders of outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Company in such calendar year. After payment of such dividends to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, on a pari   passu basis, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for the shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Company in such calendar year. After payment of such dividends to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on the Common Stock of the Company in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock until all declared dividends on the Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the Preferred Stock holders. In addition, except for Accruing Dividends and the other dividends provided for in this Section 3.2(a), no Distributions shall be made with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, unless each outstanding share of Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall have simultaneously received the same per share Distribution. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to such dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid in any calendar year.
(b)            Additional Dividends . After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends as described in Section 3.2(a), any additional Distributions or dividends (other than dividends payable solely in Common Stock) declared or paid in any fiscal year shall be distributed among all holders of Common Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, on a pari   passu basis and in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock that would be held by each such holder if all shares of Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock were converted to Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate.

- 4 -

(c)            Non-Cash Distributions . Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 3.2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), including a majority of the Preferred Directors.
3.3    Liquidation Rights.
(a)            Series F Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference . In the event of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock, Series E-2A Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, the Liquidation Preference specified for each share of Series F Preferred Stock then held by them. If the assets and funds thus available for distribution among the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire amount of the assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock in proportion to the aggregate Liquidation Preference for the shares of such Series F Preferred Stock owned by each such holder.
(b)            Series E Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference . After payment in full of the preferential amounts due to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3.3(a), in the event of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari   passu basis and prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, the Liquidation Preference specified for each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock, respectively, then held by them. If the assets and funds thus available for distribution among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire amount of the assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock in proportion to the aggregate Liquidation Preference for the shares of such Series E Preferred Stock owned by each such holder.
(c)            Series D Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference . After payment in full of the preferential amounts due to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3.3(b), in the event of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, the Liquidation Preference specified for each share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them. If the assets and funds thus available for distribution among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire amount of the assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the aggregate Liquidation Preference for the shares of such Series D Preferred Stock owned by each such holder.
- 5 -

(d)            Series B and Series C Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference . After payment in full of the preferential amounts due to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3.3(c), in the event of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari   passu basis, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, the Liquidation Preference specified for each share of Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as appropriate, then held by them. If the assets and funds thus available for distribution among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire amount of the assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the aggregate Liquidation Preference for the shares of such Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock owned by each such holder.
(e)            Series A Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference . After payment in full of the preferential amounts due to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3.3(d), in the event of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, the Liquidation Preference specified for each share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them. If the assets and funds thus available for distribution among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire amount of the assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the aggregate Liquidation Preference for the shares of such Series A Preferred Stock owned by each such holder.
(f)             Remaining Distributions . After the payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified in Sections 3.3(a), 3.3(b), 3.3(c), 3.3(d) and 3.3(e) above, in the event of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event, the entire remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution by the Company shall be distributed among the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock, Series E-2A Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming full conversion of all such Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock); provided, however that:
(i)      with respect to the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, once such holders have received $11.31 per share (inclusive of amounts paid to the holders of Series E-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 3.3 and as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series E-1 Preferred Stock), then such holders shall not receive further distributions on such Series E-1 Preferred Stock until the holders of Common Stock have each received $11.31 per share of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Common Stock), at which point such holders of Series E-1 Preferred Stock shall continue to participate in any remaining distributions on an as-converted to Common Stock basis;
(ii)     with respect to the Series E-2 Preferred Stock and the Series E-2A Preferred Stock, once such holders have received $13.7328 per share (inclusive of amounts paid to the holders of Series E-2 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 3.3 and as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series E-2 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock, as applicable), then such holders shall not receive further distributions on such Series E-2 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock until the holders of Common Stock have each received $13.7328 per share of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Common Stock), at which point such holders of Series E-2 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock shall continue to participate in any remaining distributions on an as-converted to Common Stock basis; and
- 6 -


(iii)    with respect to the Series E-3 Preferred Stock, once such holders have received $16.0215 per share (inclusive of amounts paid to the holders of Series E-3 Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 3.3 and as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series E-3 Preferred Stock), then such holders shall not receive further distributions on such Series E-3 Preferred Stock until the holders of Common Stock have each received $16.0215 per share of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Common Stock), at which point such holders of Series E-3 Preferred Stock shall continue to participate in any remaining distributions on an as-converted to Common Stock basis; and
(iv)    with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, once such holders have received $17.4624 per share (inclusive of amounts paid to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 3.3 and as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock), then such holders shall not receive further distributions on such Series F Preferred Stock until the holders of Common Stock have each received $17.4624 per share of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Common Stock), at which point (“ Parity ”) such holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall continue to participate in any remaining distributions on an as-converted to Common Stock basis; and
(v)     finally, upon and following the occurrence of Parity, the entire remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution by the Company shall be distributed among the holders of the Common Stock, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, the holders of Series E-2 Preferred Stock, the holders of Series E-2A Preferred Stock and the holders of Series E-3 Preferred Stock on a pro rata , as-converted to Common Stock basis.
For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions are intended, upon and following the occurrence of Parity, to result in the distribution of the same amount of assets with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock as if each share of Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock had been converted to shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the consummation of the Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event
(g)            Reorganization . The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Deemed Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).
- 7 -

(h)            Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration . If any assets of the Company distributed to stockholders in connection with any Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors), except that any publicly - traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a Deemed Liquidation Event shall be valued in the manner described in the acquisition agreement pursuant to which the securities are distributed to the Company or its stockholders, and if not described in any such acquisition agreement then as follows:
(i)
If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or a national quotation system, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the 10 trading day period ending 5 trading days prior to the distribution; and
(ii)
if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the 10 trading day period ending 5 trading days prior to the distribution.
In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Company by another entity, the distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction first closes.
(i)            Escrow and Contingent Consideration . In the event a portion of the consideration is subject to escrow or payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies in connection with a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event, the portion of the consideration that is not subject to escrow or contingencies will be treated, for purposes of allocating the consideration among the holders of the Preferred Stock and the holders of the Common Stock in compliance with the Liquidation Rights set forth in Section 3.3, as if it were the entire amount of the proceeds of the Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event. Upon release of any portion of the consideration from escrow or upon payment upon satisfaction of such contingencies, such portion shall be allocated among the holders of the Preferred Stock and the holders of the Common Stock in compliance with the Liquidation Rights set forth in Section 3.3 after taking into account the consideration previously allocated to the holders of the Preferred Stock and the holders of the Common Stock as part of the same transaction.
3.4    Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):
(a)            Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Conversion Rate ” for each such series.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 3.4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.
(b)            Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified Public Offering, or (ii) upon the receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis), or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an “ Automatic Conversion Event ”).
- 8 -

(c)            Mechanics of Conversion . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, such holder shall either (A) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (B) notify the Company or its transfer agent that such certificate or certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificate or certificates, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same; provided, however , that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically, without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificate or certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided further , however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue a certificate or certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificate or certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificate or certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificate or certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificate or certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Company, that notice from the Company shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificate or certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.
(d)            Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .
(i)             Special Definition . For purposes of this Section 3.4(d), “ Additional Shares of Common ” means all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Company after the Filing Date other than :
(1)            shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock;
(2)            shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, employees, directors, consultants, placement agents, and other service providers of the Company (or any subsidiary) pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans, warrants, agreements or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);
(3)            shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise, exchange, adjustment or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Filing Date;
- 9 -

(4)            shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Sections 3.4(e), (f) or (g) hereof;
(5)            shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a bona fide firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act;
(6)            shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);
(7)            shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a commercial leasing or debt financing transaction approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);
(8)            shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office); and
(9)            shares of Common Stock which the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) agree in writing shall not constitute Additional Shares of Common.
(ii)            No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Company is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for such series of Preferred Stock.
(iii)            Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common . In the event the Company at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:
(1)            no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

- 10 -

(2)            if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase in the consideration payable to the Company, or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;
(3)            no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;
(4)            upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:
a)            in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Company for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Company upon such conversion or exchange; and
b)            in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Company for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Company for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Company (determined pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and
(5)            if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3.4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.
(iv)            Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common .
(1)            Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock and Series E-3 Preferred Stock. In the event the Company shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, the Series E-2 Preferred Stock or the Series E-3 Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion Price of such affected series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-tenth of one cent) equal to the consideration per share received by the Company for such issuance or deemed issuance; provided that if such issuance or deemed issuance was without consideration, then the Company shall be deemed to have received an aggregate of $.01 of consideration for all such Additional Shares of Common issued or deemed to be issued.
- 11 -

(2)            Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock . In the event the Company shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E-2A Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion Price of such affected series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-tenth of one cent) determined as follows:
CP 2 = CP 1 * (A+B) / (A+C)
CP 2 =            the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after new issue.
CP 1 =            the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to new issue.
A            =            Number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to new issue (includes all shares of outstanding Common Stock, all shares of outstanding Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis, and all outstanding Options on an as-exercised basis; and does not include any Convertible Securities converting into this round of financing).
B            =            Aggregate consideration received by the Company with respect to the new issue divided by CP 1
C            =            Number of shares of stock issued in the subject transaction.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Section 3.4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding Options or the conversion of outstanding Convertible Securities and shares of Preferred Stock, and all Additional Shares of Common deemed issued pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(iii) hereof, shall be deemed to be outstanding.
- 12 -

(v)            Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 3.4(d), the consideration received by the Company for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:
(1)            Cash and Property . Such consideration shall:
a)            insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or dividends;
b)            insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and
c)            in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
(2)            Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Company for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 3.4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing
a)            the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by
b)            the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.
(e)            Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock . In the event (a) the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, and (b) the outstanding shares of any series of Preferred Stock are not so subdivided, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event (a) the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, and (b) the outstanding shares of any series of Preferred Stock are not so combined, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.
(f)            Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock . In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.
- 13 -

(g)            Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution . Subject to Section 3.3 above (the “ Liquidation Rights ”), if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.
(h)            Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other Distribution, the Company shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or Distribution, and the amount and character of such dividend or Distribution; provided , that the notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis).
(i)            Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 3.4, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.
(j)            Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.
(k)            Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.
- 14 -

3.5    Voting.
(a)            Preferred Stock . Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. The holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted), shall be disregarded.
(b)            Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock . Subject to the provisions of Article III, Section 3.6 below, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding and reserved for issuance) by an affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Company representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote.
(c)            Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.
(d)            Voting for the Election of Directors . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.5(d) or in any agreement among the stockholders of the Company, the number of directors of the Company shall be fixed at seven (7) directors.
(i)            As long as any shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock or Series E-2A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of such shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Company at any election of directors (the “ Series E Director ”).
(ii)            As long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of such shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Company at any election of directors (the “ Series D Director ”).
(iii)            As long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of Series C Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Company at any election of directors (the “ Series ABC Director ” and together with the Series E Director and the Series D Director, the “ Preferred Directors ”).
(iv)            The holders of outstanding Common Stock shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Company at any election of directors (the “ Common Director ”).
(v)            All remaining directors shall be elected by the holders of outstanding Common Stock and the holders of outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and not as separate classes, and on an as-converted basis).
- 15 -

(vi)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law, any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override such action by the Board of Directors to fill such vacancy by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of the Company’s stockholders or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders. Any director elected as provided in the immediately preceding sentence hereof may be removed during the aforesaid term of office without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent. Any director elected as provided in Subsections 3.5(d)(i) through (v) may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.
3.6    Protective Provisions.
(a)            Actions Requiring Approval of Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock . The Company shall not take any of the following actions (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of both (x) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (so long as at least 120,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Preferred Stock remain outstanding) (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) and (y) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock (so long as at least 120,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding) (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis):
(i)             effect any Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event or consent to any of the foregoing;
(ii)            amend, alter, or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws;
(iii)            reclassify, alter or amend any existing security that is junior to or on parity with any series of Preferred Stock, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or on parity with any series of Preferred Stock;
(iv)           purchase or redeem or declare or pay any dividend on any capital stock prior to any series of Preferred Stock, other than (A) stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services at fair market value or cost or (B) to the extent approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors), pursuant to the ROFR/Co-Sale Agreement;
- 16 -

(v)            increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;
(vi)           enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such person except transactions made in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to reasonable requirements of the Company’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are approved by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office); or
(vii)          agree to do any of the foregoing.
(b)            Actions Requiring Approval of Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock . The Company shall not take any of the following actions (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, Series E- I Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock (so long as at least 120,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding) (in each case, voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis):
(i)             amend or waive any of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock;
(ii)            acquire or purchase all or substantially all of the assets of any corporation, or permit any subsidiary to do so;
(iii)           incur indebtedness (other than payables in the ordinary course of business) in excess of $200,000 in the aggregate;
(iv)           change the Company’s principal line or lines of business;
(v)            amend the Company’s existing stock option plan or approve any new equity incentive plan;
(vi)            create or authorize the creation of or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock or Series E-2A Preferred Stock (unless approved by the Board of Directors); or
(vii)          agree to do any of the foregoing.
(c)            Actions Requiring Approval of Preferred Stock . The Company shall not take any of the following actions (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (so long as at least 120,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Preferred Stock remain outstanding) (in each case, voting on an as-converted basis):
(i)             create or hold capital stock in any subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned subsidiary or dispose of any subsidiary stock or all or substantially all of any subsidiary assets;
- 17 -

(ii)            sell, assign, license, pledge or encumber material technology or intellectual property, other than (1) licenses granted in the ordinary course of business or (2) to secure financing;
(iii)            authorize any public offering other than a Qualified Public Offering;
(iv)            create or authorize the creation of or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock or of any additional class or series of capital stock; or
(v)            agree to do any of the foregoing.
(d)            Actions Requiring Approval of Series F Preferred Stock . The Company shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) amend or waive any of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect the Series F Preferred Stock, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock (so long as at least 120,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series F Preferred Stock remain outstanding) (voting on an as-converted basis); provided that the creation or authorization of one or more new series of Preferred Stock that is senior to or pari passu with the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends and/or rights of redemption shall not be deemed to adversely affect the Series F Preferred Stock.
(e)            Actions Requiring Approval of Series E Preferred Stock . The Company shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) amend or waive any of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect the Series E Preferred Stock, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock (so long as at least 120,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding) (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis); provided that the creation or authorization of one or more new series of Preferred Stock that is senior to or pari passu with the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends and/or rights of redemption shall not be deemed to adversely affect the Series E Preferred Stock.
3.7    Redemption.
(a)            In the event that (x) holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock, Series E-2A Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Redemption Stock ”) (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) and (y) holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) so request, in writing (the “ Redemption Demand ”), on and at any time after five (5) years from the date on which the Company first issues shares of its Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Original Issue Date ”), the Company shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, all (hut not less than all) outstanding shares of Redemption Stock which have neither (i) been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof nor (ii) become Excluded Shares pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section 3.7.
- 18 -

(b)            Such redemption of the shares of Redemption Stock shall occur in three (3) equal annual installments on the date specified in such Redemption Demand (each a “ Redemption Date ”), which date may not be less than ninety (90) days after the Company’s receipt of the Redemption Demand. The Company shall redeem the shares of Redemption Stock by paying in cash an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (the “ Redemption Price ”). The number of shares of each series of Redemption Stock that the Company shall be required under this Section to redeem on any one Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing: (i) the aggregate number of shares of Redemption Stock of such series outstanding immediately prior to the Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies).
(c)            If the funds of the Company legally available for redemption of shares of Redemption Stock on any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Redemption Stock to be redeemed on such date, those funds which are legally available will be used first to redeem the shares of Series F Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, and then to redeem the maximum possible number of shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock in proportion to the aggregate Redemption Price for the shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and Series E-2A Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date that are held by such holder, and then to redeem the maximum possible number of such other Redemption Stock to be redeemed on such date (the “ Other Redemption Stock ”) ratably among the holders of such Other Redemption Stock to be redeemed based upon their holdings of Other Redemption Stock, such that each holder of Other Redemption Stock shall receive a redemption payment equal to a fraction of the aggregate amount available for redemption of such Other Redemption Stock, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Other Redemption Stock held by such holder multiplied by the respective Redemption Price of each share of Other Redemption Stock held by such holder, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Other Redemption Stock outstanding multiplied by the respective Redemption Price of each such outstanding share of Other Redemption Stock.
(d)            Subject to the provisions of subsection (c), any redemption effected pursuant to subsection (a) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the holders of the applicable series of Redemption Stock in proportion to the number of shares of such series of Redemption Stock then held by such holders.
(e)            At least fifteen (15), but no more than thirty (30) days prior to each Redemption Date, written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of the Redemption Stock to be redeemed, at the address last shown on the records of the Company for such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected, specifying the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder, the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price, the place at which payment may be obtained and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, the holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the “ Redemption Notice ”). Except as provided herein, on or after the Redemption Date each holder of Redemption Stock to be redeemed shall surrender to the Company the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. If the Company receives, on or prior to the 10 th day after the date of delivery of the Redemption Notice to a holder of Redemption Stock, written or electronic (facsimile or email) notice from such holder that such holder elects to be excluded from the redemption provided in this Section 3.7, then the shares of Redemption Stock registered on the books of the Company in the name of such holder at the time of the Company’s receipt of such notice shall thereafter be “ Excluded Shares. ” Excluded Shares shall not be redeemed or redeemable pursuant to this Section 3.7, whether on such Redemption Date or thereafter.
- 19 -

(f)            From and after the applicable Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of shares of Redemption Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice as holders of Redemption Stock (except the right to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to the shares designated for redemption on such date, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. The shares of Redemption Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Company are legally available for the redemption of shares of Redemption Stock such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Company has become obliged to redeem on any Redemption Date, but which it has not redeemed.
(g)            On or prior to each Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit the Redemption Price of all shares of Redemption Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice and not yet redeemed with a bank or trust corporation having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000, as a trust fund for the benefit of the respective holders of the shares designated for redemption and not yet redeemed, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust corporation to pay the Redemption Price for such shares to their respective holders on or after the Redemption Date upon receipt of notification from the Company that such holder has surrendered a share certificate to the Company pursuant to subsection (e) above. As of the Redemption Date, the deposit shall constitute full payment of the shares to their holders, and from and after the Redemption Date the shares so called for redemption shall be redeemed and shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, and the holders thereof shall cease to be stockholders with respect to such shares and shall have no rights with respect thereto except the right to receive from the bank or trust corporation payment of the Redemption Price of the shares, without interest, upon surrender of their certificates therefor. Such instructions shall also provide that any moneys deposited by the Company pursuant to this subsection (g) for the redemption of shares thereafter converted into shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof prior to the Redemption Date shall be returned to the Company forthwith upon such conversion. The balance of any moneys deposited by the Company pursuant to this subsection (g) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of two (2) years following the Redemption Date shall thereafter be returned to the Company upon its request expressed in a resolution of its Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IV
The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).
- 20 -

ARTICLE V
The term of the existence of the Company is perpetual.
ARTICLE VI
Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Company shall so provide.
ARTICLE VII
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, and subject to both the conditions and votes set forth in any stockholders agreement and any votes of the stockholders provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company.
ARTICLE VIII
To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
The Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.
The Company shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.
Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim accruing or arising or that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
- 21 -

ARTICLE IX
Subject to any additional vote required in this Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the conditions and votes set forth in any stockholders agreement, the Board of Directors reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute.
ARTICLE X
The Company renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Company.
- 22 -



FIRST CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), hereby certifies that :

1. The name of the Corporation is Castle Biosciences, Inc. The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 12, 2007.

2. The Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Charter ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 14, 2015.

3. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”), acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, duly adopted resolutions amending the Charter as follows:

(i)            The first sentence of Article III, Section 3.1(a) of the Charter is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a)        Classes of Stock. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, which shall be designated, respectively, as “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock,” each with a par value per share of $0.001. The total number of shares of stock that the Company shall have authority to issue is 22,941,611 consisting of 13,700,000 shares of Common Stock, and 9,241,611 shares of Preferred Stock, 533,711 of which shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), 816,654 of which shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), 503,056 of which shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), 756,416 of which shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), 842,641 of which shall be designated “Series E-1 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-1 Preferred Stock”), 949,725 of which shall be designated “Series E-2 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-2 Preferred Stock”), 830,554 of which shall be designated “Series E-3 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-3 Preferred Stock”), 27,306 of which shall be designated “Series E-2A Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-2A Preferred Stock”), and 3,981,548 of which shall be designated “Series F Preferred Stock’’ (the “Series F Preferred Stock”).”

4. Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, this First Certificate of Amendment was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval, and was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

5. All other provisions of the Charter as currently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, shall remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


In Witness Whereof , the Corporation has caused this First Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 4 th day of January, 2018.

 
/s/ Derek Maetzold
 
 
Name: Derek Maetzold
 
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
 
       

 


SECOND CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), hereby certifies that :

1.   The name of the Corporation is Castle Biosciences, Inc.  The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 12, 2007.

2.  The Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Charter ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 14, 2015.

3.   The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”), acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, duly adopted resolutions amending the Charter as follows:

(i)            The first sentence of Article III, Section 3.1(a) of the Charter is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a)       Classes of Stock. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, which shall be designated, respectively, as “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock,” each with a par value per share of $0.001. The total number of shares of stock that the Company shall have authority to issue is 24,745,549 consisting of 14,602,000 shares of Common Stock, and 10,143,549 shares of Preferred Stock, 533,711 of which shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), 816,654 of which shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), 503,056 of which shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), 756,416 of which shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), 842,641 of which shall be designated “Series E-1 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-1 Preferred Stock”), 949,725 of which shall be designated “Series E-2 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-2 Preferred Stock”), 830,554 of which shall be designated “Series E-3 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-3 Preferred Stock”), 27,306 of which shall be designated “Series E-2A Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-2A Preferred Stock”), and 4,883,486 of which shall be designated “Series F Preferred Stock’’ (the “Series F Preferred Stock”).”

4.   Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, this Second Certificate of Amendment was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval, and was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

5.   All other provisions of the Charter as currently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, shall remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


In Witness Whereof , the Corporation has caused this Second Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 31 st day of May, 2018.

 
/s/ Derek Maetzold
 
 
Name: Derek Maetzold  
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
 
     

 


THIRD CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), hereby certifies that :

1.   The name of the Corporation is Castle Biosciences, Inc.  The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 12, 2007.

2.  The Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Charter ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 14, 2015.

3.   The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”), acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, duly adopted resolutions amending the Charter as follows:

(i)            The first sentence of Article III, Section 3.1(a) of the Charter is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a)         Classes of Stock. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, which shall be designated, respectively, as “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock,” each with a par value per share of $0.001. The total number of shares of stock that the Company shall have authority to issue is 25,245,549 consisting of 15,102,000 shares of Common Stock, and 10,143,549 shares of Preferred Stock, 533,711 of which shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), 816,654 of which shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), 503,056 of which shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), 756,416 of which shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), 842,641 of which shall be designated “Series E-1 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-1 Preferred Stock”), 949,725 of which shall be designated “Series E-2 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-2 Preferred Stock”), 830,554 of which shall be designated “Series E-3 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-3 Preferred Stock”), 27,306 of which shall be designated “Series E-2A Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-2A Preferred Stock”), and 4,883,486 of which shall be designated “Series F Preferred Stock’’ (the “Series F Preferred Stock”).”

4.   Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, this Third Certificate of Amendment was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval, and was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

5.   All other provisions of the Charter as currently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, shall remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]



In Witness Whereof , the Corporation has caused this Third Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 3rd day of October, 2018.

 
/s/ Derek Maetzold  
 
 
Name: Derek Maetzold
 
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
 
         

 

FOURTH CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), hereby certifies that :

1.   The name of the Corporation is Castle Biosciences, Inc.  The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 12, 2007.

2.  The Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Charter ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 14, 2015.

3.   The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”), acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, duly adopted resolutions amending the Charter as follows:

(i)            The first sentence of Article III, Section 3.1(a) of the Charter is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a)        Classes of Stock. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, which shall be designated, respectively, as “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock,” each with a par value per share of $0.001. The total number of shares of stock that the Company shall have authority to issue is 28,956,381 consisting of 16,957,416 shares of Common Stock, and 11,998,965 shares of Preferred Stock, 533,711 of which shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), 816,654 of which shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), 503,056 of which shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), 756,416 of which shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), 842,641 of which shall be designated “Series E-1 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-1 Preferred Stock”), 949,725 of which shall be designated “Series E-2 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-2 Preferred Stock”), 830,554 of which shall be designated “Series E-3 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-3 Preferred Stock”), 27,306 of which shall be designated “Series E-2A Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-2A Preferred Stock”), and 6,738,902 of which shall be designated “Series F Preferred Stock’’ (the “Series F Preferred Stock”).”

4.   Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, this Fourth Certificate of Amendment was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval, and was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

5.   All other provisions of the Charter as currently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, shall remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]



In Witness Whereof , the Corporation has caused this Fourth Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 31st day of January, 2019.

 
/s/ Derek Maetzold
 
 
Name: Derek Maetzold
 
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer  
           



 


FIFTH CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), hereby certifies that :

1.   The name of the Corporation is Castle Biosciences, Inc.  The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 12, 2007.

2.  The Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Charter ”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 14, 2015.

3.   The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”), acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, duly adopted resolutions amending the Charter as follows:

(i)            The first sentence of Article III, Section 3.1(a) of the Charter is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a)        Classes of Stock. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, which shall be designated, respectively, as “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock,” each with a par value per share of $0.001. The total number of shares of stock that the Company shall have authority to issue is 29,658,317 consisting of 17,308,384 shares of Common Stock, and 12,349,933 shares of Preferred Stock, 533,711 of which shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), 816,654 of which shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), 503,056 of which shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), 756,416 of which shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), 842,641 of which shall be designated “Series E-1 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-1 Preferred Stock”), 949,725 of which shall be designated “Series E-2 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-2 Preferred Stock”), 830,554 of which shall be designated “Series E-3 Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-3 Preferred Stock”), 27,306 of which shall be designated “Series E-2A Preferred Stock” (the “Series E-2A Preferred Stock”), and 7,089,870 of which shall be designated “Series F Preferred Stock’’ (the “Series F Preferred Stock”).”

4.   Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, this Fifth Certificate of Amendment was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval, and was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

5.   All other provisions of the Charter as currently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, shall remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


In Witness Whereof , the Corporation has caused this Fifth Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 27 th day of February, 2019.

 
/s/ Derek J. Maetzold  
 
Name: Derek J. Maetzold  
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer  



Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Derek Maetzold hereby certifies that:

ONE: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

TWO: The date of filing of said corporation’s original certificate of incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State was September 12, 2007.

THREE: The Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended, is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle and the name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A.            The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .”  The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 210,000,000 shares.  200,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of $0.001.  10,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of $0.001.

B.            The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of any or all of the unissued and undesignated shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL.
1

  The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.  In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.  The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

C.            Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote; provided, however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A.            The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors.  The number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

B.            Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively.  The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective.  At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

2

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

C.            Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.  Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3%   of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

D.            Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders.  Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

E.            The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (the “ Bylaws ”) .   Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors . The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

F.            The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

G.            No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company by written consent or electronic transmission.

H.            Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

3

VI.

A.            The liability of a director of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B.            To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C.            Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VII.

A.            Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (2) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (3) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against the Company or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Company, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as each may be amended from time to time); (4) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder); (5) any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (6) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants.  This Section A of Article VII shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

4

B.            Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

C.            Any person or entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation.

VIII.

A.            The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in Section B of this Article VIII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B.            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then‑outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII or VIII of this Certificate of Incorporation.

* * * *

FOUR: This Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors and by written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL and written notice of such action has been given as provided in section 228 of the DGCL.

[Signature page follows]

5

In Witness Whereof , Castle Biosciences, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this __ day of ___, 2019.

 
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
   
 

 
Derek Maetzold
 
President and Chief Executive Officer


6


Exhibit 3.3

 

BYLAWS OF

 

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

Adopted September 12, 2007

 


 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE I  — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS 1
   
1.1 Place of Meetings 1
1.2 Annual Meeting 1
1.3 Special Meeting 1
1.4 Notice of Stockholders Meetings 2
1.5 Quorum 2
1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice 2
1.7 Conduct of Business 2
1.8 Voting 3
1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting 3
1.10 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents 4
1.11 Proxies 5
1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote 5
   
ARTICLE II —  DIRECTORS 6
   
2.1 Powers 6
2.2 Number of Directors 6
2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors 6
2.4 Resignation and Vacancies 6
2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone 7
2.6 Conduct of Business 7
2.7 Regular Meetings 7
2.8 Special Meetings; Notice 7
2.9 Quorum; Voting 8
2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting 8
2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors 8
2.12 Removal of Directors 8
   
ARTICLE III  — COMMITTEES 9
   
3.1 Committees of Directors 9
3.2 Committee Minutes 9
3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees 9
3.4 Subcommittees 10
   
ARTICLE IV  — OFFICERS 10
   
4.1 Officers 10
4.2 Appointment of Officers 10
4.3 Subordinate Officers 10
4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers 10
4.5 Vacancies in Offices 11

 

-i-

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations 11
4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers 11
   
ARTICLE V —  INDEMNIFICATION 11
   
5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings 11
5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company 11
     
5.3 Successful Defense 12
5.4 Indemnification of Others 12
5.5 Advance Payment of Expenses 12
5.6 Limitation on Indemnification 12
5.7 Determination; Claim 13
5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights 13
5.9 Insurance 13
5.10 Survival 14
5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification 14
5.12 Certain Definitions 14
   
ARTICLE VI —  STOCK 14
   
6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares 14
6.2 Special Designation on Certificates 15
6.3 Lost Certificates 15
6.4 Dividends 15
6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements 16
6.6 Registered Stockholders 16
6.7 Transfers 16
   
ARTICLE VII —  MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER 16
   
7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings 16
7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission 16
7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address 17
7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful 17
7.5 Waiver of Notice 18
   
ARTICLE VIII —  GENERAL MATTERS 18
   
8.1 Fiscal Year 18
8.2 Seal 18
8.3 Construction; Definitions 18
   
ARTICLE IX  — AMENDMENTS 18

 

-ii-

 

BYLAWS

 

Article I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.1        Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders of Castle Biosciences, Inc., (the “ Company ”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

 

1.2        Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

 

1.3        Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

 

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

 

(i)       be in writing;

 

(ii)      specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

 

(iii)     be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

 

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

 

-1-

 

1.4        Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

1.5        Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 1.6 , until a quorum is present or represented.

 

1.6        Adjourned Meeting; Notice . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the, adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof; and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

1.7        Conduct of Business . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

-2-

 

1.8        Voting . The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

 

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

1.9        Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

An electronic transmission (as defined in Section 7.2 ) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

 

-3-

 

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

 

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

1.10      Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents . In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date:

 

            (i)       in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof; shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting;

 

            (ii)      in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board; and

 

            (iii)      in the case of determination of stockholders for any other action, shall not be more than 60 days prior to such other action.

 

If no record date is fixed by the Board:

 

            (i)       the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

 

-4-

 

                            (ii)      the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action of the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and

 

                            (iii)     the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

1.11      Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

1.12      List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

-5-

 

Article II — DIRECTORS

 

2.1        Powers . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board, except as maybe otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

2.2        Number of Directors . The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

2.3        Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors . Except as provided in Section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to Sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

2.4        Resignation and Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

 

            (i)       Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

            (ii)      Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

 

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

 

-6-

 

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

2.5        Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

2.6        Conduct of Business . Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

2.7        Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

2.8        Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

            (i)       delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

            (ii)      sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

-7-

 

            (iii)     sent by facsimile; or

 

            (iv)     sent by electronic mail,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

2.9        Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

2.10      Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

2.11      Fees and Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

2.12      Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

-8-

 

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

Article III — COMMITTEES

 

3.1        Committees of Directors . The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

 

3.2        Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

3.3        Meetings and Actions of Committees . Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(i)        Section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

 

(ii)       Section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

 

(iii)      Section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

 

(iv)      Section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

 

(v)       Section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

 

(vi)      Section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

 

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

 

(i)       the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

(ii)      special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

 

-9-

 

(iii)     notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

3.4        Subcommittees . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

Article IV — OFFICERS

 

4.1        Officers . The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

4.2        Appointment of Officers . The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

4.3        Subordinate Officers . The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

4.4        Removal and Resignation of Officers . Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

-10-

 

4.5        Vacancies in Offices . Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 4.3 .

 

4.6        Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

4.7        Authority and Duties of Officers . Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

Article V — INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.1        Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

5.2        Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

-11-

 

5.3        Successful Defense . To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

5.4        Indemnification of Others . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

 

5.5        Advance Payment of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws.

 

5.6        Limitation on Indemnification . Subject to the requirements in Section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

 

            (i)       for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

            (ii)      for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

-12-

 

(iii)     for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(iv)     initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

(v)      if prohibited by applicable law.

 

5.7        Determination; Claim . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The Company shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V , to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

5.8        Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

5.9        Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

-13-

 

5.10      Survival . The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

5.11      Effect of Repeal or Modification . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

5.12      Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article V , references to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Article V .

 

Article VI — STOCK

 

6.1        Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares . The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

-14-

 

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

6.2        Special Designation on Certificates . If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock, or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

6.3        Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this Section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

6.4        Dividends . The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

-15-

 

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

6.5        Stock Transfer Agreements . The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

6.6        Registered Stockholders . The Company:

 

(i)       shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

(ii)      shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

(iii)     shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

6.7        Transfers . Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

 

Article VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

 

7.1        Notice of Stockholder Meetings . Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at Such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

7.2        Notice by Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

            (i)       the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

 

-16-

 

            (ii)      such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

            (i)       if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

            (ii)      if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

            (iii)     if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

            (iv)     if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

 

7.3        Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise maybe given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

7.4        Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

-17-

 

7.5        Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

Article VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

 

8.1        Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

 

8.2        Seal . The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

8.3        Construction; Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

Article IX — AMENDMENTS

 

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

-18-

 

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 18 pages, were adopted as the bylaws of the Company on September 12, 2007.

 

The undersigned has executed this certificate as of           Sept. 12, 2007         .

 

 
/s/ Derek Maetzold
 
 
Derek Maetzold, Secretary
 

 





Exhibit 3.4


AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.            Registered Office.   The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2.            Other Offices.   The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”), and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3.            Corporate Seal.   The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal.  The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.”  Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4.            Place of Meetings.   Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).

Section 5.            Annual Meetings.

(a)         The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders:  (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) of these Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”), who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.


(b)        At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(i)       For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) of these Bylaws and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c) of these Bylaws. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth:  (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee; (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee; (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee; (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition; (5) with respect to each nominee for election or re-election to the Board of Directors, include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 5(e) of these Bylaws; and (6) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv) of these Bylaws. The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(ii)        Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual  meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) of these Bylaws, and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c) of these Bylaws.  Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth:  (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv) of these Bylaws.


(iii)       To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) of these Bylaws must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90 th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv)       The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) of these Bylaws shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii) of these Bylaws); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii) of these Bylaws); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous 12 month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6 of these Bylaws, a “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:


(w)       the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation;

(x)        which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation;

(y)        the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or  price changes; or

(z)       which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c)          A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) of these Bylaws shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.  In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five business days after the record date for the meeting.  In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d)         Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) of these Bylaws   to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class (as defined below) is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least 10 days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with   Section 5(b)(iii) of these Bylaws, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws, other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii) of these Bylaws, shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this Section 5, an “ Expiring Class ” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.


(e)          To be eligible to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the corporation pursuant to a nomination under clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, such proposed nominee or a person on such proposed nominee’s behalf must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 5(b)(iii) or 5(d) of these Bylaws, as applicable) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the corporation in the questionnaire or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law; (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the corporation that has not been disclosed therein; and (iii) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the corporation, and will comply with, all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the corporation.

(f)          A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws.  Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E) of these Bylaws, to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(g)            Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.


(h)            For purposes of Sections 5 and 6 of these Bylaws,

(i)         public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

(ii)         affiliates ” and “ associates ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”).

Section 6.             Special Meetings.

(a)         Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

(b)         The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c)          Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws. In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.  The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c) of these Bylaws.  In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.


(d)          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7.          Notice of Meetings.   Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting.  If mailed, notice is deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.  If sent via electronic transmission, notice is deemed given as of the sending time recorded at the time of transmission.  Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8.          Quorum.   At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“ Certificate of Incorporation ”), or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting.  The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders.  Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.


Section 9.           Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings.   Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting.  When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10.            Voting Rights.   For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders.  Every person entitled to vote   shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law.  An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder.  No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11.            Joint Owners of Stock.   If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect:  (a) if only one votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; or (c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b).  If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of clause (c) of this Section 11 shall be a majority or even-split in interest.


Section 12.          List of Stockholders.   The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation.  In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation.  The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13.            Action Without Meeting.  No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

Section 14.            Organization.

(a)         At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman.  The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b)        The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient.  Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot.  The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15.         Number and Term of Office.   The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.


Section 16.          Powers.   The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17.         Classes of Directors.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively.  The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years.  At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18.            Vacancies.   Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders.  Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.  A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.


Section 19.            Resignation.   Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time.  If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary.  When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20.            Removal.

 (a)         Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances,   neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

(b)            Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21.            Meetings.

(a)         Regular Meetings.   Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means.  No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b)         Special Meetings.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c)          Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment.  Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d)          Notice of Special Meetings.  Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting.  Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.


(e)        Waiver of Notice.  The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission.  All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22.            Quorum and Voting.

(a)        Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 45 of these Bylaws for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b)         At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23.            Action Without Meeting.   Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24.            Fees and Compensation.   Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.


Section 25.            Committees.

(a)          Executive Committee.   The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors.  The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(b)          Other Committees.   The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law.  Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c)          Term.   The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee.  The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d)         Meetings.   Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter.  Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director   who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors.  Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.


Section 26.         Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors.   The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

Section 27.            Lead Independent Director.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairman is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director (“ Lead Independent Director ”) to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors.  The Lead Independent Director will: with the Chairman of the Board of Directors, establish the agenda for regular Board meetings and serve as chairman of Board of Directors meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over meetings of the independent directors; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors .

Section 28.        Organization.   At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting.  The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director directed to do so by the Chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 29.        Officers Designated.   The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer.  The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary.  The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate.  Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law.  The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.


Section 30.            Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a)          General.   All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed.  Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors.  If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b)         Duties of Chief Executive Officer.   The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present.  Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer.   The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c)        Duties of President.   The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director, or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present.  Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation.   The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d)         Duties of Vice Presidents.   The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant.  The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e)          Duties of Secretary.   The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation.  The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice.  The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.  The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.


(f)         Duties of Chief Financial Officer.   The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President.  The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation.  The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.  To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer.   The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(g)          Duties of Treasurer.   Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation.   The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 31.          Delegation of Authority.   The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 32.         Resignations.   Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary.  Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time.  Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.


Section 33.       Removal.   Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 34.          Execution of Corporate Instruments.   The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 35.         Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation.   All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 36.       Form and Execution of Certificates.   The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors.  Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation, if any, shall be in such form   as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.  Every holder of stock represented by certificate   in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President or any Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.


Section 37.            Lost Certificates.   A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed.  The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 38.            Transfers.

(a)            Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b)          The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 39.            Fixing Record Dates.

(a)          In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b)            In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.


Section 40.            Registered Stockholders.   The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 41.        Execution of Other Securities.   All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 36 of these Bylaws), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons.  Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person.  In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 42.          Declaration of Dividends.   Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.


Section 43.          Dividend Reserve.   Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 44.            Fiscal Year.   The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 45.            Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a)          Directors   and Officers.   The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b)          Employees and Other Agents.   The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person (except for officers) or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c)        Expenses.   The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer , of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer   in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer   (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 45 or otherwise.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 45, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d)         Enforcement.  Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Section 45 shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer.  Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 45 to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor.  To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim.  In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because the director or officer has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 45 or otherwise shall be on the corporation.


(e)          Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office.  The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f)         Survival of Rights.  The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer, or, if applicable, employee or other agent,   and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g)          Insurance.  To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 45.

(h)          Amendments.  Any repeal or modification of this Section 45 shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i)            Saving Clause.  If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 45 that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.  If this Section 45 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer   to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j)            Certain Definitions.  For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(i)         The term “ proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii)       The term “ expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.


(iii)      The term the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 45 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv)       References to a “ director ,” “ officer ,” “ employee ,” or “ agent ” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v)         References to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Section 45.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 46.            Notices.

(a)          Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 of these Bylaws.  Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b)         Notice to Directors.  Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.


(c)          Affidavit of Mailing.  An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d)         Methods of Notice.  It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e)         Notice to Person With Whom Communication is Unlawful.  Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person.  Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given.  In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f)         Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address.  Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 47.        Amendments.   Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 45(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation.  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.


ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES

Section 48.        Loans to Officers or Employees.   Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation.  The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.  Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE XV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 49.            Forum.

(a)            Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation; (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the corporation, to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against the corporation or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the corporation, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the corporation (as each may be amended from time to time); (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the corporation (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder); (v) any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action asserting a claim against the corporation or any director, officer or other employee of the corporation, governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This Section 49 of Article XV shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.




(b)          Any person or entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of these Bylaws.




Exhibit 4.2
 

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
July 15, 2015

 
 


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
Page
       
SECTION 1. 
DEFINITIONS
1
       
1.1
 
Certain Definitions
1
       
SECTION 2. 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
5
       
2.1
 
Requested Registration
5
2.2
 
Company Registration
7
2.3
 
Registration on Form S-3
8
2.4
 
Expenses of Registration
9
2.5
 
Registration Procedures
9
2.6
 
Indemnification
11
2.7
 
Information by Holder
12
2.8
 
Restrictions on Transfer
13
2.9
 
Rule 144 Reporting
14
2.10
 
Market Stand-Off Agreement
14
2.11
 
Delay of Registration
15
2.12
 
Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights
15
2.13
 
Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights
15
2.14
 
Termination of Registration Rights
15
       
SECTION 3.
INFORMATION COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
15
       
3.1
 
Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights
15
3.2
 
Confidentiality
16
3.3
 
Termination of Covenants
17
       
SECTION 4.
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
17
       
4.1
 
Right of First Refusal to Significant Holders
17
4.2
 
Termination of Covenants
18
       
SECTION 5.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS
19
       
5.1
 
Board Meetings
19
5.2
 
Directors and Officers Insurance
19
5.3
 
Matters Requiring Board Approval
19
5.4
 
Matters Requiring Approval by the Major Investors
20
5.5
 
FCPA
21
5.6
 
Termination of Covenants
22
       
SECTION 6.
EMPLOYEE MATTERS
22
       
6.1
 
Employee Proprietary Information Agreements
22
6.2
 
Key Person Insurance
22
6.3
 
Employee Stock
22
6.4
 
Termination of Covenants
22
       
SECTION 7.
MISCELLANEOUS
22
       
7.1
 
Amendment
22
7.2
 
Notices
23
7.3
 
Governing Law
23
7.4
 
Successors and Assigns
23
7.5
 
Entire Agreement
23

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)


     
Page
       
7.6
 
Delays or Omissions
24
7.7
 
Severability
24
7.8
 
Titles and Subtitles
24
7.9
 
Counterparts
24
7.10
 
Telecopy Execution and Delivery
24
7.11
 
Further Assurances
24
7.12
 
Aggregation of Stock
25

-ii-


CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
This Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of July 15, 2015, and is between Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”). This Agreement amends and restates that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated August 11, 2014 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), by and between the Company and certain of the Investors. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1.
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS , certain of the Investors hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and/or Series E Preferred Stock and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer and other rights pursuant to the Prior Agreement;
 
WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Prior Agreement, any term of the Prior Agreement may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holders (as defined in the Prior Agreement) holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement) and each of the Major Investors (as defined in the Prior Agreement) (the “ Required Approval ”);
 
WHEREAS , the undersigned, constituting the Required Approval, desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, waive certain rights thereunder and accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), and it is a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement that the Company and such Investors execute and deliver this Agreement.
 
AGREEMENT
 
NOW, THEREFORE : In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
SECTION 1.

DEFINITIONS
 
1.1            Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
 
(a)            Certificate of Incorporation ” shall mean the Company’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time.
 
1


 
(b)            Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.
 
(c)            Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.
 
(d)            Conversion Stock ” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.
 
(e)            Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
 
(f)            Holder ” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.12 of this Agreement.
 
(g)            Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).
 
(h)            Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).
 
(i)            Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.
 
(j)            Initiating Holders ” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities and, prior to a Threshold Event, each of the Major Investors.
 
(k)            Liquidation Event ” shall mean a Liquidation Event as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation.
 
(l)            Major Investor ” shall mean any of BioBrit, LLC, Industry Ventures Healthcare, LLC, MGC Venture Partners 2013, L.P. and Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P. in each case for so long as such Major Investor (or its affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds)) holds at least 50,000 aggregate shares of Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock and/or Series E-2A Preferred Stock (as appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization).
 
(m)            New Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).
 
(n)            Other Selling Stockholders ” shall mean persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company approved by the board of directors of the Company (including each of the Preferred Directors), are entitled to include their Other Shares in certain registrations hereunder.
 
(o)            Other Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock, other than Registrable Securities (as defined below), with respect to which registration rights have been granted and approved by the board of directors of the Company (including each of the Preferred Directors).
 
(p)            Preferred Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
 
2

 
(q)            Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock, Series E-2A Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock.
 
(r)            Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Shares and (ii) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) above; provided, however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clause (i) or (ii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.
 
(s)            The terms “ register, ” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.
 
(t)            Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.
 
(u)            Reporting Date ” shall mean the date upon which the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
 
(v)            Restricted Securities ” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.8(b).
 
(w)            Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.
 
(x)            Rule 145 ” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission
 
(y)            Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.
 
(z)            Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).
 
(aa)            Series A Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company.
 
3

 
(bb)            Series B Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company.
 
(cc)            Series C Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company.
 
(dd)            Series D Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series D Preferred Stock of the Company.
 
(ee)            Series E Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, the shares of Series E-2 Preferred Stock, the shares of Series E-3 Preferred Stock and the shares of Series E-2A Preferred Stock, together as a single class and not as separate series.
 
(ff)            Series E-1 Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock of the Company.
 
(gg)            Series E-2 Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series E-2 Preferred Stock of the Company.
 
(hh)            Series E-3 Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series E-3 Preferred Stock of the Company.
 
(ii)            Series E-2A Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series E-2A Preferred Stock of the Company.
 
(jj)            Series F Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of Series F Preferred Stock of the Company.
 
(kk)         Shares ” shall mean shares of Series A Preferred Stock, shares of Series B Preferred Stock, shares of Series C Preferred Stock, shares of Series D Preferred Stock, shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock, shares of Series E-2 Preferred Stock, shares of Series E-3 Preferred Stock, shares of Series E-2A Preferred Stock and shares of Series F Preferred Stock.
 
(ll)            Significant Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
 
(mm)            Threshold Event ” shall mean a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event (each as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) pursuant to which (i) the holders of Series E-1 Preferred Stock would receive at the initial closing of such Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event consideration having a value equal to at least three (3) times the Original Issue Price (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, (ii) the holders of Series E-2 Preferred Stock would receive at the initial closing of such Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event consideration having a value equal to at least three (3) times the Original Issue Price of the Series E-2 Preferred Stock, (iii) the holders of Series E-3 Preferred Stock would receive at the initial closing of such Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event consideration having a value equal to at least three (3) times the Original Issue Price of the Series E-3 Preferred Stock, (iv) the holders of Series E-2A Preferred Stock would receive at the initial closing of the Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event consideration having a value equal to at least three (3) times the Original Issue Price of the Series E-2A Preferred Stock, and (v) the holders of Series F Preferred Stock would receive at the initial closing of the Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event consideration having a value equal to at least three (3) times the Original Issue Price of the Series F Preferred Stock.
4

SECTION 2.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
2.1            Requested Registration .
 
(a)            Request for Registration . Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of by such Initiating Holders and whether the offering will be underwritten and/or on a Form S-1), the Company will:
 
(i)          promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and
 
(ii)        as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.
 
(b)            Limitations on Requested Registration . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:
 
(i)           Prior to the earlier of (A) the five (5) year anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company covering an underwritten offering of any of its securities to the general public;
 
(ii)         If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) the aggregate proceeds of which (after deduction for underwriter’s discounts and expenses related to the issuance) are less than $10,000,000;
 
(iii)        In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
 
(iv)         After the Company has completed two such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1;
 
(v)         During the period starting with the date ninety (90) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration (or ending on the subsequent date on which all market stand-off agreements applicable to the offering have terminated); provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;
5

(vi)        If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 in an underwritten offering pursuant to a request made under Section 2.3 (i n which case Section 2.3 shall apply to such registration demand);
 
(vii)        If the Initiating Holders do not request that such offering be firmly underwritten by underwriters selected by the Initiating Holders (subject to the reasonable consent of the Company); or
 
(viii)       If the Company and the Initiating Holders are unable to obtain the commitment of an underwriter as described in clause (b)(vii) above to firmly underwrite the offer.
 
(c)            Deferral . If (i) in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be materially detrimental to the Company and the board of directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b)(v) above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further, that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any twelve-month period.
 
(d)            Other Shares . The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(e), include Other Shares, and may include securities of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.
 
(e)            Underwriting . The right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in an underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this 2 (including Section 2.10). The Company shall (together with all Holders and other persons proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Initiating Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to the Company.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; (ii) second, to the Other Selling Stockholders; and (iii) third, to the Company, which the Company may allocate, at its discretion, for its own account, or for the account of other holders or employees of the Company.
 
If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 2.1(e), then the Company shall then offer to all Holders and Other Selling Stockholders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities or Other Shares in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders and other Selling Stockholders requesting additional inclusion, as set forth above.
6

 
2.2            Company Registration .
 
(a)            Company Registration . If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3, a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:
 
(i)            promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and
 
(ii)         use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within ten (10) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.
 
(b)            Underwriting . If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the Other Selling Stockholders other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) exclude all Registrable Securities from, or limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, (ii) second, to the Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion and (iii) third, to the Other Selling Stockholders requesting to include Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Other Shares held by such Other Selling Stockholders, assuming conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the amount of securities of the Holders included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the Company’s Initial Public Offering, in which case securities of the Holders may be excluded in their entirety if the underwriters make the determination described above and no Other Selling Stockholder’s securities are included in such offering.
7

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to Section 2.2(b), the Company shall then offer to all persons who have retained the right to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among the persons requesting additional inclusion, in the manner set forth above.
 
(c)            Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and such registration will not count as a “registration” effected hereunder.
 
2.3            Registration on Form S-3 .
 
(a)            Request for Form S-3 Registration . After its Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3, if the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities holding in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities a written request that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders and whether the offering will be underwritten), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1(a) (i) and 2.1(a) (ii).
 
(b)            Limitations on Form S-3 Registration . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:
 
(i)            In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1 (b)(i), 2.1(b)(iii) or 2.1(b)(v);
 
(ii)         If the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $l,000,000; or
 
(iii)         If, in a given six-month period, the Company has effected one (1) such registration in such period.
8

(c)            Deferral . The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3.
 
(d)         Underwriting . If the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this Section 2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Section 2.1(e) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.
 
2.4            Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 shall be borne by the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a); provided, however , in the event that a withdrawal by the Holders is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Holders requesting registration at the time of their request for registration under Section 2.1, such registration shall not be treated as a counted registration for purposes of Section 2.1 hereof, even though the Holders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such registration. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.
 
2.5            Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2, the Company will keep each selling Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:
 
(a)            Prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and cause such registration statement to become effective;
 
(b)          Keep such registration effective for a period ending on the earlier of the date which is one hundred twenty (120) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto; provided, however , that such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration;
 
(c)            Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;
 
(d)            Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;
 
9

(e)            Register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
 
(f)            Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;
 
(g)            Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;
 
(h)          Promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such selling Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;
 
(i)            Notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming part of such registration statement has been filed;
 
(j)            After such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the Commission that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus;
 
(k)            Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and
 
(l)            In connection with any underwritten offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions.
 
In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5- 1 of the Exchange Act, unless determined otherwise by the board of directors of the Company.
10

2.6            Indemnification .
 
(a)            To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter, and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided, further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
 
(b)          To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling each other such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however , that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6 exceed the gross proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.
11

(c)            Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6, to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.
 
(d)            If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No person or entity will be required under this Section 2.6(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the gross proceeds from the offering received by such person or entity, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such person or entity. No person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who or that was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
 
(e)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.
 
2.7            Information by Holder . Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 2.
12

2.8            Restrictions on Transfer .
 
(a)            The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8. Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.8 and Section 2.10, and:
 
(i)           There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and the disposition is made in accordance with the registration statement; or
 
(ii)         The Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and, if requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “ no action ” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.
 
(b)            Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER.
13

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.8.
 
(c)            The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.8(b) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to the Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of Restricted Securities if (i) those securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of those securities may be made without registration or qualification.
 
2.9            Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:
 
(a)            Make and keep adequate current public information with respect to the Company available in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;
 
(b)            File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and
 
(c)            So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.
 
2.10         Market Stand-Off Agreement . If requested by the Company or an underwriter, each Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) for such period of time as reasonably requested by the Company or such underwriter, but not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement for the initial public offering of the Company’s securities filed under the Securities Act (and for such additional period, if any, requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this Section 2.10 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.8(b) with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. Each Holder agrees to execute a market stand-off agreement with the underwriters in the offering in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section.
14

 
2.11         Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.
 
2.12            Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to a transferee or assignee that is (a) an affiliated entity (including affiliated venture capital funds) or a partner or former partner of the transferring Holder or (b) the transferee or assignee of not less than 10,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like); provided that (i) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10.
 
2.13       Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of (i) Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities, and (ii) both (a) the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock and (b) each of the Major Investors, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are senior to, or pari passu with, the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder.
 
2.14        Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate upon and be of no further force or effect after the earliest to occur of: (a) five (5) years after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering and (b) the consummation of a Liquidation Event.
 
SECTION 3.

INFORMATION COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
 
3.1            Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights .
 
(a)            Basic Financial Information . The Company will furnish to each Holder who owns at least 10,000 Shares and/or Conversion Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and audited and certified by independent public accountants of recognized national or regional standing selected by the Company.
 
(b)            Additional Financial Information . In addition to the annual audited financial statements described in Section 3.1(a), the Company will furnish to each Holder who owns at least 50,000 Shares and/or Conversion Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like):
15

(i)            as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, (A) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, (B) unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments and (C) an up-to-date table showing the Company’s capitalization;
 
(ii)          as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of such month, (A) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such month, and (B) unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such month, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments;
 
(iii)          as soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a capital and operating budget for the next fiscal year; and
 
(iv)          such other information as may be determined by the board of directors of the Company at such times as may be determined by the board of directors of the Company.
 
(c)            Inspection Rights . The Company will afford to each Holder who owns at least 50,000 Shares and/or Conversion Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like), reasonable access during normal business hours and with reasonable advance notification to the Company, to the Company’s facilities, books and records and personnel. Holders may exercise their rights under this Section 3.1(c) only for purposes reasonably related to their interests under this Agreement and related agreements. The rights granted pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) may not be assigned or otherwise conveyed by the Holders or by any subsequent transferee of any such rights without the prior written consent of the Company.
 
3.2          Confidentiality . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Holder by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or classified information of the Company. The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of Section 3 in respect of any Holder whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor. Each Holder acknowledges that the information received by such Holder pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and agrees that it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company has made such information available to the public generally or such Holder is required to disclose such information by a governmental authority; provided, however, that a Holder may disclose confidential information to any existing or prospective affiliate, partner, member, stockholder or other wholly owned subsidiary of such Holder in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Holder informs such person or entity that such information is confidential and such person or entity is obligated to maintain the confidentiality of such information.
16

 
3.3            Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 3 shall terminate upon and be of no further force and effect after the earliest to occur of: (a) the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering; (b) the consummation of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event; and (c) the Reporting Date.
 
SECTION 4.

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
 
4.1            Right of First Refusal to Significant Holders . The Company hereby grants to each Holder who owns at least 10,000 Shares or Conversion Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and the like) (the “ Significant Holders ”), the right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4.1(a)) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement. A Significant Holder’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Significant Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants held by said Significant Holder) to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants). Each Significant Holder shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any Significant Holder fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, the other Significant Holders may purchase the non-purchasing Significant Holder’s portion on a pro rata basis. This right of first refusal shall be subject to the following provisions:
 
(a)            New Securities ” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “ New Securities ” does not include:
 
(i)             the Conversion Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock to be issued and sold pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Purchase Agreement;
 
(ii)            securities issued or issuable to officers, employees, directors, consultants, placement agents, and other service providers of the Company (or any subsidiary) pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans, warrants, agreements or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the board of directors of the Company (including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);
 
(iii)          securities issued or issuable upon the exercise, exchange, adjustment or conversion of any convertible or exercisable securities outstanding as of this date of this Agreement;
 
(iv)          securities issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock of the Company or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 3.4(e), 3.4(f) or 3.4(g) of the Certificate of Incorporation;
 
(v)            securities offered or issued pursuant to a bona fide, firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act;
17

 
(vi)        securities issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided , that such issuances are approved by the board of directors of the Company (including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);
 
(vii)        securities issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a commercial leasing or debt financing transaction approved by the board of directors of the Company (including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);
 
(viii)       securities issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the board of directors of the Company (including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office);
 
(ix)           securities of the Company which are otherwise excluded by the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock of the Company then outstanding (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis, and including both (A) the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) and (B) each of the Major Investors); and
 
(x)            any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (i) through (x) above.
 
(b)            In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Significant Holder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Significant Holder shall have twenty (20) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Holder’s pro rata share of such New Securities and to indicate whether such Significant Holder desires to exercise its over-allotment option, for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company, in substantially the form attached as Schedule 1, and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.
 
(c)            In the event the Significant Holders fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal and over-allotment right, if any, within said twenty (20) day period (the “ Election Period ”), the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Significant Holders’ right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 4.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Significant Holders delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b). In the event the Company has not sold within such ninety (90) day period following the Election Period, or such ninety (90) day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Significant Holders in the manner provided in this Section 4.1.
 
4.2          Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate upon and be of no further force and effect after the earliest to occur of: (a) the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering and (b) the consummation of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event.
18

SECTION 5.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS
 
5.1            Board Meetings . Meetings of the board of directors of the Company shall take place at least five times per calendar year, unless otherwise agreed by a vote of the majority of the directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors.
 
5.2          Directors and Officers Insurance . The Company shall maintain a policy or policies of directors and officers liability insurance providing for at least $5,000,000 in coverage on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to a majority of the board of directors of the Company (including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors). In the event the Company merges with another entity and is not the surviving corporation proper provisions shall be made so that successors of the Company assume Company’s obligations with respect to indemnification of directors. In the event the Company transfers all of its assets, proper provisions shall be made for continued indemnification of directors.
 
5.3            Matters Requiring Board Approval . So long as any shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval of the board of directors of the Company:
 
(a)            make any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;
 
(b)            make any loan or advance to any person, including, any employee or director, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the board of directors of the Company;
 
(c)            guarantee any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
(d)            make any investment other than investments in prime commercial paper, money market funds, certificates of deposit in any United States bank having a net worth in excess of $100,000,000 or obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States of America, in each case having a maturity not in excess of two years;
 
(e)            incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $100,000 that is not already included in a budget approved by the board of directors of the Company, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
(f)            enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer or employee of the Company or any “ associate ” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such person;
 
(g)            change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business, or exit the current line of business;
 
(h)            sell, transfer, license as licensor, pledge or encumber technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business;
 
(i)            make any capital expenditure in excess of $50,000 (individually, or in the aggregate, for a series of related capital expenditures);
19

(j)            commit the Company to enter into a joint venture, license agreement, or exclusive marketing or other distribution agreement with respect to the Company’s products; or

(k)            hire, fire, or change the compensation of the executive officers, including approving options plans or grants.
 
5.4            Matters Requiring Approval by the Major Investors . So long as any shares of Series F Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding:
 
(a)            in addition to any other stockholder approval required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval of each of the Major Investors:
 
(i)            effect or consent to any Liquidation Event (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), unless such Liquidation Event would constitute a Threshold Event;
 
(ii)          effect or consent to any Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), unless such Deemed Liquidation Event would constitute a Threshold Event;
 
(iii)         change the Company’s principal line or lines of business;
 
(iv)          amend the Company’s existing stock option plan or approve any new equity incentive plan;
 
(v)            effect a redemption pursuant to Article III, Section 3.7 of the Certificate of Incorporation;
 
(vi)          shorten or waive the notice provisions set forth in Article III, Section 3.4(h) of the Certificate of Incorporation;
 
(vii)       authorize any offering of the Company’s Common Stock to the public unless the price of the Common Stock in such public offering is at least $16.0215 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like and before deduction of underwriters’ commissions and expenses); or
 
(viii)       permit or agree to do any of the foregoing.
 
(b)            In addition to any other stockholder approval required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval of a majority of the Major Investors, create or authorize the creation of or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock or Series E-2A Preferred Stock.
 
(c)            In addition to any other stockholder approval required by the Certificate of Incorporation of applicable law, the treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) may not be waived without the vote or written consent of each of the Major Investors.
 
(d)            In addition to any other stockholder approval required by the Certificate of Incorporation of applicable law, the Automatic Conversion Event described in Section 3.4(b) (ii) of the Certificate of Incorporation shall require the written request of each of the Major Investors.
20

(e)            So long as any shares of Series F Preferred Stock remain outstanding, in addition to any other stockholder approval required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval of each of the Major Investors that hold shares of Series F Preferred Stock:
 
(i)            reclassify, alter or amend any existing security that is junior to or on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock; or
 
(ii)          amend or waive any of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred Stock in the Certificate of Incorporation so as to adversely affect the Series F Preferred Stock; provided that the creation or authorization of one or more new series of Preferred Stock that is senior to or pari passu with the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends and/or rights of redemption shall not be deemed to adversely affect the Series F Preferred Stock.
 
(f)            So long as any shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding, in addition to any other stockholder approval required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval of each of the Major Investors that hold shares of Series E Preferred Stock:
 
(i)            reclassify, alter or amend any existing security that is junior to or on parity with the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-2 Preferred Stock, Series E-3 Preferred Stock or Series E-2A Preferred Stock, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or on parity with any such series of Preferred Stock; or
 
(ii)            amend or waive any of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock in the Certificate of Incorporation so as to adversely affect the Series E Preferred Stock; provided that the creation or authorization of one or more new series of Preferred Stock that is senior to or pari passu with the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends and/or rights of redemption shall not be deemed to adversely affect the Series E Preferred Stock.
 
5.5          FCPA . The Company represents that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents acting on behalf of the Company to) promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official (as (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “ FCPA ”)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to) cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents acting on behalf of the Company in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to) maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Upon request, the Company agrees to provide  responsive information and/or certifications concerning its compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws. The Company shall promptly notify each Investor if the Company becomes aware of any enforcement action against the Company related to the FCPA or any other anti-corruption law. The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply with the FCPA. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.
21

5.6          Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 5 shall terminate upon and be of no further force and effect after the earliest to occur of: (a) the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering and (b) the consummation of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event.
 
SECTION 6.

EMPLOYEE MATTERS
 
6.1         Employee Proprietary Information Agreements . Each current and former employee and consultant with access to Company confidential information/trade secrets will enter into a non-disclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Investors.
 
6.2          Key Person Insurance . The Company shall maintain a life insurance policy on the life of Derek Maetzold for so long as he remains an employee of the Company in an amount of at least $1,000,000 and otherwise satisfactory to the board of directors of the Company (including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors), with the proceeds of such policy payable to the Company.
 
6.3            Employee Stock . Unless otherwise approved by the board of directors of the Company (including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office), all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 2.10. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the board of directors of the Company (including a majority of the Preferred Directors then in office), the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on transfers of shares of the Company’s capital stock by all (i) future employees and consultants of the Company until the Company’s Initial Public Offering and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares held by such employees or consultants at the lower of cost or fair market value upon termination of employment or services of such holder of restricted stock or shares issued upon exercise of options and (ii) existing employees of the Company until the Company’s Initial Public Offering and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares held by such employees at cost upon termination of employment of such holder of restricted stock or shares issued upon exercise of options.
 
6.4          Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 6 shall terminate upon and be of no further force and effect after the earliest to occur of: (a) the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering and (b) the consummation of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event.
 
SECTION 7.

MISCELLANEOUS
 
7.1            Amendment . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144) and each of the Major Investors. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of such securities of Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that by the operation of this paragraph, the Holders and Major Investors specified above will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement. By execution of this Agreement, the undersigned, on behalf of the undersigned and all Significant Holders, waive any rights of first refusal pursuant to Section 4 of the Prior Agreement, including any rights relating to notice thereof, with respect to the Company’s proposed offer and sale of Series F Preferred Stock and all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock.
22

7.2            Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail, or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:
 
(a)            if to an Investor, to the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on Exhibit A hereto, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;
 
(b)          if to any Holder, to such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the Company’s records, or, until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of such shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or
 
(c)          if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at 2014 San Miguel Drive, Friendswood, Texas 77546, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holders, with a copy to Christopher J. Ozburn, Streusand Landon & Ozburn, LLP, 811 Barton Springs Road, Suite 811, Austin, Texas 78704.
 
With respect to any notice given by the Company under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, each Holder agrees that such notice may be given by facsimile or by electronic mail.
 
Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered, or (ii) if sent by mail, upon its receipt, or (iii) if sent by facsimile or electronic mail, when sent, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day.
 
7.3            Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
 
7.4            Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.
 
7.5         Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the exhibits hereto amend and restate the Prior Agreement and constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between or among any of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.
23

 
7.6          Delays or Omissions . Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
 
7.7          Severability . If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
 
7.8         Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.
 
7.9            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
 
7.10        Telecopy Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.
 
7.11         Further Assurances . Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.
 
24

7.12         Aggregation of Stock . All securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.
 
(signature pages follow)
25


The parties hereto are signing this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause,
 
 
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
a Delaware corporation 
     
  By: /s/ Derek Maetzold
    Derek Maetzold
    President and Chief Executive Officer

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
 
INVESTOR:
   
  INDUSTRY VENTURES HEALTHCARE, LLC
 
 
By:
Industry Ventures Management VII, LLC
 
its Manager
 
 
By: /s/ Victor Hwang  
    Victor Hwang, Member
 
 (Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
 
INVESTOR:
   
  SOFINNOVA HEALTHQUEST PARTNERS, L.P.
 
 
By:
Healthquest Venture Management, L.L.C.
 
its General Partner
 
 
By: /s/ Garheng Kong   
    Garheng Kong, its Managing Member

      (Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
 
INVESTORS:
 
 
 
 
FARVIEW MANAGEMENT CO. L.P.
 
 
 
  By:   /s/ Joe C. Cook Jr.
 
Name: Joe C. Cook Jr.
Its: General Partner
 
 
MGC CASTLE, LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Joe C. Cook Jr .  
 
Name: Joe C. Cook Jr.
Its: President

MGC VENTURE PARTNERS 2013, L.P.
   
 
By: MCC Venture Partners 2013 GP, LLC
its General Partner
   
By: /s/ Joe C. Cook Jr.
Name: Joe C. Cook Jr.
Its: Managing Partner

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

     
 
INVESTORS:
 
 
 
/s/ Joe Cook, Jr.
 
Joe Cook, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
Jamie L. Dingley
 
 
 
 
 
Tobin W. Juvenal
 
 
   
 
Susan Juvenal
 
 
 
 
 
Gregory J. Lausier
 
 
 
 
 
Derek J. Maetzold
 
 
 
/s/ Beth A. Smith  
 
Beth A. Smith
 
 
 
/s/ Byron W. Smith
 
Byron W. Smith
 
 
 
 
 
Thomas P. Sullivan
 
(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
BIOBRIT, LLC
 
 
 
  By:   /s/ Daniel M. Bradbury  
 
Name: Daniel M. Bradbury
Its: Managing Member
 
  (Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
LONGFELLOW VENTURE PARTNERS I, LLC
 
 
 
  By:   /s/ Meredith Clark Shachay
 
Name: Meredith Clark Shachay
Its: President

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
PELMEA LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Meredith Clark Shachay
 
Name: Meredith Clark Shachay
Its: Manager
 
(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
KOLTERMAN FAMILY TRUST
 
 
 
  By: /s/   Orville G. Kolterman
  Orville G. Kolterman, Trustee

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
BONNIE H. ANDERSON LIVING TRUST
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Bonnie Anderson
  Bonnie Anderson, its Trustee
 
(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
DAVID L. MAHONEY AND WINNIFRED C. ELLIS 1998 FAMILY TRUST
 
 
 
  By: /s/ David L. Mahoney
  David L. Mahoney, its Trustee

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

  INVESTOR:
     
  /s/ Daniel G. Crockett
  Daniel G. Crockett

  (Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
JUMBO SIGN LIMITED
 
 
 
  By: /s/ John Timothy Rucquoi Berger
 
John Timothy Rucquoi Berger,
its Director
 
  (Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


  INVESTOR:
     
  /s/ Vaughn D. Bryson
  Vaughn D. Bryson
 
  (Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
 
INVESTORS:
 
 
 
 
Joe Cook, Jr.
 
 
 
Jamie L. Dingley
 
 
 
Tobin W. Juvenal
 
 
 
 
Susan Juvenal
 
 
 
Gregory J. Lausier
 
 
 
Derek J. Maetzold
 
 
 
Beth A. Smith
 
 
 
Byron W. Smith
 
 
/s/ Thomas P. Sullivan
 
Thomas P. Sullivan
   

  (Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

          
 
INVESTORS:
 
 
 
 
Joe Cook, Jr.
 
 
 
Jamie L. Dingley
 
 
 
Tobin W. Juvenal
 
 
 
Susan Juvenal
 
 
 
Gregory J. Lausier
 
 
/s/ Derek J. Maetzold     
 
Derek J. Maetzold
 
 
 
Beth A. Smith
 
 
 
Byron W. Smith
 
 
 
Thomas P. Sullivan
 
(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
INVESTORS:
 
 
 
 
Joe Cook, Jr.
 
 
 
Jamie L. Dingley
 
 
/s/ Tobin W. Juvenal   
 
Tobin W. Juvenal
 
  /s/ Susan Juvenal
 
Susan Juvenal
 
 
 
Gregory J. Lausier
 
 
 
Derek J. Maetzold
 
 
 
Beth A. Smith
 
 
 
Byron W. Smith
 
 
 
Thomas P. Sullivan

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
SUSAN MARY SEERY REVOCABLE TRUST
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Susan Mary Seery  
 
Name: Susan Mary Seery
Its: Trustee

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
 
INVESTORS:
 
 
 
 
Joe Cook, Jr.
 
 
/s/ Jamie L. Dingley  
 
Jamie L. Dingley
 
 
 
Tobin W. Juvenal
 
 
 
Susan Juvenal
 
 
 
Gregory J. Lausier
 
 
 
Derek J. Maetzold
 
 
 
Beth A. Smith
 
 
 
Byron W. Smith
 
 
 
Thomas P. Sullivan

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
INVESTORS:
 
 
 
 
 
Joe Cook, Jr.
   
   
Jamie L. Dingley
   
   
Tobin W. Juvenal
   
   
Susan Juvenal
   
/s/ Gregory J. Lausier  
Gregory J. Lausier
   
   
Derek J. Maetzold
   
   
Beth A. Smith
   
   
Byron W. Smith
   
   
  Thomas P. Sullivan

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
INVESTORS:
 
 
 
 
SPINDLE TOP HEALTHCARE CAPITAL. L.P.
 
 
  By: Spindletop Capital GP, L.P., its general partner  
  By: Spindletop GP of Management, LLC, its general partner
     
  By:   /s/ Evan Melrose
 
Name: Evan Melrose
Title: Manager
 
 
SPINDLE TOP HEALTHCARE INVESTORS II, LLC
 
 
  By: Texas Health Capital Partners, LLC, its manager
     
  By: /s/ Evan Melrose
 
Name: Evan Melrose
Title: Manager
       
(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

  INVESTOR:
     
  /s/ Bradford Whitmore
  Bradford Whitmore
 
(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
INVESTOR:
   
 
GORE RANGE CAPITAL VENTURE 1 LLC
     
By: /s/ Ethan Rigel
 
Name: Ethan Rigel
Title: Member of the Managing Member

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
INVESTOR:
   
 
JATEM BLUE, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Edward Mullen  
 
Name: Edward Mullen
Title: Manager

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

  INVESTOR:
     
  /s/ Patrick M. Hall    
  Patrick M. Hall

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


  INVESTOR:
     
  /s/ Gregory P. Schafer    
  Gregory P. Schafer

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


 
INVESTOR:
   
 
UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES CUSTODIAN FOR ALICE BAHNER IZZO
     
  By:   /s/ Nicole Felix  
 
Name: Nicole Felix
Title: Asst. Ops. Manager

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


  INVESTOR:
     
  /s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls        
  E. Jeffrey Peierls

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


 
INVESTOR:
   
 
THE PEIERLS FOUNDATION, INC.
     
  By: /s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls
 
Name: E. Jeffrey Peierls
Title: President

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)


 
INVESTORS:
 
 
 
 
UD E.S. PEIERLS FOR E.F. PEIERLS ET AL
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Michael F. Burke

Name: Michael F. Burke
Title: Senior Vice President, Bank of America, N.A, Co-Trustee
 
 
 
 
UW E.S. PEIERLS FOR BRIAN E. PEIERLS – ACCUMULATION
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Michael F. Burke
 
Name: Michael F. Burke
Title: Senior Vice President, Bank of America, N.A, Co-Trustee
 
 
 
 
UW E.S. PEIERLS FOR E. JEFFREY PEIERLS – ACCUMULATION
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Michael F. Burke
 
Name: Michael F. Burke
Title: Senior Vice President, Bank of America, N.A, Co-Trustee

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

  INVESTOR:
     
  /s/ Brian Eliot Peierls      
 
Brian Eliot Peierls

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)



 
INVESTORS:
 
 
 
 
UD E.F. PEIERLS FOR BRIAN E. PEIERLS
     
 
By:
/s/ Alexis L. Borrelli
 
Name: Alexis L. Borrelli
  Title: Officer, The Northern Trust Company of Delaware

 
UD E.F. PEIERLS FOR E. JEFFREY PEIERLS
     
 
By:
/s/ Alexis L. Borrelli
 
Name: Alexis L. Borrelli
  Title: Officer, The Northern Trust Company of Delaware

 
UD J.N. PEIERLS FOR BRIAN ELIOT PEIERLS
     
 
By:
/s/ Alexis L. Borrelli
 
Name: Alexis L. Borrelli
  Title: Officer, The Northern Trust Company of Delaware

 
UD J.N. PEIERLS FOR E. JEFFREY PEIERLS
     
 
By:
/s/ Alexis L. Borrelli
 
Name: Alexis L. Borrelli
  Title: Officer, The Northern Trust Company of Delaware

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

 
INVESTORS:
   
  UW J.N. PEIERLS FOR BRIAN E PEIERLS
     
 
By:
/s/ Alexis L. Borrelli
 
Name: Alexis L. Borrelli
  Title: Officer, The Northern Trust Company of Delaware

 
UW J.N. PEIERLS FOR E. JEFFREY PEIERLS
     
 
By:
/s/ Alexis L. Borrelli
 
Name: Alexis L. Borrelli
  Title: Officer, The Northern Trust Company of Delaware

 
UD ETHEL F. PEIERLS CHARITABLE LEAD TRUST
     
 
By:
/s/ Alexis L. Borrelli
 
Name: Alexis L. Borrelli
  Title: Officer, The Northern Trust Company of Delaware

 
THE PIERELS BYPASS TRUST
     
 
By:
/s/ Alexis L. Borrelli
 
Name: Alexis L. Borrelli
  Title: Officer, The Northern Trust Company of Delaware

(Castle Biosciences, Inc. Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement)

Counterpart Signature Page
To
Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement,
Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement
And
Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement

January 12, 2018

Reference is made to that certain Second Series F Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2018, by and among Castle Biosciences, Inc. and the persons and entities listed on the Schedule of Investors attached thereto as Exhibit A (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Purchase Agreement.
 
In connection with the purchase by the undersigned of Shares under the Purchase Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of each of the: (i) Amended Rights Agreement , a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A   (the “ Rights Agreement ”); (ii) ROFR/Co-Sale Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as   Exhibit B   (the “ Co-Sale Agreement ”); and (iii) Voting Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C   (the “ Voting Agreement ”) .
 
Upon the execution of this counterpart signature page and the purchase of the Shares by the undersigned, the undersigned shall become: (i) an “Investor” and a party for all purposes under the Rights Agreement; (ii) a “Preferred Holder” and/or a “Common Holder,” as applicable, and a party for all purposes under the Co-Sale agreement; and (iii) a “Preferred Holder” and a party for all purposes under the Voting Agreement .
 
[Signature Page Follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ Joseph C. Cook III
 
Cook, Joseph C., III

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ Steven D. Singleton
 
Singleton, Steven D.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
The Abigail A. Smith Gift Trust u/a/d
November 29, 2007
   
 
/s/ Paul Douglas Wilson
 
Paul Douglas Wilson, Trustee
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
The Andrew A. Smith Gift Trust u/a/d
November 29, 2007
   
 
/s/ Paul Douglas Wilson
 
Paul Douglas Wilson, Trustee

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
The Colin W. Smith Gift Trust u/a/d
November 29, 2007
   
 
/s/ Paul Douglas Wilson
 
Paul Douglas Wilson, Trustee
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ Jamie L. Dingley
 
Jamie L. Dingley
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ John Abbot
 
John Abbot for Rachel Abbott
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ Bernhard E. Spiess
 
Bernhard E. Spiess
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ Clare Johnson
 
Clare Johnson
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ Trisha Poteet
 
Trisha Poteet
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ James D. Baxter
 
James D. Baxter

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ Mara G. Aspinall
 
Mara G. Aspinall

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ John W. Abbott
 
John W. Abbott

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ Tyler Whitmore
 
Tyler Whitmore
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ Chancie Hall
 
Chancie Hall
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ Matt Falk
 
Matt Falk


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Counterpart Signature Page as of the date set forth above.
 
 
/s/ Chris L. Otte
 
Chris L. Otte
          

EXHIBIT A
 
INVESTORS
 
Industry Ventures Healthcare, LLC
with a copy to:
30 Hotaling Place, Ste. 300
Ryan D. Thomas
San Francisco, CA 94111
Bass, Berry & Sims PLC
Attn: Victor Hwang
150 Third Avenue South
 
Suite 2800
 
Nashville, TN 37201
   
Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P.
with a copy to:
3000 Sand Hill Road, Bldg. 4, Ste. 250
Ryan D. Thomas
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Bass, Berry & Sims PLC
Attn: Garheng Kong and Hooman
150 Third Avenue South
Shahlavi
Suite 2800
 
Nashville, TN 37201
   
MGC Venture Partners 2013, L.P.
with a copy to:
3835 Cleghorn Ave., Ste. 300
Robert Laird
Nashville, TN 37215
McKenzie Laird PLLC
 
3835 Cleghorn Ave., Ste. 250
 
Nashville, TN 37215
   
BioBrit, LLC
 
5462 Soledad Road
 
La Jolla, CA 92037
 
   
Steven D. Singleton
 
   
Spindletop Healthcare Capital, L.P.
 
3571 Far West Blvd., PMB 108
 
Austin, Texas 78731
 
Attn: Evan Melrose
 
   
Spindletop Healthcare Investors II, LLC
 
3571 Far West Blvd., PMB 108
 
Austin, Texas 78731
 
Attn: Evan Melrose
 


 
Joseph C. Cook, III

Longfellow Venture Partners I, LLC
P.O. Box 380199
Cambridge, MA 02238

Kolterman Family Trust

Byron W. Smith

Farview Management Co. L.P.
3835 Cleghorn Ave., Ste. 300
Nashville, TN 37215

Derek J. Maetzold

Joe Cook, Jr.

Jumbo Sign Limited
Post Office Box 23291
Wanchai Post Office
Hong Kong
Attn: John Timothy Rucquoi Berger  

Alma Life Sciences, LLC
8540 Avenida De Las Ondas
La Jolla, CA 92037
Attn: Francois Ferre

Vaughn D. Bryson

Daniel G. Crockett
c/o Todd Glisson
Covenant Partners, LLC
P.O. Box 158187
Nashville, TN 37215

David L. Mahoney and Winnifred C. Ellis 1998 Family Trust
Attn: David L. Mahoney

James and Pamela Wilson Trust

Wilson Family Partners

Tobin W. Juvenal and Susan Juvenal

Andy Sassine  

Bonnie H. Anderson Living Trust

Jamie L. Dingley

Gregory J. Lausier

Beth A. Smith

John B. Juvenal and Leanne Juvenal Revocable Trust

Susan Mary Seery Revocable Trust

Thomas P. Sullivan

Pelmea Limited Partnership
P.O. Box 380199
Cambridge, MA 02238

Pensco Trust Company LLC
Custodian for Alice Bahner Izzo
Pensco Trust Company LLC
P. O. Box 173859
Denver, CO 80217

Patrick M. Hall

Gregory P. Schafer

Gore Range Capital Venture 1 LLC
2121 N. Frontage Rd. West #253
Vail, CO 81657
Attn: Ethan Rigel

JATEM Blue, LLC
8895 N. Military Trail, Suite B301
Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410
Attn: Edward Mullen

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Brian Eliot Peierls

UD E.F. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls
c/o The Northern Trust Company of
Delaware 1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5300
Wilmington, DE 19801
Attn: Alexis Borrelli

UD E.F. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls
c/o The Northern Trust Company of Delaware
1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5300
Wilmington, DE 19801
Attn: Alexis Borrelli

UD J.N. Peierls for Brian Eliot Peierls
c/o The Northern Trust Company of Delaware
1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5300
Wilmington, DE 19801
Attn: Alexis Borrelli

UD J.N. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls
c/o The Northern Trust Company of Delaware
1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5300
Wilmington, DE 19801

UW J.N. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls
c/o The Northern Trust Company of Delaware
1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5300
Wilmington, DE 19801

UW J.N. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls
c/o The Northern Trust Company of Delaware
1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5300
Wilmington, DE 19801

UD Ethel F. Peierls Charitable Lead Trust
c/o The Northern Trust Company of Delaware
1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5300
Wilmington, DE 19801

The Peierls Bypass Trust
c/o The Northern Trust Company of Delaware
1313 N. Market Street, Suite 5300
Wilmington, DE 19801
Attn: Alexis Borrelli

The Peierls Foundation, Inc.

UD E.S. Peierls for E.F. Peierls et al

UW E.S. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls –
Accumulation

UW E.S. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls –
Accumulation

The Colin W. Smith Gift Trust
u/a/d November 29, 2007

The Abigail A. Smith Gift Trust u/a/d November 29, 2007

The Andrew A. Smith Gift Trust u/a/d November 29, 2007

Mara G. Aspinall

James Braxton

Trisha Poteet

Clare Johnson

Bernhard Spiess

Bahner Izzo Family Trust
Paul Izzo and Alice Bahner Izzo, Trustees
c/o Julie Pitpit
UBS Financial Services Inc.
1200 Prospect Street, Suite 500
La Jolla, CA 92037

Chris Otte

John Abbott

Matt Falk

Chancie Hall

Tyler Whitmore

Jack Abbott

Carol Shumate

Jan Matchus

Mike Abbott

SCHEDULE 1
 
NOTICE AND WAIVER/ELECTION OF
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
 
I do hereby waive or exercise, as indicated below, my rights of first refusal under the Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of July 15, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”):
 
1.            Waiver of twenty (20) days’ notice period in which to exercise right of first refusal: (please check only one)
 
(  )
WAIVE in full, on behalf of all Holders, the twenty (20) day notice period provided to exercise my right of first refusal granted under the Agreement.
 
(  )
DO NOT WAIVE the notice period described above.
 
2.            Issuance and Sale of New Securities: (please check only one)
 
(  )
WAIVE in full the right of first refusal granted under the Agreement with respect to the issuance of the New Securities.
 
(  )
ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $_________ ( please provide amount ) in New Securities proposed to be issued by Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing LESS than my pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[____________] in New Securities being offered in the financing.
 
(  )
ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in $_________ in New Securities proposed to be issued by Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, representing my FULL pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[____________] in New Securities being offered in the financing.
 
(  )
ELECT TO PARTICIPATE in my full pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[____________] in New Securities being made available in the financing AND, to the extent available, the greater of (x) an additional $_________ ( please provide amount ) or (y) my pro rata portion of any remaining investment amount available in the event other Significant Holders do not exercise their full rights of first refusal with respect to the $[____________] in New Securities being offered in the financing.
 
Date:________________________________
 
 
( Print investor name )
   
   
 
( Signature )
   
   
 
( Print name of signatory, if signing for an entity )
   
   
 
( Print title of signatory, if signing for an entity )

This is neither a commitment to purchase nor a commitment to issue the New Securities described above. Such issuance can only be made by way of definitive documentation related to such issuance. The company will supply you with such definitive documentation upon request or if you indicate that you would like to exercise your first offer rights in whole or in part.



FIRST AMENDMENT TO
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This First Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) to that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among C astle B iosciences , I nc . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A thereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”), is made and entered into as of January 12, 2018 by and among the Company and the Investors listed on the signature pages hereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Agreement.

WHEREAS , the Company and the Investors entered into the Agreement, which provides for certain registration rights, information rights and rights of first refusal, among others;

WHEREAS , Section 7.1 of the Agreement provides that the Agreement may be amended by the written consent the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144) and each of the Major Investors (the “ Requisite Investors ”); and

WHEREAS , the undersigned constitute the Company and the Requisite Investors.

NOW, THEREFORE , in accordance with the foregoing and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1.            Section 2.12 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

2.12           Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder only to a transferee or assignee that is: (a) an affiliate of a Holder; (b) another Holder; (c) a Holder’s immediate family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s immediate family members; or (d) the transferee or assignee of not less than 10,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like); provided that (i) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10.”
 

2.            The opening paragraph of Section 4.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
1

“4.1           Right of First Refusal to Significant Holders. The Company hereby grants to each Holder who owns at least 10,000 Shares or Conversion Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and the like) (the “Significant Holders”), the right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4.1(a)) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement. A Significant Holder’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Preferred Stock owned by such Significant Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants for Preferred Stock held by said Significant Holder) to (b) the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants for Preferred Stock). Each Significant Holder shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any Significant Holder fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, the other Significant Holders may purchase the non-purchasing Significant Holder’s portion on a pro rata basis. This right of first refusal shall be subject to the following provisions:”

3.            Section 4.1(a)(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(i)              the Conversion Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock issued and sold pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Purchase Agreement, as amended from time to time, and the Conversion Stock to be issued and sold pursuant to that certain Second Series F Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of January 12, 2018 (the “ Second Purchase Agreement ”), including any such shares issued pursuant to the exercise of Series F Warrants (as defined in the Second Purchase Agreement);”

4.            Section 4.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

4.2            Assignment of Rights/Termination of Covenants. Each Significant Holder shall be entitled to assign its rights under this Section 4 to: (i) any affiliate of such Holder, (ii) any immediate family member of such Holder, and (iii) any trust for the benefit of such Holder or one or more of such Holder’s immediate family members. The covenants set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate upon and be of no further force and effect after the earliest to occur of: (a) the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering and (b) the consummation of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event.

5.            Clause (i) of Section 5.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(i)              make any capital expenditure in excess of $150,000 (individually, or in the aggregate, for a series of related capital expenditures);”

6.            A new Section 7.13 shall be inserted following Section 7.12 of the Agreement, which shall read as follows:
2

7.13 .         Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any purchaser of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, as amended from time to time, or pursuant to the Second Purchase Agreement may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor” and a party hereunder, without the need for an amendment of any of this Agreement except to add each such purchaser’s name to Exhibit A hereto, and such purchaser shall thereafter have the rights and obligations hereunder.”

7.            Clause (c) of Section 7.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 “(c) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at2014 San Miguel Drive, Friendswood, Texas 77546, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Holders, with a copy to Karen Deschaine, Cooley LLP, 4401 Eastgate Mall, San Diego, CA 92121.”

8.            Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and all of the rights and obligations under the Agreement are affirmed. In the event of a conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control.

9.            This Amendment shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

10.          This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed will be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, will be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Any signature page delivered by facsimile or other electronic (i.e., PDF) transmission shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page.

[Signature Pages Follow]
3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Requisite Investors have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 
COMPANY :
   
  CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
  a Delaware corporation
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Derek Maetzold
 
 
Derek Maetzold
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
BioBrit, LLC
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Daniel M. Bradbury
 
Name: Daniel M. Bradbury
Title: Managing Member
 
[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Garheng Kong
 
Name: Garheng Kong
Title: Managing Member of HealthQuest Venture Management, L.L.C., the general partner of Sofinnova HealthQuest Partners, L.P.

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
Industry Ventures Healthcare, LLC
 
 
 
 
By: Industry Ventures Management VII, LLC,
its General Partner
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Victor Hwang
 
Name: Victor Hwang
Title: Member

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
MGC Venture Partners 2013, L.P.
 
 
 
 
By: MCC Venture Partners 2013 GP, LLC
Its: General Partner
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Joe Cook, III,
  Name: Joe Cook, III, Managing Member
           

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
Joseph C. Cook Jr.
 
 
 
/s/ Joseph C. Cook Jr.

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
Joseph C. Cook III
 
 
 
/s/ Joseph C. Cook III

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
Steven D. Singleton
 
 
 
/s/ Steven D. Singleton

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
The Abigail A. Smith Gift Trust u/a/d November 29, 2007
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Paul Douglas Wilson
 
Name: Paul Douglas Wilson
Title: Trustee

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
The Andrew A. Smith Gift Trust u/a/d
 
November 29, 2007
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Paul Douglas Wilson
 
Name: Paul Douglas Wilson
Title: Trustee

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
The Colin W. Smith Gift Trust u/a/d November 29, 2007
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Paul Douglas Wilson
 
Name: Paul Douglas Wilson
Title: Trustee

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
Bradford Todd Whitmore
 
 
 
 
/s/ Bradford Todd Whitmore

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
Daniel G. Crockett
 
 
 
 
/s/ Daniel G. Crockett

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
David L. Mahoney for David L. Mahoney and Winnifred C. Ellis 1998 Family Trust
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ David L. Mahoney
 
Name: David L. Mahoney
Title: Trustee

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
Jumbo Sign Limited
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Rucquoi Berger
 
Name: Rucquoi Berger
Title: Managing Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
Vaughn D. Bryson
 
 
 
 
/s/ Vaughn D. Bryson

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
Thomas P. Sullivan
 
 
 
/s/ Thomas P. Sullivan

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
Derek Maetzold
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Derek Maetzold
 
Name: Derek Maetzold
Title: President, CEO, Board Member

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
Spindletop Healthcare Capital, L.P.
Spindletop Healthcare Investors II, LLC
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Evan Melrose
 
Name: Evan Melrose
Title: Managing Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
JATEM Blue, LLC
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Edward Mullen
 
Name: Edward Mullen
Title: Manager

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
/s/ Alice B. Izzo/ Paul P. Izzo
 
Bahner Izzo Family Trust

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
Jamie L. Dingley
 
 
 
 
/s/ Jamie L. Dingley

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
E. Jeffrey Peierls
The Peierls Foundation, Inc.
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls
 
Name: E. Jeffrey Peierls
Title: President of the Foundation

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
UD E.F. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls
UD E.F. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls
UD J.N. Peierls for Brian Eliot Peierls
UD J.N. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls
UW J.N. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls
UW J.N. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls
UD Ethel F. Peierls Charitable Lead Trust
The Peierls Bypass Trust
UD E.S. Peierls for E.F. Peierls et al
UW E.S. Peierls for Brian E. Peierls –Accumulation
UW E.S. Peierls for E. Jeffrey Peierls–Accumulation
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ Deserae B. Smith
 
Name: Deserae B. Smith
Title: Vice President, On behalf of The Northern Trust Company of Delaware as Trustee

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
Brian Eliot Peierls
 
 
 
/s/ Brian Eliot Peierls

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
Tobin W. and Susan Juvenal
 
 
 
/s/ Tobin W. and Susan Juvenal

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
Andrew Sassine
 
 
 
 
/s/ Andrew Sassine

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
James and Pamela Wilson Trust
Wilson Family Partners
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ James Wilson
 
Name: James Wilson
Title: General Partner

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
James and Pamela Wilson Trust
 
 
 
 
By: /s/ James Wilson
 
Name: James Wilson
Title: Trustee

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 
INVESTOR:
 
 
 
 
Gore Range Capital Venture 1 LLC
 
 
 
 
By: Gore Range Capital, its Manager
 
 
 
  By: /s/ Ethan Rigel
 
Name: Ethan Rigel
Title: Managing Member

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]
 


Exhibit 4.3
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND HAVE BEEN TAKEN FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION WITHOUT, EXCEPT UNDER CERTAIN SPECIFIC LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, CONCURRED IN BY COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION ARE NOT REQUIRED.
[______________]
STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
To Purchase Shares of Series E‑1 Preferred Stock of
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
THIS CERTIFIES that, for value received, [__________] (the “Investor”), is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date set forth in Section 2 below and on or prior to the close of business on the date ten (10) years after the date hereof; but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase, from CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), [_______] shares of Series E‑1 Preferred Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $[____] per share. The purchase price and the number of shares for which the Warrant is exercisable shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein. This Warrant is one of the Warrants issued pursuant to that Amendment No. 1 to Convertible Subordinated Promissory Notes of even date herewith by and among the Company and the Note Holders (as defined therein) (the “Notes Amendment”).
1.            Title of Warrant . Prior to the expiration hereof and subject to compliance with applicable laws, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, at the office or agency of the Company, referred to in Section 2 hereof; by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Warrant together with the Assignment Form annexed hereto properly endorsed.
2.            Exercise of Warrant . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by the registered holder hereof; in whole or in part, at any time (i) after the Initial Closing (as defined in that Series E‑1, Series E-2 and Series E-3 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined therein)) and (ii) before the close of business on the date ten (10) years after the date hereof, by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Exercise annexed hereto duly executed at the office of the Company, in Friendswood, Texas (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered holder hereof at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment of the purchase price of the shares thereby purchased (by cash or by check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company or by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the holder hereof, if any, at the time of exercise in an amount equal to the purchase price of the shares thereby purchased); whereupon the holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of shares of Series E‑1 Preferred Stock so purchased. The Company agrees that if at the time of the surrender of this Warrant and purchase the holder hereof shall be entitled to exercise this Warrant, the shares so purchased shall be and be deemed to be issued to such holder as the record owner of such shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised as aforesaid.
-1-

Certificates for shares purchased hereunder shall be delivered to the holder hereof within a reasonable time after the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised as aforesaid.
The Company covenants that all shares of Series E‑1 Preferred Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, be fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof.
3.            No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon the exercise of this Warrant, an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the then current price at which each share may be purchased hereunder shall be paid in cash to the holder of this Warrant.
4.            Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of certificates for shares of Series E‑1 Preferred Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the holder hereof for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificate, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such certificates shall be issued in the name of the holder of this Warrant or in such name or names as may be directed by the holder of this Warrant; provided, however, that in the event certificates for shares of Series E‑1 Preferred Stock are to be issued in a name other than the name of the holder of this Warrant, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the holder hereof; and provided further, that upon any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificates for shares of Series E‑1 Preferred Stock, the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto.
5.            No Rights as Stockholders . This Warrant does not entitle the holder hereof to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise thereof.
6.            Exchange and Registry of Warrant . This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the registered holder at the above-mentioned office or agency of the Company, for a new Warrant of like tenor and dated as of such exchange.
The Company shall maintain at the above-mentioned office or agency a registry showing the name and address of the registered holder of this Warrant. This Warrant may be surrendered for exchange, transfer or exercise, in accordance with its terms, at such office or agency of the Company, and the Company shall be entitled to rely in all respects, prior to written notice to the contrary, upon such registry.
-2-

7.            Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it, and upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of this Warrant.
8.            Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday or a Sunday or shall be a legal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day not a legal holiday.
9.            Early Termination and Dilution .
(a)            Merger, Sale of Assets, etc. If at any time the Company proposes to (i) consolidate with, merge with, sell or convey all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation, or effect some other form of reorganization, or (ii) effect a registered public offering of its shares, then the Company shall give the holder of this Warrant thirty days notice of the proposed effective date of such transaction and if the Warrant has not been exercised by the effective date of such transaction it shall terminate.
(b)            Reclassification, etc . If the Company at any time shall, by subdivision, combination or reclassification of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities of any class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter be to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision, combination, reclassification or other change. If shares of the Company’s Series E‑1 Preferred Stock are subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares of Series E‑1 Preferred Stock, the purchase price under this Warrant shall be proportionately reduced in case of subdivision of shares or proportionately increased in the case of combination of shares, in both cases by the ratio which the total number of shares of Series E‑1 Preferred Stock to be outstanding immediately after such event bears to the total number of shares of Series E‑1 Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such event.
(c)            Cash Distributions . No adjustment on account of cash dividends or interest on the Company’s Series E‑1 Preferred Stock or other securities purchasable hereunder will be made to the purchase price under this Warrant.
(d)            Authorized Shares . The Company covenants that during the period the Warrant is outstanding and exercisable, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Series E‑1 Preferred Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of Series E‑1 Preferred Stock upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for shares of the Company’s Series E‑1 Preferred Stock upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant.
-3-

10.            Miscellaneous .
(a)            Issue Date . The provisions of this Warrant shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been issued and delivered by the Company on the date hereof. This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.
(b)            Restrictions . The holder hereof acknowledges that the Series E‑1 Preferred Stock acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant may have restrictions upon its resale imposed by state and federal securities laws or pursuant to Company contracts.
(c)            Waivers and Amendments . With the consent of the Holders (as defined below) holding rights to purchase more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares issuable upon exercise of the then outstanding Warrants (as defined below), the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), and with the same consent the Company may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Warrants; provided, however, that no such waiver or supplemental agreement shall reduce the aforesaid percentage which is required for consent to any waiver or supplemental agreement, without the consent of all of the Holders of the then outstanding Warrants. As used in this paragraph 10(c), (i) “Warrants” shall mean the “Warrants” as issued pursuant to and defined in the Notes Amendment, and (ii) the “Holders” shall be the record holders of the Warrants.
-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. has caused this Stock Purchase Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first set forth above,
 
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
     
 
By
 
     
 
Name: 
 
Title: 
 
AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:
 
     
[________________]
 
 
By:
     
  
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
 
Address:
   
 
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
Signature Page to Warrant

NOTICE OF EXERCISE
 
To:            CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
(1)            The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ____________ shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock of CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.
(2)            Please issue a certificate of certificates representing said shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
     
 
(Name)
 
     
     
 
(Address)
 
(3)            The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.
 
 
 
(Date) 
 
(Signature)



ASSIGNMENT FORM
 
(To assign the foregoing warrant, execute
this form and supply required information.
Do not use this form to purchase shares.)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to
 
(Please Print)
whose address is 
 
  (Please Print)
 
 

 
Dated: _______________, 20 ____.
 
 
Holder’s Signature:
 
 
 
Holder’s Address:
 
     
     
 
 Signature Guaranteed:  
NOTE: The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, and must be guaranteed by a bank or trust company. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.


Exhibit 4.4

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

   
Company:

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Number of Shares:

[______] shares of Series E-2 Preferred (the “Initial Shares”), plus all Additional Shares which Holder is entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 1.7

Type/Series of Stock:

Series E-2 Preferred in the case of all Initial Shares or, in the case of all Additional Shares, Series E-3 Preferred

Warrant Price:

$[_____] per share of Series E-2 Preferred in the case of the Initial Shares or, in the case of all Additional Shares, $[_____] per share of Series E-3 Preferred

Issue Date:

[______________]

Expiration Date:

[______________]; See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility:

This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between [_____________] and the Company (the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, [________________] (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby [_____________] shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, [_____________].

 

SECTION 1   EXERCISE .

 

1.1        Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1

1.2        Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)/A

 

where:

 

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

B = the Warrant Price.

 

1.3        Fair Market Value .  If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4        Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5        Replacement of Warrant .  On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

1.6        Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

 

(a)        Acquisition .  For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

 

2

(b)        Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .  In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

 

(c)       Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

(d)       As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

 

1.7        Additional Shares .  Upon the funding of each Growth Capital Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Second Tranche (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the Company shall be deemed to have automatically granted to Holder, in addition to the number of Shares which this Warrant can otherwise be exercised for by Holder, the right to purchase additional Shares consisting of the Company’s Series E-3 Preferred Stock in an amount equal to one and three-quarters of one percent (1.75%) of the amount of such Growth Capital Advance divided by $[_____], subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 2 below (collectively, such additional shares being called the “ Additional Shares ”).

 

3

SECTION 2   ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

 

2.1        Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc .  If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2        Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution .  Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

 

2.3        Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

2.4        Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .  Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

 

4

2.5        No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

 

2.6        Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

 

SECTION 3   REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

3.1        Representations and Warranties .  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

(a)       The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

 

(b)       All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

 

(c)       The Company’s capitalization table as of the Issue Date is attached hereto as Schedule 1 and is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2        Notice of Certain Events .  If the Company proposes at any time to:

 

(a)       declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

 

(b)       offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

 

(c)       effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

 

5

(d)       effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

 

(e)       effect an IPO;

 

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

 

(1)       at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

 

(2)       in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

 

(3)       with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

 

Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

 

SECTION 4   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

 

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1        Purchase for Own Account .  This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder, and any shares of common stock to be issued upon conversion of any such securities, are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2        Disclosure of Information .  Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

4.3        Investment Experience .  Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

6

4.4        Accredited Investor Status .  Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5        The Act .  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

4.6        Market Stand-off Agreement .  The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provisions in Section 2.10 of the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement and any similar provision of any successor agreement, as if the Holder were a party thereto for the purposes of such section.

 

4.7        No Voting Rights .  Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company (except to the extent provided herein) until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

SECTION 5   MISCELLANEOUS.

 

5.1        Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration .

 

(a)        Term .  Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

 

(b)        Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration .  In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

 

5.2        Legends .  The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO [_____________] DATED [_________________], MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

7

5.3        Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to [_____________] ([_____________]’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

5.4        Transfer Procedure .  After receipt by [__________] of the executed Warrant, [__________] will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, [_____________]. By its acceptance of this Warrant, [_____________] hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, [_____________] and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, [_____________] or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than [_____________] shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who or that directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

 

8

5.5        Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

     
  Attn:__________________  
     
     
  Telephone:______________  
  Facsimile:_______________  
  Email address:___________  

 

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

 
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
 
 
Attn: Derek Maetzold
 
 
2014 San Miguel Drive
 
 
Friendswood, TX 77546
 

 

5.6        Waiver .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7        Attorney’s Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.8        Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures .  This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

 

5.9        Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

5.10       Headings .  The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

 

9

5.11       Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which [_____________] is closed.

 

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

 

[Signature page follows]

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”

 

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

     
By:    
     
Name:    
     
Title:    
     
  (Print)  

 

“HOLDER”

 

[______________________]

 

     
By:    
     
Name:    
     
Title:    
  (Print)  

 

11

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.             The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase ______________ shares of the Common/Series _____________ Preferred [circle one] Stock of CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

[ ] Check in the amount of $                payable to the order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

[ ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

[ ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

[ ] Other [Describe] _____________________________________________________________________

 

2.             Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

     
    Holder’s Name  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    (Address)  

 

3.             By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

  HOLDER:
     
       
     
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  
     
  (Date):  

 

Appendix 1

SCHEDULE 1

 

Company Capitalization Table

 

See attached

 

Schedule 1





Exhibit 4.5

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company: CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
  Number of Shares: [______] shares, plus all Additional Shares which Holder is entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 1.7
  Type/Series of Stock: Series F Preferred
  Warrant Price: $[______] per share
  Issue Date: [______________]
  Expiration Date: [______________]                  See also Section 5.1(b).
     
  Credit Facility: This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between [_____________] and the Company (the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, [________________] (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby [_____________] shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, [_____________].

 

Section 1   EXERCISE .

 

1.1        Method of Exercise .  Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2        Cashless Exercise .  On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

1.

X = Y(A-B)/A

 

where:

 

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

B = the Warrant Price.

 

1.3        Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4        Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5        Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

1.6        Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

 

(a)        Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

 

2.

 

(b)        Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as of the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

 

(c)       Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

(d)       As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

 

1.7        Additional Shares . Upon the funding of each Supplemental Growth Capital Advance (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Second Tranche (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the Company shall be deemed to have automatically granted to Holder, in addition to the number of Shares which this Warrant can otherwise be exercised for by Holder, the right to purchase a number of additional Shares equal to one and one-quarter of one percent (1.25%) of the amount of such Supplemental Growth Capital Advance divided by the Warrant Price (collectively, such additional shares being called the “ Additional Shares ”).

 

3.

Section 2   ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

 

2.1        Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2        Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

 

2.3        Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

2.4        Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

 

2.5        No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

 

4.

2.6        Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

 

Section 3   REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

 

3.1        Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

(a)       The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

 

(b)       All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

 

(c)       The Company’s capitalization table as of the Issue Date is attached hereto as Schedule 1 and is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2        Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

 

(a)       declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

 

(b)       offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

 

(c)       effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

 

(d)       effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

 

5.

(e)       effect an IPO;

 

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

 

(1)       at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

 

(2)       in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

 

(3)       with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

 

Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

 

Section 4   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

 

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1        Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder, and any shares of common stock to be issued upon conversion of any such securities, are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2        Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

4.3        Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

6.

4.4        Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5        The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

4.6        Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provisions in Section 2.10 of the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement and any similar provision of any successor agreement, as if the Holder were a party thereto for the purposes of such section.

 

4.7        No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company (except to the extent provided herein) until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

Section 5   MISCELLANEOUS .

 

5.1        Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration .

 

(a)        Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

 

(b)        Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

 

5.2        Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO [_____________] DATED [_________________], MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

7.

5.3        Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to [_____________] ([_____________]’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

5.4        Transfer Procedure . After receipt by [_____________] of the executed Warrant, [_____________] will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, [_____________]. By its acceptance of this Warrant, [_____________] hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, [_____________] and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, [_____________] or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than [_____________] shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who or that directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

 

5.5        Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

______________________

Attn:__________________

______________________

______________________

Telephone:_____________

Facsimile:_____________

Email address:__________

 

8.

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

Attn: Derek Maetzold

2014 San Miguel Drive

Friendswood, TX 77546

 

5.6        Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7        Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.8        Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

 

5.9        Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

5.10        Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

 

5.11        Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which [_____________] is closed.

 

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

 

[Signature page follows]

 

9.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

COMPANY

 

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

By:    
     
Name:    
    (Print)  
Title:    

 

HOLDER

 

[______________________]

 

By:    
     
Name:    
    (Print)  
Title:    

 


APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.             The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase ________ shares of the Common/Series _______ Preferred [circle one] Stock of CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

[ ] Check in the amount of $ payable to the order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

[ ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

[ ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

[ ] Other [Describe]  

 

2.             Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

     
    Holder’s Name  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    (Address)  

 

3.             By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

  HOLDER:
     
     
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  
     
  (Date):  

 

Appendix 1

SCHEDULE 1

 

Company Capitalization Table

 

See attached

 

 Schedule 1


Exhibit 4.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company:
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:
[______] (Subject to Section 1.7)
Type/Series of Stock:
Series F Preferred (Subject to Section 1.7)
Warrant Price:
$[_____] per share (Subject to Section 1.7)
Issue Date:
[_________________]
Expiration Date:
[_________________]. See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility:
This Warrant to Purchase Stock (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith among [__________], as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, including [__________], and the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, [__________] [“[_____]” and,]  (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. [Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby [__________] shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, [______________]].

SECTION 1.      EXERCISE .

1.1            Method of Exercise .  Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2            Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

  X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

X =
the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y =
the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
1

 
A =
the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B =
the Warrant Price.

1.3           Fair Market Value .  If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4           Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5           Replacement of Warrant .  On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6             Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a)           Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b)            Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c)            The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.
2

(d)            Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e)             As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

1.7            Adjustment to Class of Shares; Number of Shares; Warrant Price; Adjustments Cumulative . If, upon the closing of the Next Equity Financing, the Next Equity Financing Price shall be less than the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior thereto, then the “Class” shall be Next Equity Financing Securities from and after such closing, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant and the “Warrant Price” shall be the Next Equity Financing Price from and after such closing, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant; provided, that upon such date, if any, as the “Class” becomes Next Equity Financing Securities pursuant to this sentence, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of such Class as shall equal (i) [_______] divided by (ii) the Next Equity Financing Price, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. As used herein (i) “ Next Equity Financing ” means the first sale or issuance by the Company on or after the Issue Date of this Warrant set forth above, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of shares of its convertible preferred stock or other senior equity securities to one or more investors for cash for financing purposes; (ii) “ Next Equity Financing Securities ” means the type, class and series of convertible preferred stock or other senior equity security sold or issued by the Company in the Next Equity Financing; and (iii) “ Next Equity Financing Price ” means the lowest price per share for which Next Equity Financing Securities are sold or issued by the Company in the Next Equity Financing.

SECTION 2.       ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1             Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.
3

2.2            Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3            Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4            Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5            No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6            Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3.        REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1             Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a)            The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b)             All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

4

(c)             The Company’s capitalization table provided to Holder on the date hereof is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2             Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a)              declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b)            offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c)              effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d)              effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e)              effect an IPO;
then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1)            at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2)            in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3)            with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4.       REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1             Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2             Disclosure of Information .   Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.
5

4.3             Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4             Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5            The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6            Market Stand-off Agreement . If requested by the Company or an underwriter, Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of, any shares of the Company’s capital stock held by Holder (other than those included in the registration) during for such period of time as reasonably requested by the Company or such underwriter, but not to exceed the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Lock Up Period ”). Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by Holder until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 4.6 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holder shall only be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.6 so long as each of the Company’s other stockholders that hold at least 1% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company are subject to substantially the same requirements and restrictions.
4.7             No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.


SECTION 5.     MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1            Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .


(a)            Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b)            Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.
6

5.2            Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO [__________] DATED [______________], MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3             Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to [an] [[__________] ([__________] parent company) or any other] affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4            Transfer Procedure . After receipt by [__________] of the executed Warrant, [__________]  [may][will] transfer all [or part ] of this Warrant to [its parent company, [__________]] [one or more of [__________]’s affiliates (each, an “[__________] Affiliate ”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2]. [By its acceptance of this Warrant, [ __________] hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof.] Subject to the provisions of [Article][Section] 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, [__________] [[__________], any such [__________] Affiliate] and any subsequent Holder , may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the [securities] [Shares]  issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any [other] transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, [ __________] [the [__________] Affiliate(s)] or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable) ; [and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than [__________] shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant]. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.
7

5.5            Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:
          
[_______________________
Attn: __________________
_______________________
Telephone:______________
Facsimile:_______________
Email:__________________]

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Castle Biosciences, Inc.
820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 201
Friendswood, Texas 77546
Attn: James L. Dunn, Jr.

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP
101 California Street, 5 th Floor
San Francisco, California 94111
Attn: Maricel Mojares-Moore
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Email:

5.6            Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7            Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8         Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9             Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10           Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11           Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which [________________] is closed.
8

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]
9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”
 
     
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
     
By:
   
     
Name:
   
 
(Print)
 
Title:
   

“HOLDER”
 
     
[________________]
 
     
By:
   
     
Name:
   
 
(Print)
 
Title:
   

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]

APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.            The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase __________________ shares of the Common/Series ______ Preferred [circle one] Stock of CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:


[   ]
check in the amount of $________ payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 
[   ]
Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 
[   ]
Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 
[   ]
Other [Describe] __________________________________________

2.              Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:
     
 
Holder’s Name
 
     
     
     
 
(Address)
 

3.               By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 
HOLDER:
       
       
 
By:
   
       
 
Name:
 
       
 
Title:
 
       
 
Date:
 
Appendix 2

[APPENDIX 2]

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, [________________] hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 
Name:
[[______] TRANSFEREE]
 
       
 
Address:
   
       
 
Tax ID:
 
]

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. (the “ Company ”), on [_____________] (the “ Warrant ”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

       
 
[_____________]
       
 
By:
   
       
 
Name:
 
       
 
Title:
 

Date:
   

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [[______] TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

       
 
[[______] TRANSFEREE]
       
 
By:
   
       
 
Name:
 
       
 
Title:
 
 
Appendix 2



Exhibit 4.7

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.
 
WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK
 
Company:
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:
[______] (Subject to Section 1.7)
Type/Series of Stock:
Series F Preferred (Subject to Section 1.7)
Warrant Price:
$[_____] per share (Subject to Section 1.7)
Issue Date:
[_________________]
Expiration Date:
[_________________]. See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility:
This Warrant to Purchase Stock (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith among [__________], as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, including [__________], and the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, [__________] [“[_____]” and,] (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.  [Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby [__________] shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, [__________]].
 
SECTION 1.      EXERCISE .
 
1.1            Method of Exercise .  Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.
 
1.2            Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:
 
X = Y(A-B)/A
 
where:
 

X =
the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
 

Y =
the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
1


A =
the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
 

B =
the Warrant Price.
 
1.3            Fair Market Value .  If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.
 
1.4            Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.
 
1.5            Replacement of Warrant .  On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.
 
1.6            Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .
 
(a)            Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.
 
(b)            Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.
 
(c)            The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.
2

(d)            Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.
 
(e)            As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.
 
1.7            Adjustment to Class of Shares; Number of Shares; Warrant Price; Adjustments Cumulative . If, upon the closing of the Next Equity Financing, the Next Equity Financing Price shall be less than the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior thereto, then the “Class” shall be Next Equity Financing Securities from and after such closing, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant and the “Warrant Price” shall be the Next Equity Financing Price from and after such closing, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant; provided, that upon such date, if any, as the “ Class ” becomes Next Equity Financing Securities pursuant to this sentence, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of such Class as shall equal (i) [_______] divided by (ii) the Next Equity Financing Price, subject to adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. As used herein (i) “ Next Equity Financing ” means the first sale or issuance by the Company on or after the Issue Date of this Warrant set forth above, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of shares of its convertible preferred stock or other senior equity securities to one or more investors for cash for financing purposes; (ii) “ Next Equity Financing Securities ” means the type, class and series of convertible preferred stock or other senior equity security sold or issued by the Company in the Next Equity Financing; and (iii) “ Next Equity Financing Price ” means the lowest price per share for which Next Equity Financing Securities are sold or issued by the Company in the Next Equity Financing.
 
SECTION 2.      ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .
 
2.1            Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.
3

2.2            Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.
 
2.3            Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.
 
2.4            Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.
 
2.5            No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.
 
2.6            Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.
 
SECTION 3.      REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .
 
3.1            Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:
 
(a)            The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.
 
(b)            All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.
4

(c)            The Company’s capitalization table provided to Holder on the date hereof is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.
 
3.2            Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:
 
(a)            declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;
 
(b)          offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);
 
(c)            effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;
 
(d)            effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or
 
(e)            effect an IPO;
 
then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:
 
(1)            at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;
 
(2)            in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and
 
(3)            with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.
 
Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.
 
SECTION 4.      REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .
 
The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
 
4.1            Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.
 
4.2            Disclosure of Information .   Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.
5

4.3            Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.
 
4.4            Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.
 
4.5          The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.
 
4.6            Market Stand-off Agreement . If requested by the Company or an underwriter, Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of, any shares of the Company’s capital stock held by Holder (other than those included in the registration) during for such period of time as reasonably requested by the Company or such underwriter, but not to exceed the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Lock Up Period ”). Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by Holder until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 4.6 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holder shall only be subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.6 so long as each of the Company’s other stockholders that hold at least 1% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company are subject to substantially the same requirements and restrictions.
 
4.7            No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.
 
SECTION 5.      MISCELLANEOUS .
 
5.1            Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .
 
(a)            Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.
 
(b)          Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.
6

5.2            Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
 
THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO [__________] DATED [______________], MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.
 
5.3            Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to [an] [[__________] ([__________] parent company) or any other] affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.
 
5.4            Transfer Procedure . After receipt by [__________] of the executed Warrant, [__________] [may][will] transfer all [or part] of this Warrant to [its parent company, [__________]] [one or more of [__________]’s affiliates (each, an “[__________] Affiliate ”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2]. [By its acceptance of this Warrant, [__________] hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof.] Subject to the provisions of [Article][Section] 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, [__________] [[__________], any such [__________] Affiliate] and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the [securities] [Shares] issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any [other] transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, [__________] [the [__________] Affiliate(s)] or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); [and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than [__________] shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant]. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.
7

5.5            Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5.  All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

[_______________________
Attn: __________________
_______________________
Telephone:______________
Facsimile:_______________
Email:__________________]
 
Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:
 
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
820 South Friendswood Drive, Suite 201
Friendswood, Texas 77546
Attn: Frank Stokes

 
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
Cooley LLP
101 California Street, 5 th Floor
San Francisco, California 94111
Attn: Maricel Mojares-Moore
Telephone:
Facsimile:

5.6            Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
 
5.7            Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.
 
5.8         Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.
 
5.9            Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.
 
5.10            Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.
 
5.11            Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which [________________] is closed.
 
[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]
 
[Signature page follows]
8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”
 
     
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
     
By:
   
     
Name:
   
 
(Print)
 
Title:
   

“HOLDER”
 
     
[________________]
 
     
By:
   
     
Name:
   
 
(Print)
 
Title:
   

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]

APPENDIX 1
 
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
 
1.            The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase __________________ shares of the Common/Series ______ Preferred [circle one] Stock of CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:
 
[     ]
check in the amount of $________ payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith
 
[     ]
Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account
 
[     ]
Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant
 
[     ]
Other [Describe] __________________________________________
 
2.
Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:
     
 
Holder’s Name (Address)
 
     
     
     
 
(Address)
 
 
3.            By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 
HOLDER:
       
       
 
By:
   
       
 
Name:
 
       
 
Title:
 
       
 
Date:
 

[APPENDIX 2]
 
ASSIGNMENT
 
For value received, [________________] hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 
Name:
[[______] TRANSFEREE]
 
       
 
Address:
   
       
 
Tax ID:
 
]

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. (the “ Company ”), on [_____________] (the “ Warrant ”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.
       
 
[_____________]
       
 
By:
   
       
 
Name:
 
       
 
Title:
 

Date:
   
 
By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [[______] TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.
       
 
[[______] TRANSFEREE]
       
 
By:
   
       
 
Name:
 
       
 
Title:
 ]
 


Exhibit 4.8
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND HAVE BEEN TAKEN FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION WITHOUT, EXCEPT UNDER CERTAIN SPECIFIC LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THIS WARRANT, CONCURRED IN BY COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION ARE NOT REQUIRED.
 
[_______________]
 
WARRANT

TO PURCHASE SHARES OF SERIES F PREFERRED STOCK OF

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
THIS CERTIFIES that, for value received, [__________] (the “ Investor ”), is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date set forth in Section 2 below and on or prior to the close of business on the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Expiration Date ”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase, from CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), [_______] shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Shares ”) at a purchase price of $[____] per share (the “ Exercise Price ”).  The Exercise Price and the number of Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.  This Warrant is one of the Warrants issued pursuant to that certain Second Series F Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined therein) (as may be amended from time to time, the ‘‘ Purchase Agreement ”).
 
Immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock (the “ IPO ”), this warrant shall become exercisable for that number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock into which the Shares would then be convertible, so long as the Shares, if this warrant has been exercised prior to such offering, would have been converted into shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the automatic conversion provisions (or otherwise) of the Company’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended from time to time).
 
1.            Title of Warrant .  Prior to the expiration hereof and subject to compliance with applicable laws, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, at the office or agency of the Company, referred to in Section 2 hereof, by the registered holder of this Warrant (the “ Holder ”) in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Warrant together with the Assignment Form annexed hereto properly endorsed; provided that, if not already a party thereto, the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of the applicable Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) upon the acquisition of any Shares pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant.

2.           Exercise of Warrant .
 
(a)            The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by the Holder, in whole or in part, at any time after the Closing (as defined in Purchase Agreement) and before close of business on the Expiration Date, by the surrender of the following to the Company at its office located in Friendswood, Texas (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder):
 
(i)            this Warrant;
 
(ii)          an executed copy of the Notice of Exercise annexed hereto; and
 
(iii)        payment of the Exercise Price (by cash or by check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company or by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Holder, if any, at the time of exercise in an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares thereby purchased).
 
(b)            Upon the proper exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of Shares so purchased.  The Company agrees that if at the time of the surrender of this Warrant and purchase the Holder shall be entitled to exercise this Warrant, the Shares so purchased shall be and be deemed to be issued to such holder as the record owner of such Shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised as aforesaid.
 
(c)            Certificates for the Shares purchased hereunder shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised as aforesaid.
 
(d)            The Company covenants that the Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, be fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof.
 
3.            Net Exercise .  Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment as specified in Section 2(a)(iii) hereof, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed copy of the Notice of Exercise annexed hereto in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Shares computed using the following formula:
 
 X = Y (A-B)
A
 
Where


X =
the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
-2-


Y =
the number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of this Warrant is being exercised, the portion of this Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)
 

A =
the fair market value of one Share (at the date of such calculation)
 

B =
Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)
 
For purposes of the above calculation, the fair market value of one Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however , that in the event that this Warrant is exercised pursuant to this Section 3 in connection with the IPO, the fair market value per share shall be the product of (i) the per share offering price to the public of the IPO, and (ii) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock into which each Share is convertible at the time of such exercise.
 
4.            No Fractional Shares or Scrip .  No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.  With respect to any fraction of a Share called for upon the exercise of this Warrant, an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price shall be paid in cash to the Holder.
 
5.            Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of certificates for the Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificate, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such certificates shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided, however , that in the event certificates for such Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder; and provided further, that upon any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificates for the Shares, the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto.
 
6.            No Rights as Stockholders .  This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise thereof.
 
7.            Exchange and Registry of Warrant .  This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Holder at the above-mentioned office or agency of the Company, for a new Warrant of like tenor and dated as of such exchange.
 
The Company shall maintain at the above-mentioned office or agency a registry showing the name and address of the Holder.  This Warrant may be surrendered for exchange, transfer or exercise, in accordance with its terms, at such office or agency of the Company, and the Company shall be entitled to rely in all respects, prior to written notice to the contrary, upon such registry.
 
8.            Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant .  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it, and upon reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of this Warrant.
-3-

9.            Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc .  If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday or a Sunday or shall be a legal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day not a legal holiday.
 
10.            Early Termination and Dilution .
 
(a)            Merger, Sale of Assets, etc .  If at any time the Company proposes to (i) consolidate with merge with, sell or convey all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation, or effect some other form of reorganization, or (ii) effect a registered public offering of its shares, then the Company shall give the Holder thirty (30) days notice of the proposed effective date of such transaction and if this Warrant has not been exercised by the effective date of such transaction this Warrant shall terminate.
 
(b)            Reclassification, etc .  If the Company at any time shall, by subdivision, combination or reclassification of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities of any class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter be to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision, combination, reclassification or other change.  If shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Preferred ”) are subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares of the Series F Preferred, the Exercise Price shall be proportionately reduced in case of subdivision of shares or proportionately increased in the case of combination of shares, in both cases by the ratio which the total number of shares of Series F Preferred to be outstanding immediately after such event bears to the total number of shares of Series F Preferred outstanding immediately prior to such event.
 
(c)            Cash Distributions .  No adjustment on account of cash dividends or interest on the Shares or other securities purchasable hereunder will be made to the Exercise Price.
 
(d)            Authorized Shares .  The Company covenants that during the period in which this Warrant is outstanding and exercisable, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Series F Preferred a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Shares.  The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for the Shares.
 
11.            Miscellaneous .
 
(a)            Issue Date .  The provisions of this Warrant shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been issued and delivered by the Company on the date hereof.  This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.
-4-

(b)            Restrictions .  The Holder acknowledges that the Shares may be subject to transfer and sale restrictions imposed by state and federal securities laws or pursuant to Company agreements.  The Holder understands and agrees that all certificates evidencing the shares of stock issuable hereunder may bear the following legend:
 
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFORM.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”
 
(c)            Waivers and Amendments .  With the consent of the Record Holders (as defined below) holding rights to purchase more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares issuable upon exercise of the then outstanding Series F Warrants (as defined below), the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Record Holders may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), and with the same consent the Company may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Warrants; provided, however, that no such waiver or supplemental agreement shall reduce the aforesaid percentage which is required for consent to any waiver or supplemental agreement, without the consent of all of the Record Holders of the then outstanding Warrants.  As used in this paragraph 10(c), (i) “Series F Warrants” shall mean the “Series F Warrants” as issued pursuant to and defined in the Purchase Agreement, and (ii) the “Record Holders” shall be the record holders of all outstanding Warrants.
 
(d)            Market Stand-Off Agreement .   The Holder shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Shares (or other securities) held by such Holder, for a period of time specified by the representative of the underwriters of the Company’s Common Stock (or other securities) not to exceed 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act (or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar or successor regulatory rules and regulations).  The Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter(s) which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares (or other securities) held by such Holder until the end of such period.  The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 10(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.
-5-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC, has caused this Stock Purchase Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first set forth above,
 
 
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
 
 
 
By 
 
 
 
 
  Name: 
 
Title:

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:
 
     
[________________]
 
     
By:
   
     
Name:
   
 
 
Title:
   
     
Address:    

Castle Biosciences, Inc.
Signature Page To Warrant To Purchase Series F Preferred Stock

NOTICE OF EXERCISE
 
To:            CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
(1)            The undersigned hereby elects to purchase _________ shares of Series F Preferred Stock of CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the aggregate purchase price of such shares of Series F Preferred Stock in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.
 
(2)            Please issue a certificate of certificates representing said shares of Series F Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
 


 
  (Name)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  (Address)
 

(3)            The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Series F Preferred Stock are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.
     
[________________]
 
     
By:
   
     
Name:
   
 
 
Title:
   
     
Date:    

ASSIGNMENT FORM
 
(To assign the foregoing warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to
 

(Please Print)

whose address is
 
(Please Print)
 
 

Dated: __________________________________ , 20__
 
 
Holder’s Signature:
 
     
  Holder’s Address:  
     
     

Signature Guaranteed:
 
 
NOTE:  The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, and must be guaranteed by a bank or trust company. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.
 


Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

This Indemnity Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of ___________ _____, 20__, is made by and between Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and _________________ (“ Indemnitee ”).

Recitals

A.       The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals as directors, officers, employees and agents.

B.        The Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) require that the Company indemnify its directors and officers, and empowers the Company to indemnify its   employees and other agents, as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “ Code ”), under which the Company is organized and such Bylaws expressly provide that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive and contemplates that the Company may enter into separate agreements with its directors, officers and other persons to set forth specific indemnification provisions.

C.       Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Bylaws, the Company’s other governing documents, and available insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and the Company has determined that Indemnitee and other directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company may not be willing to serve or continue to serve in such capacities without additional protection.

D.        The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, as the case may be, and has proffered this Agreement to Indemnitee as an additional inducement to serve in such capacity.

E.        Indemnitee is willing to serve, or to continue to serve, as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, as the case may be, if Indemnitee is furnished the indemnity provided for herein by the Company.

Agreement

Now Therefore , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1.         Definitions .

(a)        Agent . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Agent ” of the Company means any person who: (i) is or was a director , officer, employee, agent, or other fiduciary of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or (ii) is or was serving at the request or for the convenience of, or representing the interests of, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, as a director, officer, employee, agent, or other fiduciary of a foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

1.

(b)         Change in Control .  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) individuals who on the date of this Agreement are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board ( provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board), or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c)          Expenses . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all attorneys’, witness, or other professional fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs of whatever nature, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Code or otherwise. The term “ Expenses ” shall also include reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which he or she is not compensated by the Company or any subsidiary or third party: (i) for any period during which Indemnitee is not an Agent, in the employment of, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any subsidiary; and (ii) if the rate of compensation and estimated time involved is approved by the directors of the Company who are not parties to any action with respect to which Expenses are incurred, for Indemnitee while an Agent of, employed by, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any subsidiary.

(d)        Independent Counsel . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5)   years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

2.

(e)         Liabilities . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Liabilities ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, judgments, damages, deficiencies, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines, assessments and amounts paid in settlement, including any interest and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payment under this Agreement.

(f)         Proceedings . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal in any case, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness, or otherwise by reason of: (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company; (ii) the fact that any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting as an Agent; or (iii) the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, and in any such case described above, whether or not serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses may be provided under this Agreement. If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a proceeding, this shall be considered a proceeding under this paragraph.

(g)          Subsidiary . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ subsidiary ” means any corporation, limited liability company, or other entity, of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or equity interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and one or more of its subsidiaries, and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as an Agent.

(h)         Voting Securities .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2.         Agreement to Serve . Indemnitee will serve, or continue to serve, as the case may be, as an Agent, faithfully and to the best of his or her ability, at the will of such entity designated by the Company and at the request of the Company (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity Indemnitee currently serves such entity, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the governance documents of such entity, or until such time as Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended as an employment agreement between Indemnitee and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to create any right to continued employment of Indemnitee with the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any capacity.

3.

The Company acknowledges that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby, in addition to and separate from its obligations to Indemnitee under the Bylaws, to induce Indemnitee to serve, or continue to serve, as an Agent, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an Agent.

3.         Indemnification .

(a)          Indemnification in Third Party Proceedings . Subject to Section 10 below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, to the fullest extent of the law, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, for any and all Expenses and Liabilities (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses and Liabilities) incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such proceeding,   if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

(b)        Indemnification in Derivative Actions and Direct Actions by the Company . Subject to Section 10 below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, fullest extent permitted by applicable law, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of such proceedings, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3(b) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the  Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or any court in which the proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

4.        Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in circumstances where indemnification is not available under Section 3(a) or 3(b), as the case may be, to the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) any proceeding and has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or part, including the dismissal of any action without prejudice, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses  and Liabilities in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such proceeding. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law.

4.

5.      Partial Indemnification; Witness Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses and Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding, but is precluded by applicable law or the specific terms of this Agreement to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s acting as an Agent, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6.      Advancement of Expenses . To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice) and upon request of the Company, an undertaking to repay the advancement of Expenses if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Advances shall be unsecured, interest free and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee pursuing an action to enforce Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise and this right of advancement, including expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee acknowledges that the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee shall, to the fullest extent required by law, repay the advance (without interest) if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this Section shall continue until final disposition of any proceeding, including any appeal therein. This Section 6 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 10(b).

7.         Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

(a)        Notification of Proceeding . Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the proceeding and the facts underlying the proceeding. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement.

5.

(b)          Request for Indemnification Payments . To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under the terms of this Agreement, and shall request payment thereof by the Company.

(c)        Determination of Right to Indemnification Payments . Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the Section 7(b) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board of Directors:  (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company; provided, however , that if there has been a Change in Control, then such determination shall be made by Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the board of directors of the Company who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee. Indemnification payments requested by Indemnitee under Section 3 hereof shall be made by the Company no later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. Claims for advancement of Expenses shall be made under the provisions of Section 6 herein.

(d)         Application for Enforcement . In the event the Company fails to make timely payments as set forth in Sections 6 or 7(b) above, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement. In such an enforcement hearing or proceeding, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to prove that indemnification or advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee is not required under this Agreement or permitted by applicable law. Any determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, a committee thereof, Independent Counsel) or stockholders of the Company, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall not be a defense by the Company to the action nor create any presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder.

(e)         Indemnification of Certain Expenses . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 7 unless the Company prevails in such hearing or proceeding on the merits in all material respects.

6.

8.        Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company shall be requested by Indemnitee to pay the Expenses of any proceeding, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, or to participate to the extent permissible in such proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. Upon assumption of the defense by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Indemnitee’s counsel delivers a written notice to the Company stating that such counsel has reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel or otherwise actively pursued the defense of such proceeding within a reasonable time, then in any such event the fees and Expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to defend such proceeding shall be subject to the indemnification and advancement of Expenses provisions of this Agreement.

9.        Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for Agents (“ D&O Insurance ”), Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such Agent under such policy or policies . If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has D&O Insurance in effect or otherwise potentially available, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

10.       Exceptions .

(a)         Certain Matters . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of any proceeding with respect to: (i) remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law (and, in this respect, both the Company and Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication, as indicated in Section 10(d) below); (ii) a final judgment rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting, disgorgement or repayment of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company against Indemnitee or in connection with a settlement by or on behalf of Indemnitee to the extent it is acknowledged by Indemnitee and the Company that such amount paid in settlement resulted from Indemnitee's conduct from which Indemnitee received monetary personal profit, pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or other provisions of any federal, state or local statute or rules and regulations thereunder; (iii) a final judgment or other final adjudication that Indemnitee’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination); or (iv) on account of conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a final judgment or other adjudication may be reached in either the underlying proceeding or action in connection with which indemnification is sought or a separate proceeding or action to establish rights and liabilities under this Agreement.

7.

(b)        Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought by Indemnitee against the Company or its Agents and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or under any other agreement, provision in the Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or (ii) with respect to any other proceeding initiated by Indemnitee that is either approved by the Board of Directors or Indemnitee’s participation is required by applicable law. However, indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors determines it to be appropriate.

(c)          Unauthorized Settlements . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent to any proposed settlement; provided, however, that the Company may in any event decline to consent to (or to otherwise admit or agree to any liability for indemnification hereunder in respect of) any proposed settlement if the Company is also a party in such proceeding and determines in good faith that such settlement is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

(d)         Securities Act Liabilities . Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee or otherwise act in violation of any undertaking appearing in and required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities   Act ”), or in any registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. Indemnitee acknowledges that paragraph (h) of Item 512 of Regulation S-K currently generally requires the Company to undertake in connection with any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to submit the issue of the enforceability of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement in connection with any liability under the Securities Act on public policy grounds to a court of appropriate jurisdiction and to be governed by any final adjudication of such issue. Indemnitee specifically agrees that any such undertaking shall supersede the provisions of this Agreement and to be bound by any such undertaking.

(e)          Prior Payments .   Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, expect with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or indemnity policy.

8.

11.      Nonexclusivity and Survival of Rights . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under any provision of applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or other agreements, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and Indemnitee’s action as an Agent, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of Indemnitee. The obligations and duties of the Company to Indemnitee under this Agreement shall be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns until terminated in accordance with its terms. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her corporate status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Code, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, by Indemnitee shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy by Indemnitee.

12.      Term . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) five (5) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as an Agent; or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any proceeding, including any appeal then pending, in respect to which Indemnitee was granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder.

No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against an Indemnitee or an Indemnitee's estate, spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such five-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.

13.       Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who, at the request and expense of the Company, shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

9.

14.       Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification and advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

15.      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 14 hereof.

16.       Amendment and Waiver . No supplement, modification, amendment, or cancellation of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

17.       Notice . Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice or demand which, by the provisions hereof, is required or which may be given to or served upon the parties hereto shall be in writing and, if by electronic transmission, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered when sent, if by overnight delivery, courier or personal delivery, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered upon actual delivery and, if mailed, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail, as registered or certified mail, with proper postage prepaid and addressed to the party or parties to be notified at the addresses set forth on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address(es) as a party may designate for itself by like notice). If to the Company, notices and demands shall be delivered to the attention of the Secretary of the Company.

18.     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware.

19.       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart need be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

20.     Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

10.

21.      Entire Agreement . Subject to Section 11 hereof, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, the Code and any other applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, and does not diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

22.       Contribution .  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

23.      Consent to Jurisdiction .  The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) agree to appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, an agent in the State of Delaware as such party's agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

11.

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
       
 
By:
 
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 
       
 
INDEMNITEE
       
   
 
Signature of Indemnitee
       
   
 
Print or Type Name of Indemnitee




Exhibit 10.2
 
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
2008 STOCK PLAN
 
1.             Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. The Plan permits the grant of Options and Restricted Stock as the Administrator may determine.
 
2.              Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
 
(a)            Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
 
(b)            Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity compensation plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.
 
(c)            Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options or Restricted Stock.
 
(d)            Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
 
(e)            Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
(f)            Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
(i)             Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or
 
(ii)            Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or
-1-

(iii)           Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.
 
For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.
 
Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that shall be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.
 
(g)            Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein shall be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.
 
(h)            Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
 
(i)             Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.
 
(j)             Company ” means Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
 
(k)            Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.
 
(l)             Director ” means a member of the Board.
 
(m)            Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
 
(n)            Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.
-2-

(o)            Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
(p)            Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Options of the same type (which may have lower or higher exercise prices and different terms), Options of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding Option is reduced. The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.
 
(q)            Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
 
(i)             If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or, if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
 
(ii)            If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported); or
 
(iii)           In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
 
(r)            Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(s)            Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
 
(t)            Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
 
(u)            Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
 
(v)            Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.
 
(w)            Plan ” means this 2008 Stock Plan.
-3-

(x)            Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.
 
(y)            Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Participant evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to Shares purchased under a Restricted Stock award. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the notice of grant.
 
(z)            Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(aa)          Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.
 
(bb)          Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 below.
 
(cc)          Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
 
3.              Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 449,010 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
 
If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of an Award, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment provided in Section 11, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall equal the aggregate Share number stated in the first paragraph of this Section, plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan under this second paragraph of this Section.
 
4.              Administration of the Plan .
 
(a)            Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.
 
(b)            Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:
 
(i)             to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii)            to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;
-4-

(iii)           to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such Award granted hereunder;
 
(iv)           to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;
 
(v)            to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;
 
(vi)           to institute an Exchange Program;
 
(vii)          to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;
 
(viii)         to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan) including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(a) regarding Incentive Stock Options);
 
(ix)           to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator; and
 
(x)            to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan.
 
(c)            Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Participants.
 
5.              Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Restricted Stock may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
 
6.              Stock Options .
 
(a)            Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.
-5-

(b)            Option Exercise Price and Consideration .
 
(i)             Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:
 
(A)            In the case of an Incentive Stock Option
 
a)            granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
b)            granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
(B)            In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
(C)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.
 
(ii)             Forms of Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, (6) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.
 
(c)            Exercise of Option .
 
(i)             Procedure for Exercise ; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
 
An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Award Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, together with any applicable withholding taxes. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.
-6-

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
 
(ii)            Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, such Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
 
(iii)            Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
 
(iv)            Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. If, at the time of death, the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
-7-

(v)            Incentive Stock Option Limit . Each Option shall be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c)(v), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.
 
7.              Restricted Stock .
 
(a)            Rights to Purchase . Restricted Stock may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it shall offer Restricted Stock under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid (if any), and the time within which such person must accept such offer.
 
(b)            Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within ninety (90) days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.
 
(c)            Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.
 
(d)            Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Restricted Stock is purchased or otherwise issued, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Restricted Stock is purchased or otherwise issued, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.
-8-

8.              Tax Withholding . Prior to the delivery of any Shares pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof). The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, shall determine in what manner it shall allow a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation and may permit the Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by one (1) or more of the following: (a) paying cash (or by check), (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld, or (c) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to a Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld.
 
9.              Limited Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.
 
10.            Leaves of Absence; Transfers .
 
(a)            Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, or except as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.
 
(b)            A Service Provider shall not cease to be a Service Provider in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.
 
(c)            For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
-9-

11.            Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .
 
(a)            Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, shall adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award.
 
(b)            Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
 
(c)            Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator shall not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control in which the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her outstanding Awards, including Shares as to which such Award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, and restrictions on all of the Participant’s Restricted Stock shall lapse. In addition, if an Award is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Award shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and any Award not assumed or substituted for shall terminate upon the expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.
 
For the purposes of this Section 11(c), the Award shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share subject to the Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.
-10-

12.            Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
 
13.            No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon any participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.
 
14.            Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .
 
(a)            Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
 
(b)            Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Administrator may in its discretion require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares.
 
15.            Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
 
16.            Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
 
17.            Stockholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.
 
18.            Term of Plan . Subject to stockholder approval in accordance with Section 17, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 19, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.
 
19.            Amendment and Termination of the Plan .
 
(a)            Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.
-11-

(b)            Stockholder Approval . The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.
 
(c)            Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing (which may include e-mail) and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.
-12-


 
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES INC. 2008 STOCK PLAN
 
WHEREAS, Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), adopted the Company’s 2008 Stock Plan (as amended to date, the “Plan”) to, among other things, attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business; and
 
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and stockholders have authorized the Company to amend the Plan to increase the number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan from 1,008,826 to 1,608,826 and have authorized the Administrator to increase the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned herby certifies that:
 
1.
The first paragraph of Section 3 of the Plan has been amended in its entirety as follows:
 
           3.            Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 1,608,826 Shares, The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
 
2.              The foregoing amendment to the Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on. July 14, 2015 and approved by stockholders of the Company as of July 14, 2015.
 
3.              Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, all terms and conditions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 14th day of July, 2015.
 
 
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Derek Maetzold
 
 
Derek Maetzold
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 


 Exhibit 10.3
 
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
2008 STOCK PLAN
 
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2008 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).
 
I.
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
 
Name (Participant):
«Optionee»
 
Address:
«Address»
 
The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
 
Date of Grant:
 
Vesting Commencement Date:
«Vesting_Commencement_Date»
 
Exercise Price per Share:
«Exercise_Price_Per_Share»
 
Total Number of Shares Granted:
«Number_of_Shares»
 
Type of Option:
  ___           Incentive Stock Option
 
 
___             Nonstatutory Stock Option
 
Term Date:
________________________________________-
 
Vesting Schedule :
 
This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
-1-

Termination Period :
 
This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months   after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 11(c) of the Plan.
 
II.             AGREEMENT
 
1.             Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
 
If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.
 
2.              Exercise of Option .
 
(a)            Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.
 
(b)            Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.
 
No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.
-2-

3.             Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
 
4.             Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) .
 
Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.
 
5.             Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:
 
(a)            cash;
 
(b)            check;
-3-

(c)            consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or
 
(d)            su rrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.
 
6.             Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.
 
7.             Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.
 
8.             Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.
 
9.              Tax Obligations .
 
(a)            Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
 
(b)            Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.
 
(c)            Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.
-4-

10.            Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Delaware.
 
11.            No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
 
Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
-5-

PARTICIPANT
 
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
 
 
Signature
 
By
 
 
 
 
 

«Optionee»
 
 
«Address»
 

    Title
-6-

EXHIBIT A
 
2008 STOCK PLAN
 
EXERCISE NOTICE
 
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
2014 San Miguel Drive
Friendswood, TX 77546

Attention: President
 
1.             Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2008 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated ______________, _____ (the “Option Agreement”).
 
2.             Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.
 
3.             Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
 
4.             Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.
 
5.              Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
 
(a)            Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).
-1-

(b)            Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.
 
(c)            Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
 
(d)            Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.
 
(e)            Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
 
(f)             Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.
 
(g)            Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.
-2-

6.             Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
 
7.              Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
 
(a)            Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
 
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
 
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
 
(b)            Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
 
(c)            Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
-3-

8.              Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
 
9.              Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.
 
10.            Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
 
11.            Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.
 
Submitted by:
 
Accepted by:
«Optionee»
 
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
 
 
Signature
 
By
 
 
 
Print Name
 
Print Name
 
 
 
 
 
Title
 
 
 
Address:
 
Address:
 
 
 
     
     
    Date Received
-4-

EXHIBIT B
 
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
 
PARTICIPANT
:
 
 
 
 
COMPANY
:
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
 
 
SECURITY
:
COMMON STOCK
 
 
 
AMOUNT
:
 
     
DATE
:
 
 
In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:
 
(a)            Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
 
(b)            Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
 
(c)            Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
-1-

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
 
(d)            Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.
 
 
«Optionee»
 
 
 
Signature
 
 
 
Print Name
 
 
  Date
 
-2-


Exhibit 10.4

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

2018 Equity Incentive Plan

Adopted by the Board of Directors:  August 15, 2018
Approved by the Stockholders:  October 3,  2018
Termination Date:  August 14, 2028

1.
General.

(a)         Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Prior Plan ”).  Following the Effective Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan.  All Awards granted on or after 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date will be granted under this Plan.  All stock awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

(i)            Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the Prior Plan as of 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date (the “ Prior Plan’s Available Reserve ”) will cease to be available under the Prior Plan at such time.  Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve will be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and will be immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards hereunder, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(ii)            In addition, from and after 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date, any shares subject, at such time, to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or otherwise return to the Company; or (iii) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (such shares the “ Returning Shares ”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such shares become Returning Shares, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(b)            Eligible Stock Award Recipients.   Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Stock Awards.

(c)         Available Stock Awards.   The Plan provides for the grant of the following types of Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards and (vi) Other Stock Awards.

1

(d)          Purpose.   The Plan, through the granting of Stock Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

2.
Administration.

(a)          Administration by Board.   The Board will administer the Plan.  The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b)          Powers of Board.   The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)            To determine (A) who will be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award will be granted; (C) what type of Stock Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii)            To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Stock Awards.  The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii)           To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv)          To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which a Stock Award may be exercised or vest (or at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued).

(v)          To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair a Participant’s rights under his or her then-outstanding Stock Award without his or her written consent except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi)        To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to make the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan compliant with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or exempt from or compliant with the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, if required by applicable law, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan.  Except as provided in the Plan (including subsection (viii) below) or a Stock Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Stock Award unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

2

(vii)          To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

(viii)         To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that a Participant’s rights under any Stock Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Stock Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws.

(ix)          Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x)          To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Stock Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi)          To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

3

(c)         Delegation to Committee.   The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, subject to any parameters specified by the Board.  If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee).  Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable).  The Committee may, at any time, abolish the subcommittee and/or revest in the Committee any powers delegated to the subcommittee.  The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d)         Delegation to an Officer.   The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Stock Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself.  Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority.  The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(u) below.

(e)            Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3.
Shares Subject to the Plan.

(a)            Share Reserve .

(i)             Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards from and after the Effective Date will not exceed a maximum of 676,607 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”), which number is the sum of (i) 500,000 new shares plus (ii) 176,607 shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve. The Share Reserve may be increased by up to 1,904,637 shares that are Returning Shares, as such shares become available from time to time, with such additional shares becoming part of the Share Reserve.

4

(ii)            For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan.  Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

(b)         Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve .  If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan.  If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased or reacquired by the Company for any reason, including because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited, reacquired or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.  For the avoidance of doubt, any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c)          Incentive Stock Option Limit.  Subject to the Share Reserve and Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 5,162,488  shares of Common Stock.

(d)         Source of Shares.   The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4.
Eligibility.

(a)          Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards .  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code).  Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), or (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from or alternatively comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b)          Ten Percent Stockholders .  A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

5

(c)           Consultants.   A Consultant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions .

5.
Provisions Relating to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate.  All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option.  If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a)           Term.   Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement.

(b)          Exercise Price.   Subject to the provisions of Section  4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Stock Award is granted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award if such Stock Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code.  Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c)            Purchase Price for Options.   The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below.  The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment.  The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

6

(i)              by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii)            pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii)            by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv)           if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued.  Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(v)            according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however , that interest will compound at least annually and will be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(vi)           in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(d)         Exercise and Payment of a SAR.   To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.  The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date.  The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

7

(e)          Transferability of Options and SARs.   The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine.  In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i)            Restrictions on Transfer .  An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (and pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.  The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii)            Domestic Relations Orders .  Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2).  If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii)           Beneficiary Designation .  Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, upon the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.  In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.  However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f)          Vesting Generally.   The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal.  The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate.  The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary.  The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g)        Termination of Continuous Service.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than thirty (30) days if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause) and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

8

(h)        Extension of Termination Date.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.  In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(i)         Disability of Participant.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable laws), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j)            Death of Participant.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (for a reason other than death), then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date   eighteen (18)   months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable laws), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.  If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

9

(k)        Termination for Cause.   Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l)            Non-Exempt Employees .  If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Stock Award may vest prior to such date).  Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company's then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six (6) months following the date of grant.  The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

(m)         Early Exercise of Options.   An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option.  Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate.  Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company will not be required to exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

10

(n)            Right of Repurchase .  Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or SAR.

(o)           Right of First Refusal .  The Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Participant of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR.  Such right of first refusal will be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l).  Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement, such right of first refusal will otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the bylaws of the Company.

6.
Provisions of Stock Awards Other than Options and SARs.

(a)            Restricted Stock Awards.   Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate.  To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical.  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)            Consideration . A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration   (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii)           Vesting .  Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii)        Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service .  If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv)           Transferability .  Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

11

(v)            Dividends.  A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b)          Restricted Stock Unit Awards.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)           Consideration.   At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award.  The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii)             Vesting.  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii)           Payment .  A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv)         Additional Restrictions.  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v)            Dividend Equivalents.  Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.  At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board.  Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

12

(vi)           Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii)         Compliance with Section 409A of the Code.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.  Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award.  For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(c)          Other Stock Awards .  Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

7.
Covenants of the Company.

(a)          Availability of Shares.   The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Stock Awards.

(b)        Securities Law Compliance.   The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award.  If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

13

(c)          No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes.  The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award.  Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised.  The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

8.
Miscellaneous.

(a)         Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock.  Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b)          Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards.   Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.  In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Stock Award Agreement as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Stock Award Agreement, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Stock Award Agreement.

(c)           Stockholder Rights.   No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d)         No Employment or Other Service Rights.   Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

14

(e)            Change in Time Commitment .  In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee) after the date of grant of any Stock Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares subject to any portion of such Stock Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Stock Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Stock Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f)            Incentive Stock Option Limitations.   To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g)          Investment Assurances.   The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock.  The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws.  The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

15

(h)         Withholding Authorization and Obligations.   As a condition to acceptance of any Stock Award under the Plan, Participant authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to such Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the grant, exercise, vesting or settlement of such Stock Award, as applicable.  Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the maximum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such other amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.  As a condition to accepting a Stock Award under the Plan, in the event that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation in connection with such Stock Award was greater than the amount actually withheld by the Company, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

(i)           Electronic Delivery .  Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j)           Deferrals.   To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants.  Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company.  The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k)        Compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.  To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

(l)         Repurchase Limitation .  The terms of any repurchase right will be specified in the Stock Award Agreement.  The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock will be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase.  The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock will be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price.  However, the Company will not exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

16

9.
Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock; Other Corporate Events.

(a)         Capitalization Adjustments .  In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and  proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards.  The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b)          Dissolution .  Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Dissolution of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such Dissolution, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the Dissolution is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c)            Transactions.

(i)             In the event of a Transaction, each outstanding Stock Award shall be treated as the Board determines, including, without limitation, that each Stock Award be assumed, continued or a similar award substituted for the Stock Award by the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company). The Board shall not be required to treat all Stock Awards similarly in the Transaction.

(ii)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for the Stock Award, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted, the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her outstanding Stock Awards, including shares as to which such Stock Award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards will lapse. In addition, if a Stock Award is not assumed, continued or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Board shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Stock Award shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time determined by the Board in its sole discretion, and any Stock Award not assumed, continued or substituted for shall terminate upon the expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the Board.

17

(iii)         For the purposes of this Section 9(c), the Stock Award shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Stock Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each share subject to the Stock Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares); provided, however , that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Board may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, for each share subject to the Stock Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

(d)          A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will automatically occur.

10.
Plan Term; Earlier Termination or Suspension of the Plan.

(a)          Plan Term.   The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Unless terminated sooner by the Board, the Plan will automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company.  No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b)          No Impairment of Rights.   Suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant or as otherwise permitted in the Plan.

11.
Effective Date of Plan.

This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date.

12.
Choice of Law.

The laws of the   State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

18

13.            Definitions.   As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)          Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405.  The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b)            Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c)          Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d)          Cause   will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events:  (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion.  Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e)            Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

19

(i)            any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii)           there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii)           the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company will otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation;

(iv)        there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(v)           individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

20

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

(f)        Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g)         Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h)            Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(i)            Company ” means Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j)         Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services.  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(k)         Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated.  A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate.  For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service.  To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

21

(l)            Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)            a sale   or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii)             a sale or other disposition of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii)            a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv)           a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m)          Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n)          Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(o)          Dissolution ” means when the Company, after having executed a certificate of dissolution with the State of Delaware, has completely wound up its affairs.  Conversion of the Company into a Limited Liability Company will not be considered a “Dissolution” for purposes of the Plan.

(p)          Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, and (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(q)          Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate.  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(r)            Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(s)         Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

22

(t)            Exchange Act Person   means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(u)          Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(v)          Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and that qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(w)        Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(x)            Officer ” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(y)            Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(z)         Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant.  Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(aa)         Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(bb)       Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

(cc)         Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant.  Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(dd)       Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership   A person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

23

(ee)         Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(ff)            Plan ” means this Castle Biosciences, Inc.   2018 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(gg)       Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(hh)         Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant.  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ii)          Restricted Stock Unit Award   means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(jj)          Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement   means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(kk)         Rule 405 ” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(ll)            Rule 701 ” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(mm)       Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(nn)         Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(oo)      Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant.  Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(pp)        Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right or any Other Stock Award.

(qq)        Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant.  Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

24

(rr)       Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%) .

(ss)          Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(tt)            Transaction ” means a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control.


25


Exhibit 10.5
Standard Form

Castle Biosciences, Inc.
Stock Option Grant Notice
(2018 Equity Incentive Plan)

Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2018 Equity Incentive Plan   (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below.  This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this grant notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.  Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms herein and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 
Optionholder:
   
 
Date of Grant:
   
 
Vesting Commencement Date:
   
 
Number of Shares Subject to Option:
   
 
Exercise Price (Per Share):
   
 
Total Exercise Price:
   
 
Expiration Date:
   

Type of Grant:
Incentive Stock Option 1
Nonstatutory Stock Option
         
Exercise Schedule :
Same as Vesting Schedule
Early Exercise Permitted
         
Vesting Schedule :
One-fourth ( 1/4 th ) of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date, and the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments meas ured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date [and the potential vesting acceleration described in Section 1 of the Option Agreement].
         
Payment:
By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
         
 
By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company
 
Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded
 
By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded
 
If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:   Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan.  Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan.   Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock pursuant to the option specified above and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception, if applicable, of (i) the written employment agreement, offer letter or other written agreement entered into between the Company and Optionholder specifying the terms that govern this option, and (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law.



1
If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year.  Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

1

By accepting this option, Optionholder acknowledges having received and read this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan and agrees to all of the terms and conditions set forth in these documents. Participant consents to receive Plan documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

Castle Biosciences, Inc.
 
Optionholder
         
By:
     
 
 
Signature
   
Signature
         
Title:
   
Date:
 
         
         
Date:
     

Attachments :  Option Agreement, 2018 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

2

Attachment I

Option Agreement


Castle Biosciences, Inc.
2018 Equity Incentive Plan

Option Agreement
(Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its   2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice.  The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”).  If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice, are as follows:

1.           Vesting.   Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice.  Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. [ D ouble-Trigger” Vesting Acceleration Provision: Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control occurs and upon or within twelve (12) months after the effective time of such Change in Control your Continuous Service terminates due to a termination by the Company (not including death or Disability) without Cause or due to your voluntary termination with Good Reason, then, as of the date of termination of Continuous Service, the vesting and exercisability of your option will be accelerated in full.

(a)          Good Reason ” means the occurrence of any of the following events, conditions or actions taken by the Company without Cause and without your written consent: (i) a material reduction of your annual base salary; provided, however , that Good Reason shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event of a reduction in your annual base salary that is pursuant to a salary reduction program affecting substantially all of the similarly situated employees of the Company and that does not adversely affect you to a greater extent than other similarly situated employees; (ii) a material reduction in your authority, duties or responsibilities; (iii) a relocation of your principal place of employment with the Company to a place that increases your one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles as compared to your then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation (excluding regular travel in the ordinary course of business); or (iv) a material breach by the Company of any provision of this Option Agreement or your employment agreement with the Company; provided, however , that in each case above, in order for your resignation to be deemed to have been for Good Reason, you must first give the Board written notice of the action or omission giving rise to “Good Reason” within thirty (30) days after the first occurrence thereof; the Company must fail to reasonably cure such action or omission within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice (the “ Cure Period ”), and your resignation from all positions you hold with the Company must be effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such Cure Period.

1

(b)         If any payment or benefit you would receive from the Company or otherwise in connection with a Change in Control or other similar transaction (a “ 280G Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then any such 280G Payment (a “ Payment ”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount.  The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in your receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax.  If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “ Reduction Method ”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for you.  If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “ Pro Rata Reduction Method ”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as follows:  (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest  economic benefit for you as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

Unless you and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the change of control transaction triggering the Payment shall perform the foregoing calculations.  If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the change of control transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder.  The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.  The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to you and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which your right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by you or the Company) or such other time as requested by you or the Company.

If you receive a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 1(b) and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, you shall promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 1(b) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) in the first paragraph of this Section 1(b), you shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence .]

2.           Number of Shares and Exercise Price.   The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

2

3.           Exercise Restriction for Non-Exempt Employees.   If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or Disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4.         Exercise prior to Vesting (“Early Exercise”).   If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a)         a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b)          any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c)          you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d)         if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5.            Method of Payment.   You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise.  You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a)        Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.  This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b)         Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise.  “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company.  You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

3

(c)          If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.  You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment.  Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

6.            Whole Shares.   You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7.          Securities Law Compliance.   In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

8.           Term.   You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term.  The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a)           immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b)          three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause,   your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c)          twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

(d)         eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

4

(e)          up to the maximum duration permitted under IRS regulations after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause if, as of the date of the termination of your Continuous Service, you have completed at least five (5) years of Continuous Service with the Company;

(f)            the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(g)           the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability.  The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9.            Exercise.

(a)         You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b)         By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c)         If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d)         By accepting your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rule s   or regulation   (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period.  You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period.  You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 9(d).  The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

5

10.        Transferability.   Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a)           Certain Trusts.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust.  You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b)          Domestic Relations Orders.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer.  You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.  If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c)           Beneficiary Designation.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may , by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form   approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.  In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11.         Right of First Refusal.   Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if there is no right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws at such time, the right of first refusal described below will apply.  The Company’s right of first refusal will expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system (the “ Listing Date ”).

(a)          Prior to the Listing Date, you may not validly Transfer (as defined below) any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your option, or any interest in such shares, unless such Transfer is made in compliance with the following provisions:

(i)         Before there can be a valid Transfer of any shares of Common Stock or any interest therein, the record holder of the shares of Common Stock to be transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) will give written notice (by registered or certified mail) to the Company.  Such notice will specify the identity of the proposed transferee, the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (or, if the proposed Transfer is one in which the holder will not receive cash, such as an involuntary transfer, gift, donation or pledge, the holder will state that no purchase price is being proposed), and the other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer.  The date such notice is mailed will be hereinafter referred to as the “ Notice Date ” and the record holder of the Offered Shares will be hereinafter referred to as the “ Offeror .”  If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding Common Stock which is subject to the provisions of your option, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which you are entitled by reason of your ownership of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your option will be immediately subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal (as defined below) with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

6

(ii)          For a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the Notice Date, or such longer period as may be required to avoid the classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes, the Company will have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Offered Shares at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) (the Company’s “ Right of First Refusal ”).  In the event that the proposed Transfer is one involving no payment of a purchase price, the purchase price will be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Board in its discretion.  The Company may exercise its Right of First Refusal by mailing (by registered or certified mail) written notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal to the Offeror prior to the end of said thirty (30) days (including any extension required to avoid classification of the option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

(iii)        The price at which the Company may purchase the Offered Shares pursuant to the exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (as set forth in the notice required under Section 11(a)(i)), or the Fair Market Value as determined by the Board in the event no purchase price is involved.  To the extent consideration other than cash is offered by the proposed transferee, the Company will not be required to pay any additional amounts to the Offeror other than the cash price offered (or the Fair Market Value, if applicable).  The Company’s notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be accompanied by full payment for the Offered Shares and, upon such payment by the Company, the Company will acquire full right, title and interest to all of the Offered Shares.

(iv)        If, and only if, the option given pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) is not exercised, the Transfer proposed in the notice given pursuant to Section 11(a)(i) may take place; provided, however , that such Transfer must, in all respects, be exactly as proposed in said notice except that such Transfer may not take place either before the tenth (10 th ) calendar day after the expiration of the thirty (30) day Notice Period or after the ninetieth (90 th ) calendar day after the expiration of the thirty (30) day Notice Period, and if such Transfer has not taken place prior to said ninetieth (90 th ) day, such Transfer may not take place without once again complying with this Section 11(a).  The Notice Period in this Section 11(a)(iv) will be adjusted to include any extension required to avoid the classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes.

(b)         As used in this Section 11 and in Section 12 below, the term “ Transfer ” means any sale, encumbrance, pledge, gift or other form of disposition or transfer of shares of Common Stock or any legal or equitable interest therein; provided, however , that the term Transfer does not include a transfer of such shares or interests by will or intestacy to your Immediate Family (as defined below).  In such case, the transferee or other recipient will receive and hold the shares of Common Stock so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there will be no further transfer of such shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.  As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family ” will mean your spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of you or your spouse, or the spouse of any child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of you or your spouse.

7

(c)          None of the shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of your option will be transferred on the Company’s books nor will the Company recognize any such Transfer of any such shares or any interest therein unless and until all applicable provisions of this Section 11   have been complied with in all respects.  The certificates of stock evidencing shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of your option will bear an appropriate legend referring to the transfer restrictions imposed by this Section 11.

(d)          To ensure that the shares subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal will be available for repurchase by the Company, the Company may require you to deposit the certificates evidencing the shares that you purchase upon exercise of your option with an escrow agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company.  If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of your option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require you to so deposit the certificates in escrow.  As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Company’s Right of First Refusal, the agent will deliver to you the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction.  In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of its Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent.  Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company for the Offered Shares, the escrow agent will deliver the Offered Shares that the Company has repurchased to the Company and will deliver the payment received from the Company to you.

12.          Right of Repurchase.

(a)          Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of repurchase that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if there is no right of repurchase described in the Company’s bylaws at such time, the right of repurchase described below will apply.  The Company’s right of repurchase will expire on the Listing Date .

(b)          The Company may elect (but is not obligated) to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option (the Company’s “ Repurchase Right ”).  If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding Common Stock which is subject to the provisions of your option, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which you are entitled by reason of your ownership of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your option will be immediately subject to this Repurchase Right with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Company’s Repurchase Right immediately before such event.

(c)          The Company’s Repurchase Right will be exercisable only within the ninety (90) day period following a Repurchase Event (as defined below) (or such longer period as may be required to avoid classification of the option as a liability for financial accounting purposes), or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and you (the “ Repurchase Period ”).  Each of the following events will constitute a “ Repurchase Event ”:

(i)          Termination of your Continuous Service for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause, including death or Disability, in which event the Repurchase Period will commence on the date of termination of your Continuous Service (or in the case of a post-termination exercise of your option, the date of such exercise).

8

(ii)        You, your legal representative, or other holder of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your option attempts to   Transfer (as defined in Section 11 above) any of the shares without compliance with the right of first refusal provisions contained in Section 11 above, in which event the Repurchase Period will commence on the date the Company receives actual notice of such attempted Transfer.

(iii)        The receivership, bankruptcy, or other creditor’s proceeding regarding you or the taking of any of the shares by legal process, such as a levy of execution, in which event the Repurchase Period will commence on the date the Company receives actual notice of the commencement of pendency of the receivership, bankruptcy or other creditor’s proceeding or the date of such taking, as the case may be, and the Fair Market Value of the shares will be determined as of the last day of the month preceding the month in which the proceeding involved commenced or the taking occurred.

(d)        The Company will not exercise its Repurchase Right for less than all of the shares without your consent, will exercise its Repurchase Right only for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock and will give you written notice (by registered or certified mail) accompanied by payment for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) calendar days after the Repurchase Event or, if later, ninety (90) calendar days after a proper purchase of shares following such Repurchase Event ( i.e. , upon exercise of the option), including after any extension of the Repurchase Period for financial accounting purposes.

(e)           The repurchase price will be equal to the shares’ Fair Market Value on the date of repurchase.

(f)          To ensure that the shares subject to the Company’s Repurchase Right will be available for repurchase by the Company, the Company may require you to deposit the certificates evidencing the shares that you purchase upon exercise of your option with an escrow agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company.  If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of your option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require you to so deposit the certificates in escrow.  As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Company’s Repurchase Right, the agent will deliver to you the shares of Common Stock and any other property no longer subject to such restriction.  In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of its Repurchase Right, the notices required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent.  Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company for the shares, the escrow agent will deliver the shares that the Company has purchased to the Company and will deliver the payment received from the Company to you.

13.          Option not a Service Contract.   Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment.  In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

9

14.          Withholding Obligations.

(a)         At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b)         If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).  If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option.  Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise.  Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c)           You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied.  Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

15.         Tax Consequences . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

10

16.         Notices.   Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means.  By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17.          Governing Plan Document.   Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan.  If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.  Your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a resignation for “good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

18.         Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans .  The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

19.          Stockholder Rights .  You will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you.   Upon such issuance, you will obtain full rights as a stockholder of the Common Stock of the Company.  Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

20.         Choice of Law . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

21.          Severability .  If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid.  Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

22.          Miscellaneous .

(a)          The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

11

(b)          You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c)           You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d)          This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e)          All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

* * * * *

This Option Agreement shall be deemed to be signed by the Company and the Optionholder upon the signing by the Optionholder of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.

12

Attachment II

2018 Equity Incentive Plan


Attachment III

Notice of Exercise


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Castle Biosciences, Inc.    
[Address]
   
[ Address ] Date of Exercise:

This constitutes notice to Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

Type of option (check one):
 
Incentive ☐
   
Nonstatutory ☐
 
             
Stock option dated:
 
   
 
             
Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:
 
   
 
             
Certificates to be issued in name of:
 
   
 
             
Total exercise price:
 
$
   
$
   
                 
Cash, check, bank draft or money order payment delivered herewith:
 
$
   
$
   
                 
[Value of ________ Shares delivered herewith 1 :
 
$
   
$
]
 
                 
[Value of ________ Shares pursuant to net exercise 2 :
 
$
   
$
]
 
                 
[Regulation T Program (cashless exercise 3 ):
 
$
   
$
]
 

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan , (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.



1
Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option.  Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests.  Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.
2
The option must be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and Castle Biosciences, Inc.   must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.
3
Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option.

1

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of Shares listed above, which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.  I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety (90) days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded ( i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s articles of incorporation, bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “ Lock-Up Period ”).  I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop‑transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

  Very truly yours,
   
   


2


Exhibit 10.6

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

Adopted by the Board of Directors: [ ], 2019
Approved by the Stockholders: [ ], 2019
IPO Date: [ ], 2019

1.            General.

(a)            Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Prior Plan ”). From and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the IPO Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan. All Awards granted on or after 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the IPO Date will be granted under this Plan. All stock awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

(i)             Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the Prior Plan as of 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the IPO Date (the “ Prior Plan’s Available Reserve ”) will cease to be available under the Prior Plan at such time. Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve will be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and will be immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards hereunder, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(ii)             In addition, from and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the IPO Date, any shares subject, at such time, to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan or the Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan that (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or otherwise return to the Company; or (iii) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award ( such shares the “ Returning Shares ”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such shares become Returning Shares, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(b)            Eligible Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(c)          Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following types of Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(d)            Purpose. The Plan, through the granting of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

2.            Administration.

(a)            Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b)            Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)             To determine (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii)          To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii)            To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv)            To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v)            To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi)          To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from or compliant with the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii)            To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 422 of the Code regarding incentive stock options or (B) Rule 16b-3.

(viii)         To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

(ix)            Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x)            To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi)            To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c)            Delegation to Committee.

(i)            General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Committee may, at any time, abolish the subcommittee and/or revest in the Committee any powers delegated to the subcommittee. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii)            Rule 16b-3 Compliance. The Committee may consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d)            Delegation to an Officer . The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(w)(iii) below.

(e)            Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3.            Shares Subject to the Plan.

(a)          Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed [‧]   shares (the “ Share Reserve ”), which number is the sum of (i) [‧] new shares, plus (ii) the number of shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve, plus (iii) the number of shares that are Returning Shares, as such shares become available from time to time. In addition, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1 st of each year, for a period of not more than ten years, commencing on January 1 st of the year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, 2029, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to January 1 st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1 st increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(b)            Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased or reacquired by the Company for any reason, including because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased or reacquired will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c)            Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the Share Reserve and Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be a number of shares of Common Stock equal to three multiplied by the Share Reserve.

(d)            Limitation on Grants to Non-Employee Directors. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Stock Awards granted under the  Plan or otherwise during a single calendar year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director during such calendar year for service on the Board, will not exceed $[350,000] in total value (calculating the value of any such Stock Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Stock Awards for financial reporting purposes), or, with respect to the calendar year in which a Non-Employee Director is first appointed or elected to the Board, $[550,000].

(e)            Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4.            Eligibility.

(a)            Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however, that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b)            Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

5.            Provisions Relating to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a)            Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b)            Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a corporate transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c)            Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i)              by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii)            pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii)            by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv)            if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v)             in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d)            Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e)            Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i)              Restrictions on Transfer . An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii)            Domestic Relations Orders . Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii)            Beneficiary Designation . Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f)            Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g)         Termination of Continuous Service.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date that is three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement, which period will not be less than thirty (30) days if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause) and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h)          Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company, if the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i)            Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable laws) and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j)            Death of Participant.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable laws) and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k)            Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l)            Non-Exempt Employees . If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement, in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six (6) months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

6.            Provisions of Stock Awards Other than Options and SARs.

(a)            Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)             Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past or future services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii)             Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii)           Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv)            Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v)             Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b)            Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical.

Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)             Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii)            Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii)            Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv)            Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v)            Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi)            Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(c)            Performance Awards .

(i)            Performance Stock Awards . A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award that is payable (including that may be granted, may vest or may be exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the Participant’s completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Board or Committee, in its sole discretion. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board or the Committee may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii)           Performance Cash Awards . A Performance Cash Award is a cash award that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service.

At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Board or Committee, in its sole discretion. The Board or Committee may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii)          Board Discretion . The Board retains the discretion to adjust or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(d)            Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

7.            Covenants of the Company.

(a)            Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Stock Awards.

(b)          Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan, as necessary, such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act or other securities or applicable laws, the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary or advisable for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c)            No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the tax treatment or time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

8.            Miscellaneous.

(a)            Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b)            Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action approving the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c)            Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d)            No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state or foreign jurisdiction in which the Company or the Affiliate is domiciled or incorporated, as the case may be.

(e)            Change in Time Commitment . In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f)            Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g)          Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that such Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h)          Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the maximum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(i)            Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j)            Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k)         Clawback/Recovery . All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of an event constituting Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntary terminate employment upon a “resignation for good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

(l)            Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

9.            Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock; Other Corporate Events.

(a)            Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iv) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any Non-Employee Director pursuant to Section 3(d), and (v) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b)            Dissolution . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Dissolution of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such Dissolution, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the Dissolution is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c)            Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Transaction:

(i)             arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Transaction);

(ii)            arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii)            accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Transaction as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Transaction; provided, however , that the Board may require Participants to complete and deliver to the Company a notice of exercise before the effective date of a Transaction, which exercise is contingent upon the effectiveness of such Transaction;

(iv)            arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v)            cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi)            make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise. For clarity, this payment may be $0 if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price. Payments under this provision may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock in connection with the Transaction is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

(d)            Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will automatically occur.

10.            Plan Term; Earlier Termination or Suspension of the Plan.

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”), or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

11.            Existence of the Plan; Timing of First Grant or Exercise.

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date; provided, however , that no Stock Award may be granted prior to the IPO Date. In addition, no Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Share Award, or Other Stock Award, no Stock Award will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

12.            Choice of Law.

The laws of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13.            Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)          Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b)            Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c)            Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(d)            Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e)            Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(f)            Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(g)            Cause   shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events:  (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(h)            Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)             any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ”) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii)            there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

(iii)            there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

(iv)            the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company will otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation; or

(v)            individuals who, on the IPO Date, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;  provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, (A) the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

(i)            Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(j)            Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(b)(xi).

(k)            Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

(l)            Company ” means Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(m)        Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(n)          Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however ,   that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(o)            Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)              a sale   or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii)             a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii)            a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv)           a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(p)            Director ” means a member of the Board.

(q)          Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(r)          Dissolution ” means when the Company, after having executed a certificate of dissolution with the State of Delaware (or other applicable state), has completely wound up its affairs. Conversion of the Company into a Limited Liability Company (or any other pass-through entity) will not be considered a “Dissolution” for purposes of the Plan.

(s)            Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(t)            Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(u)            Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v)            Exchange Act Person   means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the IPO Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(w)            Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)             If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii)            Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii)            In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(x)            Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(y)            IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(z)            Non-Employee Director   means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(aa)            Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb)         Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(cc)          Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(dd)         Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ee)          Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(ff)            Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(gg)        Other Stock Award Agreement   means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh)        Own,   Owned,   Owner,   Ownership   means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(ii)            Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(jj)            Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(kk)         Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) sales; (ii) revenues; (iii) assets; (iv) expenses; (v) market penetration or expansion; (vi) earnings from operations; (vii) earnings before or after deduction for all or any portion of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, incentives, service fees or extraordinary or special items, whether or not on a continuing operations or an aggregate or per share basis; (viii) net income or net income per common share (basic or diluted); (ix) return on equity, investment, capital or assets; (x) one or more operating ratios; (xi) borrowing levels, leverage ratios or credit rating; (xii) market share; (xiii) capital expenditures; (xiv) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment, or net cash provided by operations; (xv) stock price, dividends or total stockholder return; (xvi) development of new technologies or products; (xvii) sales of particular products or services; (xviii) economic value created or added; (xix) operating margin or profit margin; (xx) customer acquisition or retention; (xxi) raising or refinancing of capital; (xxii) successful hiring of key individuals; (xxiii) resolution of significant litigation; (xxiv) acquisitions and divestitures (in whole or in part); (xxv) joint ventures and strategic alliances; (xxvi) spin-offs, split-ups and the like; (xxvii) reorganizations; (xxviii) recapitalizations, restructurings, financings (issuance of debt or equity) or refinancings; (xxix) or strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on the following goals: achievement of timely development, design management or enrollment, meeting specified market penetration or value added, payor acceptance, patient adherence, peer reviewed publications, issuance of new patents, establishment of or securing of licenses to intellectual property, product development or introduction (including, without limitation, any clinical trial accomplishments, regulatory or other filings, approvals or milestones, discovery of novel products, maintenance of multiple products in pipeline, product launch or other product development milestones), geographic business expansion, cost targets, cost reductions or savings, customer satisfaction, operating efficiency, acquisition or retention, employee satisfaction, information technology, corporate development (including, without limitation, licenses, innovation, research or establishment of third party collaborations), manufacturing or process development, legal compliance or risk reduction, patent application or issuance goals, or goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures or other business combinations (in whole or in part), joint ventures or strategic alliances; and (xxx) other measures of performance selected by the Board.

(ll)            Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. The Board is authorized at any time in its sole discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants, (a) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event or development; (b) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions; or (c) in view of the Board’s assessment of the business strategy of the Company, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, and any other circumstances deemed relevant. Specifically, the Board is authorized to make adjustment in the method of calculating attainment of Performance Goals and objectives for a Performance Period as follows: (i) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (ii) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; and (iii) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends. In addition, the Board is authorized to make adjustment in the method of calculating attainment of Performance Goals and objectives for a Performance Period as follows: (i) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (ii) to exclude exchange rate effects, as applicable, for non-U.S. dollar denominated net sales and operating earnings; (iii) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting standards required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board; (iv) to exclude the effects of any items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (v) to exclude the effects to any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; and (vi) to make other appropriate adjustments selected by the Board.

(mm)      Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(nn)         Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(oo)         Plan ” means this Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.

(pp)         Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock, which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(qq)         Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(rr)          Restricted Stock Unit Award   means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(ss)          Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement   means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(tt)            Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(uu)         Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(vv)         Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR   means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(ww)       Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(xx)         Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

(yy)         Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(zz)         Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(aaa)       Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(bbb)       Transaction ” means a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control.



Exhibit 10.7

Standard Form

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

Stock Option Grant Notice
(2019 Equity Incentive Plan)

Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan   (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.


Optionholder:
 
Date of Grant:
 
Vesting Commencement Date:
 
Number of Shares Subject to Option:
 
Exercise Price (Per Share):
 
Total Exercise Price:
 
Expiration Date:
 

Type of Grant:
☐  Incentive Stock Option 1
 ☐  Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule :
Same as Vesting Schedule
   
Vesting Schedule :
One-fourth (1/4th) of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of 36 successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date
   
Payment:
By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
     
   ☑
By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company
   ☑
Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded
   ☑
By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded
   ☑
If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement




1 If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
1

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:   Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of, if applicable, (i) equity awards previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement or other written agreement entered into between the Company and Optionholder specifying the terms that should govern this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

By accepting this option, Optionholder acknowledges having received and read the Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan and agrees to all of the terms and conditions set forth in these documents.  Optionholder consents to receive Plan and related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

Castle Biosciences, Inc.
Optionholder:
       
By:
     
 
Signature
 
Signature
Title:
 
Date:
 
Date:
     
       

Attachments :  Option Agreement, 2019 Equity Incentive Plan   and Notice of Exercise
2


Attachment I

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

Option Agreement
(2019 Equity Incentive Plan)
(Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1.            Vesting .   Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice.  Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2.            Number of Shares and Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3.            Exercise Restriction for Non-Exempt Employees. If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4.            Method of Payment. You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a)           Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.
1

(b)           Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c)           If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

5.            Whole Shares. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

6.            Securities Law Compliance. In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

7.            Term. You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a)           immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b)           three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause,   your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above regarding “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;
2

(c)           twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d) below);

(d)           eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e)           the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f)           the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

8.            Exercise.

(a)           You may exercise the vested portion of your option during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b)           By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c)           If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d)           By accepting your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rules or regulation   (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period.  You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period.  You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 8(d).  The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 8(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.
3

9.            Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a)            Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b)            Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c)            Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

10.            Option not a Service Contract. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

11.            Withholding Obligations.

(a)           At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.
4

(b)           If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the maximum amount of tax permitted to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

(c)           You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

12.            Tax Consequences . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

13.            Notices. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

14.            Governing Plan Document. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

15.            Other Documents. You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.
5

16.            Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

17.            Voting Rights. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

18.            Severability. If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

19.            Miscellaneous .

(a)           The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b)           You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c)           You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d)           This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e)           All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

*          *          *
6


This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.
7

Attachment II

2019 Equity Incentive Plan
1

Attachment III

Notice of Exercise

Castle Biosciences, Inc.
 
820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 201
Date of Exercise:
 
Friendswood, TX 77546
 

This constitutes notice to Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

Type of option (check one):
Incentive  ☐
 
Nonstatutory  ☐
 
         
Stock option dated:

 

 
         
Number of Shares as
to which option is
exercised:

 

 
         
Certificates to be
issued in name of:

 

 
         
Total exercise price:
$
   
$
   
         
Cash payment delivered
herewith:
$
   
$
   


1


 [Value of ________ Shares delivered herewith 2 :  $   ]
 $   ]
     
     
 [Value of ________ Shares pursuant to net exercise 3 :  $   ]  $   ]
     
     
 [Regulation T Program (cashless exercise 4 ):  $   ]
 $   ]

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “ Lock-Up Period ”).  I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop‑transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.


 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
 
         


2 Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.
3 The option must be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the Company must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.
4 Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option

Non-Employee Director Form

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

Stock Option Grant Notice
(2019 Equity Incentive Plan)

Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan   (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.


Optionholder:
 
Date of Grant:
 
Vesting Commencement Date:
 
Number of Shares Subject to Option:
 
Exercise Price (Per Share):
 
Total Exercise Price:
 
Expiration Date:
 


Type of Grant:
Nonstatutory Stock Option
   
Exercise Schedule :
Same as Vesting Schedule
   
Vesting Schedule :
[ Initial Grant:   The shares subject to the option shall vest in a series of 36 successive equal monthly installments over the three-year period measured from the Vesting Commencement Date][ Annual Grant : The shares subject to the option shall vest in one installment on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date], subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date   and the   potential vesting acceleration described in Section 1 of the Option Agreement.
   
Payment:
By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
     
   ☑
By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company
   ☑
Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded

 ☑
By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded
   ☑
Subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement
1

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:   Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of, if applicable, (i) equity awards previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement or other written agreement entered into between the Company and Optionholder specifying the terms that should govern this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

By accepting this option, Optionholder acknowledges having received and read the Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan and agrees to all of the terms and conditions set forth in these documents.  Optionholder consents to receive Plan and related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.


Castle Biosciences, Inc.
Optionholder:
       
By:
     
 
Signature
 
Signature
Title:
 
Date:
 
Date:
     
       

Attachments :  Option Agreement, 2019 Equity Incentive Plan   and Notice of Exercise
2


Attachment I

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

Option Agreement
(2019 Equity Incentive Plan)
(Nonstatutory Stock Option)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

20.            Vesting .   Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice.  Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. If a Change in Control occurs and your Continuous Service has not terminated as of immediately prior to such Change in Control, the vesting and exercisability of your option will be accelerated in full.

(a)           If any payment or benefit you would receive from the Company or otherwise in connection with a change in control of the Company or other similar transaction (“ Payment ”) would (1) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (2) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” will be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount ((x) or (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in your receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction will occur in the manner (the “ Reduction Method ”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for you. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “ Pro Rata Reduction Method ”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code (“ Section 409A ”) that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for you as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.
1

The independent registered public accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the event described in Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code will perform the foregoing calculations. If the independent registered public accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the change in control or similar transaction, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company will bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such independent registered public accounting firm required to be made hereunder. The independent registered public accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder will make its determination with input from you (or your counsel) and provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and you within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which your right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or you) or such other time as reasonably requested by the Company or you.

If you receive a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 1(b) and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, you shall promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 1(b) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) in the first paragraph of this Section 1(b), you shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

21.            Number of Shares and Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

22.            Method of Payment. You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a)           Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b)           Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c)           Subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.
2

23.            Whole Shares. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

24.            Securities Law Compliance. In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

25.            Term. You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a)           immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b)           three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause,   your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 6(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above regarding “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy;

(c)           twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 6(d) below);

(d)           eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e)           the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f)           the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

26.            Exercise.

(a)           You may exercise the vested portion of your option during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.
3

(b)           By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c)           By accepting your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rules or regulation   (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period.  You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period.  You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 7(c).  The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 7(c) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

27.            Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a)            Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b)            Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.

(c)            Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.
4

28.            Option not a Service Contract. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

29.            Withholding Obligations.

(a)           At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b)           Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the maximum amount of tax permitted to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

(c)           You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

30.            Tax Consequence s . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

31.            Notices. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

32.            Governing Plan Document. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.
5

33.            Other Documents. You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

34.            Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

35.            Voting Rights. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

36.            Severability. If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

37.            Miscellaneous .

(a)           The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b)           You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c)           You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d)           This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e)           All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

*          *          *
6


This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.
7

Attachment II

2019 Equity Incentive Plan
1


Attachment III

Notice of Exercise

Castle Biosciences, Inc.
 
820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 201
Date of Exercise:
 
Friendswood, TX 77546
 

Friendswood, TX 77546

This constitutes notice to Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

Type of option:
Nonstatutory
   
Stock option dated:

   
Number of Shares as
to which option is
exercised:

   
Certificates to be
issued in name of:

   
Total exercise price:
$
 
   
Cash payment delivered
herewith:
$
 

 [Value of ________ Shares delivered herewith 5 : $  ]
     
     
 [Value of ________ Shares pursuant to net exercise 6 : $ ]
     
     
[Regulation T Program (cashless exercise 7 ): $ ]

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan and (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option.



5 Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.
6 The Company must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.
7 Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “ Lock-Up Period ”).  I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop‑transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
 

           Double-Trigger Form

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

Stock Option Grant Notice
(2019 Equity Incentive Plan)

Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan   (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.


Optionholder:
 
Date of Grant:
 
Vesting Commencement Date:
 
Number of Shares Subject to Option:
 
Exercise Price (Per Share):
 
Total Exercise Price:
 
Expiration Date:
 

Type of Grant:
☐  Incentive Stock Option 8
☐  Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule :
Same as Vesting Schedule
   
Vesting Schedule :
One-fourth (1/4th) of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of 36 successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date and the potential vesting acceleration described in Section 1 of the Option Agreement
   
Payment:
By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
     
   ☑
By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company
   ☑
Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded
   ☑
By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded
   ☑
If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement




8 If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
1

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:   Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of, if applicable, (i) equity awards previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement or other written agreement entered into between the Company and Optionholder specifying the terms that should govern this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

By accepting this option, Optionholder acknowledges having received and read the Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan and agrees to all of the terms and conditions set forth in these documents.  Optionholder consents to receive Plan and related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

Castle Biosciences, Inc.
Optionholder:
       
By:
     
 
Signature
 
Signature
Title:
 
Date:
 
Date:
     
       

Attachments :  Option Agreement, 2019 Equity Incentive Plan   and Notice of Exercise
2


Attachment I

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

Option Agreement
(2019 Equity Incentive Plan)
(Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

38.            Vesting .   Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice.  Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. If a Change in Control occurs and upon or within twelve (12) months after the effective time of such Change in Control, your Continuous Service terminates due to an involuntary termination (not including death or Disability) without Cause or due to your voluntary termination with Good Reason, then, as of the date of termination of Continuous Service, the vesting and exercisability of your option will be accelerated in full.

(a)           “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of any of the following events, conditions or actions taken by the Company without Cause and without your written consent: (i) a material reduction of your annual base salary; provided, however , that Good Reason shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event of a reduction in your annual base salary that is pursuant to a salary reduction program affecting substantially all of the similarly situated employees of the Company and that does not adversely affect you to a greater extent than other similarly situated employees; (ii) a material reduction in your authority, duties or responsibilities; (iii) a relocation of your principal place of employment with the Company to a place that increases your one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles as compared to your then-current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation (excluding regular travel in the ordinary course of business); or (iv) a material breach by the Company of any provision of this Option Agreement or your employment agreement with the Company; provided, however , that in each case above, in order for your resignation to be deemed to have been for Good Reason, you must first give the Board written notice of the action or omission giving rise to “Good Reason” within thirty (30) days after the first occurrence thereof; the Company must fail to reasonably cure such action or omission within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice (the “ Cure Period ”), and your resignation from all positions you hold with the Company must be effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such Cure Period.

(b)           If any payment or benefit you would receive from the Company or otherwise in connection with a change in control of the Company or other similar transaction (“ Payment ”) would (1) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (2) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” will be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount ((x) or (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in your receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction will occur in the manner (the “ Reduction Method ”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for you. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “ Pro Rata Reduction Method ”).
1

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code (“ Section 409A ”) that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for you as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

The independent registered public accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the event described in Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code will perform the foregoing calculations. If the independent registered public accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the change in control or similar transaction, the Company will appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company will bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such independent registered public accounting firm required to be made hereunder. The independent registered public accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder will make its determination with input from you (or your counsel) and provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and you within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which your right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or you) or such other time as reasonably requested by the Company or you.

If you receive a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 1(b) and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, you shall promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of the first paragraph of this Section 1(b) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) in the first paragraph of this Section 1(b), you shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

39.            Number of Shares and Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

40.            Exercise Restriction for Non-Exempt Employees. If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).
2

41.            Method of Payment. You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a)           Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b)           Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c)           If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

42.            Whole Shares. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

43.            Securities Law Compliance. In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

44.            Term. You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a)           immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;
3


(b)           three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause,   your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above regarding “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c)           twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d) below);

(d)           eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e)           the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f)           the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

45.            Exercise.

(a)           You may exercise the vested portion of your option during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b)           By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.
4

(c)           If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d)           By accepting your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rules or regulation   (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period.  You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period.  You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 8(d).  The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 8(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

46.            Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a)            Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b)            Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c)            Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.
5

47.            Option not a Service Contract. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

48.            Withholding Obligations.

(a)           At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b)           If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the maximum amount of tax permitted to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

(c)           You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

49.            Tax Consequences . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

50.            Notices. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
6

51.            Governing Plan Document. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

52.            Other Documents. You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

53.            Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

54.            Voting Rights. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

55.            Severability. If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

56.            Miscellaneous .

(a)           The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b)           You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c)           You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d)           This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e)           All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

*          *          *
7


This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.
8


Attachment II

2019 Equity Incentive Plan
1


Attachment III

Notice of Exercise

Castle Biosciences, Inc.
 
820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 201
Date of Exercise:
 
Friendswood, TX 77546
 

This constitutes notice to Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

Type of option (check one):
Incentive  ☐
 
Nonstatutory  ☐
 
         
Stock option dated:

 

 
         
Number of Shares as
to which option is
exercised:

 

 
         
Certificates to be
issued in name of:

 

 
         
Total exercise price:
$
   
$
   
         
Cash payment delivered
herewith:
$
   
$
   
1

 [Value of ________ Shares delivered herewith 9 :  $   ]
 $   ]
     
     
 [Value of ________ Shares pursuant to net exercise 10 :  $   ]  $   ]
     
     
 [Regulation T Program (cashless exercise 11 ):  $   ]
 $   ]

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “ Lock-Up Period ”).  I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop‑transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
 



9  Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.
10  The option must be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the Company must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.
11  Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option.

Exhibit 10.8

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Adopted by the Board of Directors: [‧], 2019
Approved by the Stockholders: [‧], 2019

1.            General; Purpose .

(a)          The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b)            The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

2.            Administration.

(a)            The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b)            The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)            To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii)          To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(iii)         To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv)         To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v)          To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi)         To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii)        Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(viii)       To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(c)            The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references to the Board in this Plan and in any applicable Offering Document will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d)            All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3.            Shares of Common Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a)            Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed [‧]   shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on January 1st of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the first January 1 following the IPO Date and ending on (and including) January 1, 2029, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, and (ii)   [‧] shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no January 1 st increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b)            If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c)            The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4.            Grant of Purchase Rights; Offering .

(a)           The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b)          If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c)            The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

5.            Eligibility.

(a)          Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years.  In addition, the Board may provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the Related Corporation is more than 20 hours per week, more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

(b)          The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i)            the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii)          the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii)         the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c)            No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d)            As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e)            Officers of the Company and any designated Related Corporation, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

6.            Purchase Rights; Purchase Price .

(a)          On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b)            The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c)          In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d)            The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i)            an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii)          an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

7.            Participation; Withdrawal; Termination .

(a)          An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior  Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash or check prior to a Purchase Date.

(b)          During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c)            Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d)          During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(e)            Unless otherwise specified in the Offering, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

8.            Exercise of Purchase Rights.

(a)            On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b)            Unless otherwise provided in the Offering, if any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such next Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date without interest. If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one (1) whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest.

(c)          No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, foreign and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 6 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest.

9.            Covenants of the Company .

The Company will seek to obtain from each federal, state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

10.            Designation of Beneficiary .

(a)            The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b)           If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

11.            Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock; Corporate Transactions .

(a)            In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b)            In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company)   does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

12.            Amendment, Termination or Suspension of the Plan .

(a)          The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements.

(b)            The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c)          Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Offering Document to the contrary, the Board will be entitled to: (i) establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars; (ii) permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections; (iii) establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Contributions; (iv) amend any outstanding Purchase Rights or clarify any ambiguities regarding the terms of any Offering to enable the Purchase Rights to qualify under and/or comply with Section 423 of the Code; and (v) establish other limitations or procedures as the Board determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan. The actions of the Board pursuant to this paragraph will not be considered to alter or impair any Purchase Rights granted under an Offering as they are part of the initial terms of each Offering and the Purchase Rights granted under each Offering.

13.            Effective Date of Plan .

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

14.            Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)            Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b)          A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c)            The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d)            The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

15.            Definitions.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)            Board   means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)            Capital Stock   means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(c)            Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d)            Code   means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder .

(e)            Committee   means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(f)            Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company.

(g)            Company ” means Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h)          “Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(i)            Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)            a sale   or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(ii)            a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii)         a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv)         a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(j)            Director   means a member of the Board.

(k)          Eligible Employee   means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(l)            Employee   means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(m)            Employee Stock Purchase Plan   means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(n)            Exchange Act   means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(o)            Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)            If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination , as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii)          In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with applicable laws and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code.

(iii)         Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(p)            IPO Date   means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(q)          Offering   means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “ Offering Document ” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(r)            Offering Date ” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(s)            Officer   means   a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(t)            Participant   means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(u)            Plan   means this Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(v)            Purchase Date   means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(w)          Purchase Period ” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(x)            Purchase Right   means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y)            Related Corporation   means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(z)            Securities Act   means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa)         Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%). For purposes of the foregoing clause (i), the Company will be deemed to “Own” or have “Owned” such securities if the Company, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(bb)         Trading Day   means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.


Exhibit 10.9

[_________]

[_________]
[_________]
[_________]

Re:            Directorship

Dear [_________]:

On behalf of Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I thank you for agreeing to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).  The Company looks forward to your expertise as it grows and strives to bring substantial value to its stakeholders.  This letter agreement (this “Agreement’) confirms the understanding and agreement between you and the Company with respect to your role as a director of the Company (a “ Director ”).

1.
Term .  Subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “ DGCL ”), and your appointment or election to the Board, the term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date of your appointment to the Board and shall continue until terminated pursuant to Section 5 below (the “ Term ”).

2.
Responsibilities and Duties .

a.
Position .  Subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s [Second][Third] Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of [August 11, 2014][July 15, 2015], by and between the Company and certain stockholders of the Company ([as amended,] the “ Voting Agreement ”), and the DGCL, you hereby agree to serve as a Director.  You shall perform such duties and responsibilities as are normally related to such position in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and the DGCL, including, without limitation, providing the Company with fiduciary oversight, strategic guidance, organizational planning, and those other services listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively, the “ Services ”).  You agree to use your best efforts to provide the Services.  You shall not allow any other person or entity to perform any of the Services for or instead of you.  You shall comply with the statutes, rules, regulations, and orders of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority, which are applicable to the performance of the Services, and the Company’s rules, regulations, and practices, as they may be adopted or modified from time to time.

b.
Other Activities .  You may be employed by another entity, may serve on other boards of directors or advisory boards, and may engage in any other business activity (whether or not pursued for pecuniary advantage), as long as such outside activities do not violate your obligations under this Agreement, the DGCL, or your fiduciary obligations to the Company’s stockholders.  Your ownership of less than a 5% interest in an entity, by itself, shall not constitute a violation of this duty.  You represent that, to the best of your knowledge, you have no outstanding agreement or obligation that is in conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement or the DGCL, and you agree to use your best efforts to avoid or minimize any such conflict and agree not to enter into any agreement or obligation that could create such a conflict, without the approval of a majority of the Board.  If, at any time, you are required to make any disclosure or take any action that may conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement or the DGCL, you shall promptly notify the Board of such obligation prior to making such disclosure or taking such action.

c.
No Conflict .  Except as permitted in Section 2(b) , you agree not to engage in any activity that creates a conflict of interest with the Company, and you agree to notify the Board before engaging in any activity that creates a potential conflict of interest with the Company.  Specifically, and except as set forth in Section 2(b) , you agree not to engage in any activity that is in direct competition with the Company or serve in any capacity (including, without limitation, as an employee, consultant, advisor, or director) in any company or entity that competes directly with the Company, as reasonably determined by the Company, without the approval of the Board.

3.
Compensation .  As full and complete recognition for your time and contributions as a Director, you shall be compensated as follows:

a.
Cash Payment .  The Company shall pay you [___________]. [Quarterly payments of the annual cash retainers will be paid in cash promptly following the end of each calendar quarter,] contingent on your compliance with the terms of this Agreement and your duties under the DGCL. [The foregoing cash compensation will be superseded and replaced in its entirety by any non-employee director compensation policy that is adopted by the Company in connection with its first public offering of its securities or at any time once the Company’s securities are listed on a nationally recognized stock exchange (e.g., Nasdaq, NYSE, etc.).]

b.
Equity Award .  Subject to the Board’s approval, the Company shall grant you an option to purchase [Twenty Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty-Six (20,826)] [Thirty Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Eight (30,168)] shares of the Company’s common stock [(equivalent to 0.25% of the Company’s fully-diluted capitalization as of immediately following the February 2015 closing of the Company’s Series E-1, Series E-2 and Series E-3 preferred stock financing)] (the “ Option ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s [Equity Incentive Plan] [your Option Grant Notice] and your Option Agreement, as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement of the Term.  The exercise price per share of the Option shall be the fair market value of the Company’s stock as determined by the Board as of the date of grant.  Twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest twelve (12) months after the commencement of the Term, and no shares shall vest before such date.  The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next thirty-six (36) months following such initial 12-month period, in equal monthly amounts.  Any vested portion of the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of three months after termination of this Agreement, and any unvested portion of the option shall be forfeited upon termination of this Agreement.  In the event of a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company, your Option will automatically become vested and exercisable as to all of the shares subject to the Option as of immediately before the consummation of such Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change of Control ” shall mean: (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary) (each a “ Merger Transaction ”), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such Merger Transaction will, immediately after such Merger Transaction, hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity in the same relative proportions, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, or (iii) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
2

c.
Taxes, Etc .  You shall bear sole responsibility for payment on your behalf of any federal, state, and local income tax withholding, social security taxes, workers’ compensation coverage, unemployment insurance, liability insurance, health and/or disability insurance, retirement benefits or other welfare or pension benefits, and/or other employment payments and expenses, and upon the Company’s request, you shall provide the Company with proof that such payments have been made.  You understand and agree that you are not eligible for, and you hereby release any and all right, claim, or interest to, wages, compensation incentives, profit sharing participation, health coverage, or any other benefits provided to the Company’s employees[, and you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from and against any losses and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees), taxes, interest, and/or penalties incurred by the Company and in any way related to same].

4.
Reimbursement of Expenses .  You must request approval from the Company prior to incurring any expenses in the performance of the Services for which you intend to seek reimbursement[; provided however that any travel and related incidental expenses incurred by you in connection with your Services that are consistent with the Company’s reimbursement policy are hereby pre-approved].  Subject to such approval having been obtained, the Company shall reimburse you for reasonable, necessary, and documented expenses incurred in the performance of the Services in accordance with the Company’s current reimbursement policy as it may be amended from time to time.

5.
Termination .

a.
This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon your death, resignation, or removal from, or failure to win election or reelection to, the Board or upon a Change of Control of the Company.  At any time, you may be removed as a Director as provided by the DGCL, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or the Voting Agreement, and you may resign as a Director as provided by the DGCL and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in or arising from this Agreement or any of the Company’s statements, policies, or practices, neither you nor Company shall be required to provide any advance notice or any reason or cause for termination of your status as a Director, except as provided by the DGCL, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or the Voting Agreement.

b.
In the event of termination of this Agreement, you agree that all property, including, without limitation, all equipment and Confidential Information (as defined below) provided to or prepared by you in connection with your services for the Company as a Director belong to the Company and shall be promptly returned to the Company, and you agree that the Company shall have the right of injunctive relief to enforce this provision.
3

c.
In the event of termination of this Agreement, the Company shall reimburse you for any reasonable, unpaid, and approved expenses incurred through the date of termination pursuant to Section 4 .

d.
Upon termination of this Agreement and unless otherwise agreed to by you and the Company, you shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices then held with the Company and any of its affiliates.  You agree that following any termination of this Agreement, you shall cooperate with the Company in the winding up or transferring to other Directors of any pending work and shall also cooperate with the Company (to the extent permitted by applicable law, and at Company’s expense) in the defense of any action brought by any third party against the Company that relates to your role as a Director and performance of the Services.

6.
Director Covenants .

a.
Confidentiality .  During the Term, you will have access to or become familiar with information of a confidential or proprietary nature which pertains to the business operations of the Company and its affiliates, customers, investors, and employees (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”).  For the purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means any information that relates to the Company’s actual or anticipated business or research and development, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans or other information regarding the Company’s products or services and markets therefor, customer lists and customers, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances or other business information.  Under this Agreement, you agree not to disclose any Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, or use it in any way, either during your performance of the Services or any time thereafter, except as required in the performance of the Services.  No license or other rights with respect to the Confidential Information is hereby granted or intended.  You shall not, and shall not enable or allow any third party to, reverse- engineer, decompile, or disassemble any software disclosed by the Company or affiliates and shall not remove, overprint, or deface any notice of copyright, trademark, logo, legend, or other notices of ownership from any originals or copies of Confidential Information.  Your obligation to maintain Confidential Information as confidential under this Agreement shall continue in effect for the Term and shall extend for such time until as the information in question no longer constitutes Confidential Information.

b.
Non-Solicitation .  During the Term and for a period of one year thereafter, you shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit, interfere with, or hire as an employee, consultant, or subcontractor, the personnel of the Company or its affiliates, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by you and the Company; [provided however that this provision shall not apply to any solicitations made by your employer (or any agent of your employer) in the normal course of business].

c.
Non-Disparagement .  [You] [The Company on the one hand and you on the other hand each] hereby agree [that you shall] not [at any time][to] make, publish, or communicate to any person or entity, including, without limitation, the clients, investors, and employees of the Company or any of its affiliates, any disparaging remarks, comments, or statements [about the other party].  For purposes of this Agreement, disparaging remarks, comments, or statements are those that impugn, criticize, or denigrate (a) [you,] the Company, [or] any of its affiliates, or any of their respective clients, investors, employees, or agents, or (b) the character, honesty, integrity, morality, business acumen, or abilities of [you,] the Company, [or] any of its affiliates, or any of their respective clients, investors, employees, or agents.
4

d.
Remedies .  You hereby agree that any breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Section 6 may result in irreparable injury and damage to the Company and/or its affiliates for which the Company and/or its affiliates may have no adequate remedy at law.  You also agree that in the event of such breach or any threat of breach, the Company may be entitled to an immediate injunction and restraining order to prevent such breach and/or threatened breach and/or continued breach by you and/or any and all entities acting for and/or with you, without having to prove damages or post a bond.  The terms of this Section 6(d) shall not prevent the Company or its affiliates from pursuing any other available remedies for any breach or threatened breach hereof, including, without limitation, to the recovery of damages from you.  You further acknowledge and agree that the covenants contained herein are necessary for the protection of the legitimate business interests of the Company and its affiliates and are reasonable in nature, and you further acknowledge that the Company would not have entered into this Agreement had you not agreed to the provisions of this Section 6 .

e.
Survival .  The provisions of this Section 6 shall survive any termination of the Term, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by you against the Company and/or its affiliates, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants and agreements of this Section 6 .

7.
Indemnification .  [The][Pursuant to the terms of your Indemnification Agreement with the Company, the] Company shall indemnify and defend you against any liability incurred in connection with your performance of the Services as a Director hereunder to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws [, each as currently in effect].

The Company has purchased Director’s and Officer’s liability insurance, and you shall be entitled to the protection of any insurance policies the Company maintains for the benefit of its Directors and officers, subject to the terms and conditions of such policies, against all costs, charges, and expenses in connection with any action, suit, or proceeding to which you may be made a party by reason of your affiliation with the Company or affiliates.

8.
Nature of Relationship .  Your relationship to the Company shall at all times and in all respects be that of an independent contractor and not that of an employee or agent of the Company.  The Company shall supply you with periodic briefings on the business, director packages for each Board and committee meeting, copies of minutes of meetings and any other materials that are required under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and any other materials necessary for performing as a Director under this Agreement.

9.
Construction .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, exclusive of its conflict of laws provisions.

10.
Survival of Obligations .  Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, neither party hereto shall be released hereunder from any liability or obligation to the other which has already accrued as of the time of such termination or which thereafter might accrue in respect of any act or omission of such party prior to such termination.
5

11.
Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

12.
Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire understanding between you and the Company with respect to your position as a Director and supersedes any prior written or oral agreements between you and the Company respecting such subject matter.  No representations, agreements, or understanding, oral or written, exist between you and the Company relating to your position as a Director that are not fully expressed herein.

13.
Amendments; Waivers .  This Agreement may not be amended except by a writing signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company other than Director.  Failure to exercise any right under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right.

14.
Assignment .  You agree that you will not assign any rights or obligations under this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation, merger, or sale of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of its assets.

15.
Binding Agreement .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and benefit the parties and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and permitted assigns.  Any subsequent change in your duties or compensation as a Director shall not affect the validity or scope of the remainder of this Agreement.

16.
Director Acknowledgment .  You acknowledge that you have had the opportunity to consult legal counsel concerning this Agreement, that you have read and understand this Agreement, that you are fully aware of its legal effect, and that you have entered into it freely based on your own judgment and not on any representations or promises other than those contained in this Agreement.

17.
Execution .  This Agreement shall be executed in multiple copies and each executed copy shall constitute an original, but the copies shall be deemed one and the same instrument and this Agreement shall not be modified or waived, except in writing, signed, and acknowledged by the parties hereto.

[ Signature page follows .]
6

Once again I would like to express our gratitude for your enthusiasm and commitment to the Company, and it is with great excitement that we welcome you to jointly enter this period of rapid growth and accomplishment for our business.

 
Very truly yours,
   
     
 
[_________]
 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO
AS OF THE DATE BELOW:

      
[_________]
   
     
Date:
   
7

Exhibit A

Description of Services

You shall have all responsibilities of a Director of the Company imposed by the DGCL and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.  These responsibilities shall include, without limitation, the following:

1.
Attendance .  Use best efforts to attend scheduled meetings of the Board;

2.
Act as a Fiduciary .  Represent the Company’s stockholders and the interests of the Company as a fiduciary; and

3.
Participation .  Participate as a full voting member of the Board in setting overall objectives, approving plans and programs of operation, formulating general policies, offering advice and counsel, serving on Board committees, and reviewing management performance.


A-1

Exhibit 10.10

AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of September 20, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Derek Maetzold (“ Executive ”) (collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” or individually referred to as a “ Party ”). This Agreement amends and restates that certain Executive Employment Agreement dated June 1, 2008 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), by and between the Company and Executive.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ Derek Maetzold as its President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and to enter into an amended and restated agreement embodying the terns of such employment; and

WHEREAS, Executive desires to accept such continued employment and enter into such an amended and restated agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follows:

1.      Duties and Scope of Employment.

(a) Positions and Duties . As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as President and CEO of the Company. Executive will report directly to the Company’s Board of Directors. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties as are customarily associated with Executive’s position within the Company and Executive agrees to perform such other duties and functions as shall from time to time be reasonably assigned or delegated to Executive by the Company’s Board of Directors. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term.

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

2.     At-Will Employment . Subject to Sections 7, 8, and 9 below, the Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to serve the Company, on an “ at-will ” basis, which means that either the Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time and for any or no reason.

1

3.      Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . Beginning on the Effective Date and continuing during the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) of $300,000 per annum. The Base Salary shall be established and may be changed only by action of the Board. The Base Salary will be paid in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding). Any increase or decrease in Base Salary (together with the then existing Base Salary) shall serve as the “ Base Salary ” for future employment under this Agreement. The first and last payment will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period.

(b) Stock Options. (i) Executive shall be entitled to receive periodic stock options as determined by the Board consistent with the terms of the Castle Biosciences, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan (the “ Stock Plan ”) and a stock option agreement or agreements (“ Stock Options ”). Such agreement or agreements shall provide that (i) the Stock Options shall be exercisable at a price per share equal to the fair market value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock on the date such Stock Options were granted. (ii) 1/4 th of the Stock Options shall vest on the one year anniversary of the effective date of such grant and 1/48 th of the Stock Options shall vest each month following such one year anniversary, (iii) in the case of the termination of Executive’s employment, the Stock Options shall accelerate as set forth below and the Stock Options shall remain exercisable by Executive for ninety (90) days following the date of termination.

(c) Management Bonus. Executive will be entitled to be eligible for a Management Bolus Target of up to 100% of Base Salary, with the determination of whether and to what extent Executive has earned such bonus to be determined at the sole discretion of the Board, provided such bonus is dependent upon overall Company performance and Executive performance (“ Management Bonus ”).

4.      Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the standard employee benefit plans maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company as such may be in effect from time to time. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5.      Vacation. Executive will be entitled to paid vacation of twenty (20) days per year in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually and reasonably agreed to by Executive and the Company.

6.     Business Expenses. During the Employment Term, the Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

7.      Termination on Death or Disability.

(a) Executive’s employment will terminate automatically upon Executive’s death or, upon fourteen (14) days prior written notice from the Company, in the event of Disability.

2

(b) Upon any termination for death or Disability, Executive shall be entitled to: (i) Executive’s Base Salary through the effective date of termination; (ii) payment of unused earned vacation; (iii) the right to continue health care benefits under COBRA, at Executive’s cost, to the extent required and available by law; (iv) reimbursement of expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 6 above, but for which Executive has not yet been reimbursed; and (v) immediate vesting of Executive’s unvested Stock Options outstanding as of the date of termination; and (vi) no other severance or benefits of any kind, unless required by law or pursuant to any other written Company plans or policies, as then in effect.

8.      Involuntary   Termination for Cause; Resignation without Good Reason.

(a) Effectiveness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Co any may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for Cause, and Executive may at any time voluntarily resign without Good Reason. Termination for Cause shall be effective on the date the Company gives notice to Executive of such termination in accordance with this Agreement unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. Resignation by Executive without Good Reason shall be effective on the date Executive gives notice to the Company of such resignation in accordance with this Agreement unless otherwise agreed by the Parties.

(b) Effect of Termination for Cause. In the case of the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive shall be entitled to receive: (i) Base Salary through the effective date of the termination; (ii) payment of unused earned vacation; (iii) reimbursement of all expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 6 above, but for which he has not yet been reimbursed; (iv) the right to continue health care benefits under COBRA, at Executive’s cost, to the extent required and available by law; and (v) no other severance or benefits of any kind, unless required by law or pursuant to any other written Company plans or policies, as then in effect.

(c) Effect of Termination for Resignation without Good Reason. In the case of the Executive’s resignation from his employment without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive: (i) Base Salary through the effective date of the termination; (ii) payment of unused earned vacation; (iii) continuing severance pay at a rate equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s Base Salary, as then in effect (less applicable withholding), for a period of twelve (12) months from the late of such termination, to be paid in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding); (iv) reimbursement of all expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 6 above, but for which he has not yet been reimbursed; (v) the right to continue health care benefits under COBRA, at Executive’s cost, to the extent required and available by law; and (vi) no other severance or benefits of any kind, unless required by law or pursuant to any other written Company plans or policies, as then in effect.

(d) Conditions Precedent. Any severance payments contemplated by Section 8(c) above are conditional on: (i) Executive continuing to comply with the terms of this Agreement and the EPIA (as defined herein); and (ii) Executive and Company delivering, and not revoking, a separation agreement including a general mutual release of claims relating to Executive’s employment in the form of Exhibit B hereto (with blanks completed in accordance with, and otherwise revised as necessary to conform to, the provisions of this Agreement) (as so completed and/or revised, the “ Separation Agreement ”). Unless otherwise required by law, no severance payments under Section 8(c) will be paid and/or provided until after the expiration of any relevant revocation period.

3

Within five (5) days after Executive’s termination pursuant to Section 8(c), the Company will deliver the Separation Agreement, executed by the Company, to Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 8(d) shall not limit Executive’s ability to obtain expense reimbursements under Section 6 or any other compensation or benefits otherwise required by law or in accordance with written Company plans or policies, as then in effect. The Company will commence payment of any salary continuation or bonus payments that are conditioned on Executive’s execution of a separation agreement on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s termination, provided that prior to such date the Separation Agreement described herein is effective at such time. The first payment thereof will include a catch-up payment covering the amount that would have otherwise been paid during the period between Executive’s termination and the first payment date but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments will be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

9.      Involuntary Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason.

(a) Effect of Termination . The Company shall be entitled to terminate Executive without Cause and Executive shall be entitled to resign for Good Reason, in each case at any time, subject to the following:

(i)       If, at any time prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control (discussed in Section 9(a)(ii) below), Executive is terminated by the Company involuntarily without Cause (excluding any termination due to death or Disability) or if Executive resigns with Good Reason, then, subject to the timing and limitations of Sections 9(b) and 26 below, Executive shall be entitled to receive: (A) Executive’s Base Salary through the date of termination; (B) payment of unused earned vacation; (C) continuing severance pay at a rate equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s Base Salary, as then in effect, for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of such termination, to be paid in equal regular installments over twelve (12) months in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding) and Section 9(b) below, (D) eighteen (18) months’ acceleration on the vesting of Executive’s unvested Stock Options outstanding as of the date of termination; (E) reimbursement of all expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 6 above, but for which he has not yet been reimbursed; (F) the right to continue health care benefits under COBRA, to the extent required and available by law, at Company’s cost for eighteen (18) months; (G) Management Bonus equal to the Executive’s most recent Management Bonus or Management Bonus Target, whichever is greater, for the period through the effective date of termination and for the eighteen (18) month severance pay period, to be paid in equal regular installments over twelve (12) months in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding) and Section 9(b) below, and (H) no other severance or benefits of any kind, unless required by law or pursuant to any written Company plans or policies, as then in effect.

(ii)     If, at any time following the occurrence of a Change of Control, Executive is terminated by the Company involuntarily without Cause (excluding any termination due to death or Disability) or if Executive resigns with Good Reason, then, subject to the timing and limitations of Sections 9(b) and 26 below, Executive shall be entitled to receive: (A) Executive’s Base Salary through the date of termination; (B) payment of unused earned vacation; (C) continuing severance pay at a rate equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s Base Salary, as then in effect (less applicable withholding), for a period of thirty six (36) months from the date of such termination, to be paid in a lump sum after the date of termination in accordance with Section 9(b) below;

4

(D) immediate vesting of Executive’s unvested Stock Options outstanding as of the date of termination; (E) the right to continue health care benefits under COBRA, at Company’s cost, to the extent available by law; (F) reimbursement of all expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 6 above, but for which he has not yet been reimbursed; (G) Management Bonus equal to the Executive’s most recent Management Bonus or Management Bonus Target, whichever is greater, for the period through the effective date of termination and for the thirty-six (36) month severance pay period payable in a lump sum after the date of termination in accordance with Section 9(b) below; (H) reimbursement for all of Executive’s attorney and tax advisor expenses related to analysis, compliance or enforcement of this agreement; and (I) no other severance or benefits of any kind, unless required by law or pursuant to any written Company plans or policies, as then in effect.

(b) Conditions Precedent. Any severance payments contemplated by Section 9(a) above are conditional on: (i) Executive continuing to comply with the terms of this Agreement and the EPIA (as defined herein); (ii) Executive and Company delivering, and not revoking, a separation agreement including a general mutual release of claims relating to Executive’s employment in the form of Exhibit B hereto (with blanks completed in accordance with, and otherwise revised as necessary to conform to, the provisions of this Agreement) (as so completed and/or revised, the “ Separation Agreement ”); and (iii) in the event of a resignation for Good Reason, providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the grounds for Good Reason and a reasonable opportunity for the Company to cure the conditions giving rise to such Good Reason, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days or greater than sixty (60) days following the date of notice from Executive (the “ Cure Period ”). If the Company cures the conditions giving rise to such Good Reason within the Cure Period, Executive will not be entitled to severance payments contemplated by Section 9(a) above if Executive thereafter resigns from the Company based on such grounds. If the Company fails to cure the conditions giving rise to such Good Reason within the Cure Period, Executive must actually resign within thirty (30) days following the end of the Cure Period based on the Good Reason grounds previously identified. Unless otherwise required by law, no severance payments under Section 9(a) will be paid and/or provided until after the expiration of any relevant revocation period. Within live (5) days after Executive’s termination pursuant to Section 9(a), the Company will deliver the Separation Agreement, executed by the Company, to Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9(b) shall not limit Executive’s ability to obtain expense reimbursements under Section 6 or any other compensation or benefits otherwise required by law or in accordance with written Company plans or policies, as then in effect. The Company will commence payment of any salary continuation or bonus payments that are conditioned on Executive’s execution of a separation agreement on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s termination, provided that prior to such date the Separation Agreement described herein is effective at such time. The first payment thereof will include a catch-up payment covering the amount that would have otherwise been paid during the period between Executive’s termination and the first payment date but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments will be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

10.   Definitions.

(a) Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean: (i) the Executive’s continued failure to substantially perform the material duties and obligations under this Agreement

5

 (for reasons other than death or Disability), which failure is not cured within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice from the Company of such failure; (ii) Executive’s failure or refusal to comply with reasonable written policies, standards and regulations established by the Company from time Ito time which failure is not cured within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice of such failure from the Company; (iii) any material act of fraud, embezzlement, or other unlawful act committed by the Executive that is at the expense of or harms the Company; (iv) the Executive’s knowing violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business, which violation was or is reasonably likely to be materially injurious to the Company; (v) the Executive’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or the EPIA; or (vi) Executive’s conviction of, the entering of a guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere or no contest (or the equivalent) with respect to either a felony or a crime (other than felonies or crimes relating to motor vehicles) that materially adversely affects the Company.

(b) Change of Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change of Control ” shall mean: (1) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary) (each a “ Merger Transaction ”), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such Merger Transaction will, immediately after such Merger Transaction, hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity in the same relative proportions, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, or (iii) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

(c) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean, without Executive’s written consent: (i) there is a material reduction of the level of Executive’s compensation (excluding any bonuses) (except where there is a general reduction applicable to the members of the Company’s management team, defined as the Chief Executive Officer and all employees reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer), (ii) there is a material reduction in Executive’s overall responsibilities or authority, or scope of duties, it being understood that a reduction in Executive’s responsibilities or authority following a Change of Control shall not constitute Good Reason unless there also occurs a demotion in Executive’s title or position; (iii) there is a breach of a material term of this Agreement by the Company; or (iv) without the Executive’s prior written consent, a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform his services; provided, that in no instance will the relocation of Executive to a facility or a location of fifty (50) miles or less from Executive’s then current office location be deemed material for purposes of this Agreement.

(d) Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means that Executive, at the time notice is given, has been unable to substantially perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement for not less than one-hundred and twenty (120) work days within a twelve (12) consecutive month period as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to a physical or mental condition and, if reasonable accommodation is required by law, after any reasonable accommodation.

6

11.    Non-Solicitation of Employees. During the period from the effective date of termination and continuing for one (1) year after such date, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, on Executive’s own behalf or for any other person or entity solicit for employment any person who was employed by the Company or any of its affiliates on the date of termination and continues to be employed by Company, provided that Executive shall be able to engage in non-targeted advertisements and recruiting activities. Executive is not barred from hiring said employees provided that such employees initiated employment discussions by responding to non-targeted recruiting activities or self-initiated communication.

12.    Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of: (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death, and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “ successor ” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13.    Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, mailed by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile directed to the Party to be notified at the address or facsimile number indicated for such Party on the signature page to this Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as such Party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other Parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given upon personal delivery, three (3) days after the date of mailing, or upon confirmation of facsimile transfer.

14.   Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15.    Company Matters.

(a) Proprietary Information and Inventions. Executive acknowledges and agrees that he has signed, is bound by, and will continue to abide by the terms of the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, which he executed on July 1, 2008 (“EPIA”), including the provisions governing the non-disclosure of confidential information and restrictive covenants contained therein. A copy of the EPIA is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

(b) Ventures. If, during his employment, Executive is engaged in or associated with planning or implementing of any project, program or venture involving the Company and any third parties, all rights in such project, program or venture shall belong to the Company (or third party, to the extent provided in any agreement between the Company and the third party). Except as approved by the Board in writing, Executive shall not be entitled to any interest in such project, program or venture or to any commission, finder’s fee or other compensation in connection therewith other than the salary or other compensation to be paid to Executive as provided in this Agreement.

7

(c) Resignation on Termination. On termination of his employment, regardless of the reason for such termination, Executive shall immediately (and with contemporaneous effect) resign any offices or other positions that he may hold in the Company or any affiliate, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties.

(d) Notification of New Employer. In the event that Executive leaves the employ of the Company, Executive grants consent to notification by the Company to Executive’s new employer about his rights and obligations under this Agreement and the EPIA.

16.     Arbitration.

(a) General. In consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration before the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services (“ JAMS ”) pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (“ JAMS Rules ”) and pursuant to Texas law, which shall be held in Harris County, Texas. To the extent the JAMS Rules conflict with Texas law, Texas law shall take precedence. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include, to the extent permissible by law, any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Texas Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(b) Procedure. Any arbitration will be administered by JAMS and a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with the JAMS Rules. The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the JAMS Rules. The arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any Party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision including findings of fact and conclusions of law on the merits of its award. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, excepting attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall pay the administrative fees associated with the arbitration, except for the first $300.00 in administrative fees for any arbitration that is initiated by Executive, and each of the Parties shall separately pay its counsel fees and expenses. The arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the JAMS Rules.

(c) Remedy. Arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as otherwise provided herein, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law, which the Company has not adopted.

8

(d) Availability of Equitable Relief. Any Party may also petition the court for injunctive or other equitable relief where either Party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the EPIA. In the event that either Party seeks such relief, no bond shall be required and the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees. Any such relief will be filed in any state or federal court serving Travis County, Texas.

(e) EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS ARBITRATION CLAUSE CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE EMPLOYER/EMPLOYEE RELATIONSHIP, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DISCRIMINATION CLAIMS.

17.    Integration. This Agreement, together with the EPIA, the Stock Plan and the agreement or agreements evidencing Stock Options, represent the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral, including, but not limited to, the Prior Agreement. No waiver, alteration or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the Parties hereto.

18.    Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

19.   Waiver. No Party shall be deemed to have waived any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or any provisions hereof unless such waiver shall have been duly executed in writing and acknowledged by the Party to be charged with such waiver. The failure of any Party at any time to insist on performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provisions, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to be a waiver of any other subsequent breach.

20.    Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Texas, with out regard for conflict of law provisions.

21.   Conflict Waiver. Each of the Parties to this Agreement understands that Streusand, Landon & Ozburn, LIP, is serving as counsel to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that discussion of such transactions with Executive could be construed to create a conflict of interest. By executing this Agreement, the Parties hereto acknowledge the potential conflict of interest and waive the right to claim any conflict of interest at a later date. Furthermore, by executing this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge that if a conflict of interest exists and any litigation arises between Executive and the Company, Streusand, Landon & Ozburn, LLP would represent the Company. Executive represents and warrants that he has had the opportunity to seek independent counsel in his review of this and all related agreements and that he is not relying on Streusand, Landon & Ozburn, LLP for any legal, tax or other advice relating to such agreements.

9

22.   Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his legal counsel, has ha l sufficient time to, and has carefully read,’ and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

23.   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute but one instrument.

24 .   Effect of Headings. The section and subsection headings contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof

25.   Construction of Agreement. This Agreement has been negotiated by the respective Parties, and the language shall not be construed for or against either Party.

26.    Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), and the severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits ”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable wider this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations, a termination of employment shall be determined consistent with the rules relating to a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409, and a Change of Control shall be determined consistent with a “change in control event” under Section 409A.

(b) Any amount paid under the Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of Section 26(a) above.

10

(c) Any amount paid under the Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of Section 26(a) above. For purposes of this Section 26, ” Section 409A Limit ” will mean the lesser of two (2) times: (A) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (B) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

(d) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

[Remainder of page is intentionally blank; Signature page follows]

11

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties has executed this Agreement as of the day and ear first above written.

 
“COMPANY”
 
       
 
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
       
 
By:
/s/ Derek Maetzold
   
Name:  Derek Maetzold
   
Title:  Director and Officer
       
 
Address :
 
 
2014 San Miguel Drive
 
Friendswood, Texas 77546
       
 
“EXECUTIVE”
 
       
 
/s/ Derek Maetzold
 
Derek Maetzold
       
 
Address :
 
 
2014 San Miguel Drive
 
Friendswood, Texas 77546
       
 
Fax Number:


CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
SIGNATURE PAGE


EXHIBIT A

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT B

SEPARATION AGREEMENT


SEPARATION AGREEMENT

THIS SEPARATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Derek Maetzold (“ Executive ”), as of the date signed by Executive below. This Agreement sets forth the mutual agreement of the Company and Executive regarding Executive’s separation from employment.

Executive and the Company are parties to that Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of September __, 2012 (the “ Employment Agreement ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

1.            Last Day of Employment. Executive’s employment with the Company terminated on ____________ (the “ Separation Date ”). Executive has been or will be paid all wages earned through the Separation Date. Executive has been or will be paid all unused vacation earned through the Separation Date. Executive has been or will be reimbursed in the amount of all expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed under the Employment Agreement.

2.            Stock and Options. Executive acknowledges that as of the Separation Date, Executive was vested in ____________ options and no more (“ Vested Options ”). The exercise of Executive’s Vested Options shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Agreement(s) dated ____________ and ____________ between the Company and Executive (each an “ Option Agreement ”), including that Executive shall be allowed to exercise the Vested Options for a period of three months after the Separation Date. Executive acknowledges that the Shares (as such term is defined in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 29, 2007 by and between the Company and Executive (the “ RSPA ”)) will continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the RSPA.

3.            Separation Payment. The Company shall pay Executive a severance payment in the total gross amount of $_________, less applicable withholdings and deductions (“ Separation Payment ”). The Separation Payment will be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices and the terms of Section ____ of the Employment Agreement, on the ____________ regularly-scheduled paydays following the expiration of ten (10) days after Executive signs and returns this Agreement

4.        Bonus Payment. The Company shall pay Executive a bonus payment in the total gross amount of $_________, less applicable withholdings and deductions (“ Bonus Payment ”). The Bonus Payment will be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices and the terms of Section ____ of the Employment Agreement, on the regularly-scheduled paydays following the expiration of ten (10) days after Executive signs and returns this Agreement.


5.            Benefits . Executive’s health insurance benefits shall cease on ____________, ____, subject to Executive’s right to continue Executive’s health insurance under COBRA (as defined herein). The Company shall pay the cost of Executive’s COBRA premiums for a period of ____________ months following the Separation Date, if and as set forth in the Employment Agreement. Executive’s participation in all other benefits and incidents of employment, including but not limited to, vesting in stock options, and the accrual of bonuses, vacation, and sick leave, cease as of the Separation Date.

6.          Release by Executive. Executive, on Executive’s own behalf and Executive’s heirs, successors and assigns, forever releases the Company, and its affiliates, parents, subsidiaries, shareholders, owners, officers, directors, board members, trustees, agents, attorneys, representatives, employees, successors and assigns, from and against any and all claims, damages, causes of action, and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, that Executive may have or claim to have up to the Separation Date. This release includes, but is not limited to: claims for breach of contract; promissory estoppel; fraud; misrepresentation; wages or benefits owed; right to purchase, or actual purchase of, shares of stock of the Company, including, without limitation, any claims for breach of fiduciary duty, breach of any duty under applicable corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law; covenants of good faith and fair dealing; claims for torts, including defamation, intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress, tortious interference with contract, tortious interference with prospective business relations, negligence and any other wrongful conduct; claims for harassment and discrimination; claims for wrongful discharge or retaliation; claims under the Americans With Disabilities Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Civil Rights Acts of 1868 and 1873, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Worker Benefit Protection Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act; the Texas Labor Code; the Texas Payday Act; all Texas anti-discrimination, wage and hour, and other statutes and regulations related to or governing the employment relationship; and any similar federal, state or local laws; and any and all claims arising from or in any way connected with Executive’s employment, association or other contacts with the Company and the termination of Executive’s employment. This release also includes, but is not limited to, all claims based upon any violation of any state, local or municipal employment laws, regulations, executive orders or other requirements. It is Executive’s express intent to enter into this full and final compromise of any and all claims against the Company whatsoever up to the date Executive signs this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Release is not intended to waive or release any claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act that arise after the date Executive signs this Agreement, any rights Executive may have to continue his health insurance benefits under certain provisions of the Comprehensive Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“ COBRA ”), any claim for benefits for work-related injury or illness under any applicable workers’ compensation law, or any other claim or cause of action that cannot be waived under applicable law.

7.            Release by Company. The Company forever releases the Executive, and Executive’s heirs, successors and assigns, from and against any and all claims, damages, causes of action, and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, that the Company may have or claim to have up to the Separation Date. This release includes, but is not limited to: claims for breach of contract; promissory estoppel; fraud; misrepresentation; covenants of good faith and fair dealing; claims for torts, including defamation, intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress, negligence and any other wrongful conduct. It is the Company’s express intent to enter into this full and final compromise of any and all claims against the Executive whatsoever up to the Separation Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Release is not intended to waive or release any claims against Executive for breach of the EPIA of which the Company is currently unaware, and this Release is not intended to waive and release any claims against Executive in the event Executive breaches or otherwise fails to comply with his continuing obligations under the EPIA as set forth in Paragraph 11 below.


8.         No Admission of Liability. This Agreement does not constitute and shall not be construed as, an admission by the Company of any breach of contract or other violation of any right of Executive, or any harm to Executive of any kind whatsoever, or of any violation of any Federal, State, or Local statute, law, or regulation. To the contrary, the Company denies any wrongdoing and denies any liability whatsoever to Executive.

9.         Confidential Agreement. Executive agrees to keep the terms of this Agreement confidential, unless compelled by law to disclose the terms. Executive may disclose the terms of this Agreement only to Executive’s financial advisor, attorney, spouse, and if compelled by law, duly authorized governmental agencies, but if Executive does so, Executive will instruct each such person that this Agreement and its terms must be kept strictly confidential. If compelled by law or otherwise to disclose the terms of this Agreement to a third party, Executive will immediately notify a representative of the Company of such request or order seeking disclosure.

10.       Non-Disparagement. Executive agrees not to make critical or disparaging remarks about the Company or its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, officers, directors, board members, agents, employees, representatives, predecessors, successors, and assigns, including but not limited to critical or disparaging comments concerning the quality of the Company’s facilities and services or the Company’s business or employment practices. In tarn, the Company agrees that it will not make critical or disparaging remarks about Executive and, in response to any request for employment references for Executive directed to the Company’s Human Resources Department, will only provide the inclusive dates of employment and Executive’s position with the Company.

11.         Confidentiality of the Company’s Proprietary Information. Executive’s obligations relating to confidential information that Executive received or had access to during the course of employment shall be defined and managed under Section 2 of Executive’s Proprietary Information Agreement dated July 1, 2008 by and between the Company and Executive (the “ EPIA ”). The rights and obligations of Executive and the Company under the EPIA survive the execution of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect.

12.         Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that either party brings an action to enforce or effect the rights under this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party its costs and expenses, including costs of mediation, arbitration, litigation, court fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.


13.        Entire Agreement. The undersigned affirm that the terms stated herein constitute the only consideration for their signing this Agreement, that no other promises or agreements of any kind have been made by any person or entity to cause them to execute this Agreement, and that they fully understand the meaning and intent of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, its final and binding effect. This Agreement, together with the Employment Agreement, the Option Agreement(s), the Company’s 2008 Stock Plan, and the EPIA, contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto concerning the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any prior agreements between the parties.

14.         Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement is entered into in the State of Texas, and shall in all respects be interpreted, enforced, and governed by the internal laws of the State of Texas. The venue for resolution of any claims or disputes concerning this Agreement shall be solely in the state or federal courts located in Harris County, Texas. The language of this Agreement shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and shall not be construed strictly for or against either of the parties.

15.         Illegal or Invalid Provisions; Waiver. It is expressly understood and agreed that if any term of this Agreement becomes, or is, declared illegal, invalid, unenforceable, or void, then such provision shall be fully severable, and in lieu of such provision, there shall be added automatically, as a part of this Agreement, a provision as similar as may be possible to such provision and still be legal, valid, and enforceable. The remainder of the Agreement shall not be impaired thereby, and the Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect. The terms and conditions of this Agreement may be waived only by a written instrument executed by the party waiving compliance. The failure of any party at any time to require performance of any provision hereof shall, in no manner, affect the right at a later date to enforce the same. No waiver by any party of any condition, or breach by any party of any provision, term, covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such condition, or of the breach of any other provision, term, covenant, representation, or warranty of this Agreement

16.       Acknowledgement. Executive acknowledges that Executive is fully aware of all facts with regard to Executive’s rights, including Executive’s rights under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ ADEA ”). Executive understands and acknowledges that Executive is waiving any and all claims Executive may have against the Company under the ADEA. Executive also understands and acknowledges that Executive is not waiving or releasing claims under the ADEA that may arise after the date of the execution of this Agreement. Executive further understands and acknowledges that Executive was given at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Agreement and that Executive is only waiving rights in exchange for payments and other consideration in addition to what Executive would otherwise be entitled. Executive acknowledges that this Agreement is a binding, legal document. Executive does not rely upon any representation by the Company in entering into this Agreement except those contained herein. Executive is advised to consult with an attorney prior to signing this Agreement, and by the signature below states that Executive has either had an opportunity to consult with an attorney with respect to this Agreement or freely waived any opportunity to do so.


17.         Revocation. Executive may revoke this Agreement at any time, and for any reason, for a period of seven (7) days following Executive’s signing of the Agreement. Written notice of revocation must be provided to the Company no later than the seventh day following Executive’s execution of this Agreement by delivery of notice of revocation to ____________ (the “ Designated Recipient ”) at the following address: ________________________. For the revocation to be effective, written notice must be received by the Designated Recipient, no later than on the seventh calendar day after Executive signs this Agreement. The Agreement is not effective or enforceable until expiration of the seven (7) day period without such revocation. However, this Agreement becomes fully effective, valid, and irrevocable if it has not been revoked within the seven-day period immediately following Executive’s signing of the Agreement

18.        General. Executive acknowledges that the consideration recited in this Agreement is adequate to make it final and binding, and is in addition to payments or benefits to which Executive would otherwise be entitled. The Company and Executive agree that the covenants and/or provisions of this Agreement may not be modified by any subsequent agreement unless the modifying agreement is in writing and is signed by both parties. EXECUTIVE FURTHER STATES THAT EXECUTIVE HAS CAREFULLY READ THE FOREGOING SEPARATION AGREEMENT, THAT EXECUTIVE KNOWS AND UNDERSTANDS THE CONTENTS THEREOF, THAT EXECUTIVE EXECUTES THE SAME AS HIS/HER OWN FREE ACT AND DEED, AND THAT EXECUTIVE EXECUTES THIS SEPARATION AGREEMENT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY.

19.        Execution of Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in a number of identical counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original for all purposes.

DELIVERED TO EXECUTIVE ON ____________ ______, ____.

EXECUTIVE HAS TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS FROM THE DATE SET FORTH ABOVE TO CONSIDER AND EXECUTE THIS AGREEMENT. EXECUTIVE MAY EXECUTE THIS AGREEMENT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THIS TWENTY-ONE (21) DAY PERIOD. TO THE EXTENT EXECUTIVE DOES SO, EXECUTIVE IS ACTING OF EXECUTIVE’S OWN FREE WILL AND ACCORD AND FULLY EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT AT THAT TIME, SUBJECT TO THE SEVEN (7) DAY REVOCATION PERIOD PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 17 ABOVE.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
       
         

 
Date:

 
Derek Maetzold
       


CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
       
           
By:

 
Date:
   
           
Name:

       
           
Title:
         


CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment   Agreement ”) is entered into as of Feb 15, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Derek Maetzold (“ Executive ”) (collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” or individually referred to as a “ Party ”).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, Parties entered into the AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT on September 20, 2012 (the “ Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement as set forth below in this Amendment Agreement.

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

1.            The Base Salary provided for under Section 3(a) of the Employment Agreement shall be increased from $300,000 per annum to $400,000 per annum and to reduce the Management Bonus Target limit provided for under Section 3(c) of the Employment Agreement from 100% of Base Salary to 50% of Base Salary such that the Executive’s total cash compensation, assuming 100% Management Bonus Target payout, would be the same ($600,000) before and after the amendment set forth in this paragraph 1; provided, however, that should the Base Salary hereafter be reduced below $400,000, then the Management Bonus Target will thereupon be increased so that the annual Base Salary amount as so reduced plus a 100% payout at such increased Management Bonus Target would be equal to $600,000. The foregoing change in Base Salary and Management Bonus Target will be retroactively applied beginning January 1, 2017.

2.            Clause (ii) of Section 8(d) of the Employment Agreement currently reads as follows:

“(ii) Executive and Company delivering, and not revoking, a separation agreement including a general mutual release of claims relating to Executive’s employment in the form of Exhibit B hereto (with blanks completed in accordance with, and otherwise revised as necessary to conform to, the provisions of this Agreement) (as so completed and/or revised, the “Separation Agreement” ).

And, shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

“(ii) Executive and Company delivering, and not revoking, a separation agreement including a general release of claims relating to Executive’s employment in the form of Exhibit B hereto (with blanks completed in accordance with, and otherwise revised as necessary to conform to, the provisions of this Agreement) (as so completed and/or revised, the “ Separation Agreement ”); provided, however, that Section 7 (Release by Company) shall be deleted from such Separation Agreement and replaced with “7. Intentionally Left Blank” and no such release shall be provided by the Company.”

1

3.            Clause (C) of Section 9(a)(i) of the Employment Agreement currently reads as follows:

“(C) continuing severance pay at a rate equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s Base Salary, as then in effect, for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of such termination, to be paid in equal regular installments over twelve (12) months in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding) and Section 9(b) below;”

And, shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

“(C) continuing severance pay at a rate equal to one-hundred fifty percent (150%) of Executive’s total annual Base Salary, as then in effect, to be paid in equal regular installments over twelve (12) months in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding) and Section 9(b) below;”

4.            Clause (G) of Section 9(a)(i) of the Employment Agreement currently reads as follows:

“(G) Management Bonus equal to the Executive’s most recent Management Bonus or Management Bonus Target, whichever is greater, for the period through the effective date of termination and for the eighteen (18) month severance pay period, to be paid in equal regular installments over twelve (12) months in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding) and Section 9(b) below, and”

And, shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

“(G) Management Bonus equal to one-hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Executive’s most recent Management Bonus or Management Bonus Target, whichever is greater, to be paid in equal regular installments over twelve (12) months in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding) and Section 9(b) below, and”

5.            Clause (C) of Section 9(a)(ii) of the Employment Agreement currently reads as follows:

“(C) continuing severance pay at a rate equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s Base Salary, as then in effect (less applicable withholding), for a period of thirty six (36) months from the date of such termination, to be paid in a lump sum after the date of termination in accordance with Section 9(b) below;”

And, shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

“(C) severance pay equal to three hundred percent (300%) of Executive’s Base Salary, as then in effect (less applicable withholding), payable in a lump sum after the date of termination in accordance with Section 9(b) below,”

2

6.            Clause (E) of Section 9(a)(ii) of the Employment Agreement currently reads as follows:

“(E) the right to continue health care benefits under COBRA, at Company’s cost, to the extent available by law;”

And, shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

“(E) the right to continue health care benefits under COBRA, at Company’s cost, to the extent available by law, at Company’s cost not to exceed three (3) years;”

7.            Clause (G) of Section 9(a)(ii) of the Employment Agreement currently reads as follows:

“(G) Management Bonus equal to the Executive’s most recent Management Bonus or Management Bonus Target, whichever is greater, for the period through the effective date of termination and for the thirty-six (36) month severance pay period payable in a lump sum after the date of termination in accordance with Section 9(b) below;”

And, shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(G) Management Bonus equal to the three hundred percent (300%) of Executive’s most recent Management Bonus or Management Bonus Target, whichever is greater, payable in a lump sum after the date of termination in accordance with Section 9(b) below;”

8.            Except as expressly amended above, the Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

[Remainder of page is intentionally blank; Signature page follows]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Amendment Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 
“COMPANY”
     
 
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
     
 
By:
/s/ Dan Bradbury
   
Name:  Dan Bradbury
   
Title:  Chair of Board of Directors
     
 
Address :
 
2014 San Miguel Drive
 
Friendswood, Texas 77546
     
 
“EXECUTIVE”
     
 
/s/ Derek Maetzold
 
Derek Maetzold
     
 
Address :
 
2014 San Miguel Drive
 
Friendswood, Texas 77546

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
SIGNATURE PAGE


CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

SECOND AMENDMENT TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment   Agreement ”) is entered into as of June 24, 2019 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Derek Maetzold (“ Executive ”) (collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” or individually referred to as a “ Party ”).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the Parties entered into the AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective September 20, 2012, as amended on February 15, 2017 (the “ Employment Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to further amend the Employment Agreement as set forth below in this Amendment Agreement.

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

1.            The Base Salary provided for under Section 3(a) of the Employment Agreement shall be $445,000 per annum and the Management Bonus Target limit provided for under Section 3(c) of the Employment Agreement shall be 60% of Base Salary; provided, however, that Executive’s Base Salary and Management Bonus Target shall be subject to increase by the Board from time to time in the discretion of the Board.

2.            Clause (C) of Section 9(a)(i) of the Employment Agreement currently reads as follows:

“(C) continuing severance pay at a rate equal to one-hundred fifty percent (150%) of Executive’s total annual Base Salary, as then in effect, to be paid in equal regular installments over twelve (12) months in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding) and Section 9(b) below;”

and, shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(C) aggregate severance pay equal to one-hundred fifty percent (150%) of Executive’s total annual Base Salary, as then in effect, payable as follows: (i) fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s total annual Base Salary, as then in effect (less applicable withholdings), shall be payable in a lump sum after the date of termination in accordance with Section 9(b) below; and (ii) the remaining one-hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s total annual Base Salary, as then in effect, shall be payable in equal regular installments over twelve (12) months in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding) and Section 9(b) below;”

3.            Clause (C) of Section 9(a)(ii) of the Employment Agreement currently reads as follows:

“(C) severance pay equal to three hundred percent (300%) of Executive’s Base Salary, as then in effect (less applicable withholding), payable in a lump sum after the date of termination in accordance with Section 9(b) below;”


and, shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(C) aggregate severance pay equal to three-hundred percent (300%) of Executive’s total annual Base Salary, as then in effect, payable as follows: (i) two-hundred percent (200%) of Executive’s total annual Base Salary, as then in effect (less applicable withholdings), shall be payable in a lump sum after the date of termination in accordance with Section 9(b) below; and (ii) the remaining one-hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s total annual Base Salary, as then in effect, shall be payable in equal regular installments over twelve (12) months in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding) and Section 9(b) below;”

4.            A new Section 27 of the Employment Agreement shall be added after Section 26 of the Employment Agreement and shall read in its entirety as follows:

27. Section 280G.

(a)            Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or distribution Executive would receive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (“ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Company shall cause to be determined, before any amounts of the Payment are paid to Executive, which of the following alternative forms of payment would maximize Executive’s after-tax proceeds: (A) payment in full of the entire amount of the Payment (a “ Full Payment ”), or (B) payment of only a part of the Payment so that Executive receives that largest Payment possible without being subject to the Excise Tax (a “ Reduced Payment ”), whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment, notwithstanding that all or some portion the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax.

(b)            If a Reduced Payment is made pursuant to this Section 27, (i) the Payment shall be paid only to the extent permitted under the Reduced Payment alternative, and Executive shall have no rights to any additional payments and/or benefits constituting the Payment, and (ii) reduction in payments and/or benefits will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits payable to Executive.  In the event that acceleration of compensation from Executive’s equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled in the reverse order of the date of grant.

(c)            The independent registered public accounting firm engaged by the Company as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change of Control shall make all determinations required to be made under this Section 27.  If the independent registered public accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, group or entity effecting the Change of Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder.  The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such independent registered public accounting firm required to be made hereunder.

(d)            The independent registered public accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within thirty (30) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or Executive) or such other time as requested by the Company.  If the independent registered public accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Company and Executive with an opinion reasonably acceptable to Executive that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. 
-2-

Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.”

5.            Except as expressly amended above, the Employment Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

[Remainder of page is intentionally blank; Signature page follows]
-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Amendment Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 
“COMPANY”
     
 
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
     
 
By:
  /s/ Daniel M. Bradbury
   
Name:  Dan Bradbury
   
Title:  Chair of Board of Directors
     
 
Address :
 
820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 201
 
Friendswood, TX 77546
     
 
“EXECUTIVE”
     
 
   /s/ Derek Maetzold
 
Derek Maetzold
     
 
Address :
 
820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 201
 
Friendswood, TX 77546

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
SIGNATURE PAGE


 

Exhibit 10.11

 

October 9, 2015

 

Federico Monzon, MD

 

Dear Federico:

 

I am pleased to offer you a position with Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”), as Chief Medical Officer. In this position, you will report to Derek Maetzold. If you decide to join us, you will receive an annualized base salary at a rate of $300,000.00 per annum, which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. You will also be eligible for an annual bonus with a target payout of 35% of your base salary which will be prorated. As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits including (i) Healthcare Savings Account (HSA) based medical and dental plan, (ii) 401(k) plan, and (iii) three weeks paid vacation. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, reporting structure, salaries, bonus and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

 

You will also be provided with a $30,000.00 signing bonus payable in the first paycheck cycle following your date of hire. Should your employment be terminated by your resignation from the Company within 1 year of your start date, then you agree to repay the Company this $30,000.00 signing bonus. Should your employment be terminated by your resignation from the Company after 1 year of your start date but before 2 years of your start date, then you agree to repay the Company $15,000.00. No repayment will be required if you resign after 2 years from your start date or if your position is eliminated by the Company.

 

If your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit A hereto), you will be entitled to continuation of your annual base salary (less applicable withholding) for four (4) months following the date of your termination; provided, however that: (i) such payment is net of any amounts earned by you through full time, part time or consulting arrangements with the Company following your termination; and (ii) you are not otherwise in material breach of this Agreement, your Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, or any other agreement executed in connection with employment termination you have with the Company. You will also be entitled to continue benefits under COBRA during this period. Salary continuation will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings.

 

The receipt of any salary continuation and Option vesting acceleration pursuant to this letter agreement or any Option agreement will be subject to you: (i) signing and not revoking a release of claims with the Company (in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company) and provided that such release of claims becomes effective and revocable no later than sixty (60) days following the date of your termination of employment with the Company, and (ii) complying in full with the provisions of this letter agreement and your Employee Proprietary Information Agreement.

 


 

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors following your first day of employment that the Company grant you an option to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. As we have discussed, the Company is in a multi-closing Series F financing round. The outstanding shares following the initial closing in July 2015 was 9,454,632.

 

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option shall vest twelve (12) months after the date your vesting begins, subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next thirty-six (36) months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment.

 

If your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit A hereto), in either case before a Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) of the Company, your Option’s vesting schedule will accelerate by twenty-four (24) months.

 

If your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit A hereto), in either case within six (6) months following a Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) of the Company (i) your Option will automatically become fully vested and exercisable as to all of the shares subject to the Option, and (ii) you will be entitled to continuation of your annual base salary (less applicable withholding) for twelve (12) months following the date of your termination; provided, however that: (i) such payment is net of any amounts earned by you through full time, part time or consulting arrangements with the Company following your termination; and (ii) you are not otherwise in material breach of this Agreement, the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, or any other agreement executed in connection with employment termination you have with the Company. You will also be entitled to continue benefits under COBRA during this period. Salary continuation will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings.

 

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

 

You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least four (4) weeks' notice.

 


 

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

 

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company without the express written agreement of the President and CEO. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules, policies, procedures and standards. You may be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct, which the Company will soon complete and distribute.

 

As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an Employee Proprietary Information Agreement (EPIA) which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, non-solicitation of Company employees, certain prohibitions on competition with the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information.

 

To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return this letter to the Company, no later than October 10, 2015. Please print and store a copy of this offer letter and the EPIA agreement for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be November 1, 2015, or such other date as we may mutually agree in writing. This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, sets forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you.

 

This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by October 10, 2015.


[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 


 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Castle Biosciences, Inc.

 

  Sincerely,
     
     
  /s/ Derek Maetzold
  Derek Maetzold,
  President and Chief Executive Officer

  

Agreed to and accepted:  
   
Signature:

/s/ Federico A. Monzon 

 
     
Printed Name:

Federico A. Monzon 

 
   
Date:

10/9/2015 

 

     

Enclosures:

Duplicate Original Letter

Employee Proprietary Information Agreement

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

Definitions

 

Cause . For purposes of this letter agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean: (i) your continued failure to substantially perform the material duties and obligations of your position with the Company, which failure is not cured within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice from the Company of such failure; (ii) your failure or refusal to comply with reasonable written policies, standards and regulations established by the Company from time to time which failure is not cured within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice of such failure from the Company; (iii) any material act of fraud, embezzlement, or other unlawful act committed by you that is at the expense of or harms the Company; (iv) your knowing violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business, which violation was or is reasonably likely to be materially injurious to the Company; (v) your material breach of the terms of your offer letter or the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement; or (vi) your conviction of, the entering of a guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere or no contest (or the equivalent) with respect to either a felony or a crime (other than felonies or crimes relating to motor vehicles) that materially adversely affects the Company.

 

Change of Control . For purposes of this letter agreement, “ Change of Control ” shall mean: (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary) (each a “ Merger Transaction ”), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such Merger Transaction will, immediately after such Merger Transaction, hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity in the same relative proportions, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, or (iii) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

 

Good Reason . For purposes of this letter agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean, without employee’s written consent, and only if employee’s resignation occurs within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of any of the following: (i) there is a material reduction of the level of your compensation (excluding any bonuses) (except where there is a general reduction applicable to the members of the Company’s management team, defined as the Chief Executive Officer and all employees reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer); (ii) there is a material reduction in your overall responsibilities or authority, or scope of duties, it being understood that a reduction in your responsibilities or authority following a Change of Control shall not constitute Good Reason unless there also occurs a demotion in your title or position; (iii) there is a breach of a material term of this letter Agreement by the Company; or (iv) without your prior written consent, a material change in the geographic location at which you must perform your services; provided, that in no instance will your relocation to a facility or a location of fifty (50) miles or less from your then current office location be deemed material for purposes of this Agreement.

 





Exhibit 10.12

 

March 2, 2016

 

Bernhard Spiess

 

Dear Bernhard:

 

I am pleased to offer you a position with Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”), as Chief Operating Officer. In this position, you will report to Derek Maetzold. If you decide to join us, you will receive an annualized base salary at a rate of $280,000.00 per annum, which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. You will also be eligible for an annual bonus with a target payout of 35% of your base salary which will be prorated. As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits including (i) healthcare plan, (ii) 401(k) plan, and (iii) four weeks paid vacation. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, reporting structure, salaries, bonus and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

 

You will also be provided with a moving allowance of $35,000.00 payable in the first paycheck cycle following your date of hire. Should your employment be terminated without cause from the Company within 1 year of your start date, then you agree to repay the Company this $35,000.00 moving allowance. Should your employment be terminated by your resignation from the Company after 1 year of your start date but before 2 years of your start date, then you agree to repay the Company $17,500.00. No repayment will be required if you resign after 2 years from your start date or if your position is eliminated by the Company.

 

If your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit A hereto), you will be entitled to continuation of your annual base salary (less applicable withholding) for six (6) months following the date of your termination; provided, however that: (i) such payment is net of any amounts earned by you through full time, part time or consulting arrangements with the Company following your termination; and (ii) you are not otherwise in material breach of this Agreement, your Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, or any other agreement executed in connection with employment termination you have with the Company. You will also be entitled to continue benefits under COBRA during this period. Salary continuation will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings.

 

The receipt of any salary continuation and Option vesting acceleration pursuant to this letter agreement or any Option agreement will be subject to you: (i) signing and not revoking a release of claims with the Company (in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company) and provided that such release of claims becomes effective and revocable no later than sixty (60) days following the date of your termination of employment with the Company, and (ii) complying in full with the provisions of this letter agreement and your Employee Proprietary Information Agreement.

 


 

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors following your first day of employment that the Company grant you an option to purchase 206,734 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Outstanding shares, defined as all issued common and preferred shares (Series A through F), as of February 6, 2016 was 10,336,697.

 

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option shall vest twelve (12) months after the date your vesting begins, subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next thirtysix (36) months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment.

 

If your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit A hereto), in either case before a Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) of the Company, your Option’s vesting schedule will accelerate by twenty-four (24) months.

 

If your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit A hereto), in either case within six (6) months following a Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) of the Company (i) your Option will automatically become fully vested and exercisable as to all of the shares subject to the Option, and (ii) you will be entitled to continuation of your annual base salary (less applicable withholding) for twelve (12) months following the date of your termination; provided, however that: (i) such payment is net of any amounts earned by you through full time, part time or consulting arrangements with the Company following your termination; and (ii) you are not otherwise in material breach of this Agreement, the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, or any other agreement executed in connection with employment termination you have with the Company. You will also be entitled to continue benefits under COBRA during this period. Salary continuation will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings.

 

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

 

You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least four (4) weeks notice.

 


 

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

 

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company without the express written agreement of the President and CEO. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules, policies, procedures and standards. You may be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct, which the Company will soon complete and distribute.

 

As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an Employee Proprietary Information Agreement (EPIA) which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, non-solicitation of Company employees, certain prohibitions on competition with the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information.

 

To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return this letter to the Company, no later than March 20, 2016. Please print and store a copy of this offer letter and the EPIA agreement for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be May 1, 2016, or such other date as we may mutually agree in writing. This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, sets forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you.

 

This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by March 20, 2016.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 


 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Castle Biosciences, Inc.

 

 

  Sincerely,
     
  /s/ Derek Maetzold
  Derek Maetzold,
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Agreed to and accepted:  
   
Signature: /s/ Bernhard E. Spiess  
   
Printed Name: Bernhard E. Spiess  
   
Date: March 16, 2016  

 

Enclosures:

Duplicate Original Letter

Employee Proprietary Information Agreement

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

Definitions

 

Cause . For purposes of this letter agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean: (i) your continued failure to substantially perform the material duties and obligations of your position with the Company, which failure is not cured within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice from the Company of such failure; (ii) your failure or refusal to comply with reasonable written policies, standards and regulations established by the Company from time to time which failure is not cured within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice of such failure from the Company; (iii) any material act of fraud, embezzlement, or other unlawful act committed by you that is at the expense of or harms the Company; (iv) your knowing violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business, which violation was or is reasonably likely to be materially injurious to the Company; (v) your material breach of the terms of your offer letter or the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement; or (vi) your conviction of, the entering of a guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere or no contest (or the equivalent) with respect to either a felony or a crime (other than felonies or crimes relating to motor vehicles) that materially adversely affects the Company.

 

Change of Control . For purposes of this letter agreement, “ Change of Control ” shall mean: (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary) (each a “ Merger Transaction ”), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such Merger Transaction will, immediately after such Merger Transaction, hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity in the same relative proportions, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, or (iii) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

 

Good Reason . For purposes of this letter agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean, without employee’s written consent, and only if employee’s resignation occurs within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of any of the following: (i) there is a material reduction of the level of your compensation (excluding any bonuses) (except where there is a general reduction applicable to the members of the Company’s management team, defined as the Chief Executive Officer and all employees reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer); (ii) there is a material reduction in your overall responsibilities or authority, or scope of duties, it being understood that a reduction in your responsibilities or authority following a Change of Control shall not constitute Good Reason unless there also occurs a demotion in your title or position; (iii) there is a breach of a material term of this letter Agreement by the Company; or (iv) without your prior written consent, a material change in the geographic location at which you must perform your services; provided, that in no instance will your relocation to a facility or a location of fifty (50) miles or less from your then current office location be deemed material for purposes of this Agreement.

 





Exhibit 10.13


November 9, 2017

 

Frank Stokes 

Phone:

E-Mail:

 

Dear Frank:

 

I am pleased to offer you a position with Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”), as Chief Financial Officer. In this position, you will report to Derek Maetzold. If you decide to join us, you will receive an annualized base salary at a rate of $275,000.00 per annum, which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. You will also be eligible for an annual bonus with a target payout of 35% of your base salary which will be prorated. As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits including (i) healthcare plan, (ii) 401(k) plan, and (iii) twenty two days paid time off (PTO). You should note that the Company may modify job titles, reporting structure, salaries, bonus and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

 

If your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit A hereto), you will be entitled to continuation of your annual base salary (less applicable withholding) for six (6) months following the date of your termination; provided, however that: (i) such payment is net of any amounts earned by you through full time, part time or consulting arrangements with the Company following your termination; and (ii) you are not otherwise in material breach of this Agreement, your Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, or any other agreement executed in connection with employment termination you have with the Company. You will also be entitled to continue benefits under COBRA during this period. Salary continuation will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings.

 

The receipt of any salary continuation and Option vesting acceleration pursuant to this letter agreement or any Option agreement will be subject to you: (i) signing and not revoking a release of claims with the Company (in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company) and provided that such release of claims becomes effective and revocable no later than sixty (60) days following the date of your termination of employment with the Company, and (ii) complying in full with the provisions of this letter agreement and your Employee Proprietary Information Agreement.

 

In addition, if you decide to join the Company, it will be recommended at the first meeting of the Company’s Board of Directors following your first day of employment that the Company grant you an option to purchase 1.25% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Outstanding shares, defined as all issued common and preferred shares (Series A through F), as of October 26, 2017 was 11,966,642. 1.25% would therefore equal 149,583. However, the Company is currently closing an equity financing anticipated to close in January 2018. The number of shares associated with this financing is not yet determined. The Company will increase your grant to equal 1.25% of the outstanding shares post-closing of this January 2018 financing.

 


 

The vesting date shall be the Effective Date of your first day of employment. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares subject to the option shall vest twelve (12) months after the date your vesting begins, subject to your continuing employment with the Company, and no shares shall vest before such date. The remaining shares shall vest monthly over the next thirty-six (36) months in equal monthly amounts subject to your continuing employment with the Company. This option grant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Plan and Stock Option Agreement, including vesting requirements. No right to any stock is earned or accrued until such time that vesting occurs, nor does the grant confer any right to continue vesting or employment.

 

If your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit A hereto), in either case before a Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) of the Company, your Option’s vesting schedule will accelerate by twenty-four (24) months.

 

If your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) or if you resign for Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit A hereto), in either case within six (6) months following a Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit A hereto) of the Company (i) your Option will automatically become fully vested and exercisable as to all of the shares subject to the Option, and (ii) you will be entitled to continuation of your annual base salary (less applicable withholding) for twelve (12) months following the date of your termination; provided, however that: (i) such payment is net of any amounts earned by you through full time, part time or consulting arrangements with the Company following your termination; and (ii) you are not otherwise in material breach of this Agreement, the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, or any other agreement executed in connection with employment termination you have with the Company. You will also be entitled to continue benefits under COBRA during this period. Salary continuation will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and less any applicable withholdings.

 

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

 

You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least four (4) weeks notice.

 

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

 


 

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company without the express written agreement of the President and CEO. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

 

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company’s rules, policies, procedures and standards. You may be required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct, which the Company will soon complete and distribute.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the following provisions apply to the extent severance benefits provided herein are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively “Section 409A”). Severance benefits shall not commence until you have a “separation from service” for purposes of Section 409A. Each installment of severance benefits is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i), and the severance benefits are intended to satisfy the exemptions from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if such exemptions are not available and you are, upon separation from service, a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the severance benefits payments shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after your separation from service, or (ii) your death. If the severance benefits are not covered by one or more exemptions from the application of Section 409A and the release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which you separate from service, the release will not be deemed effective any earlier than the 60th day following your separation from service.

 

If any payment or benefit you will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “ 280G Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then any such 280G Payment pursuant to this Agreement (a “ Payment ”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment (a “ Full Payment ”), whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in your receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “ Reduction Method ”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for you. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “ Pro Rata Reduction Method ”).

 


 

Notwithstanding any provision of the preceding paragraph to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for you as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

 

As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an Employee Proprietary Information Agreement (EPIA) which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, non- solicitation of Company employees, certain prohibitions on competition with the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information.

 

To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return this letter to the Company, no later than November 13, 2017. Please print and store a copy of this offer letter and the EPIA agreement for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be January 1, 2018, or such other date as we may mutually agree in writing. This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, sets forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the President of the Company and you.

 

This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by November 13, 2017.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]



 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Castle Biosciences, Inc.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Derek Maetzold
  Derek Maetzold,
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Agreed to and accepted:  
   
Signature: /s/ Franklin M. Stokes  
     
Printed Name: Franklin M. Stokes  
   
Date: November 9, 2017  

 

Enclosures: 

Duplicate Original Letter 

Employee Proprietary Information Agreement

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

Definitions

 

Cause . For purposes of this letter agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean: (i) your continued failure to substantially perform the material duties and obligations of your position with the Company, which failure is not cured within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice from the Company of such failure; (ii) your failure or refusal to comply with reasonable written policies, standards and regulations established by the Company from time to time which failure is not cured within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice of such failure from the Company; (iii) any material act of fraud, embezzlement, or other unlawful act committed by you that is at the expense of or harms the Company; (iv) your knowing violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business, which violation was or is reasonably likely to be materially injurious to the Company; (v) your material breach of the terms of your offer letter or the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement; or (vi) your conviction of, the entering of a guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere or no contest (or the equivalent) with respect to either a felony or a crime (other than felonies or crimes relating to motor vehicles) that materially adversely affects the Company.

 

Change of Control . For purposes of this letter agreement, “ Change of Control ” shall mean: (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary) (each a “ Merger Transaction ”), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such Merger Transaction will, immediately after such Merger Transaction, hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity in the same relative proportions, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, or (iii) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

 

Good Reason . For purposes of this letter agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean, without employee’s written consent, and only if employee’s resignation occurs within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of any of the following: (i) there is a material reduction of the level of your compensation (excluding any bonuses) (except where there is a general reduction applicable to the members of the Company’s management team, defined as the Chief Executive Officer and all employees reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer); (ii) there is a material reduction in your overall responsibilities or authority, or scope of duties, it being understood that a reduction in your responsibilities or authority following a Change of Control shall not constitute Good Reason unless there also occurs a demotion in your title or position; (iii) there is a breach of a material term of this letter Agreement by the Company; or (iv) without your prior written consent, a material change in the geographic location at which you must perform your services; provided, that in no instance will your relocation to a facility or a location of fifty (50) miles or less from your then current office location be deemed material for purposes of this Agreement.

 





 Exhibit 10.14

 

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

MERCED RESTART PHOENIX INVESTORS II, LLC,
A DELAWARE LIMIT ED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

AS LANDLORD,

 

AND

 

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.,
A DELAWARE CORPORATION

 

AS TENANT

 

3737 N. 7TH STREET, PHOENIX, ARIZONA
SUITE 160

  


 

INDEX

 

    Page(s)
     
ARTICLE 1 BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS 1
     
ARTICLE 2 TERM/PREMISES 3
     
ARTICLE 3 RENTAL 4
     
ARTI CLE 4 SECURITY DEPOSIT 10
     
ARTICLE 5 HOLDING OVER 10
     
ARTICLE 6 OTHER TAXES 11
     
ARTICLE 7 USE 11
     
ARTICLE 8 CONDITION OF PREMISES 12
     
ARTICLE 9 REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS 12
     
ARTICLE 10 LIENS 14
     
ARTICLE 11 PROJECT SERVICES 15
     
ARTICLE 12 RIGHTS OF LANDLORD 17
     
ARTICLE 13 INDEMNITY: EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY 18
     
ARTICLE 14 INSURANCE 19
     
ARTICLE 15 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING 21
     
ARTICLE 16 DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION 23
     
ARTICLE 17 SUBORDINATION 24
     
ARTICLE 18 EMINENT DOMAIN 25
     
ARTICLE 19 DEFAULT 25
     
ARTICLE 20 REMEDIES 27
     
ARTICLE 21 TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST 29
     
ARTICLE 22 BROKER 29
     
ARTICLE 23 PARKING 29
     
ARTICLE 24 WAIVER 30
     
ARTICLE 25 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE 30
     
ARTICLE 26 LIABILITY OF LANDLORD 31
     
ARTICLE 27 INABILIT Y TO PERFORM 31
     
ARTICLE 28 HAZARDOUS WASTE 32
     
ARTICLE 29 SURRE NDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY 33
     
ARTICLE 30   MISCELLANEOUS 34

 

-i-

 

INDEX

(continued)

 

    Page(s)  
     
ARTICLE 31 SIGNAGE/DTRECTORY 40
     
ARTICLE 32   RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER 40

 

Exhibit A Premises
Exhibit B Rules and Regulations
Exhibit C Commencement Letter
Exhibit D Description of Landlord’s Work/Work Letter

 

-ii-

 

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

 

This Standard Office Lease (“ Lease ”) is made and entered into and effective as of this this 5 th day of October, 201 5, b y and between Merced Restart Phoenix Investors II, LLC. a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and Castle Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby lease s from Landlord the premises described as Suite 160, consisting of approximately 8,946 rentable square feet, as generally shown on the plan attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit “ A” (“ Premises ”) of the project (“ Project ”) located at 3737 N. 7th Street and 3877 N. 7th Street, Phoenix, Arizona, for the Term and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

  It is intended that the capitalized terms in this column be defined terms in this Lease agreement, unless otherwise defined hereinafter.  
A. Term : Eighty-nine (89) months
  Commencement Date :

The earlier of:

(i) February 1, 2016, or (ii ) substantial completion of Landlord’s Work providing for occupancy by Tenant.

  Expiration Date : The last day of the eighty-ninth (89th) full calendar month after the Commencement Date.
B. Square Footage : 8.946 rentable square feet
C. Basic Rental : (referred to herein as “ rent”)
  Months of Term   Monthly
Basic Rental
Annual Basic Rental Per
Rentable Square Foot**
  1-12   $13,046.25 $17.50
  13-24   $13,791.75 $18.50
  25-26   $0.00 $0.00
  27-36   $14.164.50 $19.00
  37   $0.00 $0.00
  38-48   $14,537.25 $19.50
  49-60   $14,910.00 $20.00
  61-72   $15,282.75 $20.50
  73-84   $15,655.50 $21.00
  85-89   $16,028.25 $21.50
  *   ** Tenant shall also be responsible for and shall pay all applicable rental tax. All such amounts shall be paid concurrently with Monthly Basic Rental.
           

 

1

 

D. Base Year : 2017
E. Tenant’s Proportionate Share : 7.7% (calculated based upon the Premises containing 8,946 rentable square feet and the Project containing 116,155 rentable square feet).
F. Security Deposit : An initial security deposit of $29,074.50 (calculated based upon the sum of the first and the last month’s rent) shall be deposited with Landlord upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease.
G. Permitted Use : Clinical lab, research lab and general office use (and all directly related activities) and no other use, consistent with the character of the Project and in accordance with Applicable Laws.
H. Brokers :

Newmark Grubb Knight Frank (representing Landlord)

 

Plaza del Rio Management Corp ( representing Tenant)

I. Parking Passes : On the terms and conditions set forth in Article 23, Tenant shall have the right to utilize up to three and two-thirds (3.67) parking passes per one thousand (1, 000) rentable square feet in the Premises (i.e. thirty-three (33) parking passes), four (4) of such parking passes shall be to the dedicated covered, reserved portion of the parking area serving the Project at no additional charge (other than applicable taxes) for the entire lease term and nine (9) of such parking passes shall be to the covered, reserved portion of the parking area serving the Project, at a rate of $45.00 per pass, per month (payable at such time as Basic Rental is due and payable).
J. Reserved :  
K. Guarantor : None
           

 

2

 

ARTICLE 2

 

TERM/PREMISES

 

The Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date as set forth in Article 1.A. of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall end on the Expiration Date set forth in Article 1.A. of the Basic Lease Provisions. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Term, with the first (1st) Lease Year commencing on the Commencement Date; however, (a) if the Commencement Date falls on a day other than the first (1st) day of a calendar month, the first (1st) Lease Year shall end on the last day of the eleventh (11 th ) month after the Commencement Date and the second (2nd) and each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the first (1st) day of the next calendar month, and (b) the last Lease Year shall end on the Expiration Date. If Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for its failure to do so, and such failure shall not affect the validity of this Lease nor the obligations of Tenant hereunder, provided however that the Commencement Date shall be amended to the date the Premises are in fact delivered, and any Monthly Basic Rental shall abate and not be due by Tenant until delivery occurs. Landlord and Tenant agree to the number of square feet specified in Article 1.8. of the Basic Lease Provisions. Landlord will de liver to Tenant no less than three (3) days prior to the proposed occupancy date the Commencement Letter in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit “C”, which Tenant shall counter-execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof, if acceptable, or within five (5) days of receipt thereof provide a response to the Commencement Letter with details of the deficiency of the Premise (the “ Deficiency Letter”). Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver the Commencement Letter, or provide a timely Deficiency Letter shall constitute acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included in the Commencement Letter are true and correct, without exception.

 

Landlord shall make those repairs, alterations and additions, if any, to the Leased Premises described in Exhibit “D” attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes (the “ Landlord’s Work ”) upon the terms and conditions contained in Exhibit “D” . The parties acknowledge that as of the date of execution of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant have not yet agreed on final design, plans and specifications for Landlord’s Work. Land lord and Tenant shall diligently work in good faith to agree on the final design, plans and specifications for Landlord’s Work within a reasonable period after the Effective Date, at which time the parties shall update Exhibit “D” to this Lease to reflect the agreed upon design, plans and specifications for Landlord’s Work. All work and installation and materials shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner, and shall be free of all liens, charges and other claims by any suppliers, laborers or materialmen. Landlord shall diligently pursue completion of Landlord’s Work and de liver the Leased Premises to the Tenant in a timely manner. Landlord shall be responsible for the first $25.00 per rentable square feet or Two Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Six Hundred Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($223,650.00) (“ Work Allowance ”) of the hard and soft costs relating to the design and construction of Landlord’s Work. Tenant shall be responsible for promptly paying all costs of Landlord’s Work in excess of the Work Allowance, and Tenant shall promptly pay such amounts to Landlord upon Landlord’s demand therefor.

 

3

 

Tenant’s access to the Premises at any time prior to the Commencement Date (“Early Entry”) shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the insurance and indemnity provisions), except for the payment of Basic Rental. Such Early Entry shall not advance the Commencement Date. During any Early Entry, Landlord shall not be responsible for any loss, including theft, damage or destruction to any work or material installed or stored by Tenant at the Premises or for any injury to Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility and to require Tenant to provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant has fulfilled its obligation to provide insurance pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord during any such early entry. Landlord’s Work will be substantially complete upon receipt by Landlord of a certificate of occupancy, or its equivalent, for the Premises, along with a certificate of completion from Landlord’s architect.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

RENTAL

 

(a)       Basic Rental.

 

(i)        Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord during the Term hereof, at Landlord’s office or to such other person or at such other place as directed from time to time by written notice to Tenant from Landlord, the Monthly Basic Rental (as set forth in Article l.C. of the Basic Lease Provisions), payable in advance on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month, without demand, setoff or deduction, and if this Lease commences or the date of expiration of this Lease occurs other than on the first (1 st ) day or last day of a calendar month, the Monthly Basic Rental for such month shall be prorated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Security Deposit shall be pa id to Landlord upon the execution of this Lease, and if the Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, Monthly Basic Rental for the partial month commencing as of the Commencement Date shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days in such month and shall be due and payable upon the Commencement Date. Any and all amounts due and payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (other than the Monthly Basic Rental and the Security Deposit) shall be deemed “ Additional Rent ” and Landlord shall be entitled to exercise the same rights and remedies upon default in payment of the Additional Rent as Landlord is entitled to exercise with respect to defaults in Monthly Basic Rental payments. Basic Rental and Additional Rental are collectively referred to as “ Rental .”

 

(ii)       Subject to the terms and conditions of this subsect ion ( ii), provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall be credited with the payment (meaning for clarity that zero is due from the Tenant) of Monthly Basic Rental payable with respect to the Premises for the twenty-fifth through the twenty-six months, inclusive, of the Lease Term only and for the thirty-seventy month, inclusive, of the Lease Term only (collectively, the “ Basic Rental Credit ”), as and when the Monthly Basic Rental for such months would be due and payable. Basic Rental Credit shall reduce the Monthly Basic Rental but will not reduce any amount of Direct Costs (hereinafter defined) or Additional Rent, during each month in which the Basic Rental Credit is otherwise applicable. Tenant understands and agrees that the foregoing Basic Rental Credit is conditioned upon Tenant’s not being in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods. Accordingly, upon the occurrence of any default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods at any time prior to the end of the fifth (5th) month of the Lease Term, Tenant shall no longer be entitled to the Basic Rental Credit set forth above and Tenant shall pay Basic Rental for the balance of the period that the Basic Rental Credit otherwise would have applied as and when the same would have become due and payable in the absence of such Basic Rental Credit. Furthermore, if the Lease is terminated due to a default by Tenant, the entire Basic Rental Credit shall be null and void and all Basic Rental not paid on account of the Basic Rental Credit (including any previously granted Basic Rental Credit) shall be immediately due and payable from Tenant to Landlord.

 

4

 

(b)        Increase in Direct Costs . The term “ Base Year ” means the calendar year set forth in Article 1.D. of the Basic Lease Provisions. If either the Premises and/or the Project is expanded or reduced, then Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be appropriately increased or decreased, and as to the calendar year in which such change occurs, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for such calendar year shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during that particular calendar year that such Tenant’s Proportionate Share was in effect. If this Lease shall terminate on any date other than the las t day of a calendar year, the additional s um payable hereunder by Tenant during the calendar year in which this Lease terminates shall be prorated on the basis of the relationship which the number of days which have elapsed from the commencement of said calendar year to and including said date on which this Lease terminates bears to three hundred sixty five (365).

 

(c)        Definitions . As used herein the term “ Direct Costs ” shall mean the sum of the following:

 

(i)        “ Tax Costs ”, which shall mean any and all real estate taxes and other similar charges on real property or improvements, assessments, water and sewer assessments le vie d against the Project, and all other charges assessed, reassessed or levied upon the Project and appurtenances thereto and the parking or other facilities thereof, or the real property thereunder (collectively the “ Real Property ”) or attributable thereto or on the rents or issues received or derived therefrom which are assessed, reassessed or levied by the United States, the State of Arizona or any local government authority or agency or any political subdivision thereof, and shall include Landlord’s reasonable legal fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings for reduction of Tax Costs or any part thereof; provided, however, if at any time after the date of this Lease the methods of taxation now prevailing shall be altered so that in lieu of or as a supplement to or a substitute for the whole or any part of any Tax Costs, there shall be assessed, reassessed or levied (a) a tax. assessment, reassessment, levy. imposition or charge wholly or partially as a capital or franchise levy or otherwise on the rents or issues derived there from, or (b) a tax, assessment. reassessment, levy (including but not limited to any municipal, state or federal levy), imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Real Property and imposed upon Landlord, then except to the extent such items are payable by Tenant under Article 6 below, such taxes, assessments, reassessments or levies or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included in the term “ Direct Costs .” In addition, when calculating Tax Costs for the Base Year. special assessments shall only be deemed included in Tax Costs for the Base Year to the extent that such special assessments are included in Tax Costs for the applicable subsequent calendar year during the Term.

 

5

 

(ii)       “ Operating Costs ”, which shall mean all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the maintenance, operation, replacement, ownership and repair of the Project, the equipment, the infra-building cabling and wiring, adjacent walks, malls and landscaped and common areas and the parking structure, areas and facilities of the Project. Operating Costs shall include but not be limited to, salaries, wages, medical. surgical and general welfare benefits and pension payments, payroll taxes, fringe benefits, employment taxes, workers’ compensation, uniforms and dry cleaning thereof for all persons who perform duties connected with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Project, its equipment, the intra-building cabling and wiring and the adjacent walks and landscaped areas, including janitorial (excluding janitorial contracted for directly by Tenant solely with respect to the Premises, if any), gardening, security, parking. operating engineer, elevator, painting, plumbing, electrical, carpentry, heating, ventilation, air conditioning and window washing; hired services; a reasonable allowance for depreciation of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project; accountant’s fees incurred in the preparation of rent adjustment statements (including, without limitation, bookkeeping and other property accounting costs); legal fees; real estate tax consulting fees; personal property taxes on property used in the maintenance and operation of the Project; fees. costs, expenses or dues payable pursuant to the terms of any covenants, conditions or restrictions or owners’ association pertaining to the Project; capital expenditures incurred to effect economies of operation of, or stability of services to, the Project or otherwise incurred in order to enhance or upgrade the safety, security, fire/life/safety or other operating systems of the Project, and capital expenditures required by government regulations, laws, or ordinances including, but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act; provided however that any such permitted capital expenditure shall be amortized (with interest at ten percent (10%) per annum) over its useful life and only the amortized portion (together with accrued interest thereon) shall he included in Operating Costs for such year; costs incurred (capital or otherwise) on a regular recurring basis every three (3) or more years for certain maintenance projects (e.g., parking lot slurry coat or replacement of lobby and elevator cab carpeting); the cost of all charges for electricity, gas, water and other utilities furnished to the Project, including any taxes thereon; the cost of all charges for fire and extended coverage, liability and all other insurance in connection with the Project carried by Landlord; the cost of all building and cleaning supplies and materials; the cost of all charges for cleaning, maintenance and service contracts and other services with independent contractors and administration fees; a property management fee (which fee may be imputed if Landlord has internalized management or otherwise acts as its own property manager) and license, permit and inspection fees relating to the Project. In no event shall costs for any item of utilities included in Direct Costs for any year subsequent to the Base Year be less than the amount included in Direct Costs for the Base Year for such utility item. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 3, when calculating Operating Costs for the Base Year. Operating Costs shall exclude (a) increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, labor-related boycotts and strikes, utility rate hikes, utility conservation surcharges, or other surcharges, insurance premiums resulting from terrorism coverage, catastrophic events and/or the management of environmental risks, and (b) amortization of any capital items including, but not limited to, capital improvements, capital repairs and capital replacements (including such amortized costs where the actual improvement, repair or replacement was made in prior years). Furthermore, if a category or categories of services are provided or an unexpected increase in services are provided by Landlord in the Base Year. but not in subsequent calendar year(s), the Base Year shall be retroactively adjusted to reflect the Direct Costs which would have been incurred during the Base Year had such category or categories of services or unexpected increase in services not been provided during the Base Year.

 

6

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Costs shall exclude the following: (1) the cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by any tenant (outside of such tenant’s Common Area Expense payments); (2) the cost of any items for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, a tenant of the Project, or otherwise to the extent so reimbursed; (3) any real estate brokerage commissions or other costs incurred in procuring tenants. or any fee in lieu of commissions; (4) ground lease payments (if any); (5) costs of items considered capital improvements under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied except as expressly included in Operating Costs pursuant to the definition above; (6) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project that would not have been incurred but for such violation; (7) Landlord’s general corporate overhead (as opposed to overhead expenses related to the Project or real property on which the Project is situated); (8) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord (other than in the parking facilities for the Project); (9) bad debt expenses and interest. principal, points and fees on debts (except in connection with the financing of items which may be included in Operating Costs) or amortization on any ground lease, mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering the Project (including the real property on which the Project is situated); (10) marketing costs, including leasing commissions and attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent. leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease. sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Project; (11) costs, including permit. license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of other tenants’ or occupants’ improvements made for tenants or other occupants in the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants in the Project; (12) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Costs elsewhere in this Lease; (13) costs of any items (including. but not limited to, costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the Project) to the extent Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or from a third party (except that any deductible amount under any insurance policy shall be included within Operating Costs); (14) rentals and other related expenses for leasing an HVAC system, elevators, or other items (except when needed in connection with normal repairs and maintenance of the Project) which if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital improvement not included in Operating Costs pursuant to this Lease; (15) depreciation. amortization and interest payments, except as specifically included in Operating Costs pursuant to the terms of this Lease and except on materials. tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party, where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required. the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life; (16) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, without charge; (17) electric power costs or other utility costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company (but Landlord shall have the right to “gross up” as if such space was vacant); (18) costs (including in connection therewith all attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and/or payments in lieu thereof) arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with potential or actual claims, litigation or arbitrations pertaining to another tenant of the Project; (19) costs incurred in connection with the original construction of the Project, and (20) and commercially unreasonable amounts or types of insurance.

 

7

 

(d)        Determination of Payment .

 

(i)       If for any calendar year ending or commencing within the Term, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for such calendar year exceeds Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Sections 3(d)(ii) and (iii). below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “ Excess ”).

 

(ii)      Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Costs for the then-current calendar year shall be and the estimated Excess (the “ Estimated Excess ”) as calculated by comparing Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for such calendar year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for the Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any calendar year shall not preclude Landlord from subsequently enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 3, once such Estimated Excess has been determined by Landlord. If pursuant to the Estimate Statement an Estimated Excess is calculated for the then-current calendar year, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Monthly Basic Rental due, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current calendar year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 3(d)(ii)). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current calendar year to the month of such payment, both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the Monthly Basic Rental installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

 

(iii)     In addition. Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of each calendar year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Direct Costs incurred or accrued for such preceding calendar year, and which shall indicate the amount, if any, of the actual Excess, if any incurred. Upon receipt of the Statement for each calendar year during the Term, if amounts paid by Tenant as Estimated Excess are less than the actual Excess as specified on the Statement. Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of monthly Basic Rental due, the full amount of the Excess for such calendar year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such calendar year as Estimated Excess. If, however, the Statement indicates that amounts paid by Tenant as Estimated Excess are greater than the actual Excess as specified on the Statement, such overpayment shall be credited against (reduce) Tenant’s next installments of Estimated Excess. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any calendar year shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 3, once such Statement has been delivered. Even though the Term has expired or been terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s actual Proportionate Share of the Direct Costs for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess (or a reduction) is present, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord (or Landlord shall refund to Tenant) an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3(d). The provisions of this Section 3(d)(iii) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

 

8

 

(e)       Intentionally deleted.

 

(f)        Audit Right . Within sixty (60) days after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (“ Review Period ”), if Tenant disputes the amount set forth in the Statement, Tenant’s employees or an independent certified public accountant, designated by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord (“ Review Notice ”) and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord’s records at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default after expiration of all applicable cure periods and provided further that Tenant and such accountant or representative shall, and each of them shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause their respective agents and employees to, maintain all information contained in Landlord’s records in strict confidence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall only have the right to review Landlord’s records one (1) time during any twelve (12) month period. If after such inspection. but within thirty (30) days after the Review Period, Tenant notifies Landlord in writing (“ Dispute Notice ”) that Tenant still disputes such amounts, a certification as to the proper amount shall be made in accordance with Landlord’s standard accounting practices. at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant selected by Landlord. Tenant’s failure to deliver the Review Notice within the Review Period or to deliver the Dispute Notice within thirty (30) days after the Review Period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If Tenant timely delivers the Review Notice and the Dispute Notice, Landlord shall cooperate in good faith with Tenant and the accountant to show Tenant and the accountant the information upon which the certification is to be based. However, if such certification by the accountant proves that the Direct Costs charged to Tenant, as set forth in the Statement were overstated by more than ten percent (10%), then the cost of the accountant and the cost of such certification shall be paid for by Landlord. provided that in no event shall Landlord be responsible for costs hereunder in excess of the amount of such overstatement. Promptly following the parties receipt of such certification, the parties shall make such appropriate payments or reimbursements, as the case may be, to each other, as are determined to be owing pursuant to such certification. Tenant agrees that this section shall be the sole method to be used by Tenant to dispute the amount of any Direct Costs payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and Tenant hereby waives any other rights at law or in equity relating thereto.

 

(f)        Controllable Expense Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, during all Lease Years during the Term hereof, any increases in Tenant’s pro rata share of Controllable Direct Costs shall be limited to no more than five percent (5%) per year of the prior year’s Direct Costs, on a cumulative basis. “Controllable Direct Costs” shall mean all Direct Costs except Tax Costs, utilities and insurance.

 

9

 

ARTICLE 4

 

SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

Tenant has deposited or concurrently herewith is depositing with Landlord the Security Deposit set forth in Article 1.F. of the Basic Lease Provisions as security for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant materially breaches, after notice and failure to cure as provided herein, any provision of this Lease, including but not limited to the payment of rent, Landlord may use all or any part of this security deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sums in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the amount identified above. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit in trust, segregate it or keep it separate from Landlord’s general funds, but Landlord may commingle Tenant’s Security Deposit with its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on its Security Deposit. At the expiration of the Term, and provided there exists no default by Tenant hereunder, the Security Deposit or any balance, if any thereof shall be returned to Tenant within ninety (90) days of the termination date. Landlord may retain from said Security Deposit (i) any and all amounts incurred by Landlord to cover the costs to be incurred by Landlord to remove any items required to be removed by Tenant under Section 29(b) below and to repair any damage caused by such removal (in which case any excess amount so retained by Landlord shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such removal and repair), and (ii) any and all amounts permitted by law or this Article 4.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

HOLDING OVER

 

Should Tenant, without Landlord’s written consent, hold over after termination of this Lease, Tenant shall. at Landlord’s option, become either a tenant at sufferance or a month-to-month tenant upon each and all of the terms herein provided as may be applicable to such a tenancy and any such holding over shall not constitute an extension of this Lease. During such holding over, Tenant shall pay in advance, monthly, Basic Rental at a rate equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the rate in effect for the last month of the Term of this Lease including but not limited to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs. Nothing contained in this Article 5 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over of the Premises by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. if Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to (i) indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, loss, expense or liability, including without limitation, claims made by any succeeding tenant and real estate brokers claims and attorney’s fees and costs, and (ii) compensate Landlord for all costs, losses. expenses and/or liabilities incurred by Landlord as a result of such holdover, including without limitation, losses due to the loss of a succeeding tenancy.

 

10

 

ARTICLE 6

 

OTHER TAXES

 

Tenant shall be responsible for and pay all taxes assessed against or levied upon Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings. equipment and all other personal property (“Personal Property”) of Tenant located in the Premises. If any or all of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and other personal property shall be assessed and taxed with property of Landlord. then Landlord shall attempt to remove the Tenant Personal Property from such assessment. but if unsuccessful and Landlord incurs tax associated with Tenant’s Personal Property. then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant by Landlord of a written statement setting forth such amount, the amount of such taxes applicable to Tenant’s Personal Property Tenant shall pay directly to the party or entity entitled thereto all business license fees. gross receipts taxes and similar taxes and impositions which may from time to time be assessed against or levied upon Tenant, as and when the same become due and before delinquency. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any sums payable by Tenant under this Article 6 shall not be included in the computation of “ Tax Costs .”

 

ARTICLE 7

 

USE

 

(a)       Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Use set forth in Article 1.G. of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall not use or occupy the Premises or permit the same to be used or occupied for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant agrees that it will use the Premises in such a manner so as not to interfere with or infringe upon the rights of other tenants or occupants in the Project. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all laws. statutes, ordinances, governmental regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be in force relating to or affecting (i) the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises (excluding structural changes to the Project not related to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises), and/or (ii) improvements installed or constructed in the Premises by or for the benefit of Tenant, Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which would invalidate or increase the cost of any fire and extended coverage insurance policy covering the Project and/or the property located therein and Tenant shall comply with all reasonable rules, orders, regulations and requirements of any organization which sets out standards, requirements or recommendations commonly referred to by major fire insurance underwriters, and Tenant shall promptly upon demand and evidence of such increase from Landlord reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charges for any such insurance policy assessed or increased by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article.

 

(b)       Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, covenants to conduct its business operations from the Premises strictly in accordance with all city, county, state and federal laws, rules. regulations, ordinances and generally accepted health care industry standards and practices, to the extent same presently exist or may exist in the future (collectively, “ Applicable Law ”), including but not limited to (i) compliance with any and all Occupational Safety and Health Administration guidelines; rules and standards, and (ii) ensuring that all waste products, including without limitation, any medical waste, if any, generated by Tenant or present within the Premises or the Project as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises, are appropriately used, stored, handled, transported and/or disposed of in strict accordance with all Applicable Laws.

 

11

 

(c)       Tenant hereby agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply with any and all procedures, practices, rules, standards, guidelines and/or special precautions which are required by any applicable city, county, state and federal law, regulation, ordinance and/or health care standard and practice, as a result of the particular use of the Premises by Tenant.

 

(d)      Tenant agrees not to engage in the practice of abortion services from the Premises. If any of the services provided from the Premises results in protests or demonstrations at the Project, Tenant shall discontinue such services upon notice from Landlord_ Tenant agrees not to dispense any drugs for remuneration (including without limitation any medicinal marijuana or similar substances). Tenant shall not allow any client or patient to reside in or remain in the Premises on an overnight or in-patient basis.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

CONDITION OF PREMISES

 

(a)       Tenant hereby agrees that as of the Commencement Date, the Premises shall be taken “as is”, “with all faults”, “without any representations or warranties”, and Tenant hereby agrees and warrants that it has investigated and inspected the condition of the Premises and the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes, and Tenant does hereby waive and disclaim any objection to. cause of action based upon, or claim that its obligations hereunder should be reduced or limited because of the condition of the Premises or the Project or the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent nor any employee of Landlord has made any representations or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Project or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business and Tenant expressly warrants and represents that Tenant has relied solely on its own investigation and inspection of the Premises and the Project in its decision to enter into this Lease and let the Premises in the above-described condition. The existing leasehold improvements in the Premises as of the date of this Lease may be referred to herein as the “ Tenant Improvements .” The taking of possession of the Premises on or after the Commencement Date by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Project were at such time in satisfactory condition.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

 

(a)        Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord shall (i) maintain the structural portions of the Project (and those associated specifically with the Premises), including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof, curtain wall, exterior glass, columns, beams, shafts, stairs, stairwells and elevator cabs and common areas, and (ii) maintain and repair the mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems serving the Project (and those associated specifically with the Premises), unless any repairs or maintenance to the foregoing is caused by Tenant. in which case the provisions of Section 9(b) below shall apply.

 

12

 

(b)        Tenant’s Obligations . Except as expressly provided as Landlord’s obligation in this Article 9, Tenant shall keep the Premises in good condition and repair. All damage or injury to the Premises or the Project resulting from the act or negligence of Tenant. its employees, agents or visitors, guests, invitees or licensees or by the use of the Premises, shall be promptly repaired by Tenant at its sole cost and expense, to the satisfaction of Landlord; provided, however, that for damage to the Project as a result of casualty or for any repairs that may impact the mechanical, electrical. plumbing, heating, ventilation or air-conditioning systems of the Project, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to select the contractor and oversee all such repairs. Landlord may make any repairs which are not promptly made by Tenant after Tenant’s receipt of written notice and the reasonable opportunity of Tenant to make said repair within five (5) business days from receipt of said written notice, and charge Tenant for the cost thereof, which cost shall be paid by Tenant within five (5) days from invoice from Landlord. “Receipt” shall be deemed to occur immediately upon delivery of notice by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for the design and function of all non-standard improvements of the Premises, whether or not installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request. Tenant waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord, or to deduct the cost thereof from the Monthly Basic Rental.

 

(c)        Alterations . Tenant shall make no alterations. installations, changes or additions in or to the Premises or the Project (collectively, “ Alterations ”) without Landlord’s prior written consent, provided that such consent may not be unreasonably withheld if the Alterations are reasonably necessary for the Tenant’s business and are within the general scope of the Tenant Improvements. Any Alterations approved by Landlord must be performed in accordance with the terms hereof, using only contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord in writing and upon the approval by Landlord in writing of fully detailed and dimensioned plans and specifications pertaining to the Alterations in question, to be prepared and submitted by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense obtain all necessary approvals and permits pertaining to any Alterations approved by Landlord. Tenant shall cause all Alterations to be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with all applicable federal, state, county and municipal laws, rules and regulations, pursuant to a valid building permit, and in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations. If Landlord, in approving any Alterations, specifies a commencement date therefor, Tenant shall not commence any work with respect to such Alterations prior to such date. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord free and harmless from all liens and claims of lien, and all other liability, claims and demands arising out of any work done or material supplied to the Premises by or at the request of Tenant in connection with any Alterations.

 

(d)        Insurance; Liens . Prior to the commencement of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood that all such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 14 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof, In addition. Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

 

13

 

(e)        Costs and Fees; Removal . If permitted Alterations are made, they shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except that Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant given prior to the end of the Term, require Tenant at Tenant’s expense to remove all partitions, counters, railings, cabling, Improvements and other Alterations from the Premises, and to repair any damage to the Premises and the Project caused by such removal. The preceding sentence shall not apply to Landlord’s Work. Any and all costs attributable to or related to the applicable building codes of the city in which the Project is located (or any other authority having jurisdiction over the Project) arising from Tenant’s plans, specifications, improvements, Alterations or otherwise shall be paid by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. With regard to repairs, Alterations or any other work arising from or related to this Article 9. Landlord shall be entitled to receive an administrative/coordination fee (which fee shall vary depending upon whether or not Tenant orders the work directly from Landlord) sufficient to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such work.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

LIENS

 

(a)        Liens . Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Project free from any mechanics’ liens, vendors liens or any other liens arising out of any Alterations performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant, and Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any such lien or claim or action thereon, including but not limited to the lienholder’s claim for legal fees or court costs, together with costs of suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any such claim or action. Before commencing any work of Alteration to the Premises. Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) business days’ written notice of the proposed commencement of such Alteration work (to afford Landlord an opportunity to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility). If there shall be recorded against the Premises or the Project or the property of which the Premises is a part any claim or lien arising out of any such Alteration work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant and such claim or lien shalt not be removed or discharged within ten (10) days of filing, Landlord shall have the right hut not the obligation to pay and discharge said lien without regard to whether such lien shall be lawful or correct (in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such payment made by Landlord within three (3) business days following written demand therefor), or to require that Tenant promptly deposit with Landlord in cash. lawful money of the United States, one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of such claim, which sum may be retained by Landlord until such claim shall have been removed of record or until judgment shall have been rendered on such claim and such judgment shall have become final, at which time Landlord shall have the right to apply such deposit in discharge of the judgment on said claim and any costs, including attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord, and shall remit the balance thereof to Tenant. however should the amount of any such judgment exceed the deposit as herein required, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless as against any judgment amount so unsatisfied.

 

14

 

(b)       Tenant’s Work . Tenant shall take all actions necessary under Applicable Laws to ensure that no liens encumbering Landlord’s interest in the Premises arise as a result of any work by or for Tenant within the Premises, including any Alterations (collectively, “ Tenant’s Work ”), which actions shall include, without limitation, the recording of a notice of posted security in the Official Records of Maricopa County, Arizona, in accordance with Applicable Laws, and either (i) establish a construction disbursement account, or (ii) furnish and record. in accordance with Applicable Law, a surety bond for the prime contract for Tenant’s Work at the Premises that meets the requirements of Applicable Law. Tenant shall notify Landlord of the name and address of Tenant’s prime contractor who will be performing Tenant’s Work as soon as it is known. Tenant shall notify Landlord immediately upon the signing of any contract with the prime contractor for any Tenant’s Work to the Premises. Tenant may not enter the Premises to begin initial construction on Tenant’s Work until Tenant has delivered evidence satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant has complied with the terms of this Section 10(b). Failure by Tenant to comply with the terms of this Section 1 0(b) (subject to applicable notice and cure periods) shall permit Landlord to declare Tenant in default and to terminate this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

PROJECT SERVICES

 

(a)        Basic Services . Landlord agrees to furnish to the Premises, at a cost to be included in Operating Costs, from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Mondays through Fridays, excepting local and national holidays, air conditioning and heat all in such reasonable quantities as is reasonably necessary for the comfortable occupancy and use of the Premises by Tenant consistent with Tenant’s Permitted Use. In addition, Landlord, at a cost to be included in Operating Costs, shall assure that electric current, elevator service and water are available to the Premises in such quantities as is reasonably necessary for the comfortable occupancy and use of the Premises by Tenant consistent with Tenant’s Permitted Use. Janitorial and maintenance services shall be furnished as part of the Operating Costs, five (5) days per week, excepting local and national holidays. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may establish for the proper functioning and protection of the common area air conditioning, heating, elevator, electrical, intra-building cabling and wiring and plumbing systems all consistent with the comfortable occupancy and use of the Premises by Tenant consistent with Tenant’s Permitted Use. Landlord shall not be liable for, and there shall be no rent abatement as a result of, any stoppage, reduction or interruption of any such services caused by governmental rules, regulations or ordinances, riot, strike, labor disputes, breakdowns, accidents, necessary repairs or other cause, provided however that Landlord will not engage in a repair of any HVAC, plumbing or electrical system without providing Tenant with reasonable prior written notice, and will endeavor to schedule such reasonable repairs during hours that do not disrupt Tenant’s Permitted Use of the Premises.

 

(b)        Excess Usage . [deleted and reserved]

 

(c)        Additional Electrical Service . [deleted and reserved]

 

15

 

(d)        HVAC Balance . [deleted and reserved]

 

(e)        Telecommunications . Upon request from Tenant from time to time, Landlord will provide Tenant with a listing of telecommunications and media service providers serving the Project, and Tenant shall have the right to contract directly with the providers of its choice. If Tenant wishes to contract with or obtain service from any provider which does not currently serve the Project or wishes to obtain from an existing carrier services which will require the installation of additional equipment, such provider must, prior to providing service, enter into a written agreement with Landlord setting forth the terms and conditions of the access to be granted to such provider. In considering the installation of any new or additional telecommunications cabling or equipment at the Project. Landlord will consider all relevant factors in a reasonable and non-discriminatory manner, including, without limitation, the existing availability of services at the Project, the impact of the proposed installations upon the Project and its operations and the available space and capacity for the proposed installations. Landlord may also consider whether the proposed service may result in interference with or interruption of other services at the Project or the business operations of other tenants or occupants of the Project. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to incur any costs or liabilities in connection with the installation or delivery of telecommunication services or facilities at the Project. All such installations shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval and shall be performed in accordance with the terms of Article 9. If Landlord approves the proposed installations in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord will deliver its standard form agreement upon request and will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly enter into an agreement on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms with a qualified. licensed and reputable carrier confirming the terms of installation and operation of telecommunications equipment consistent with the foregoing.

 

(f)        After-Hours Use . If Tenant requires heating, ventilation and/or air conditioning during times other than the times provided in Section 11(a) above, Tenant shall give Landlord such advance notice as Landlord shall reasonably require and shall pay Landlord’s standard charge for such after-hours use if such use is on a non-recurring basis. Should Tenant wish to occupy and use the Premises after the dates and times permitted in Section 11(a), then Landlord and Tenant agree to meet and discuss the use during expanded hours (“Expanded Hours”). It is understood and agreed that Tenant may elect to use the Premises on an Expanded Hours basis (e.g., providing a second shift of workers as demand from the Tenant’s business increases). Landlord and Tenant agree that should the Tenant operate its business on an Expanded Hour basis then the parties will work together to provide sufficient service (i.e., utilities) to the Premises, with Tenant responsible for reimbursement of any incremental expenses incurred by Landlord for such Expanded Hour use.

 

(g)        Reasonable Charges . Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for any utilities or services (other than electric current and heating, ventilation and/or air conditioning which shall be governed as set forth herein above) utilized by Tenant in excess of the amount or type outside of Tenant’s Permitted Use or during Expanded Hours.

 

(h)        Sole Electrical Representative . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall be the sole and exclusive representative with respect to, and shall maintain exclusive control over, the reception, utilization and distribution of electrical power. regardless of point or means of origin, use or generation. Tenant shall not have the right to contract directly with any provider of electrical power or services.

 

16

 

ARTICLE 12

 

RIGHTS OF LANDLORD

 

(a)        Right of Entry . Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of cleaning the Premises, examining or inspecting the same. serving or posting and keeping posted thereon notices as provided by law, or which Landlord deems necessary for the protection of Landlord or the Project. Landlord and its agents may enter the Premises, after proper notice, and at all reasonable times for the purpose of showing the same to prospective tenants (provided such showings to prospects are within 12 months from the end of the Term), lenders or purchasers of the Project (provided such showings to lenders and prospects are in accordance with subsection 12(d)), and for making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. If Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an entry into the Premises at any time when such an entry by Landlord is necessary, Landlord may enter by means of a master key, or may forcibly enter in the case of an emergency, in each event without liability to Tenant and without affecting this Lease.

 

(b)        Maintenance Work . Landlord reserves the right from time to time: (i) to install, maintain, repair, replace, or relocate HVAC, utility or telecommunication service to the Premises (and/or install, maintain, repair, replace, or relocate HVAC, utility or telecommunication service to the other parts of the Project pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, cabling, appurtenant fixtures and mechanical systems. wherever located in the Project, (ii) to alter, close or relocate any facility in the common areas or otherwise conduct any of the above activities for the purpose of complying with a general plan for fire/life safety for the Project, and (iii) to take such actions necessary to comply with any federal, state or local law, rule or order (“Maintenance Work”). Landlord shall attempt to perform any such Maintenance Work with the least inconvenience to Tenant as is reasonably practicable.

 

(c)        Rooftop . If Tenant desires to use the rooftop of the Project for any purpose, including the installation of communication equipment to be used from the Premises, such rights will be granted in Landlord’s sole discretion and Tenant must negotiate the terms of any rooftop access with Landlord or the rooftop management company or lessee holding rights to the rooftop from time to time. Any rooftop access granted to Tenant will be at prevailing rates and will be governed by the terms of a separate written agreement or an amendment to this Lease.

 

(d)        Restrictions on Entry and Maintenance Work (HIPPA and Other Issues of Compliance During Entry) . Notwithstanding subsection 12(a), Landlord understands and agrees that its ability to enter into areas of the Premises or inspect the Premises is restricted and subject to safety considerations of Tenant and any state or federal rules related to personal patient information (e.g., OSHA safety rules and HIPPA compliance). For clarity, Landlord agrees that Tenant may temporarily deny access to any portion of the Premises that is necessary, in the sole discretion of the Tenant, to protect any patient sample or test result (e.g., clean room access) from harm, protect any Landlord employee or agent from exposure to harmful substances, or protect from exposure any patient personal health information (e.g., clinical diagnosis, test results or clinical files). To assure protection of Landlord and its agents, and the sensitive information contained within the Premises, Landlord will provide Tenant with no less than three (3) days prior written notice of Landlord’s intent to exercise its Right of Entry and Maintenance Work rights so that Tenant may properly prepare the Premises and avoid unintended harm or disclosure.

 

17

 

ARTICLE 13

 

INDEMNITY: EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY

 

(a)        Indemnity . Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its subsidiaries, partners, parental and other affiliates and their respective members, shareholders, officers. directors, employees and contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) harmless from any and all claims arising from Tenant’s use of the Premises or the Project or from the conduct of its business or from any activity, work or thing which may be permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises or the Project and shall further indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities. damages, expenses and losses arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease or arising from any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, patrons, customers or members in or about the Project and from any and all costs, attorneys’ fees and costs. expenses and liabilities incurred in the defense of any claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon. including negotiations in connection therewith. Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises from any cause, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord and the Landlord Parties, excepting where the damage is caused solely by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties.

 

(b)       Exemption of Landlord from Liability . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business, or loss of income, loss of opportunity or loss of goodwill therefrom, or any consequential, punitive, special or exemplary damages, however occurring (including, without limitation, from any failure or interruption of services or utilities or as a result of Landlord’s negligence). Without limiting the foregoing, except in connection with damage or injury resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for damage that may be sustained by the person. goods, wares, merchandise or property of Tenant. its employees, invitees, customers, agents, or contractors, or any other person in, on or about the Premises directly or indirectly caused by or resulting from any cause whatsoever. including, but not limited to, fire, steam, electricity, gas, water, or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances. plumbing, air conditioning, light fixtures, or mechanical or electrical systems, or from intrabuilding cabling or wiring, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Project or from other sources or places and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is inaccessible to Tenant. Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages arising from any willful or negligent action or inaction of any other tenant of the Project.

 

18

 

(c)        Security . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s election whether or not to provide any type of mechanical surveillance or security personnel whatsoever in the Project is solely within Landlord’s discretion; Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall have no liability in connection with the provision, or lack, of such services, and Tenant hereby agrees to hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless with regard to any such potential claim. Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for losses due to theft, vandalism, or like causes. Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from any such claims made by any employee, licensee, invitee, contractor, agent or other person whose presence in, on or about the Premises or the Project is attendant to the business of Tenant. If Landlord ever elects to provide security, in its sole and absolute discretion. Landlord may elect to suspend or terminate such security at any time, without notice to Tenant, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Landlord’s installation, maintenance, use and derivative applications of any surveillance equipment, cameras, monitors or related appliances or fixtures shall not constitute a warranty of safety or security for the benefit of Tenant, its invitees, licensees or guests, Tenant acknowledges such equipment may fail or otherwise malfunction, without warranty or duty of Landlord, and Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may install a security system within the Premises that is controlled by Tenant (with access provided to Landlord) to protect Tenant’s property and to protect access to the patient information within the Premises.

 

(d)       Landlord Indemnity . Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant, its subsidiaries, partners, parental and other affiliates and their respective members, shareholders, officers, directors, employees and contractors harmless from any and all claims arising from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the operation by Landlord of the Project, but only to the extent covered by any insurance maintained by Landlord covering the Project.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

INSURANCE

 

(a)       Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall, at all times during the Term of this Lease, and at its own cost and expense, procure and continue in force the following insurance coverage: (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance, written on an occurrence basis, with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damages of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000.000) per occurrence and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the annual aggregate, including products liability coverage if applicable, owners and contractors protective coverage, contractual coverage for written contracts. and personal injury coverage, covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and exemption of Landlord from liability agreements set forth in Article 13 hereof; (ii) a policy of standard fire, extended coverage and special extended coverage insurance (all risks), including a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage where sprinklers are provided in an amount equal to the full replacement value new without deduction for depreciation of all (A) Tenant improvements, Alterations, fixtures and other improvements in the Premises, including but not limited to all mechanical. plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, telecommunication and other equipment, systems and facilities, and (B) trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property installed by or at the expense of Tenant: (iii) Worker’s Compensation coverage as required by law; and (iv) business interruption, loss of income and extra expense insurance covering any failure or interruption of Tenant’s business equipment (including, without limitation, telecommunications equipment) and covering all other perils, failures or interruptions sufficient to cover a period of interruption of not less than six (6) months. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Term (including any option periods, if applicable), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 14 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably required by Landlord.

 

19

 

(b)        Form of Policies . The aforementioned minimum limits of policies and Tenant’s procurement and maintenance thereof shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policy shall name Landlord, the Landlord Parties, Landlord’s property manager. Landlord’s lender(s) and such other persons or firms as Landlord specifies from time to time, as additional insureds with an appropriate endorsement to the policy(s). All such insurance policies carried by Tenant shall be with companies having a rating of not less than A-VIII in Best’s Insurance Guide. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, from the insurance companies, or cause the insurance companies to furnish, certificates of coverage. The deductible under each such policy shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. No such policy shall be cancelable except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord by the insurer or Tenant. All such policies shall be endorsed to agree that Tenant’s policy is primary and that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and not contributing with any Tenant insurance requirement hereunder. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with renewals or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance or furnish Landlord with renewals or binders in a timely manner, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenants behalf and charge Tenant the cost thereof, which amount shall be payable by Tenant upon demand with interest (at the rate set forth in Section 20(e) below) from the date such sums are expended. Tenant shall have the right to provide such insurance coverage pursuant to blanket policies obtained by Tenant, provided such blanket policies expressly afford coverage to the Premises and to Tenant as required by this Lease.

 

(c)        Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord may, as a cost to be included in Operating Costs, procure and maintain at all times during the Term of this Lease, a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Project in the amount of the full replacement costs without deduction for depreciation thereof, providing protection against all perils included within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage. water damage. and special extended coverage on the building. Additionally, Landlord may carry: (i) Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability Insurance and/or Excess Liability Coverage Insurance; and (ii) Earthquake and/or Flood Damage Insurance; and (iii) Rental Income Insurance; and (iv) any other forms of insurance Landlord may deem appropriate or any lender may require. The costs of all insurance carried by Landlord shall be included in Operating Costs. 

 

20

 

(d)        Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each agree to require their respective insurers issuing the insurance described in Sections 14(a)(ii), 14(a)(iv) and the first sentence of Section 14(c), to waive any rights of subrogation that such companies may have against the other party. Tenant hereby waives any right that Tenant may have against Landlord and Landlord hereby waives any right that Landlord may have against Tenant as a result of any loss or damage to the extent such loss or damage is insurable under such policies.

 

(e)        Compliance with Law . Tenant agrees that it will not, at any time, during the Term of this Lease, carry any stock of goods or do anything in or about the Premises (outside the Permitted Use) that will in any way tend to increase the insurance rates upon the Project. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord forthwith upon demand the amount of any increase in premiums for insurance that may be carried during the Term of this Lease, or the amount of insurance to be carried by Landlord on the Project resulting from Tenant doing any act in or about the Premises outside the Permitted Use and that increases the insurance rates (by adding such costs to the Direct Costs), whether or not Landlord shall have consented to such act on the part of Tenant. If Tenant installs upon the Premises any electrical equipment which causes an overload of electrical tines of the Premises, Tenant shall at its own cost and expense. in accordance with all other Lease provisions (specifically including. but not limited to, the provisions of Article 9, Article 10 and Article 11 hereof), make whatever changes are necessary to comply with requirements of the insurance underwriters and any governmental authority having jurisdiction there over, but nothing herein contained shall be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to such overloading. Tenant shall, at its own expense, comply with all insurance requirements applicable to the Premises including, without limitation, the installation of fire extinguishers or an automatic dry chemical extinguishing system,

 

ARTICLE 15

 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

Tenant shall have no power to, either voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, sell, assign, transfer or hypothecate this Lease, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or Tenant’s employees without the prior written consent of Landlord, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. The sale, assignment, transfer or hypothecation of any class of stock or other ownership interest in Tenant in excess of fifty percent (50%) in the aggregate shall be deemed a “ Transfer ” within the meaning and provisions of this Article 15, provided however that a financing transaction (e.g. the addition of capital or property that results in a transfer of equity interest) shall not be considered a Transfer, regardless of the percentage of the Tenant sold in the financing transaction. Tenant may transfer its interest pursuant to this Lease only upon the following express conditions:

 

(a)       That the proposed Transferee (as hereafter defined) shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, not unreasonably withheld, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may deny consent based such factors as Landlord deems material. including, without limitation: 

 

21

 

(i)        The use to be made of the Premises by the proposed Transferee is (a) not generally consistent with the character and nature of all other tenancies in the Project, or (b) a use which would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease (including but not limited to any Rules and Regulations then in effect);

 

(ii)       The financial responsibility of the proposed Transferee is not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or in any event not at least equal to those which were possessed by Tenant as of the date of execution of this Lease;

 

(iii)      The proposed Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

 

(iv)      Intentionally deleted; or

 

(v)       The rent charged by Tenant to such Transferee during the term of such Transfer, calculated using a present value analysis, is materially less than the rent being quoted by Landlord at the time of such Transfer for comparable space in the Project for a comparable term, calculated using a present value analysis.

 

(b)       Upon Tenant’s submission of a request for Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s then standard processing fee and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the proposed Transfer;

 

(c)       That the proposed Transferee shall execute an agreement pursuant to which it shall agree to perform faithfully and be hound by all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease applicable to that portion of the Premises so transferred; and

 

(d)       That an executed duplicate original of said assignment and assumption agreement or other Transfer on a form reasonably approved by Landlord, shall be delivered to Landlord within five (5) days after the execution thereof, and that such r Transfer shall not be binding upon Landlord until the delivery thereof to Landlord and the execution and delivery of Landlord’s consent thereto. It shall be a condition to Landlord’s consent to any Transfer that (i) upon Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall pay and continue to pay fifty percent (50%) of any “ Transfer Premium ” (defined below), received by Tenant from the transferee; (ii) any sublessee of part or all of Tenant’s interest in the Premises shall agree that if Landlord gives such sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such sublessee shall thereafter make all sublease or other payments directly to Landlord, which will be received by Landlord without any liability whether to honor the sublease or otherwise (except to credit such payments against sums due under this Lease), and any sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns at their request should this Lease be terminated for any reason, except that in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; (iii) any such Transfer and consent shall be effected on forms supplied by Landlord and/or its legal counsel; (iv) Landlord may require that Tenant not then be in default hereunder in any respect; and (v) Tenant or the proposed subtenant or assignee (collectively, “ Transferee ”) shall agree to pay Landlord, upon demand, as Additional Rent, a sum equal to the additional costs, if any, incurred by Landlord for maintenance and repair as a result of any change in the nature of occupancy caused by such subletting or assignment. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, Additional Rent or other consideration payable by a Transferee in connection with a Transfer in excess of the Basic Rental and other amounts payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer and if such Transfer is for less than all of the Premises, the Transfer Premium shall be calculated on a rentable square foot basis. The calculation of “ Transfer Premium ” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by a Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to the Transferee and any payment in excess of fair market value for assets, fixtures, inventory. equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to the Transferee in connection with such Transfer. Any Transfer of this Lease which is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article 15 shall be voidable by written notice from Landlord and shall. at the option of Landlord. terminate this Lease. In no event shall the consent by Landlord to any Transfer be construed as relieving Tenant or any Transferee from obtaining the express written consent of Landlord to any further Transfer, or as releasing Tenant from any liability or obligation hereunder whether or not then accrued and Tenant shall continue to be fully liable therefor. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any person other than Tenant shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 15 or the acceptance of any Transferee hereunder. or a release of Tenant (or of any Transferee of Tenant). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Article 15 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 15, their sole remedies shall be a declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and. to the extent permitted under all Applicable Laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

 

22

 

(e)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 15, Landlord shall have the option. by giving written notice to Tenant (“ Landlord’s Recapture Notice ”) within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of a request for consent to a proposed Transfer, to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises that is the subject of the proposed Transfer (hereinafter, the “ Recapture Space ”). If this Lease is so terminated with respect to less than the entire Premises, (i) the Basic Rental and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be prorated based on the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant as compared to the total number of rentable square feet previously contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon the request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same, and (ii) Tenant shall be responsible for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with separately demising the Recapture Space separate and apart from the balance of the Premises, including without limitation, all ductwork, systems work, demising wall installation and compliance with governmental requirements relating thereto (“ Landlord’s Recapture Costs ”). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s Recapture Costs within three (3) business days following written demand therefor from Landlord. The effective date of any such termination shall be set forth in Landlord’s Recapture Notice.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

 

If the Project is damaged by fire or other insured casualty, the damage shall be repaired by Landlord and provided such repairs can, in Landlord’s sole opinion, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after commencement of the necessity for repairs, without the payment of overtime or other premiums. and until such repairs are completed. rent shall be abated in proportion to the part of the Premises which is unusable by Tenant in the conduct of its business (but there shall be no abatement of rent by reason of any portion of the Premises being unusable for a period equal to one (1) day or less). If repairs cannot, in Landlord’s opinion, be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the necessity for repairs this Lease shall instead terminate, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after Landlord makes such a determination, with such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises. In addition. Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease if the Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected. if the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies. Finally, if the Premises or the Project is damaged to any substantial extent during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 16 to the contrary. Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant of the exercise of such option within sixty (60) days after Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as the result of such damage. A total destruction of the Project shall automatically terminate this Lease. Tenant understands that Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures or equipment, and that Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall have no right to any proceeds of insurance carried by Landlord relating to property damage.

23

 


 

ARTICLE 17

 

SUBORDINATION

 

This Lease is subject to and Tenant agrees to comply with all matters of record affecting the Real Property. This Lease is also subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases, mortgages and deeds of trust which affect the Real Property, as well as all renewals, modifications. consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, however, if the lessor under any such lease or the holder or holders of any such mortgage or deed of trust shall advise Landlord that they desire or require this Lease to be prior and superior thereto, upon written request of Landlord to Tenant, Tenant agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver, within five (5) days, any and all documents or instruments which Landlord or such lessor, holder or holders deem necessary or desirable for purposes thereof. Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and become and remain subject and subordinate to any and all ground or underlying leases, mortgages or deeds of trust which may hereafter be executed covering the Premises, the Project or the property or any renewals. modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such advances. together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and provisions thereof; provided, however, that Landlord obtains from the lender or other party in question a written undertaking in favor of Tenant to the effect that such lender or other party will not disturb Tenant’s right of possession under this Lease if Tenant is not then or thereafter in breach of any covenant or provision of this Lease. Tenant agrees, within five (5) days after Landlord’s written request therefor, to execute, acknowledge and deliver upon request any and all documents or instruments requested by Landlord or necessary or proper to assure the subordination of this Lease to any such mortgages, deeds of trust, or leasehold estates. Tenant agrees that if any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any mortgage or deed of trust or any deed in lieu thereof, to attorn to the purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof as so requested to do so by such purchaser and to recognize such purchaser as the lessor under this Lease; Tenant shall. within five (5) days after request execute such further instruments or assurances as such purchaser may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment. Tenant agrees to provide copies of any notices of Landlord’s default under this Lease to any mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary whose address has been provided to Tenant and Tenant shall provide such mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary a commercially reasonable time after receipt of such notice within which to cure any such default. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

 

24

 

ARTICLE 18

 

EMINENT DOMAIN

 

If the whole of the Premises or the Project or so much thereof as to render the balance unusable by Tenant shall be taken under power of eminent domain, or is sold, transferred or conveyed in lieu thereof, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of such condemnation, or as of the date possession is taken by the condemning authority, at Landlord’s option. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with any and all rights of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to the same or any part thereof; provided. however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or to require Tenant to assign to Landlord any award made to Tenant for the taking of personal property and trade fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant at the expiration of the Term hereof as provided hereunder or for the interruption of. or damage to, Tenant’s business. In the event of a partial taking described in this Article 18, or a sale, transfer or conveyance in lieu thereof. which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the rent shall be apportioned according to the ratio that the part of the Premises remaining useable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Applicable Law. to terminate the Lease in the event of a partial taking.

 

ARTICLE 19

 

DEFAULT

 

Each of the following acts or omissions of Tenant or of any guarantor of Tenant’s performance hereunder. or occurrences, shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” after the required notice and failure to cure:

 

(a)       Failure or refusal to pay Basic Monthly Rental, Additional Rent or any other amount to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder within five (5) calendar days after notice that the same is due or payable hereunder; said notice period shall be in lieu of. and not in addition to. any notice requirements provided by Arizona law, provided further that Landlord shall only be required to provide the number and frequency of notices for late or missing payment pursuant to Section 30(m);

 

25

 

(b)       As set forth in items (b) through and including (i) below, the material failure to perform or observe any covenant or condition of this Lease to be performed or observed, provided that such material breach continues for more than thirty (30) days following written notice to Tenant of such breach and the breach by Tenant is not then cured. Any notice provided within Article 19 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to. any notice requirements provided by Arizona law and provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Tenant shall not be in default if Tenant commences performance within such notice period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion;

 

(c)       Abandonment or vacating or failure to accept tender of possession of the Premises or any significant portion thereof;

 

(d)       The taking in execution or by similar process or law (other than by eminent domain) of the estate hereby created;

 

(e)       The filing by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder in any court pursuant to any statute of a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement for the appointment of a receiver of all or a portion of Tenant’s property; the filing against Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of any such petition, or the commencement of a proceeding for the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant, or for any guarantor hereunder, or of any of the property of either, or a proceeding by any governmental authority for the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant or any guarantor hereunder, if such proceeding shall not be dismissed or trusteeship discontinued within thirty (30) days after commencement of such proceeding or the appointment of such trustee or receiver; or the making by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of an assignment for the benefit of creditors. If Tenant’s performance of this Lease is in default or breach at the time of the filing of a petition in any chapter of bankruptcy by or on behalf of Tenant, or involuntarily by the creditors or interested parties of Tenant. Tenant hereby stipulates to the lifting of the automatic stay in effect and relief from such stay for Landlord if Tenant tiles a petition under the United States Bankruptcy laws, for the purpose of Landlord pursuing its rights and remedies against Tenant and/or a guarantor of this Lease particularly for the purpose of taking possession of the subject premises or the pursuit of post-petition debt;

 

(f)       Tenant’s failure to cause to be released any mechanics liens filed against the Premises or the Project within twenty (20) days after the date the same shall have been filed or recorded;

 

(g)       Tenant’s failure to observe or perform according to the provisions of Article 7, Article 14. Article 17. Article 25 or Article 28 within two (2) business days after notice from Landlord; or

 

(h)       [deleted and reserved]; or 

 

26

 

(i)        The commission of waste or nuisance by Tenant, its employees, principals. invitees, licensees or agents, in the use or possession of the subject premises, in which event Tenant shall vacate the subject premises and the lease shall be deemed terminated upon three days’ notice to quit.

 

ARTICLE 20

 

REMEDIES

 

(a)       Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Lease as provided in Article 19 hereof, Landlord may exercise all of its remedies as may be permitted by law, including without limitation, terminating this Lease, reentering the Premises and removing all persons and property therefrom, which property may be stored by Landlord at a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk. expense and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant the aggregate of all amounts permitted by law, including but not limited to (i) the worth at the time of award of the amount of any unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, tenant improvement expenses, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and (v) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Law. The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 20(a) shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in items (i) and (ii), above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in item (e), below, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in item (iii), above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

(b)       Nothing in this Article 20 shall be deemed to affect Landlord’s right to indemnification for liability or liabilities arising prior to the termination of this Lease for personal injuries or property damage under the indemnification clause or clauses contained in this Lease.

 

(c)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord’s re-entry to perform acts of maintenance or preservation of or in connection with efforts to relet the Premises or any portion thereof, or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises or any portion thereof and, until Landlord does elect to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Landlord may enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies hereunder or at law. including any right for a landlord to continue a lease in effect after the lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease. enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

 

27

 

(d)      All rights, powers and remedies of Landlord hereunder and under any other agreement now or hereafter in force between Landlord and Tenant shall be cumulative and not alternative and shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Landlord by law, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not impair Landlord’s right to exercise any other right or remedy.

 

(e)       Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the lower of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate of interest from the due date until paid, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. In addition to such interest: (i) if Rental is not paid on or before the fifth (5th) day of the calendar month for which the same is due, a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount overdue or $100, whichever is greater, shall be immediately due and owing and shall accrue for each calendar month or part thereof until such rental, including the late charge, is paid in full, which late charge Tenant hereby agrees is a reasonable estimate of the damages Landlord shall suffer as a result of Tenant’s late payment and (ii) an additional charge of $25 shall be assessed for any check given to Landlord by or on behalf of Tenant which is not honored by the drawee thereof; which damages include Landlord’s additional administrative and other costs associated with such late payment and unsatisfied checks and the parties agree that it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix Landlord’s actual damage in such event. Such charges for interest and late payments and unsatisfied checks are separate and cumulative and are in addition to and shall not diminish or represent a substitute for any or all of Landlord’s rights or remedies under any other provision of this Lease or applicable law.

 

(f)       Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within sixty (60) days after written notice is delivered by Tenant to Landlord and to the holder of any mortgages or deeds of trust (collectively. “ Lender ”) covering the Premises whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Tenant in writing, specifying the obligation which Landlord has failed to perform; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than sixty (60) days are required for performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord or Lender commences performance within such sixty (60) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

 

(g)      In the event of any default, breach or violation of Tenant’s rights under this Lease by Landlord, Tenant’s exclusive remedies shall be an action for specific performance or action for actual damages. Without limiting any other waiver by Tenant which may be contained in this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any law granting it the right to perform Landlord’s obligation. or the right to terminate this Lease on account of any Landlord default.

 

28

 

ARTICLE 21

 

TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

 

In the event of any transfer or termination of Landlord’s interest in the Premises or the Project by sale, assignment. transfer, foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or otherwise whether voluntary or involuntary, Landlord shall be automatically relieved of any and all obligations and liabilities on the part of Landlord from and after the date of such transfer or termination, including furthermore without limitation, the obligation of Landlord under Article 4 above or Applicable Law to return the security deposit. provided said security deposit is transferred to said transferee. Tenant agrees to attorn to the transferee upon any such transfer and to recognize such transferee as the lessor under this Lease and Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request. execute such further instruments or assurances as such transferee may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment.

 

ARTICLE 22

 

BROKER

 

In connection with this Lease, Tenant warrants and represents that it has had dealings only with firm(s) set forth in Article I .H. of the Basic Lease Provisions and that it knows of no other person or entity who is or might be entitled to a commission. finder’s fee or other like payment in connection herewith and does hereby indemnify and agree to hold Landlord, its agents, members. partners, representatives, officers, affiliates, shareholders, employees, successors and assigns harmless from and against any and all loss, liability and expenses that Landlord may incur should such warranty and representation prove incorrect. inaccurate or false.

 

ARTICLE 23

 

PARKING

 

Tenant shall be provided, commencing on the Commencement Date, the number of parking passes set forth in Article 1.I of the Basic Lease Provisions. In addition to the parking charge by Landlord, if any, under all circumstances Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations. and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements; provided that such alternations or re-designs at all times preserve Tenant’s rights to the reserved and covered spaces described in Article 1. Landlord may. from time to time, relocate any reserved parking spaces (if any) rented by Tenant to another location in the Project parking facility. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator or a lessee of the parking facility in which case such parking operator or lessee shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 23 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

 

29

 

ARTICLE 24

 

WAIVER

 

No waiver by either Party of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by either Party of the same or any other provision. No provision of this Lease may be waived by either Party, except by an instrument in writing executed by the Parties. Either Party’s consent to or approval of any act by a Party requiring consent or approval shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of the Party’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act of that Party, whether or not similar to the act so consented to or approved. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. Any payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of an amount less than the total amount then due hereunder shall be deemed to be in partial payment only thereof and not a waiver of the balance due or an accord and satisfaction, notwithstanding any statement or endorsement to the contrary on any check or any other instrument delivered concurrently therewith or in reference thereto. Accordingly, Landlord may accept any such amount and negotiate any such cheek without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover all balances due and owing and to pursue its other rights against Tenant under this Lease, regardless of whether Landlord makes any notation on such instrument of payment or otherwise notifies Tenant that such acceptance or negotiation is without prejudice to Landlord’s rights.

 

ARTICLE 25

 

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than five (5) days’ prior written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing (the “ Estoppel Certificate ”) certifying the following information, (but not limited to the following information if further information is requested by Landlord): (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or. if modified. stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any; (iii) the amount of Tenant’s security deposit, if any; and (iv) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, and no events or conditions then in existence which, with the passage of time or notice or both. would constitute a default on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults, events or conditions, if any are claimed. It is expressly understood and agreed that any such statement contained in the Estoppel Certificate delivered by Tenant as provided herein may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Real Property. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall constitute an admission by Tenant that all statements contained therein are true and correct. if Tenant fails to timely deliver the Estoppel Certificate to Landlord, then Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact and in Tenant’s name, place and stead to execute any and all documents described in this Article 25 if Tenant fails to do so within the specified time period.

 

30

 

ARTICLE 26

 

LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, any remedy of Tenant for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder or any claim, cause of action or obligation, contractual, statutory or otherwise by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties concerning, arising out of or relating to any matter relating to this Lease and all of the covenants and conditions or any obligations, contractual, statutory, or otherwise set forth herein, shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of (i) the interest of Landlord in and to the Project. and (ii) the interest Landlord would have in the Project if the Project were encumbered by third party debt in an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the then current value of the Project (as such value is reasonably determined by Landlord). No other property or assets of Landlord or any Landlord Party shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this Lease, Landlord’s obligations to Tenant, whether contractual, statutory or otherwise, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 27

 

INABILITY TO PERFORM

 

This Lease and the obligations of Tenant and Landlord hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in doing so, if such inability or delay is caused by reason of any prevention, delay, stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, acts of God. acts of terrorism, or any other cause previously, or at such time, beyond the reasonable control or anticipation of Landlord (collectively, a “Force Majeure”) and Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall be forgiven and suspended by any such Force Majeure. 

 

31

 

ARTICLE 28

 

HAZARDOUS WASTE

 

(a)       Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 28(d) below) to be brought. kept or used in or about the Project by Tenant, its agents, employees. contractors, or invitees. Tenant indemnifies Landlord and the Landlord Parties from and against any breach by Tenant of the obligations stated in the preceding sentence, and agrees to defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, or losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Project, damages for the loss or restriction or use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project. damages arising from any adverse impact or marketing of space in the Project, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees and costs, consultant fees, and expert fees) which arise during or after the Term of this Lease as a result of such breach. This indemnification of Landlord and the Landlord Parties by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on or under the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Project caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Project, then subject to the provisions of Article 9, Article 10 and Article 11 hereof, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are necessary to return the Project to the condition existing prior to the introduction of any such Hazardous Material and the contractors to be used by Tenant for such work must be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Project and so long as such actions do not materially interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Project by the other tenants thereof; provided however, Landlord shall also have the right, by written notice to Tenant, to directly undertake any such mitigation efforts with regard to Hazardous Materials in or about the Project due to Tenant’s breach of its obligations pursuant to this Section 28(a). and to charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, for the costs thereof.

 

(b)       Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord may become legally liable for the costs of complying with Laws (as defined in Section 28(e) below) relating to Hazardous Material which are not the responsibility of Landlord or the responsibility of Tenant, including the following: (i) Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on the Project of which Landlord has no knowledge as of the effective date of this Lease; (ii) a change in Laws which relate to Hazardous Material which make that Hazardous Material which is present on the Real Property as of the effective date of this Lease, whether known or unknown to Landlord, a violation of such new Laws; (iii) Hazardous Material that migrates, flows, percolates, diffuses, or in any way moves on to, or under, the Project after the effective date of this Lease; or Hazardous Material present on or under the Project as a result of any discharge, dumping or spilling (whether accidental or otherwise) on the Project by other lessees of the Project or their agents, employees, contractors, or invitees, or by others. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant agree that the cost of complying with Laws relating to Hazardous Material on the Project for which Landlord is legally liable and which are paid or incurred by Landlord shall be an Operating Cost (and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share thereof in accordance with Article 3) unless the cost of such compliance as between Landlord and Tenant. is made the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to Section 28(a) above. To the extent any such Operating Cost relating to Hazardous Material is subsequently recovered or reimbursed through insurance, or recovery from responsible third parties or other action, Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reimbursement to the extent it has paid its share of such Operating Cost to which such recovery or reimbursement relates.

 

32

 

(c)       It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer if (i) the proposed transferee’s anticipated use of the Premises involves the generation, storage, use, treatment, or disposal of Hazardous Material; (ii) the proposed Transferee has been required by any prior landlord, lender, or governmental authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Material contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such Transferee’s actions or use of the property in question; or (iii) the proposed Transferee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal, or storage of a Hazardous Material.

 

(d)       As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material, or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the State of Arizona or the United States Government. The term “ Hazardous Material ” includes, without limitation, any material described as a toxic or hazardous material, waste, pollutant, contaminant or infectious waste, or words of similar import, in any federal, state or local law, ordinance, order. rule or regulation as well as any contaminants, pollutants, irritants, chemicals, waste. toxic substances. gases, liquids. solids, fumes. vapor, soot, smoke, acids, alkali, petroleum or petroleum by-product or derivative, biological matter, or other substances or materials of any kind which are or may be harmful or injurious to human health or life, animal health or life, plant health or life, or the environment.

 

(c)       As used herein, the term “ Laws ” means any applicable federal, state or local law, ordinance. or regulation relating to any Hazardous Material affecting the Project, including, without limitation, the laws. ordinances, and regulations referred to in Section 28(d) above.

 

ARTICLE 29

 

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY

 

(a)       The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and shall at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

 

(b)       Upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in good order and condition, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are Landlord’s obligation excepted, and shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, all furniture. equipment. business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, moveable partitioning and other articles of personal property in the Premises (except to the extent Landlord elects by notice to Tenant to exercise its option to have any subleases or subtenancies assigned to it), and Tenant shall repair all damage to the Premises resulting from the removal of such items from the Premises.

 

33

 

(c)       Whenever Landlord shall reenter the Premises as provided in Article 20 hereof, or as otherwise provided in this Lease, any property of Tenant not removed by Tenant upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease (or within forty-eight (48) hours after a termination by reason of and Event of Default of Tenant), as provided in this Lease, shall be considered abandoned and Landlord may remove any or all of such items and dispose of the same in any manner or store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere for the account and at the expense and risk of Tenant, and if Tenant shall fail to pay the cost of storing any such property after it has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more, Landlord may sell any or all of such property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such times and places as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem proper, without notice to or demand upon Tenant, for the payment of all or any part of such charges or the removal of any such property, and shall apply the proceeds of such sale as follows: first. to the cost and expense of such sale, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs for services rendered: second, to the payment of the cost of or charges for storing any such property; third, to the payment of any other sums of money which may then or thereafter be due to Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms hereof; and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant. Upon vacating the Premises and return thereof to Landlord, Tenant waives any and all rights to the return of any Tenant’s property remaining therein, the same shall be deemed abandoned and may be disposed of by Landlord without further notice or legal requirement. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless as against any claim by third parties asserting a possessory or ownership interest in any abandoned property.

 

(d)      All fixtures, Tenant Improvements, Alterations and/or appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises prior to or during the Term, whether by Landlord or Tenant and whether at the expense of Landlord or Tenant, or of both, shall be and remain part of the Premises and shall not be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Lease, unless such removal may be had without damage to the Premises, or unless such removal is required by Landlord. Such fixtures, Tenant Improvements, Alterations and/or appurtenances shall include but not be limited to: all floor coverings, paneling, molding, doors„ plumbing systems, security systems, electrical systems, lighting systems, all fixtures and outlets for the systems mentioned above and for all telephone, radio and television purposes.

 

ARTICLE 30

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

(a)        SEVERABILITY; ENTIRE AGREEMENT . ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE WHICH SHALL PROVE TO BE INVALID, VOID, OR ILLEGAL SHALL IN NO WAY AFFECT, IMPAIR OR INVALIDATE ANY OTHER PROVISION HEREOF AND SUCH OTHER PROVISIONS SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. THIS LEASE AND THE EXHIBITS AND ANY ADDENDUM ATTACHED HERETO CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO WITH REGARD TO TENANT’S OCCUPANCY OR USE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE PROJECT, AND NO PRIOR AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING PERTAINING TO ANY SUCH MATTER SHALL BE EFFECTIVE FOR ANY PURPOSE. NO PROVISION OF THIS LEASE MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED EXCEPT BY AN AGREEMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY THE PARTIES HERETO OR THEIR SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY DELETION OF LANGUAGE FROM THIS LEASE PRIOR TO ITS MUTUAL EXECUTION BY LANDLORD AND TENANT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO HAVE ANY PARTICULAR MEANING OR TO RAISE ANY PRESUMPTION, CANON OF CONSTRUCTION OR IMPLICATION INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE PARTIES INTENDED THEREBY TO STATE THE CONVERSE, OBVERSE OR OPPOSITE OF THE DELETED LANGUAGE.

 

34

 

(b)        Attorneys’ Fees: Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(i)        In any action to enforce the terms of this Lease, including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Premises, the losing party shall pay the successful party a reasonable sum for attorneys’ fees and costs in such suit and such attorneys’ fees and costs shall be deemed to have accrued prior to the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with enforcing its rights under this Lease against Tenant following a bankruptcy by Tenant or otherwise, including without limitation, legal fees, experts’ fees and expenses, court costs and consulting fees. Should Tenant default in the performance of any covenant or provision of this Lease, resulting in the preparation of a Notice of Default, such as a Notice to Pay Rent or Quit, or a Notice to Perform Covenant or Quit, Tenant shall pay. as additional rental, upon demand of Landlord. Landlord’s attorney’s fees and costs in the preparation and/or service of such Notice of Default. A reasonable attorney fee for the purposes of the foregoing shall not exceed $3,000.00.

 

(ii)       Should Landlord, without fault on Landlord’s part, be made a party to any litigation instituted by Tenant or by any third party against Tenant, or by or against any person holding under or using the Premises by license of Tenant, or for the foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or any such other person or otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or of any such other person, Tenant covenants to save and hold Landlord harmless from any judgment rendered against Landlord or the Premises or any part thereof and from all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such litigation.

 

(iii)       TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION SEEKING SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE, FOR DAMAGES FOR ANY BREACH UNDER THIS LEASE, OR OTHERWISE FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY HEREUNDER.

 

(c)        Time of Essence . Each of Tenant’s covenants herein is a condition of Landlord’s duty to perform and time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease. 

 

35

 

(d)        Headings; Joint and Several . The article headings contained in this Lease are for convenience only and do not in any way limit or amplify any term or provision hereof The terms “ Landlord ” and “ Tenant ” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular, the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine genders and the obligations herein imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several as to each of the persons, firms or corporations of which Tenant may be composed each referred to herein as a “Party” or jointly as the “Parties”.

 

(e)        Reserved Area . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the exterior walls of the Premises and the area between the finished ceiling of the Premises and the slab of the floor of the Project thereabove have not been demised hereby and the use thereof together with the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, conduits. wiring and cabling leading through, under or above the Premises or throughout the Project in locations which will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and serving other parts of the Project are hereby excepted and reserved unto Landlord.

 

(f)        NO OPTION . THE SUBMISSION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD, ITS AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE FOR EXAMINATION OR EXECUTION BY TENANT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OPTION OR OFFER TO LEASE THE PREMISES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN OR A RESERVATION OF THE PREMISES IN FAVOR OF TENANT, IT BEING INTENDED HEREBY THAT THIS LEASE SHALL ONLY BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXECUTION HEREOF BY LANDLORD AND TENANT AND DELIVERY OF A FULLY EXECUTED LEASE TO TENANT.

 

(g)       Use of Project Name; Improvements . Tenant shall not be allowed to use the name, picture or representation of the Project, or words to that effect, in connection with any business carried on in the Premises or otherwise (except as Tenant’s address) without the prior written consent of Landlord, with such consent not unreasonably withheld.

 

(h)       Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall observe faithfully and comply strictly with the rules and regulations (“ Rules and Regulations ”) attached to this Lease as Exhibit “B” and made a part hereof, and such other Rules and Regulations as Landlord may from time to time reasonably adopt for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Project. the facilities thereof, or the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of any such Rules and Regulations, or for the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease by any other tenant in the Project. A waiver by Landlord of any Rule or Regulation for any other tenant shall not constitute nor be deemed a waiver of the Rule or Regulation for this Tenant.

 

(i)         Quiet Possession . Upon Tenant’s paying the Monthly Basic Rental, Additional Rent and other sums provided hereunder and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire Term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

 

(j)         Rent . All payments required to be made hereunder to Landlord (other than the Security Deposit) shall be deemed to be rent, whether or not described as such.

 

36

 

(k)        Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Article 15 hereof, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

(l)        Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and may be given by personal service evidenced by a signed receipt or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or via overnight courier, and shall be effective upon proof of delivery, addressed if to Tenant then at the Premises; with a copy to the then current President of Tenant (as of the date of this Lease, 820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 201, Friendswood, Texas 77546, or if to Landlord then at Merced Restart Phoenix Investors II, LLC, 601 Carlson Parkway, Suite 200, Minnetonka, Minnesota 55305, Attention: General Counsel, with a copy to the then current property manager (as of the date of this Lease, Landlord’s property manager is MEB Commercial Management Group, LLC, 3877 N. 7 th Street, Suite 320, Phoenix, Arizona 85014. Either party may by notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted by Tenant to such party hereafter designated by notice from Landlord to Tenant.

 

(m)      Persistent Delinquencies . if Tenant shall be delinquent by more than fifteen (15) days in the payment of rent on three (3) separate occasions in any twelve (12) month period or if there are three (3) or more non-monetary defaults by Tenant in any twelve (12) month period, without limiting any other rights or remedies of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by thirty (30) days written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the last such delinquency, such thirty day notice shall not constitute a surrender of the Lease, and shall entitle Landlord to implement all remedies available at law or equity for breach of lease damages, as provided by Section 20 of this Lease, and applicable law.

 

(n)       Right of Landlord to Perform . All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. if Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than rent. required to be paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue beyond any applicable cure period set forth in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such other act on Tenant’s part to be made or performed as is in this Lease provided. All sums so paid by Landlord, shall be payable to Landlord on demand and Tenant covenants to pay any such sums, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the nonpayment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of the rent,

 

(o)        Access, Changes in Project, Facilities, Name .

 

(i)       Every part of the Project except the inside surfaces of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises (including exterior building walls, the rooftop, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance), and any space in or adjacent to the Premises or within the Project used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, decoration and repair. are reserved to Land lord.

 

37

 

(ii)      Landlord reserves the right, without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor, to make such changes in or to the Project and the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls. passages, elevators, stairways and other improvements thereof, as it may deem necessary or desirable provided that such change does not materially change access or the Permitted Use of Tenant.

 

(iii)     Landlord may adopt any name for the Project and Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to change the name and/or address of the Project at any time.

 

(p)        Signing Authority . Tenant represents and warrants that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation or in accordance with the By-laws of said corporation. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of such resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of this Lease on behalf of such corporation, which copy of resolution shall be duly certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation to be a true copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of said corporation and shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

 

(q)        Substitute Premises . [deleted and reserved]

 

(r)        Survival of Obligations . Any obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

(s)       Confidentiality . The Parties acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. The Parties shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal and space planning consultants and any proposed Transferees, except as required by law.

 

(t)        Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona. No conflicts of law rules of any state or country (including, without limitation, Arizona conflicts of law rules) shall be applied to result in the application of any substantive or procedural laws of any state or country other than Arizona. All controversies, claims, actions or causes of action arising between the parties hereto and/or their respective successors and assigns, shall be brought, heard and adjudicated by the courts of the State of Arizona, with venue in the County of Maricopa. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to personal jurisdiction by the courts of the State of Arizona in connection with any such controversy, claim, action or cause of action, and each of the parties hereto consents to service of process by any means authorized by Arizona law and consents to the enforcement of any judgment so obtained in the courts of the State of Arizona on the same terms and conditions as if such controversy, claim, action or cause of action had been originally heard and adjudicated to a final judgment in such courts. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the laws and courts of Arizona were freely and voluntarily chosen to govern this Lease and to adjudicate any claims or disputes hereunder.

 

38

 

(u)        Office of Foreign Assets Control . Tenant certifies to Landlord that (i) Tenant is not entering into this Lease, nor acting, for or on behalf of any person or entity named as a terrorist or other banned or blocked person or entity pursuant to any law, order, rule or regulation of the United States Treasury Department or the Office of Foreign Assets Control, and (ii) Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublease to any such person or entity or anyone acting on behalf of any such person or entity. Landlord shall have the right to conduct all reasonable searches in order to ensure compliance with the foregoing. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from any and all claims arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing certification.

 

(v)        Financial Statements . Within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request and no more than once per calendar quarter during each calendar year of the Term, Tenant shall provide Landlord with current financial statements of Tenant and financial statements for the two (2) calendar or fiscal years (if Tenant’s fiscal year is other than a calendar year) prior to the then current financial statement year. Any such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant (but only with respect to completed fiscal years (and then only to the extent available)).

 

(w)       Exhibits . The Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by this reference as if fully set forth herein.

 

(x)        Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent (and not dependent) and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to set off of any of the rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

 

(y)       Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts. when taken together, shall constitute one agreement

 

(z)        Non-Discrimination . Tenant herein covenants by and for himself or herself, his or her heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through him or her, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the following conditions:

 

“That there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin or ancestry, in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use. occupancy. tenure or enjoyment of the Premises, nor shall Tenant himself or herself, or any person claiming under or through him or her, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy of tenants, subtenants or vendees in the Premises.”

 

39

 

ARTICLE 31

 

SIGNAGE/DIRECTORY

 

Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. shall install initial suite entry signage and lobby directory signage (collectively, “ Tenant’s Signage ”). Tenant’s Signage shall be subject to Landlord’s approval as to, without limitation, size, design, location, graphics, materials, colors and similar specifications and shall be consistent with the exterior design, materials and appearance of the Project and the Project’s signage program and shall be further subject to all matters of record and all applicable governmental laws, rules. regulations, codes and Tenant’s receipt of all permits and other governmental approvals and any applicable covenants, conditions and restrictions. Tenant’s Signage shall be personal to the original Tenant named in this Lease and may not be assigned to any assignee or sublessee, or any other person or entity. Landlord has the right, but not the obligation, to oversee the installation of Tenant’s Signage. The cost to maintain and operate. if any, Tenant’s Signage shall be paid for by Tenant. Upon the expiration of the Tenn. or other earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall. at Tenant’s sole cost, cause the removal of Tenant’s Signage (provided that Landlord shall have the right, at its election, to perform such removal on behalf of Tenant. at Tenant’s expense). Such costs shall (i) be payable within three (3) business days following written demand therefor from Landlord, and (ii) include, without limitation, the cost to repair and restore the Project to its original condition, normal wear and tear excepted. All modifications or alterations to Tenant’s Signage shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

ARTICLE 32

 

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

 

If there is no continuing Event of Default by Tenant and the Tenant is occupying the Premises and has not otherwise assigned or sublet all or any portion of the Leased Premises, then Tenant shall have a Right of First Offer (“ ROFO ”) to lease the office suite in the building known as Suite 157 (the “ Suite ”) located adjacent to the Premises. Commencing upon execution of the Lease and expiring twenty-four (24) months prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such space becoming available and Tenant shall have ten (10) days after such notification to notify Landlord that Tenant elects to lease such space. if Tenant fails to deliver notice to Landlord of its election to exercise the ROFO, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to exercise the ROFO. The base rent, terms and conditions for the ROFO space shall be those set forth in Landlord’s ROFO notice, provided, however. Tenant improvements shall be adjusted for the term remaining under the Lease. The term for any space leased by Tenant under the exercise of its ROFO shall be coterminous with the Tenn. This ROFO shall be personal to Tenant, and is not transferable. Any attempted assignment or transfer by Tenant of the ROFO shall be null and void. Should Landlord receive an offer to lease the Suite, Landlord shall notify Tenant, and Tenant shall have the right to lease the Suite on the same terms as the Premises, with alignment of the Suite lease terms with the Premises lease terms.

 

[ The rest of this page intentionally left blank. Signatures on the next page ]

 

40

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease, consisting of the foregoing provisions and Articles, including all exhibits and other attachments referenced therein, as of the date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”

 

MERCED RESTART PHOENIX INVESTORS II, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

 

By Merced Pacific Active IV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Managing Member

 

By Series M4 of Merced Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Manager

 

  By /s/ Thomas G. Rock  
  Name:  Thomas G. Rock  
  Its: Authorized Representative  

 

“TENANT”

 

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

  By /s/ Derek Maetzold  
  Name:  Derek Maetzold  
  Its: President  

 

41

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

PREMISES — SUITE 160

 

*       This Exhibit “A” is provided for informational purposes only and is intended to be only an approximation of the layout of the Premises and shall not be deemed to constitute any representation by Landlord as to the exact layout or configuration of the Premises or the Project.



EXHIBIT A
-1-

   

Exhibit A

 

 

 


EXHIBIT “B”

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.       No sign, advertisement or notice shall he displayed, printed or affixed on or to the Premises or to the outside or inside of the Project or so as to be visible from outside the Premises or Project without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove any non-approved sign, advertisement or notice, without notice to and at the expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable in damages for such removal. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by Landlord or by a person selected by Landlord and in a manner and style acceptable to Landlord.

 

2.       Tenant shall not obtain for use on the Premises ice, waxing, cleaning, interior glass polishing, rubbish removal, towel or other similar services, or accept barbering or bootblackening, or coffee cart services, milk, soft drinks or other like services on the Premises, except from persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord. No vending machines or machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

3.       The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress and egress from Tenant’s Premises. Under no circumstances is trash to be stored in the corridors. Notice must be given to Landlord for any large deliveries. Furniture, freight and other large or heavy articles, and all other deliveries may be brought into the Project only at times and in the manner designated by Landlord, and always at Tenant’s sole responsibility and risk. Landlord may impose reasonable charges for use of freight elevators after or before normal business hours. All damage done to the Project by moving or maintaining such furniture, freight or articles shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken in or out of entrances or passenger elevators of the Project. any item normally taken, or which Landlord otherwise reasonably requires to be taken, in or out through service doors or on freight elevators. Tenant shall move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises, and shall move all waste that is at any time being taken from the Premises directly to the areas designated for disposal.

 

4.       Toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. particularly non biodegradable substances likely to clog plumbing, such as female hygiene products (tampons). Employees, invitees and licensees of Tenant are to be advised of proper usage of these facilities.

 

5.       Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises or mark, drive nails. screw or drill into the partitions, ceilings or floor or in any way deface the Premises. Tenant shall not place typed. handwritten or computer generated signs in the corridors or any other common areas. Should there be a need for signage additional to the Project standard tenant placard, a written request shall be made to Landlord to obtain approval prior to any installation. All costs for said signage shall be Tenant’s responsibility. 

 

EXHIBIT B
-1-

 

6.        In no event shall Tenant place a load upon any floor of the Premises or portion of any such flooring exceeding the floor load per square foot of area for which such floor is designed to carry and which is allowed by law, or any machinery or equipment which shall cause excessive vibration to the Premises or noticeable vibration to any other part of the Project. Prior to bringing any heavy safes, vaults, large computers or similarly heavy equipment into the Project, Tenant shall inform Landlord in writing of the dimensions and weights thereof and shall obtain Landlord’s consent thereto. Such consent shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord that the safe, vault or other equipment complies, with regard to distribution of weight and/or vibration, with the provisions of this Rule 6 nor relieve Tenant from responsibility for the consequences of such noncompliance, and any such safe, vault or other equipment which Landlord determines to constitute a danger of damage to the Project or a nuisance to other tenants, either alone or in combination with other heavy and/or vibrating objects and equipment, shall he promptly removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, upon Landlord’s written notice of such determination and demand for removal thereof

 

7.        Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or Project any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable, explosive or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

 

8.        Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.

 

9.        Tenant shall not install or use any blinds, shades, awnings or screens in connection with any window or door of the Premises and shall not use any drape or window covering facing any exterior glass surface other than the standard drapes, blinds or other window covering established by Landlord.

 

10.       Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by closing window coverings when the sun’s rays fall directly on windows of the Premises. Tenant shall not obstruct, alter, or in any way impair the efficient operation of Landlord’s heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system. Tenant shall not tamper with or change the setting of any thermostats or control valves.

 

11.       The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the permitted use of the Premises. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied or used for the manufacture or sale of liquor or tobacco in any form, or a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purpose. No auction shall be conducted on the Premises.

 

12.       Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made. any unseemly or disturbing noises, or disturb or interfere with occupants of Project or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with it by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonographs or unusual noise, or in any other way.

 

 

EXHIBIT B
-2-


13.       No bicycles or vehicles of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises, and no cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant in the Premises. except that the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for tenants, their employees and visitors shall be permitted. No tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced in or permeate from or throughout the Premises. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant shall have the right to use a microwave and to heat microwavable items typically heated in an office. No hot plates, toasters, toaster ovens or similar open element cooking apparatus shall be permitted in the Premises.

 

14.       No animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept about the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, except seeing eye dogs for the visually impaired.

 

15.       The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls. passageways or other public places in the Project shall not be covered or obstructed by any tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the window sills.

 

16.       No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanisms thereof unless Landlord is first notified thereof. gives written approval, and is furnished a key therefor. Each tenant must, upon the termination of his tenancy, give to Landlord all keys and key cards of stores, offices, or toilets or toilet rooms, either furnished to. or otherwise procured by, such tenant. and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, such tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change. If more than two keys for one lock are desired, Landlord will provide them upon payment therefor by Tenant. Tenant shall not key or re-key any locks. All locks shall be keyed by Landlord’s locksmith only.

 

17.       Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project or its desirability as an office building and upon written notice from Landlord any tenant shall refrain from and discontinue such advertising.

 

18.       Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests after hours access and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to establish reasonable rules and charges pertaining to freight elevator usage, including the allocation and reservation of such usage for tenants’ initial move-in to their premises. and final departure therefrom. Landlord may also establish from time to time reasonable rules and charges for accessing the equipment areas of the Project. including the risers, rooftops and telephone closets.

 

EXHIBIT B
-3-

 

19.       Any person employed by any tenant to do janitorial work shall, while in the Project and outside of the Premises, be subject to and under the control and direction of the Office of the Project or its designated representative such as security personnel (but not as an agent or servant of Landlord, and the Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons).

 

20.       All doors opening on to public corridors shall be kept closed, except when being used for ingress and egress. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with any reasonable safety or security programs, including fire drills and air raid drills, and the appointment of “fire wardens” developed by Landlord for the Project, or required by law. Before leaving the Premises unattended, Tenant shall close and securely lock all doors or other means of entry to the Premises and shut off all lights and water faucets in the Premises.

 

21.       The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application to the Office of the Project.

 

22.       Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Project are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

23.       All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by tenants in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord. to absorb or prevent any vibration. noise or annoyance.

 

24.       No air-conditioning unit, space heater, or other similar apparatus shall be installed or used by any tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall pay the cost of all electricity used for air-conditioning in the Premises if such electrical consumption exceeds normal office requirements. regardless of whether additional apparatus is installed pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

25.       There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Project, either by any tenant or others. any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.

 

26.       All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Project must be fluorescent and/or of a quality. type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not permit the consumption in the Premises of more than 21/2 watts per net usable square foot in the Premises in respect of office lighting nor shall Tenant permit the consumption in the Premises of more than 11/2 watts per net usable square foot of space in the Premises in respect of the power outlets therein, at any one time. If such limits are exceeded. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove lighting fixtures and equipment and/or to charge Tenant for the cost of the additional electricity consumed.

 

27.       Parking.

 

(a)       Project parking facility hours shall be determined by Landlord from time to time. 

 

 

EXHIBIT B
-4-

(b)       Automobiles must be parked entirely within the stall lines on the floor.

 

(c)       All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

 

(d)       The speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour.

 

(e)       Parking is prohibited in areas not striped for parking,

 

(f)        Parking cards or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) shall remain the property of Landlord (or its operator). Such parking identification device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable or assignable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void. There will be a replacement charge to the Tenant or person designated by Tenant of $25.00 for loss of any parking card. There shall be a security deposit of $25.00 due at issuance for each card key issued to Tenant.

 

(g)       The monthly rate for parking is payable one (1) month in advance and must be paid by the third business day of each month. Failure to do so will automatically cancel parking privileges and a charge at the prevailing daily rate will be due. No deductions or allowances from the monthly rate will be made for days parker does not use the parking facilities.

 

(h)       Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

 

(i)        Landlord (and its operator) may refuse to permit any person who violates the within rules to park in the Project parking facility, and any violation of the rules shall subject the automobile to removal from the Project parking facility at the parker’s expense. In either of said events, Landlord (or its operator) shall refund a pro rata portion of the current monthly parking rate and the sticker or any other form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) will be returned to Landlord (or its operator).

 

(j)        Project parking facility managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules and Regulations.

 

(k)       All responsibility for any loss or damage to automobiles or any personal property therein is assumed by the parker.

 

(l)        Loss or theft of parking identification devices from automobiles must be reported to the Project parking facility manager immediately, and a lost or stolen report must be filed by the parker at that time. 

 

EXHIBIT B
-5-

(m)       The parking facilities are for the sole purpose of parking one automobile per space. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicles by the parker or his agents is prohibited.

 

(n)       Landlord (and its operator) reserves the right to refuse the issuance of monthly stickers or other parking identification devices to any Tenant and/or its employees who refuse to comply with the above Rules and Regulations and all City, State or Federal ordinances, laws or agreements.

 

(o)       Tenant agrees to acquaint all employees with these Rules and Regulations.

 

(p)       No vehicle shall be stored in the Project parking facility for a period of more than one (1) week.

 

28.      The Project is a non-smoking Project. Smoking or carrying lighted cigarettes, pipes, cigars, cigarettes or any other substance is prohibited at all times within the Premises or elevators, common area restrooms. or any other interior common area of the Project.

 

29.      Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s absolute discretion), allow any employee or agent to carry any type of gun or other firearm in or about any of the Premises or Project.

 

30.      Tenant shall not use or occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be used or occupied as an employment bureau or for the storage, manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics or drugs. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees in the Project except those actually working for Tenant in the Project, and Tenant shall not advertise for non-clerical employees giving the Project as an address. The Premises shall not be used, or permitted to be used, for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.

 

31.      Landlord reserves the right to control and operate the Common Areas in such manner as it deems best for the benefit of the Project tenants. Landlord may exclude from all or a part of the Common Areas at all hours, other than during Normal Business Hours, all unauthorized persons. “Normal Business Hours- shall be deemed to be between the hours of 8:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday. but excluding legal holidays. Tenant shall be responsible for all Tenants or Tenant’s agents who enter the Project at any time, whether during or after Normal Business Hours and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

 

32.      Tenant shall have the responsibility for the security of the Premises and. before closing and leaving the Premises at any time, Tenant shall see that all entrance doors are locked and all lights and office equipment within the Premises are turned off, and Landlord shall have no responsibility relating thereto. Landlord will not be responsible for any lost or stolen personal property. equipment, money or jewelry from the Premises or common areas regardless of whether such loss occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.

 

33.      [deleted and reserved] 

 

EXHIBIT B
-6-

 

34.      The elevator designated for freight by Landlord will be available for use by all tenants in the Project during the hours and pursuant to such procedures as Landlord may determine from time to time. The persons employed to move Tenant’s equipment, material, furniture or other property in or out of the Project must be acceptable to Landlord. The moving company must be a locally recognized professional mover, whose primary business is the performing of relocation services, and must he bonded and fully insured. A certificate or other verification of such insurance must be received and approved by Landlord prior to the start of any moving operations. Insurance must be sufficient in Landlord’s sole opinion, to cover all personal liability, theft or damage to the Project, including, but not limited to, floor coverings, doors, walls, elevators, stairs, foliage and landscaping. Special care must be taken to prevent damage to foliage and landscaping during adverse weather. All moving operations will be conducted at such times and in such a manner as Landlord will direct, and all moving will take place during non-Normal Business Hours unless Landlord agrees in writing otherwise. Tenant will be responsible for the provision of Project security during all moving operations, and will be liable for all losses and damages sustained by any party as a result of the failure to supply adequate security. Landlord will have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all equipment, materials. furniture or other property brought into the Project. Heavy objects will, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on wood strips of such thickness as is necessary properly to distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such property from any cause, and all damage done to the Project by moving or maintaining such property will be repaired at the expense of Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all such property to be brought into the Project and to exclude from the Project all such property which violates any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease. Supplies, goods. materials, packages, furniture and all other items of every kind delivered to or taken from the Premises will be delivered or removed through the entrance and route designated by Landlord, and Landlord will not be responsible for the loss or damage of any such property unless such loss or damage results from the negligence of Landlord.

 

35.      Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any accidents to or defects in the water pipes, gas pipes, electric lights and fixtures, heating apparatus. or any other service equipment.

 

36.      With the exception of any commuter bike rack in the Project, Tenant and Tenant’s agents shall not bring into the Project building or keep on the Premises any bicycle or other vehicle without Landlord’s written consent.

 

37.      Tenant will refer all contractors, contractors’ representatives and installation technicians rendering any service for Tenant to Landlord for Landlord’s supervision and approval before performance of any such contractual services. This shall apply to all work performed in the Project, including, but not limited to, installation of telephones, telegraph equipment, electrical devices and attachments, and installations of any and every nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim. windows, ceilings, equipment or any other physical portion of the Project. None of this work will be done by Tenant without first obtaining Landlord’s written approval. 

 

EXHIBIT B
-7-

 

EXHIBIT “C”

 

COMMENCEMENT LETTER

 

TO:_______________________________________________
 DATE: ____________________________
   
_____________________________________   

 

RE: Lease dated _____________________, between ________________________________ (“ Landlord ”), and ________________________________ (“ Tenant ”), concerning Suite ________________ located at 3737 N 7th Street, Phoenix, Arizona 85022 (the “ Project ”).

 

To Whom it May Concern:

 

In accordance with the Lease, Landlord wishes to advise and/or confirm the following:

 

1.       That the Premises is outlined and attached hereto as Exhibit A and is located on the 1st floor of the Project.

 

2.       The Premises have been accepted herewith by the Tenant as being substantially complete in accordance with the Lease and that there is no deficiency in construction.

 

3.       That the Tenant has taken possession of the Premises and acknowledges that under the provisions of the Lease the Term of said Lease shall commence as of _______________ for a term of _______________ months ending on _______________.

 

4.       That in accordance with the Lease. Basic Rental commenced to accrue on _______________.

 

5.       If the Commencement Date of the Lease is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a prorata adjustment. Each billing thereafter shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in said Lease.

 

6.       Rent is due and payable in in accordance with the terms of the Lease. Your rent checks should be made payable to ________________________.

 

7.       The exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is ______________ square feet. 


EXHIBIT C
-1-

 

8.       Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as adjusted based upon the exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is ____________________%.

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

Tenant:

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C
-2-

EXHIBIT “D”

LANDLORD’S WORK

 

WORK LETTER

 

This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the completion of the tenant improvements (“ Improvements ”) in the Premises. This Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease to which this Work Letter is attached.

 

SECTION 1

 

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR THE PREMISES

 

As soon as reasonably practicable following mutual execution and delivery of the Lease, Landlord shall cause Landlord’s architect to prepare detailed plans and specifications for the Improvements (“ Construction Documents ”) based upon that certain Space Plan attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “ Plan ”). Landlord shall then forward the Construction Documents, along with a reasonable description of the proposed Project-standard specifications and materials, to Tenant for Tenant’s approval. Tenant shall approve or reasonably disapprove any draft of the Construction Documents within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt thereof; provided, however, that any disapproval of the Construction Documents by Tenant shall be accompanied by a detailed written explanation of the reasons for Tenant’s disapproval. Failure of Tenant to reasonably disapprove any draft of the Construction Documents within said five (5) business day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s approval thereof. The Construction Documents, as approved by Landlord and Tenant. may be referred to herein as the “ Approved Construction Documents .” Landlord and Tenant’s approval of the Approved Construction Documents shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord or Tenant that such drawings are adequate for any use or comply with any Law, but shall merely be the consent of Landlord and Tenant thereto. Landlord shall construct the Improvements substantially in accordance with the Approved Construction Documents. Unless specifically noted to the contrary on the Approved Construction Documents, the Improvements shall be constructed using Project-standard quantities, specifications and materials. Tenant shall make no changes or modifications to the Approved Construction Documents without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if such change or modification would directly or indirectly delay the “ Substantial Completion ,” as that term is defined in Section 5.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, of the Improvements.

 

SECTION 2

 

BIDDING; RETENTION OF CONTRACTOR;
WARRANTIES AND GUARANTIES

 

The Approved Construction Documents will be issued for bid to two (2) general contractors approved to do work in the Project. After review of the bids by the Landlord and Tenant, one general contractor (the “ Contractor ”) shall be mutually selected by Landlord and Tenant and awarded the project, by Landlord. Landlord shall enter into an A1A construction contract or similar contract with the Contractor selected by Tenant and Landlord which shall comply with the provisions of this Exhibit and provide for. among other things, i) a one-year warranty for all defective work; ii) a requirement that the Contractor perform the work in substantial accordance with the Approved Construction Documents and in a good and workmanlike manner and; iii) a requirement that the Contractor is responsible for final clean up (including removal of debris). Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant, on a non-exclusive basis, to the extent assignable, all warranties and guaranties by the Contractor relating to the Improvements, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord relating to, or arising out of the construction of the Improvements.


EXHIBIT D
-1-

 

SECTION 3

 

OVER-ALLOWANCE AMOUNT

 

Landlord shall be responsible for the first Two Hundred Twenty Three Thousand and Six Hundred Fifty Dollars ($223,650.00) (“Work Allowance”) of the hard and soft costs relating to the design and construction of the Improvements. Tenant shall be responsible for promptly paying all costs of the Improvements in excess of the Work Allowance (“Over Allowance Amount”). Landlord and Tenant shall initially share in the cost of the progress billing for the work based upon the ratio of the Work Allowance to the Over Allowance Amount as determined by the budget agreed to with the Contractor. Tenant shall pay any invoice for an Over Allowance Amount to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt thereof. If the cost of the Improvements is less than the budgeted amount and Tenant has paid an amount in excess of the Over Allowance Amount, Landlord shall promptly issue a credit to Tenant for such amount against future rent.

 

SECTION 4

 

TENANT’S COVENANTS

 

Tenant shall, at the request of the Landlord and at no cost to Tenant, cooperate with Landlord and the space planner or architect retained by Landlord, to cause a Notice of Completion or Certificate of Occupancy to be issued by the City of Phoenix or the then authorized agency required to approve tenants occupancy of the completed space.

 

SECTION 5

 

COMPLETION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS

 

5.1       Substantial Completion . For purposes of this Lease, “ Substantial Completion ” of the Improvements in the Premises shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Construction Documents, with the exception of any punch list items and any tenant fixtures. work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant.

 

EXHIBIT D
-2-

5.2       Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises . Except as provided in this Section 5.2. the Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in the Lease. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Improvements in the Premises as a result of the following (collectively, “ Tenant Delays ”):

 

5.2.1     Tenant’s failure to timely approve any matter requiring Tenant’s approval;

 

5.2.2     A breach by Tenant of the terms of this Tenant Work Letter or the Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods;

 

5.2.3    Tenant’s request for changes in the Plans, Construction Documents or Approved Construction Documents which add to the Contractor’s construction timeframe;

 

5.2.4     Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of Substantial Completion of the Improvements in the Premises, or which are different from, or not included in. Landlord’s standard improvement package items for the Project, after Landlord informs Tenant of such unavailability; or

 

5.2.5     Any other acts or omissions of Tenant. or its agents, contractors, representatives, or employees;

 

then. notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Improvements in the Premises, the date of Substantial Completion thereof shall be deemed to be the date that Substantial Completion would have occurred if no Tenant Delay or Delays, as set forth above, had occurred.

 

5.3        Punch List . Within five (5) days after the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall inspect the Premises for purposes of compiling a “punch list” of any items needing correction. Any matters not shown on the punch list shall be deemed approved by Tenant. Landlord shall promptly correct any items on such list, but in no event more than thirty (30) days after delivery of the list (except with regard to those items with longer lead times).

 

SECTION 6

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1       Tenant’s Representative . Tenant will designate a sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter within five (5) days after Landlord’s request therefor, who. until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter.

 

EXHIBIT D
-3-

 

6.2       Landlord’s Representative . Prior to commencement of construction of the Improvements. Landlord shall designate a representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility, to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Work Letter,

 

6.3       Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s obligations under this Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated. all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

 

EXHIBIT D
-4-

Exhibit D

Schedule 1






Exhibit 10.15

 


OFFICE BUILDING LEASE

 

1.           PARTIES .  This Lease, dated, for reference purposes only, 3/11/2015 is made by and between RMG Leasing also know as the Cedarwood Professional Buildin g (herein called “Landlord”) and Castle Bioscience, Inc. (herein called “Tenant”).

 

2.           PREMISES .  Landlord does hereby lease to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord that certain office space (herein called “Premises”) indicated on Exhibit “A” attached hereto and hereby reference thereto made a part hereof, said Premises being agreed, for the purpose of this Lease to have an area of approximately 3545 square feet and being situated on the 2nd floor of that certain Building known as Cedarwood Professional Building.

 Said Lease is subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth and the Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept an performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of said performance.

 

3.          TERM .  The term of this Lease shall be for 1 year, commencing on the 1 st  day of May 2015 ending on the 30th of June 2016 (the “Term”). Tenant shall have the option to renew this lease for an additional twelve (12) month period beginning July 1, 2016 (the “Renewal Term”). The rent during the Initial Term will be $1.55 per square foot, and the rent will be $1.60 per square foot during the Renewal Term, or any month thereafter until this lease is terminated.

 

4. POSSESSION.

4.a.            If the Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of the said Premises to the Tenant at the commencement of the term hereof, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, nor shall the expiration date of the above term be in any way extended, but in that event, all rent shall be abated during the period between the commencement of said term and the time when Landlord delivers possession.

4.b.           In the event that Landlord shall permit Tenant to occupy the Premises prior to the commencement date of the term, such occupancy shall be subject to all the provisions of this Lease. Said early possession shall not advance the termination date hereinabove provided.

 

5.            RENT .  Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as rental, without prior notice or demand, for the Premises the sum of FIVE THOUSAND FOUR-HUNDRED NINETY FOUR DOLLARS and 75/100 Dollars ($5494.75) ($1.55 PER SQUARE FOOT) , on or before the first day of the first full calendar month of the term hereof and a like sum on or before the first day of each and every successive calendar month thereafter during the term hereof except that the first month’s rent shall be paid upon the execution hereof. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one (1) month shall be a prorated portion of the monthly installment herein, based upon a thirty (30) day month. Said rental shall be paid to Landlord, without deduction or offset in lawful money to the United States of America, which shall be legal tender at the time of payment at the Office of the Building, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. 

(Page 1 – OFF. BLDG. )

6.           SECURITY DEPOSIT .  Tenant has deposited with landlord the sum of ONE THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED SEVENTY DOLLARS AND 08/100 DOLLARS (THIS IS THE DEPOSIT CARRIED OVER FROM PREVIOUS LEASE) Said sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the term hereof. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to the provisions relating to the payment of rent, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of this security deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of said deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand thereof, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the security deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep this security deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the security deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) at the expiration of the Lease term. In the event of termination of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, Landlord shall transfer said deposit to Landlord’s successor in interest.

 

7.            OPERATING EXPENSE ADJUSTMENTS .  For the purposes of this Article, the following terms are defined as follows:

 

Base Year: The calendar year in which this lease term commences (provided, however, that the Base Year shall in no event be earlier than the first full calendar year following the date of initial occupancy by the first occupant of said Building).

 

(Page 2 – OFF. BLDG. )

Comparison

Year: Each calendar year of the term after the Base Year.

 

Direct

Expenses: All direct costs of operation and maintenance, as determined by standard accounting practices, and shall include the following costs by way of illustration, but not limited to: real property taxes, (whether assessed against the Landlord or assessed against the Tenant and collected by the Landlord, or both); water and sewer charges; insurance premiums; utilities; janitorial services; labor; costs incurred in the management of the Building, if any; air-conditioning & heating; elevator maintenance; supplies; materials; equipment; and tools; including maintenance, costs, and upkeep of all parking and common areas. (“Direct Expenses” shall not include depreciation on the Building of which Premises are a part or equipment therein, loan payments, executive salaries or real estate brokers’ commissions.)

 

During the Renewal Term, If the Direct Expenses paid or incurred by the Landlord for the Comparison. Year on account of the operation or maintenance of the Building of which the Premises are a part are in excess of the Direct Expenses paid or incurred for the Base Year, then the Tenant shall pay a percentage of the increase. This percentage is that portion of the total rentable area of the Building occupied by the Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant on or before the first day of March of each year following the respective Comparison Year a statement of the increase in rent payable by Tenant hereunder, but failure by Landlord to give such statement by said date shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of its right to require an increase in rent. Upon receipt of the statement for the first Comparison Year, Tenant shall pay in full the total amount of increase due for the first Comparison Year, and in addition for the current year, the amount of any such increase shall be used as an estimate for said current year and this amount shall be divided into twelve (12) equal monthly installments and Tenant shall pay to Landlord concurrently with the regular monthly rent payment next due following receipt of such statement, an amount equal to one (1) monthly installment multiplied by the number of months from January in the calendar year in which said statement is submitted to the month of such payment, both months inclusive. Subsequent installments shall be payable concurrently with regular monthly payments for the balance of that calendar year and shall continue until the next Comparison Year’s statement is rendered. If the next or any succeeding Comparison Year results in a greater increase in Direct Expenses, then upon receipt of a statement from Landlord, Tenant shall pay a lump sum equal to such total increase in Direct Expenses over the Base Year, less the total monthly installments of estimated increases paid in the previous calendar year for which comparison is then being made to the Base Year; and the estimated monthly installments to be paid for the next year, following said Comparison Year, shall be adjusted to reflect such increase. If any Comparison Year the Tenant’s share of Direct Expenses be less than the preceding year, then upon receipt of Landlord’s statement, any overpayment made by Tenant on the monthly installment basis provided above shall be credited towards the next monthly rent falling due and the estimated monthly installments of Direct Expenses to be paid shall be adjusted to reflect such lower Direct Expenses for the most recent Comparison Year.

(Page 3 – OFF. BLDG. )

Even though the term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s share of Direct Expenses for the year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall immediately pay any increases due over the estimated expenses paid and conversely any overpayment made in the event said expenses decrease shall be immediately rebated by Landlord to Tenant.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article, the rental payable by Tenant shall in no event be less than the rent specified in Article 5 hereinabove.

 

8.            USE . Tenant shall use the Premises for general office purposes and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

9.            COMPLIANCE WITH LAW . Tenant shall not use the Premises or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule or regulation now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereinafter be in force, and with the requirements of any board of fire insurance underwriters or other similar bodies now or hereafter constituted, relating to, or affecting the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises, excluding structural changes not related to or affected by Tenant’s improvements or acts. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any action against Tenant, whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule, regulation or requirement, shall be conclusive of that fact as between the Landlord and Tenant.

 

10.          ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS . Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or any part thereof without the written consent of Landlord first had and obtained and any alterations, additions or improvements to or of said Premises, including, but not limited to, wall covering, paneling and built-in cabinet work, but excepting movable furniture and trade fixtures, shall on the expiration of the term become a part of the reality and belong to the Landlord and shall be surrendered with the Premises. In the event Landlord consents to the making of any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises by Tenant, the same shall be made by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expenses, and any contractor or person selected by Tenant to make the same must first be approved of in writing by the Landlord. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, forthwith and with all due diligence remove any removable fixtures that are the property of Tenant, and will leave in place any non-removable (e.g., walls) alterations, additions, or improvements made by Tenant.

(Page 4 – OFF. BLDG. )

11. REPAIRS.

11.a.          By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises as being in good, sanitary order, condition and repair. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good condition and repair, damage thereto from causes beyond the reasonable control of Tenant and ordinary wear and tear expected. Tenant shall upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease hereof surrender the Premises to the Landlord in good condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage from causes beyond the reasonable control of Tenant expected. Except as specifically provided in an addendum, if any, to this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof and the parties hereto affirm that Landlord has made no representations to Tenant respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building except as specifically herein set forth.

11.b.         Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 11.a. hereinabove, Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural portions of the Building, including the basic plumbing, air conditioning, heating, and electrical systems, installed or furnished by Landlord, unless such maintenance and repairs are caused in part or in whole by the act, neglect, fault or omission of any duty by the Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord the reasonable cost of such maintenance and repairs. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any such repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of the need of such repairs of maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant. Except as provided in Article 22 hereof, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

12.        LIENS.   Tenant shall keep the Premises and the property in which the Premises are situated free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Landlord may require, at Landlord’s sole option, that Tenant shall provide to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half (1½) times any and all estimated cost of any improvements, additions, or alterations in the Premises, to insure Landlord against any liability for mechanics and materialmen’s liens and to insure completion of the work.

(Page 5 – OFF. BLDG. )

13.         ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .  Tenant shall not either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber this Lease or any interest therein, and shall not sublet the said Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or suffer any other person (the employees, agents, servants and invitees of Tenant excepted) to occupy or use the said Premises, or any portion thereof, without the written consent of Landlord first had and obtained, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and a consent to one assignment, subletting, occupation or use by any other person shall not be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment, subletting, occupation or use by another person. Any such assignment or subletting without such consent shall be void, and shall, at the option of the Landlord, constitute a default under this lease.

 

14.          HOLD HARMLESS .  Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all claims arising from Tenant’s use of the Premises for the conduct of its business or from any activity, work, or other thing done, permitted or suffered by the Tenant in or about the Building and shall further indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all claims arising from any breach or default in the performance of any employees, guest, or invitee of Tenant, and from all and against all cost, attorney’s fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in or about any such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon, and, in any case, action, or proceeding be brought against Landlord by reason of any such claim. Tenant upon notice from Landlord shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant as a material part of the consideration to Landlord hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons, in, upon or about the Premises, from any cause other than Landlord’s negligence, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord.

 

Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for any damage to property entrusted to employees of the Building, nor for loss or damage to any property by theft or otherwise, nor for any injury to or damage to persons or property resulting from, fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other place resulting from dampness or any other cause whatsoever, unless caused by or due to the negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees. Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for interference with the light or other incorporated hereditaments, loss of business by Tenant, nor shall Landlord be liable for any latent defect in the Premises or in the Building. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the Premises or in the Building or of defects therein or in the fixtures or equipment.

(Page 6 – OFF. BLDG. )

15.          SUBROGATION .  As long as their respective insurers so permit, Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive the respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended coverage and other property insurance policies existing for the benefit of the respective parties. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if required by their insure to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.

 

16.         LIABILITY INSURANCE .  Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy of comprehensive public liability insurance insuring Landlord and Tenant against any liability arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. The limit of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of the Tenant hereunder. Tenant may carry said insurance under a blanket policy, providing however, said insurance by Tenant shall have a Landlord’s protective liability endorsement attached thereto. If Tenant shall fail to procure and maintain said insurance, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain same, but at the expense of Tenant. Insurance required hereunder, shall be in companies rated A+ AAA or better in “Best’s Insurance Guide.” Tenant shall deliver to Landlord prior to occupancy of the Premises copies of policies of liability insurance required herein or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of such insurance with loss payable clauses satisfactory to Landlord. No policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage except after ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Landlord.

 

17.          SERVICES AND UTILITIES .  Provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder, Landlord agrees to furnish to the Premises during reasonable hours on generally recognized business days, to be determined by Landlord at his sole discretion, and subject to the rules and regulations of the Building of which the Premises are a part, electricity for normal lighting and fractional horsepower office machines, heat and air conditioning required in Landlord’s judgment for the comfortable use and occupation of the Premises, and janitorial service. Landlord shall also maintain and keep lighted the common stairs, common entries and toilet rooms in the Building of which the Premises are a part. Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to, any reduction of rental by reason of Landlord’s failure to furnish any of the foregoing when such failure is caused by accident, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes of any character, or by any other cause, similar or dissimilar, beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of or injury to property, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to failure to furnish any of the foregoing. Wherever heat generating machines or equipment are used in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, and the cost of operation and maintenance thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

(Page 7 – OFF. BLDG. )

Tenant will not, without written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises, including, but without limitation thereto, electronic data processing machines, punch card machines, and machines using in excess of 120 volts, which will in any way increase the amount of electricity usually furnished or supplied for the use of the Premises as general office space; nor connect with electric current except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises, any apparatus or device, for the purpose of using electric current. If Tenant shall require water or electric current in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for the use of the Premises as general office space, Tenant shall first procure the written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse, to the use thereof and Landlord may cause a water meter or electrical current meter to be installed in the Premises, to measure the amount of water and electric current consumed for any such use. The cost of any such meters and of installation, maintenance and repair thereof shall be paid by the Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord promptly upon demand therefor by Landlord for all such water and electric current consumed as shown by said meters, at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility furnishing the same, plus and additional expense incurred in keeping account of the water and electric current so consumed. If a separate meter is not installed, such excess cost for such water and electric current will be established by an estimate made by a utility company or electrical engineer.


18.        PROPERTY TAXES .  Tenant shall pay, or cause to be paid, before delinquency, any and all taxes levied or assessed and which becomes payable during the term hereof upon all Tenant’s leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, fixtures and personal property located in the Premises; except that which has been paid for by the Landlord, and is the standard of the Building. In the event any or all of the Tenant’s leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, fixtures and personal property shall be assessed and taxed with the Building, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its share of such taxes within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant by Landlord of a statement in writing setting forth the amount of such taxes applicable to Tenant’s property.

 

19.         RULES AND REGULATIONS .  Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the rules and regulations that Landlord shall from time to time promulgate. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to make all reasonable modifications to said rules. The additions and modifications to those rules shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant.

(Page 8 – OFF. BLDG. )

Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any said rules by any other tenants of occupants.

 

20.        HOLDING OVER .  If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration of the term hereof, with the express written consent of Landlord, such occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month at a rental in the amount of the last monthly rental, plus all other charges payable hereunder, and upon all the terms hereof applicable to a month to month tenancy.

 

21.          ENTRY BY LANDLORD .  Landlord reserves and shall at any and all times have the right to enter the Premises, inspect the same, supply janitorial service and any other service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, to submit said Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants, to post notices of non-responsibility, and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building of which the Premises are a part that Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, without abatement or rent any may for that purpose erect scaffolding and other necessary structures where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, always providing that the entrance to the Premises shall not be blocked thereby, and further providing that the business of the Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages or for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon or about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and files, and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency, in order to obtain entry to the Premises without liability to Tenant except for any failure to exercise due care for Tenant’s property. Any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.

 

22.          RECONSTRUCTION .  In the event the Premises or the Building of which the Premises are a part are damaged by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance, Landlord agrees to forthwith repair the same; and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except the Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of the rent wile such repairs are being made, such proportionate reduction to be based upon the extent to which the making of such repairs shall materially interfere with the business carried on by the Tenant in the Premises. If the damage is due to the fault or neglect of Tenant or its employees, there shall be no abatement of rent.

(Page 9 – OFF. BLDG. )

In the event the Premises or the Building of which the Premises are a part are damaged as a result of any cause other than the perils covered by fire and extended coverage insurance, the Landlord shall forthwith repair the same, provided the extent of the destruction be less than ten (10%) percent of the then full replacement cost of the Premises or the Building of which the Premises are a part. In the event the destruction of the Premises or the Building is to an extent greater than (10%) percent of the full replacement cost, then Landlord shall have the option; (1) to repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, but the rent to be proportionately reduced as hereinabove in the Article provided; or (2) give notice to Tenant at any time within sixty (60) days after such damage terminating this Lease as of the date specified in such notice, which date shall be no less than thirty (30) and no more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice. In the event of giving such notice, this Lease shall expire and all interest of the Tenant in the Premises shall terminate on the date so specified in such notice and the Rent, reduced by a proportionate amount, based upon the extent, if any, to which such damage materially interfered with the business carried on by the Tenant in the Premises, shall be paid up to date of said such termination.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises when the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Article occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof.

 

Landlord shall not be required to repair any injury or damage by fire or other cause, or to make any repairs or replacements of any panels, decoration, office fixtures, railings, floor covering, petitions, or any other property installed in the Premises by Tenant.

 

The Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the premises, Tenant’s personal property or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such damage, repair, reconstruction or restoration.

 

23.          DEFAULT .  The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default and breach of this Lease by Tenant.

23.a.          The vacating or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant.

23.b.         The failure by Tenant to make any payment of rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) days after written notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant.

23.c.          The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by the Tenant, other than described in Article 23.b. above, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(Page 10 – OFF. BLDG. )

23.d.         The making by Tenant of any general assignment or general arrangement for the benefit of creditors; or the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt, or a petition of reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); or the appointment of a trustee or a receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenants assets located at the Premises or of Tenant interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged in thirty (30) days.

 

24.          REMEDIES IN DEFAULT . In the event of any such material default or breach by Tenant, Landlord may at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of a right or remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such default or breach;

24.a.        Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises; expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorney’s fees, any real estate commission actually paid; the worth at the time of award by the court having jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of such award exceeds the amount of such rental loss for the same period that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; that portion of the leasing commission paid by Landlord and applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. Unpaid installments of rent or other sums shall bear interest from the date due at the rate of ten (10%) percent per annum. In the event Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises, Landlord shall have the option of (a) taking possession of the Premises and recovering from Tenant the amount specified in this paragraph, or (b) proceeding under the provisions of the following Article 24.b.

24.b.          Maintain Tenant’s right to possession, in which case this Lease shall continue in affect whether or not Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as it becomes due hereunder.

24.c.          Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under the laws or judicial decision of the State in which the Premises are located.

(Page 11 – OFF. BLDG. )

25.         EMINENT DOMAIN .  If more than twenty-five (25%) of the Premises shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, either party hereto shall have the right, at its option, to terminate this Lease, and Landlord shall be entitled to any and all income, rent, award, or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with such public or quasi-public use or purpose, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease. If either less than or more than twenty-five (25%) percent of the Premises is taken, and neither party elects to terminate as herein provided, the rental thereafter to be paid shall be equitably reduced. If any part of the Building other than the Premises may be so taken or appropriated, Landlord shall have the right at its option to terminate this Lease and shall be entitled to the entire award as above provided.

 

26.         OFFSET STATEMENT .  Tenant shall at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice from Landlord execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing, (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, is modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified, is in full force and effect), and the date to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of the Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part.

 

27.          PARKING .  Tenant shall have the right to use in common with other tenants or occupants of the Building the parking facilities of the Building, if any, subject to the monthly rates, rules and regulations, and any other charges of Landlord for such parking facilities which may be established or altered by Landlord at any time or from time to time during the term hereof.

 

28. AUTHORITY OF PARTIES.

28.a.        Corporate Authority .  If tenant is a corporation, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation represents and warrants the he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said corporation, in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the board of directors of said corporation or in accordance with the by-laws of said corporation, and that this Lease is binding upon said corporation in accordance with its terms.

28.b.        Limited Partnerships .  If the Landlord herein is a limited partnership, it is understood and agreed that any claims by Tenant on Landlord shall be limited to the assets of the limited partnership, and furthermore, Tenant expressly waives any and all rights to proceed against the individual partners or the officers, directors or shareholders of any corporate partner, except to the extent of their interest in said limited partnership.

(Page 12 – OFF. BLDG. )

29. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

(i)             Plats and Riders .  Clauses, plats and riders, if any, signed by the Landlord and the Tenant and endorsed on or affixed to this Lease are a part hereof.

(ii)            Waiver .  The waiver by Landlord of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition on any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of the acceptance of such rent.

(iii)          Notices .  All notices and demands which may or are to be required or permitted to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing and the language of said writing shall be English. All notices and demands by the Landlord to the Tenant shall be sent by United States Mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Tenant at the Premises, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a notice to the Landlord. All notices and demands by the Tenant to the Landlord shall be sent by United States Mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Landlord at the Office of the Building, or to such other person or place as the Landlord may from time to time designate in a notice to the Tenant.

(iv)            Joint Obligation .  If there be more than one Tenant the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenants shall be joint and several.

(v)           Marginal Headings .  The marginal heading and Article titles to the Articles of this Lease are not part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

(vi)            Time .  Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions in performance is a factor.

(vii)          Successors and Assigns .  The covenants and conditions herein contained, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties hereto.

(viii)         Recordation .  Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the prior written consent of the other party.

(ix)           Quiet Possession .  Upon Tenant paying the rent reserved hereunder and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof, subject to all the provisions of this Lease.

(Page 13 – OFF. BLDG. )

(x)           Late Charges . Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent or other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Landlord by terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, in any installment of rent or of a sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within ten (10) days after written notice that said amount is past due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to ten (10%) percent of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charges represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the cost that Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charges by the Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

(xi)         Prior Agreements .  This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in the Lease, and no prior agreements or understanding pertaining to any such matters shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended, or added to except by an agreement in writing and signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. This Lease shall not be effective or binding on any party until fully executed by both parties hereto. 

(xii)         Inability to Perform .  This Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because the Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in doing so, if such inability or delay is caused by reason of strike, labor troubles, acts of God, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the Landlord.

(xiii)         Attorney’s Fees .  In the event of any action or proceeding brought by either party against the other under this Lease the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover all costs and expenses including the fees of its attorneys in such action or proceeding in such amount as the court may adjudge reasonable as attorney’s fees. 

(xiv)         Sale of Premises by Landlord .  In the event of any sale of the Building, Landlord shall be and is hereby entirely freed and relieved of all liability under any and all of its covenants and obligations contained in or derived from this Lease arising out of any act, occurrence or omission occurring after the consummation of such sale; and the purchaser, at such sale, or any subsequent sale of the Premises shall be deemed, without any further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest or between the parties and any such purchaser, to have assumed and agreed to carry out any and all of the covenants and obligations of the Landlord under this Lease.

(Page 14 – OFF. BLDG. )

(xv)         Subordination, Attornment .  Upon request of the Landlord, Tenant will in writing subordinate its rights hereunder to the lien of any first mortgage, or first deed of trust to any bank, insurance company or other lending institution, now or hereafter in force against the land and Building of which the Premises are a part, and upon any buildings hereafter placed upon the land of which the Premises are a part, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof.

 In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by the Landlord covering the Premises, the Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser as the Landlord under this Lease.

The provisions of this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, and so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect for the full term.

(xvi)          Name .  Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or the development in which the Building is situated for any purpose other than as an address of the business to be conducted by the Tenant in the Premises.

(xvii)       Separability .  Any provision of this Lease which shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof and such other provision shall remain in full force and effect.

(xviii)       Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

(xix)         Choice of Law .  This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located.

(xx)          Signs and Auctions .  Tenant shall not place any sign upon the Premises or Building or conduct any auction thereon without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

30.         BROKERS .  Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agents in connection with the negotiation of this Lease excepting only NONE (no brokers used) and it knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease.

 

31.          LANDLORD WILL PROVIDE 5 DAYS OF JANITORIAL SERVICE.

 

32.         LANDLORD WILL PROVIDE UTILITIES EXCEPT FOR THE FOLLOWING: AIR CONDITIONING AND/OR HEATING WILL BE PROVIDED DURING NORMAL WORKING HOURS, HOWEVER IF TENANT SHOULD DESIRE AIR/HEAT AFTER HOURS, AND FOR MORE THAN 24 HOURS PER MONTH, THEN TENANT SHALL REIMBURSE LANDLORD $30.00 PER HOUR FOR EACH HOUR AFTER THE FIRST 24 EXTRA WEEKEND HOURS.

 

33.          Special Provisions . The special provisions contained on Exhibit “A”, attached hereto, are incorporated into this lease by this reference.

(Page 15 – OFF. BLDG. )

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified adjacent to the respective signatures. If this Lease has been filled in, it has been prepared for submission to your attorney for his or her approval. No representation or recommendation is made by the real estate broker or its agents or employees as to the legal sufficiency, legal effect, or tax consequences of this Lease or transactions relating thereto.

 

“LANDLORD”

RMG Leasing

(A/K/A Cedarwood Professional Building)

820 S. Friendswood Drive, Friendswood, Texas 77546

         
By: /s/ Marie Groba  
     
Title: Owner  
     
Date: 3-31-15  

 

“TENANT”

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 101

         
By: /s/ Derek Maetzold  
     
Title: President  
     
Date: 3/30/15  

  

(Page 16 – OFF. BLDG. )

Exhibit “A”

 

Additional Provisions:

 

1. Tenant will be provided 5 reserved parking spaces within the Southwest parking lot (spots identified by Tenant).

 

2. Landlord will make best efforts to erect signage on the exterior of the building (at the top above the entry doorway) so that the address (e.g., “820”) is more clearly visible from Friendswood Drive.

 

3. Landlord will place Tenants name on the new signage that is to be located along Friendswood drive or Castlewood drive, as “Castle Biosciences”, and with the name twice the size of any tenant (other than the Groba Dental practice).

 

4. Landlord will only charge to Tenant the CAM charges identified in Section 7 above during the Renewal Term of this agreement.

 

5. Tenant will pay the relocation costs of the tenant Stephanie Brock and David Allen to move their furniture across the hall and relocation of their phone drop, with the total not to exceed $5,000.

 

6. Landlord will permit Tenant to remove the existing furniture in the lobby of the building and replace it with furniture acquired by Tenant, provided however, that the new proposed furniture is approved in advance by Landlord.

 

7. Tenant will be permitted to place a larger sign in the hall way adjacent to the Suite 201 entry door.

 

8. Tenant will retain ownership of all tenant improvements that are “removable” (e.g., modular walls, cubicles, or other easily detachable and removable fixtures).Tenant may modify the existing and new premises (not a part of the original lease)and will provide plans to Landlord for Landlord’s expedited approval, which such approval may not be unreasonably withheld, and such approval shall contain the ability to install cabinetry and a sink (with connections to the main water and sewer lines in the building).

 

9. Rent concerning the expanded space (in excess of the original 1,500 square feet), will not be due until the construction of the new expanded space is complete and ready for occupancy by Tenant.

 

(Page 17 – OFF. BLDG. )

First Amendment to OFFICE BUILDING LEASE

 

This First Amendment is executed to be effective on April 26, 2016 (the “Effective Date”), and is by and between RMG Leasing (herein called “Landlord”) concerning the Cedarwood Professional Building (the “Building”) and Castle Bioscience, Inc. (herein called “Tenant”).

 

Whereas, Landlord and Tenant executed a lease agreement on or about March 31, 2015 (the “Lease” or “Lease Agreement”) concerning Suite 201, comprised of approximately 3,545 square feet and being situated on the 2nd floor of that certain Building known as Cedarwood Professional Building located at 820 S. Friendswood Drive, Friendswood Texas 77546 (the “Premises”).

 

Whereas, Landlord and Tenant wish to provide for extension of the Lease at the option of the Tenant;

 

Now therefore, in consideration of the promises and other consideration, acknowledged by the parties to have been exchanged; Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 


1. Option to Renew. The term of the Lease may be extended by Tenant for four (4) additional one-year consecutive terms (a “Optional Term”). To exercise its option, Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord for each of the Option Terms of its intent to extend and renew the Lease by providing no less than thirty (30) days written notice prior to the end of any and each Optional Term. The rent during the Option Terms (or any month thereafter until this lease is terminated ) will be as follows:

a. $1.65 per square foot during the one-year period beginning July 1, 2017;

b. $1.70 per square foot during the one-year period beginning July 1, 2018;

c. $1.75 per square foot during the one-year period beginning July 1, 2019;

d. $1.80 per square foot during the one-year period beginning July 1, 2020.

 


2. Miscellaneous.

a. Notices.  All notices to be required to be given by either party shall be in writing (with email permitted) and the language of said writing shall be English.

 


b. Successors and Assigns.  This Amendment shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, and their respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns as if a an original party hereto.

 


c. Defined Terms.  Capitalized terms contained in this Amendment but undefined shall have the meaning provided in the Lease Agreement.

 

Office Lease Amendment

Page 1 of 2

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified adjacent to the respective signatures.

 

“LANDLORD”

RMG Leasing

(A/K/A Cedarwood Professional Building)

820 S. Friendswood Drive, Friendswood, Texas 77546

         
By: /s/ Marie Groba  
     
Title: Owner  
     
Date: 6-26-16  

 

“TENANT”

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 101

         
By: /s/ Derek Maetzold  
     
Title: President & CEO  
     
Date: June 27, 2016  

 

 

Office Lease Amendment

Page 2 of 2

 

Second Amendment to OFFICE BUILDING LEASE

 

This Second Amendment is executed to be effective on December 1, 2017 (the “Effective Date”) and is by and between RMG Leasing (herein called “Landlord”) concerning the Cedarwood Professional Building (the “Building”) and Castle Bioscience, Inc. (herein called “Tenant”).

 

Whereas, Landlord and Tenant executed a lease agreement on or about March 31, 2015 (the “Lease” or “Lease Agreement”) concerning Suite 201, comprised of approximately 3,545 square feet and being situated on the 2nd floor of that certain Building known as Cedarwood Professional Building located at 820 S. Friendswood Drive, Friendswood Texas 77546 (the “Premises”); and

 

Whereas, Landlord and Tenant executed a First Amendment to the Lease Agreement on or about April 26, 2016 (the “First Amendment”) concerning Suite 201, comprised of approximately 3,545 square feet and being situated on the 2nd floor of that certain Building known as Cedarwood Professional Building located at 820 S. Friendswood Drive, Friendswood Texas 77546 (the “Premises”);

 

Whereas, Landlord and Tenant wish to increase the square feet leased by Tenant and have additional parking space provisions;

 

Now therefore, in consideration of the promises and other consideration, acknowledged by the parties to have been exchanged; Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 


1. As it relates to Premises (Section 2) of the Lease Agreement, the Tenant is currently leasing 3,545 square feet of office space. This Second Amendment allows the Tenant to lease an additional 650 square feet of office space for a total of 4,195 square feet. Under the per square feet rate agreed to in Section 1 of the First Amendment, the rental payments will increase from $5,849.25 per month to $6,921.75 per month. The effective date of these changes will be December 1, 2017.

 


2. As it relates to Additional provisions (Exhibit “A”) of the Lease Agreement, the Tenant is currently provided 5 reserved parking spaces within the Southwest parking lot. This Second Amendment allows the Tenant to add an additional 5 reserved parking spaces within the same lot for a total of 10 reserved parking spaces (to be identified by Tenant).

 

All other terms and conditions contained in the Primary Lease, dated March 31, 2015, as well as Exhibits and Riders to the Primary Lease and the First Amendment, dated April 26, 2016, shall be applicable to this addendum to the Lease. Additionally, unless specifically modified, all terms and conditions of the Primary Lease and First Amendment remain unchanged and in full effect.

 

Miscellaneous.

a. Notices.  All notices to be required to be given by either party shall be in writing (with email permitted) and the language of said writing shall be English.

 

b. Successors and Assigns.  This Amendment shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, and their respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns as if an original party hereto.

 

c. Defined Terms.  Capitalized terms contained in this Amendment but undefined shall have the meaning provided in the Lease Agreement.

 

 

Office Lease Second Amendment

Page 1 of 2

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified adjacent to the respective signatures.

 

“LANDLORD”

RMG Leasing

(A/K/A Cedarwood Professional Building)

820 S. Friendswood Drive, Friendswood, Texas 77546

         
By: /s/ Marie Groba  
     
Title: Owner  
     
Date: Dec. 1, 2017  

  

“TENANT”

Castle Biosciences, Inc.

820 S. Friendswood Drive, Suite 101

         
By: /s/ Derek Maetzold  
     
Title: President & CEO  
     
Date: December 1, 2017  

  

Office Lease Second Amendment

Page 2 of 2



Exhibit 10.16

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, this “ Agreement ”) dated as of November 30, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”) among OXFORD FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (“ Oxford ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 hereof or otherwise a party hereto from time to time including Oxford in its capacity as a Lender and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation with an office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054 (“ Bank ” or “ SVB ”) (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware Corporation with offices located at 820 South Friendswood Drive, Suite 201, Friendswood, TX 77546 (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which the Lenders shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay the Lenders.  The parties agree as follows:

1.            ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

1.1            Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.  Calculations and determinations must be made in accordance with GAAP.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13.  All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.  All references to “ Dollars ” or “ $ ” are United States Dollars, unless otherwise noted.

2.            LOANS AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1            Promise to Pay.   Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay each Lender, the outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans advanced to Borrower by such Lender and accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts due hereunder as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2            Term Loan .

(a)            Availability .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, to make term loans to Borrower on the Effective Date in an aggregate amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) according to each Lender’s Term Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term Loans ”).  After repayment, no Term Loan may be re‑borrowed.

(b)            Repayment .  Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date following the Funding Date of the Term Loan, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date.  Borrower agrees to pay, on the Funding Date of the Term Loan, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of the Term Loan and the first Payment Date thereof.  Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal,  together with applicable interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule equal to thirty (30) months.  All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.  The Term Loan may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.2(c) and 2.2(d).

(c)            Mandatory Prepayments .  If the Term Loans are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Lenders, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (ii) the Final Payment, (iii) the Prepayment Fee, plus (iv) the Early Termination Fee, plus (v) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Notwithstanding (but without duplication with) the foregoing, on the Maturity Date, if the Final Payment had not previously been paid in full in connection with the prepayment of the Term Loans in full, Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent, for payment to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, the Final Payment in respect of the Term Loans.
1


(d)            Permitted Prepayment of Term Loans .  Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loans advanced by the Lenders under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Collateral Agent of its election to prepay the Term Loans at least fifteen (15) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays to the Lenders on the date of such prepayment, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (B) the Final Payment, (C) the Prepayment Fee, plus (D) the Early Termination Fee, plus (E) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Prepayment Fee shall be charged if the Term Loans are refinanced with a new facility from both of the Lenders.

2.3            Revolving Advances .

(a)            Availability .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, (to lend to Borrower from time to time prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, according to each Lender’s pro rata share of the Revolving Line (based upon the respective Revolving Line Commitment Percentage of each Lender), Revolving Advances not to exceed the Availability Amount.  Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b)            Termination; Repayment .  Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date following the Funding Date of any Revolving Advance, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter so long as any Revolving Advances remain outstanding.  In the event that a Streamline Period is not in effect, Borrower shall make payment of interest monthly consistent with the foregoing sentence and repay the principal amount of any Revolving Advance, together with any applicable accrued and unpaid interest, upon collection of the specific Eligible Receivable financed by such Revolving Advance.  The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Revolving Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

(c)            Overadvances .  If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Revolving Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “ Overadvance ”).  Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.4            Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a)            Interest Rate.   Subject to Section 2.4(b), the principal amount of the outstanding Credit Extensions shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Basic Rate, determined by Collateral Agent on the Funding Date of the applicable Credit Extension and thereafter, which interest shall be payable monthly in arrears in accordance with Sections 2.2(b), 2.3(b) and 2.4(e).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, monthly interest with respect to the Revolving Advances shall equal to the greater of (i) interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Basic Rate, as determined by Collateral Agent from time to time, on the actual Revolving Advances outstanding, or (ii) interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Basic Rate, as determined by Collateral Agent from time to time, on an amount equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the Revolving Line Commitments.  Interest shall accrue on each Credit Extension commencing on, and including, the Funding Date of such Credit Extension, and shall accrue on the principal amount outstanding under such Credit Extension through and including the day on which such Credit Extension is paid in full.

(b)            Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto plus five percentage points (5.00%) (the “ Default Rate ”).  Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.4(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Collateral Agent.




[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
2

(c)            360‑Day Year .  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year, and the actual number of days elapsed.

(d)            Debit of Accounts .  Collateral Agent and each Lender may debit (or ACH) any deposit accounts, maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders under the Loan Documents when due.  Any such debits (or ACH activity) shall not constitute a set‑off.

(e)            Payments .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be made to the respective Lender to which such payments are owed, at such Lender’s office in immediately available funds on the date specified herein. Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month.  Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 noon Eastern time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day.  When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid. All payments to be made by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, including payments of principal and interest, and all fees, expenses, indemnities and reimbursements, shall be made without set‑off, recoupment or counterclaim, in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds.

2.5            Secured Promissory Notes.   The Term Loans and Revolving Line shall be evidenced by Secured Promissory Notes in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (each a “ Secured Promissory Note ”), and shall be repayable as set forth in this Agreement.  Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make or cause to be made, on or about the Funding Date of any Credit Extension or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note, an appropriate notation on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record reflecting the making of such Term Loan, Revolving Advance or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment.  The outstanding amount of each Term Loan and each Revolving Advance set forth on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower under any Secured Promissory Note or any other Loan Document to make payments of principal of or interest on any Secured Promissory Note when due.  Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of its Secured Promissory Note , Borrower shall issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Secured Promissory Note in the same principal amount thereof and of like tenor.

2.6            Fees.   Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent:

(a)            Final Payment .  The Final Payment, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

(b)            Prepayment Fee .  The Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

(c)            Non-Use Fees .  The Non-Use Fees, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

(d)            Annual Revolving Line Monitoring Fee .  The Annual Revolving Line Monitoring Fee, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

(e)            Early Termination Fee .  The Early Termination Fee, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

(f)            Good Faith Deposit .  Borrower has paid to the Lenders a deposit of [***] Dollars ($[***]), which will be applied to Lenders’ Expenses; and


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
3


(g)            Lenders’ Expenses .  All Lenders’ Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

2.7            Withholding.   Payments received by the Lenders from Borrower hereunder will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto).  Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to the Lenders, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, each Lender receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority.  Borrower will, upon request, furnish the Lenders with proof reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower.  The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3.            CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1            Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension.   Each Lender’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Collateral Agent and each Lender shall consent to or shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Collateral Agent and each Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a)            original Loan Documents, each duly executed by Borrower and each Subsidiary, as applicable;

(b)            duly executed original Control Agreements with respect to any Collateral Accounts maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c)            duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes in favor of each Lender according to its Term Loan Commitment Percentage and Revolving Line Commitment Percentage;

(d)            the Operating Documents and good standing certificates of Borrower and its Subsidiaries certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower and each Subsidiary is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date ;

(e)            a completed Perfection Certificate for Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries;

(f)            the Annual Projections, for the current calendar year;

(g)            duly executed original officer’s certificate for Borrower and each Subsidiary that is a party to the Loan Documents, in a form acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders;

(h)            certified copies, dated as of date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, of financing statement searches, as Collateral Agent shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;
4


(i)            a landlord’s consent executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of all of Borrower’s and each Subsidiaries’ leased locations;

(j)            a duly executed legal opinion of counsel to Borrower dated as of the Effective Date;

(k)            evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders;

(l)            a copy of any applicable Registration Rights Agreement or Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto;

(m)            a payoff letter from Collateral Agent and the Lenders in respect of the Existing Indebtedness;

(n)            evidence that (i) the Liens securing the Existing Indebtedness will be terminated and (ii) the documents and/or filings evidencing the perfection of such Liens, including without limitation any financing statements and/or control agreements, have or will, concurrently with the initial Credit Extension, be terminated; and

(o)            payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.6 hereof.

3.2            Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions.   The obligation of each Lender to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a)            receipt by (i) the Lenders of an executed Disbursement Letter in the form of Exhibit B‑1 attached hereto; and (ii) SVB of an executed Loan Payment/Advance Request Form in the form of Exhibit B‑2 attached hereto;

(b)            the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects on the date of the Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form and any Transaction Report) and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension.  Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof are true, accurate and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

(c)            in such Lender’s sole discretion, there has not been any Material Adverse Change or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the Annual Projections of Borrower presented to and accepted by Collateral Agent and each Lender;

(d)            after giving effect to such Credit Extension, the total outstanding Revolving Advances does not exceed the Availability Amount;

(e)            with respect to the initial Revolving Advance, (i) the completion of the Initial Audit with results satisfactory to the Lenders in their sole and absolute discretion and (ii) an executed Transaction Report;

(f)            to the extent not delivered at the Effective Date, duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes and Warrants, in number, form and content acceptable to each Lender, and in favor of each Lender according to its Term Loan Commitment Percentage or Revolving Line Commitment Percentage, as applicable, with respect to each Credit Extension made by such Lender after the Effective Date; and
5


(g)            payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.6 hereof.

3.3            Covenant to Deliver.   Borrower agrees to deliver to Collateral Agent and the Lenders each item required to be delivered to Collateral Agent under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension.  Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Collateral Agent or any Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Collateral Agent or any Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be made in each Lender’s sole discretion.

3.4            Procedures for Borrowing.

(a)            Term Loans .  Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan, Borrower shall notify the Lenders (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Eastern time five (5) Business Days prior to the date the Term Loan is to be made.  Together with any such electronic, facsimile or telephonic notification, Borrower shall deliver to the Lenders by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form, with respect to SVB) executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee.  The Lenders may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom a Lender reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.  On the Funding Date, each Lender shall credit and/or transfer (as applicable) to the Designated Deposit Account, an amount equal to its Term Loan Commitment.

(b)            Revolving Advances .  Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Revolving Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Revolving Advance, Borrower shall notify the Lenders (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Eastern time three (3) Business Days prior to the Funding Date of the Revolving Advance.  Together with any such electronic, facsimile or telephonic notification, Borrower shall deliver to the Lenders by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Borrowing Base Certificate and Transaction Report (provided that a Borrowing Base Certificate and Transaction Report shall not be required if a Borrowing Base Certificate and Transaction Report were delivered during the most recently ended month), together with any schedules related thereto, and a completed Loan Payment/Advance Request executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee.  The Lenders may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom a Lender reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or his or her designee.  Bank, on behalf of Collateral Agent and Lenders, shall credit Revolving Advances to the Designated Deposit Account and such Revolving Advances shall be deemed to be Revolving Advances by each of the Lenders in the amount of their respective Revolving Line Commitment Percentages.  Bank, Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall make reasonable efforts to make Revolving Advances on the Funding Date requested by Borrower.  The Lenders shall reimburse Bank for Revolving Advances made by Bank.  (The Lenders, Collateral Agent and Bank, as among themselves, agree that unless Lenders have already funded their respective Revolving Line Commitment Percentages of a Revolving Advance, Bank shall provide the Lenders with a participation settlement report by 12:00 noon Eastern time on the second Business Day of each week following the week in which a Revolving Advance has been funded by Bank and that such reimbursement shall occur by the third Business Day of such week; the Borrower is not a party to or a beneficiary of this sentence and it may be amended without Borrower’s consent.) Bank, on behalf of the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, may make Revolving Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Revolving Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

4.            CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1            Grant of Security Interest.   Borrower hereby grants Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.  Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority to Collateral Agent’s Lien.  If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim (as defined in the Code), Borrower, shall promptly notify Collateral Agent in a writing signed by Borrower, as the case may be, of the general details thereof (and further details as may be required by Collateral Agent) and grant to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.
6


Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank.  Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash.  Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as the Lenders’ obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Collateral Agent shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.  In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any.  In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then [***] percent ([***]%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then [***] percent ([***]%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating  to such  Letters of Credit.

4.2            Authorization to File Financing Statements.   Borrower hereby authorizes Collateral Agent to file financing statements or take any other action required to perfect Collateral Agent’s security interests in the Collateral, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Collateral Agent’s interest or rights under the Loan Documents, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, except to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement, by Borrower, or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Collateral Agent under the Code.

5.            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and the Lenders as follows:

5.1            Due Organization, Authorization: Power and Authority.   Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdictions of organization or formation and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its businesses or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.  In connection with this Agreement, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has delivered to Collateral Agent a completed perfection certificate signed by an officer of Borrower or such Subsidiary (each a “ Perfection Certificate ” and collectively, the “ Perfection Certificates ”).  Borrower represents and warrants that (a) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries’ exact legal name is that which is indicated on its respective Perfection Certificate and on the signature page of each Loan Document to which it is a party; (b) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth on its respective Perfection Certificate; (c) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth each of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower or such Subsidiary has none; (d) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (and each of its respective predecessors) have not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of organization, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificates pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificates (including the information set forth in clause (d) above) after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement); such updated Perfection Certificates subject to the review and approval of Collateral Agent.  If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall notify Collateral Agent of such occurrence and provide Collateral Agent with such Person’s organizational identification number within five (5) Business Days of receiving such organizational identification number.

[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
7


The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ organizational documents, including its respective Operating Documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law applicable thereto, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or such Subsidiary, or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b), or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower or any of such Subsidiaries, or their respective properties, is bound.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound in which such default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

5.2            Collateral.

(a)            Borrower and each its Subsidiaries have good title to, have rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien under the Loan Documents, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts or other investment accounts other than the Collateral Accounts or the other investment accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificates delivered to Collateral Agent in connection herewith with respect of which Borrower or such Subsidiary has given Collateral Agent notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Collateral Agent a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

(b)            On the Effective Date, and except as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate (i) the Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse), and (ii)  no such third party bailee possesses components of the Collateral in excess of [***] Dollars ($[***]).  None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as disclosed in the Perfection Certificates on the Effective Date or as permitted pursuant to Section 6.11.

(c)            All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

(d)            Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property each respectively purports to own, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.  Except as noted on the Perfection Certificates, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other material agreement with respect to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is the licensee that (i) prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower or its Subsidiaries from granting a security interest in Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ interest in such material license or material agreement or any other property, or (ii) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s right to sell any Collateral.  Borrower shall provide written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender within ten (10) days of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entering into or becoming bound by any license or agreement with respect to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is the licensee (other than over‑the‑counter software that is commercially available to the public).

5.3            Litigation.   Except as disclosed (i) on the Perfection Certificates, or (ii) in accordance with Section 6.9 hereof, there are no actions, suits, investigations, or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than [***] Dollars ($[***]).

5.4            No Material Deterioration in Financial Condition; Financial Statements.   All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, delivered to Collateral Agent fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the consolidated results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (except with respect to unaudited financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments and for the absence of footnotes) .  There has not been any material deterioration in the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to any Lender.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
8

5.5            Solvency.   Borrower is, and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are, Solvent.

5.6            Regulatory Compliance.   Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors).  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.  Neither Borrower’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or such Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than in material compliance with applicable laws.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Affiliates or any of their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is (i) in violation of any Anti‑Terrorism Law, (ii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti‑Terrorism Law, or (iii) is a Blocked Person.  None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of Borrower and any of their Affiliates or agents, acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (x) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, or (y) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti‑Terrorism Law.

5.7            Investments.   Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any stock, shares, partnership interests or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

        5.8            Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions.   Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed, or timely obtained extensions for the filing of, all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and such Subsidiaries, in all jurisdictions in which Borrower or any such Subsidiary is subject to taxes, including the United States, unless such taxes are being contested in accordance with the following sentence.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower or such Subsidiary, (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Collateral Agent in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “ Permitted Lien .”  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is aware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’, prior tax years which could result in (i) additional foreign and/or federal taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or (ii) additional state and/or local taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in excess of [***] Dollars ($[***]) in the aggregate.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have, withdrawn from participation in, and have not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
9


5.9            Use of Proceeds.   Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes. A portion of the proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used by Borrower to repay the Existing Indebtedness in full on the Effective Date.

5.10            Accounts Receivable .

(a)            For each Account with respect to which Revolving Advances are requested, on the date each Revolving Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b)            All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all material respects what they purport to be.  Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Collateral Agent may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account.  All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations.  Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Certificate or Transaction Report.  To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.11            Full Disclosure.   No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any certificate or written statement given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12            Definition of Knowledge. ”  For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

6.            AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all of the following:

6.1            Government Compliance.

(a)            Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of organization and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.  Comply with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

10

(b)            Obtain and keep in full force and effect, all of the material Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower and its Subsidiaries of their respective businesses and obligations under the Loan Documents and the grant of a security interest to Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in all of the Collateral.  Borrower shall promptly provide copies to Collateral Agent of any material Governmental Approvals obtained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

6.2            Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

(a)            Deliver to each Lender:

(i)            as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering the consolidated operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent;

(ii)            as soon as available, but no later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year or within five (5) days of filing with the SEC, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements (or qualified only as to going concern typical for venture backed companies similar to Borrower) from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion (Moss Adams LLP being deemed acceptable by Collateral Agent as of the Effective Date);

(iii)            as soon as available after approval thereof by Borrower’s Board of Directors, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each of Borrower’s fiscal years, Borrower’s annual financial projections for the entire current fiscal year as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, which such annual financial projections shall be set forth in a month‑by‑month format (such annual financial projections as originally delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders are referred to herein as the “ Annual Projections ”; provided that, any revisions of the Annual Projections approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors shall be delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders no later than seven (7) days after such approval);

(iv)            within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or holders of Subordinated Debt;

(v)            in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days of filing, all reports on Form 10‑K, 10‑Q and 8‑K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

(vi)            together with the Compliance Certificate, notice of any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, together with any copies reflecting such amendments or changes with respect thereto; provided that, in addition to the foregoing, Borrower shall prompt notice of any material amendments of or other material changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, together with any copies reflecting such amendments or changes with respect thereto;

(vii)            prompt notice of any event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property;

(viii)            as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, copies of the month‑end account statements for each Collateral Account maintained by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, which statements may be provided to Collateral Agent and each Lender by Borrower or directly from the applicable institution(s);

(ix)            with each request for a Revolving Advance and within thirty (30) days after the end of each month during which any Revolving Advances are outstanding, (A) aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date), and (B) a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer;

(x)            a Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto), (i) with each request for a Revolving Advance, and (ii) if Revolving Advances are outstanding, (a) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month when a Streamline Period is in effect, and (b) on the Friday of each week, when a Streamline Period is not in effect ;
11

(xi)            prompt written notice of any changes to the beneficial ownership information set out in items 1 and 2 of Addendum 1 to the Perfection Certificate.  Borrower understands and acknowledges that Collateral Agent and each Lender relies on such true, accurate and up-to-date beneficial ownership information to meet Collateral Agent’s and such Lender’s regulatory obligations to obtain, verify and record information about the beneficial owners of its legal entity customers; and

(xii)            other information as reasonably requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the internet at Borrower’s website address.

(b)            Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements specified in Section 6.2(a)(i) above but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, deliver to each Lender, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer.

(c)            Keep proper books of record and account in accordance with GAAP in all material respects, in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, allow, at the sole cost of Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, during regular business hours upon reasonable prior notice (provided that no notice shall be required when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts or copies from any of its books and records, and to conduct a collateral audit and analysis of its operations and the Collateral.  Such audits shall be conducted no more often than once every year (or more frequently as Collateral Agent in its sole discretion determines that conditions warrant) unless (and more frequently if) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Lenders’ then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.  In the event Borrower and Collateral Agent or any Lender schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Collateral Agent or any such Lender, then (without limiting any of Collateral Agent’s rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Collateral Agent or such Lender a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Collateral Agent or such Lender to compensate Collateral Agent or such Lender for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.3            Inventory; Returns.   Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects.  Returns and allowances between Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, and their respective Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s, or such Subsidiary’s, customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date.  Borrower must promptly notify Collateral Agent and the Lenders of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than [***] Dollars ($[***]) individually or in the aggregate in any calendar year.

6.4            Taxes; Pensions.   Timely file and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports (or obtain extensions thereof) and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Lenders, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with the terms of such plans.

6.5            Insurance.   Keep Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ industry and location and as Collateral Agent may reasonably request.  Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders.  All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Collateral Agent as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Collateral Agent, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Collateral Agent, as additional insured.  The Collateral Agent shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Collateral Agent, that it will give the Collateral Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled.  At Collateral Agent’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments.  Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Collateral Agent’s option, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to [***] Dollars ($[***]) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding [***] Dollars ($[***]), in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Collateral Agent has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Collateral Agent, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations.  If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons, Collateral Agent and/or any Lender may make, at Borrower’s expense, all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Collateral Agent or such Lender deems prudent.

[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
12

6.6            Operating Accounts and Bank Services.

(a)            Maintain all of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Collateral Accounts, cash and Cash Equivalents with Bank, or its Affiliates, and [***], in accounts which are subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent, and primary Bank Services with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.

(b)            Borrower shall provide Collateral Agent five (5) days’ prior written notice before Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries establishes any Collateral Account at or with any Person other than Bank, or its Affiliates.  In addition, for each Collateral Account that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, at any time maintains, Borrower or such Subsidiary shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which such Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Collateral Agent’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder prior to the establishment of such Collateral Account, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without prior written consent of Collateral Agent.  The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s, or any of its Subsidiaries’, employees and identified to Collateral Agent by Borrower as such in the Perfection Certificates, (ii) the Medicare/Medicaid Receivables Account (defined below), and (iii) the [***] account so long as the aggregate balance in such accounts at no time exceeds [***] Dollars ($[***]).

(c)            Borrower shall cause all Medicare and Medicaid payments, and only such payments, owing to Borrower to be wire transferred or sent via ACH directly to Borrower’s operating account held at Bank (the “ Medicare/Medicaid Receivables Account ”) to which such payments will be directed and/or remitted pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.6(c). Collateral Agent and Bank hereby disclaims any right or interest (including any security interest or right of off set (or set-off)) in or to such Medicare/Medicaid Receivables Account).

(d)            Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall maintain any Collateral Accounts except Collateral Accounts maintained in accordance with Sections 6.6(a), (b), and (c).

6.7            Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.   Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property that is material to Borrower’s business; (b) promptly advise Collateral Agent in writing of material infringement by a third party of its Intellectual Property; and (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
13



6.8            Litigation Cooperation.   Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, without expense to Collateral Agent or the Lenders, Borrower and each of Borrower’s officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s Books, to the extent that Collateral Agent or any Lender may reasonably deem them necessary to prosecute or defend any third‑party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Collateral Agent or any Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.9            Notices of Litigation and Default.   Borrower will give prompt written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened (in writing) against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of [***] Dollars ($[***]) or more or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.  Without limiting or contradicting any other more specific provision of this Agreement, promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) upon Borrower becoming aware of the existence of any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of such occurrence, which such notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

6.10            Financial Covenant. Borrower shall achieve the following, to be tested as of the last day of the applicable month, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(i)            Revenues for the six months ended at the end of the applicable month set forth below of at least:

Trailing 6-Month Period Ending
Minimum Trailing 6 Months Revenue ( [***] % of Plan)
12/31/2018
$[***]
1/31/2019
$[***]
2/28/2019
$[***]
3/31/2019
$[***]
4/30/2019
$[***]
5/31/2019
$[***]
6/30/2019
$[***]
7/31/2019
$[***]
8/31/2019
$[***]
9/30/2019
$[***]
10/31/2019
$[***]
11/30/2019
$[***]
12/31/2019
$[***]


, and thereafter, the required revenues of Borrower shall be determined by Collateral Agent and the Lenders upon receipt and review by Collateral Agent and the Lenders of Borrower’s Annual Projections delivered in accordance with Section 6.2(a)(iii); provided that such required revenues shall be (i) based on a minimum requirement of at least [***] percent ([***]%) of Borrower’s board of directors-approved revenue plan (provided that such plan is acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders), (ii) in no event less than the amounts required hereunder with respect to [***] , and (iii) at such levels that [***] .  Collateral Agent, Borrower and the Lenders shall execute and deliver to each other an amendment to this Agreement which provides the terms of such Future Minimum Revenue Covenants no later than the earlier of (i) ten (10) days after Borrower’s receives such amendment from Bank, and (ii) February 28th of each year. It shall be an immediate Event of Default if Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders (in each case acting reasonably) fail to enter into the aforementioned amendment on or prior to February 28th of each year.

6.11            Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers.   In the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, after the Effective Date, intends to add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses, or otherwise store any portion of the Collateral with, or deliver any portion of the Collateral to, a bailee, in each case pursuant to Section 7.2, then Borrower or such Subsidiary will first receive the written consent of Collateral Agent and, in the event that the new location is the chief executive office of the Borrower or such Subsidiary or the Collateral at any such new location is valued in excess of [***] ($[***]) in the aggregate, such bailee or landlord, as applicable, must execute and deliver a bailee waiver or landlord waiver, as applicable, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent prior to the addition of any new offices or business locations, or any such storage with or delivery to any such bailee, as the case may be.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
14


6.12            Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries.   In the event Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower shall provide prior written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Collateral Agent or any Lender to cause each such Subsidiary to become a co‑Borrower hereunder or to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and, in each case, grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto); and Borrower (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) shall grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of each such newly created Subsidiary; provided, however, that solely in the circumstance in which Borrower or any Subsidiary creates or acquires a Foreign Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted by Section 7.7 hereof or otherwise approved by the Required Lenders, (i) such Foreign Subsidiary shall not be required to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Foreign Subsidiary, and (ii) Borrower shall not be required to grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, a perfected security interest in more than [***] percent ([***]%) of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of such Foreign Subsidiary, if Borrower demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Collateral Agent that such Foreign Subsidiary providing such guarantee or pledge and security interest or Borrower providing a perfected security interest in more than [***] percent ([***]%) of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership would create a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.

6.13            Further Assurances.

(a)            Execute any further instruments and take further action as Collateral Agent or any Lender reasonably requests to perfect or continue Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

(b)            Deliver to Collateral Agent and Lenders, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals material to Borrower’s business or otherwise could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

6.14            Accounts Receivable .

(a)            Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts .  Borrower shall deliver to Collateral Agent, with a copy to Lenders, transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Collateral Agent’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Collateral Agent’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Collateral Agent’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Collateral Agent’s Lien and other rights therein.  If reasonably requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender, Borrower shall furnish Collateral Agent, with a copy to Lenders, with copies (or, at Collateral Agent’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts.  In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Collateral Agent, with a copy to Lenders, on any reasonable request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b)            Disputes .  Borrower shall promptly notify Collateral Agent and each Lender of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts in excess of [***] Dollars ($[***]).  Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Collateral Agent, with a copy to Lenders, in the Compliance Certificate; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Revolving Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Availability Amount.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
15


(c)            Collection of Accounts .  Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  Borrower shall direct all Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a Collateral Account that is a lockbox account, or via wire transfer, ACH or electronic deposit capture into a Collateral Account that is a “blocked account” as specified by Collateral Agent (either such account, the “ Cash Collateral Account ”).  Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account.  So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (i) a Streamline Period is in effect, the balance of such Cash Collateral Account will be transferred on a daily basis to Borrower’s operating account with Bank, and (ii) a Streamline Period is not in effect, all payments on and proceeds of Accounts shall be applied to immediately reduce the Obligations with respect to the Revolving Line and the balance of such Cash Collateral Account will be transferred to Borrower’s operating account with Bank; provided, however, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of Event of Default, such payments shall be applied towards the Obligations as set forth in Section 9.4.  It will be considered an immediate Event of Default if the Cash Collateral Account is not established and operational prior to the earlier of (i) the initial Revolving Advance and (ii) within ninety (90) days of the Effective Date, and in either case, at all times thereafter.

(d)            Returns .  Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) (A) determine the reason for such return and issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount or (B) handle such return in a customary and commercially reasonable manner consistent with past practices, and (ii) with respect to any such returns involving more than [***] Dollars ($[***]) individually or in the aggregate, provide a copy of such credit memorandum or other applicable documentation to Collateral Agent, with a copy to Lenders.  In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Collateral Agent, and immediately notify Collateral Agent and Lenders of the return of the Inventory.

(e)            Verification .  Collateral Agent and Lenders may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower, Collateral Agent or such Lender or such other name as Collateral Agent or such Lender may choose, and notify any Account Debtor of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Account; provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Collateral Agent will endeavor in good faith to notify Borrower in advance of such verification, provided that the failure to do so shall not be a breach of this Agreement or give rise to any liability to Collateral Agent or any Lender.

(f)            No Liability .  Neither Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Collateral Agent or any Lender be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account.  Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Collateral Agent or any Lender from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.15            Remittance of Proceeds .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.14(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any (i) Revolving Line Priority Collateral to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Revolving Line, in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than [***] ([***]) Business Days after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Revolving Line Obligations, and (ii) Term Loan Priority Collateral to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Term Loan, in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than [***] ([***]) Business Days after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Term Loan Obligations, (a) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.4(e) hereof, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and other than pursuant to any transaction permitted under Section 7.1, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Collateral Agent the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of [***] Dollars ($[***]) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year).  Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of the dispositions of the Revolving Line Priority Collateral or Term Loan Priority Collateral with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Collateral Agent.  Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
16


7.            NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, do any of the following without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders:

7.1            Dispositions.   Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens, Permitted Investments and Permitted Licenses; (e) consisting of cash payments to trade creditors in the ordinary course of business provided that such payments are (i) reflected in the Annual Projections and (ii) not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement; and (f) not described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) not to exceed [***] Dollars ($[***]) in the aggregate in any fiscal year provided that such Transfers are not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.

7.2            Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations.   (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Borrower as of the Effective Date or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) any Key Person shall cease to be actively engaged in the management of Borrower unless written notice thereof is provided to Collateral Agent within five (5) Business Days of such change, or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering, a private placement of public equity or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Collateral Agent the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction).  Borrower shall not, without at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to Collateral Agent: (A) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations (ii) contain less than [***] Dollars ($[***]) in assets or property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) are not Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ chief executive office); (B) change its jurisdiction of organization, (C) change its organizational structure or type, (D) change its legal name, or (E) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

7.3            Mergers or Acquisitions.   Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock, shares or property of another Person. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary (provided such surviving Subsidiary is a “co‑Borrower” hereunder or has provided a secured Guaranty of Borrower’s Obligations hereunder) or with (or into) Borrower provided Borrower is the surviving legal entity, and as long as no Event of Default is occurring prior thereto or arises as a result therefrom.  Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall not, without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent, enter into any binding contractual arrangement with any Person to attempt to facilitate a merger or acquisition of Borrower, unless (i) no Event of Default exists when such agreement is entered into by Borrower, (ii) such agreement does not give such Person the right to claim any break-up or similar fees, payments or damages from Borrower in excess of [***] Dollars ($[***]) as a result of any failure to proceed with or close such merger or acquisition, except to the extent any such break-up or similar fees, payments or damages are to be funded solely from cash proceeds received by Borrower from a third party, and (iii) Borrower notifies Collateral Agent in advance of entering into such an agreement.

7.4            Indebtedness.   Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
17

7.5            Encumbrance.   Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority over Collateral Agent’s Lien), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “ Permitted Liens ” herein.

7.6            Maintenance of Collateral Accounts.   Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

7.7            Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in capital stock) or make any distribution or payment in respect of or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock (other than (i) repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements, stockholder rights plans, director or consultant stock option plans, or similar plans, provided such repurchases do not exceed [***] Dollars ($[***]) in the aggregate per fiscal year, and (ii) conversions of any of its convertible securities into Borrower’s equity securities) or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8            Transactions with Affiliates.   Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non‑affiliated Person, and (b) Subordinated Debt or equity investments by Borrower’s investors in Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

7.9            Subordinated Debt.   (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to the Lenders.

7.10            Compliance.   Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

7.11            Compliance with Anti‑Terrorism Laws.   Collateral Agent hereby notifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries that pursuant to the requirements of Anti‑Terrorism Laws, and Collateral Agent’s policies and practices, Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals and such other information that will allow Collateral Agent to identify such party in accordance with Anti‑Terrorism Laws.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall immediately notify Collateral Agent if Borrower or such Subsidiary has knowledge that Borrower, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower, is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 or any similar executive order or other Anti‑Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti‑Terrorism Law.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
18


8.            EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1            Payment Default.   Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Maturity Date or the Revolving Line Maturity Date or the date of acceleration pursuant to Section 9.1 (a) hereof).  During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2            Covenant Default.

(a)            Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates), 6.4 (Taxes), 6.5 (Insurance), 6.6 (Operating Accounts), 6.7 (Protection of Intellectual Property Rights), 6.9 (Notice of Litigation and Default), 6.10 (Financial Covenant), 6.12 (Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries), 6.13 (Further Assurances) or 6.14 (Accounts Receivable) or Borrower violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b)            Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period).  Grace periods provided under this Section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;

8.3            Material Adverse Change.   A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4            Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a)            (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or of any entity under control of Borrower or its Subsidiaries on deposit with any Lender or any Lender’s Affiliate or any bank or other institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Collateral Account, or (ii) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; and

(b)            (i) any material portion of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from conducting any part of its business;
19


8.5            Insolvency.   (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or becomes Insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and not dismissed or stayed within forty‑five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while Borrower or any Subsidiary is Insolvent and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6            Other Agreements.   There is a default in any agreement to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of [***] Dollars ($[***]) or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change; provided, however, that the Event of Default under this Section 8.6 caused by the occurrence of a breach or default under such other agreement shall be cured or waived for purposes of this Agreement upon Collateral Agent receiving written notice from the party asserting such breach or default of such cure or waiver of the breach or default under such other agreement, if at the time of such cure or waiver under such other agreement (x) Collateral Agent or any Lender has not declared an Event of Default under this Agreement and/or exercised any rights with respect thereto; (y) any such cure or waiver does not result in an Event of Default under any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document; and (z) in connection with any such cure or waiver under such other agreement, the terms of any agreement with such third party are not modified or amended in any manner which could in the good faith business judgment of Collateral Agent be materially less advantageous to Borrower;

8.7            Judgments.   One or more judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least [***] Dollars ($[***]) (not covered by independent third‑party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated, or unstayed for a period of ten (10) days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, vacation, or stay of such judgment, order or decree);

8.8            Misrepresentations.   Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person acting for Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Collateral Agent and/or Lenders or to induce Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9            Subordinated Debt.   A default or breach occurs under any agreement between Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any creditor of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders breaches any terms of such agreement;

8.10            Guaranty.   (a) Any Guaranty terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any Guaranty; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.7, or 8.8 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, or (d) the liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor;

8.11            Governmental Approvals.   Any Governmental Approval shall have been revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner, or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non‑renewal has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; or

8.12            Lien Priority .  Any Lien created hereunder or by any other Loan Document shall at any time fail to constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any of the Collateral purported to be secured thereby, subject to no prior or equal Lien, other than Permitted Liens which are permitted to have priority in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
20


9.            RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1            Rights and Remedies.

(a)            Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent may, and at the written direction of Required Lenders shall,   without notice or demand, do any or all of the following: (i) deliver notice of the Event of Default to Borrower, (ii) by notice to Borrower declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations shall be immediately due and payable without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders) or (iii) by notice to Borrower suspend or terminate the obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders shall be immediately terminated without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders).

(b)            Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.1(a) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right , without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

(i)            foreclose upon and/or sell or otherwise liquidate, the Collateral;

(ii)            apply to the Obligations any (a) balances and deposits of Borrower that Collateral Agent or any Lender holds or controls, or (b) any amount held or controlled by Collateral Agent or any Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower; and/or

(iii)            commence and prosecute an Insolvency Proceeding or consent to Borrower commencing any Insolvency Proceeding.

(c)            Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Sections 9.1(a) and (b) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

(i)            settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Collateral Agent considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(ii)            make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral.  Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Collateral Agent requests and make it available in a location as Collateral Agent reasonably designates.  Collateral Agent may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Collateral Agent a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Collateral Agent’s rights or remedies;

(iii)            ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, and/or advertise for sale, the Collateral.  Collateral Agent is hereby granted a non‑exclusive, royalty‑free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Collateral Agent’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders;
21

 (iv)            place a “hold” on any account maintained with Collateral Agent or the Lenders and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(v)            demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books;

(vi)            appoint a receiver to seize, manage and realize any of the Collateral, and such receiver shall have any right and authority as any competent court will grant or authorize in accordance with any applicable law, including any power or authority to manage the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(vii)            subject to clauses 9.1(a) and (b), exercise all rights and remedies available to Collateral Agent and each Lender under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof);

(viii)            for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then [***] ([***]%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then [***] ([***]%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit; and

(ix)            terminate any FX Contracts.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 9.1 to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all remedies referenced in this Section 9.1 without the written consent of Required Lenders following the occurrence of an Exigent Circumstance.  As used in the immediately preceding sentence, “ Exigent Circumstance ” means any event or circumstance that, in the reasonable judgment of Collateral Agent, imminently threatens the ability of Collateral Agent to realize upon all or any material portion of the Collateral, such as, without limitation, fraudulent removal, concealment, or abscondment thereof, destruction or material waste thereof, or failure of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after reasonable demand to maintain or reinstate adequate casualty insurance coverage, or which, in the judgment of Collateral Agent, could reasonably be expected to result in a material diminution in value of the Collateral.

9.2            Power of Attorney.   Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney‑in‑fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Collateral Agent determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Collateral Agent or a third party as the Code or any applicable law permits.  Borrower hereby appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney‑in‑fact to sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Collateral Agent and the Lenders are under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder.  Collateral Agent’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ attorney in fact, and all of Collateral Agent’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Collateral Agent’s and the Lenders’ obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
22

9.3            Protective Payments.   If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fail to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Collateral Agent may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Collateral Agent are Lenders’ Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the Default Rate, and secured by the Collateral.  Collateral Agent will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Collateral Agent obtaining such insurance or making such payment at the time it is obtained or paid or within a reasonable time thereafter.  No such payments by Collateral Agent are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Collateral Agent’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4            Application of Payments and Proceeds.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Collateral Agent from or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any part of the Obligations, and, as between Borrower on the one hand and Collateral Agent and Lenders on the other, Collateral Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations in such manner as Collateral Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous application by Collateral Agent, and (b) the proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied: (i) if such Collateral is Revolving Line Priority Collateral, first, to the Lenders’ Expenses incurred in connection with the Revolving Line; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts) under the Revolving Line; third, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding under the Revolving Line; fourth, to the Lenders’ Expenses incurred in connection with the Term Loans; fifth, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts) under the Term Loans; sixth, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding under the Term Loans, and (ii) if such Collateral is Term Loan Priority Collateral, first, to the Lenders’ Expenses incurred in connection with the Term Loans; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts) under the Term Loans; third, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding under the Term Loans; fourth, to the Lenders’ Expenses incurred in connection with the Revolving Line; fifth, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts) under the Revolving Line; sixth, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding under the Revolving Line; and regardless of whether such Collateral is Revolving Line Priority Collateral or Term Loan Priority Collateral, seventh, to any other indebtedness or obligations of Borrower owing to Collateral Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents.  Any balance remaining shall be delivered to Borrower or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.  In carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category, and (y) each of the Persons entitled to receive a payment in any particular category shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant thereto for such category.  Any reference in this Agreement to an allocation between or sharing by the Lenders of any right, interest or obligation “ratably,” “proportionally” or in similar terms shall refer to Pro Rata Share unless expressly provided otherwise.  Collateral Agent, or if applicable, each Lender, shall promptly remit to the other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Term Loan, Revolving Advance and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements paid or made by Borrower.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Lender receiving a scheduled payment shall not be responsible for determining whether the other Lenders also received their scheduled payment on such date; provided, however, if it is later determined that a Lender received more than its ratable share of scheduled payments made on any date or dates, then such Lender shall remit to Collateral Agent or other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable payment of such scheduled payments, as instructed by Collateral Agent.  If any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, properties or securities, shall be received by a Lender in excess of its ratable share, then the portion of such payment or distribution in excess of such Lender’s ratable share shall be received by such Lender in trust for and shall be promptly paid over to the other Lender for application to the payments of amounts due on the other Lenders’ claims.  To the extent any payment for the account of Borrower is required to be returned as a voidable transfer or otherwise, the Lenders shall contribute to one another as is necessary to ensure that such return of payment is on a pro rata basis.  If any Lender shall obtain possession of any Collateral, it shall hold such Collateral for itself and as agent and bailee for Collateral Agent and other Lenders for purposes of perfecting Collateral Agent’s security interest therein.
23


9.5            Liability for Collateral.   So long as Collateral Agent and the Lenders comply with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person.  Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6            No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.   Failure by Collateral Agent or any Lender, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Collateral Agent or any Lender thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith.  No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given.  The rights and remedies of Collateral Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative.  Collateral Agent and the Lenders have all rights and remedies provided under the Code, any applicable law, by law, or in equity.  The exercise by Collateral Agent or any Lender of one right or remedy is not an election, and Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver.  Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7            Demand Waiver.   Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Collateral Agent or any Lender on which Borrower or any Subsidiary is liable.

10.            NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “ Communication ”) by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand‑delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below.  Any of Collateral Agent, Lender or Borrower may change its mailing address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 
If to Borrower:
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
820 South Friendswood Drive, Suite 201
Friendswood, Texas 77546
Attn: Frank Stokes
 
     
 
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Cooley LLP
101 California Street, 5 th Floor
San Francisco, CA  94111
Attn:   Maricel Mojares-Moore
Fax:
Email:
     

24


 
If to Collateral Agent:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
133 North Fairfax Street
Alexandria, Virginia 22314
Attention: Legal Department
Fax: (703) 519‑5225
Email:
     
 
with a copy to
SILICON VALLEY BANK
4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 1050
San Diego, CA 92122
Attn: Anthony Flores
 
     
 
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Troutman Sanders LLP
401 9 th Street, NW, Suite 1000
Washington, DC  20004
Attn: Charles Charpentier
Fax:
     

11.            CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law.  Borrower, Collateral Agent and each Lender each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Collateral Agent or any Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Collateral Agent or any Lender.  Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court.  Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower  at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND EACH LENDER EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR EACH PARTY TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court.  The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive.  The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers.  All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed.  If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief.  The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings.  The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings.  The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge.  The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a).  Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self‑help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies.  The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.
25


12.            GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1            Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party.  Borrower may not transfer, pledge or assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s discretion, subject to Section 12.6).  The Lenders have the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, negotiate, or grant participation in   (any such sale, transfer, assignment, negotiation , or grant of a participation, a “Lender Transfer”) all or any part of, or any interest in, the Lenders’ obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided , however , that any such Lender Transfer (other than a transfer, pledge, sale or assignment to an Eligible Assignee) of its obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall require the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (such approved assignee, an “ Approved Lender ”) .   Borrower and Collateral Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interests so assigned until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee or Approved Lender as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Lender Transfer (other than a Lender Transfer (i) in respect of the Warrants or (ii) in connection with (x) assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency; or (y) upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions) shall be permitted, without Borrower’s consent, to any Person which is an Affiliate or Subsidiary of Borrower, a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent.

12.2            Indemnification.   Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Collateral Agent and the Lenders and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Collateral Agent or the Lenders (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against:  (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) asserted by any other party in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Lenders’ Expenses incurred, or paid by Indemnified Person in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents between Collateral Agent, and/or the Lenders and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s  gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Borrower hereby further indemnifies, defends and holds each Indemnified Person harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnified Person) in connection with any investigative, response, remedial, administrative or judicial matter or proceeding, whether or not such Indemnified Person shall be designated a party thereto and including any such proceeding initiated by or on behalf of Borrower, and the reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and any commission, fee or compensation claimed by any broker (other than any broker retained by Collateral Agent or Lenders) asserting any right to payment for the transactions contemplated hereby which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Person as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the use or intended use of the proceeds of the loan proceeds except for liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
26


12.3            Time of Essence.   Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.4            Severability of Provisions.   Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5            Correction of Loan Documents.   Collateral Agent and the Lenders may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties .

12.6            Amendments in Writing; Integration.   (a) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no approval or consent thereunder, or any consent to any departure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders provided that:

(i)            no such amendment, waiver or other modification that would have the effect of increasing or reducing a Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, Term Loan Commitment Percentage or Revolving Line Commitment Percentage shall be effective as to such Lender without such Lender’s written consent;

(ii)            no such amendment, waiver or modification that would affect the rights and duties of Collateral Agent shall be effective without Collateral Agent’s written consent or signature;

(iii)            no such amendment, waiver or other modification shall, unless signed by all the Lenders directly affected thereby, (A) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on or any fees with respect to any Term Loan or Revolving Advance or forgive any principal, interest (other than default interest) or fees (other than late charges) with respect to any Term Loan or Revolving Advance (B) postpone the date fixed for, or waive, any payment of principal of any Term Loan or Revolving Advance or of interest on any Term Loan or Revolving Advance (other than default interest) or any fees provided for hereunder (other than late charges or for any termination of any commitment); (C) change the definition of the term “ Required Lenders ” or the percentage of Lenders which shall be required for the Lenders to take any action hereunder; (D) release all or substantially all of any material portion of the Collateral, authorize Borrower to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all or any material portion of the Collateral or release any Guarantor of all or any portion of the Obligations or its guaranty obligations with respect thereto, except, in each case with respect to this clause (D), as otherwise may be expressly permitted under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder); (E) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 12.6 or the definitions of the terms used in this Section 12.6 insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this Section 12.6; (F) consent to the assignment, delegation or other transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document or release Borrower of its payment obligations under any Loan Document, except, in each case with respect to this clause (F), pursuant to a merger or consolidation permitted pursuant to this Agreement; (G) amend any of the provisions of Section 9.4 or amend any of the definitions of Pro Rata Share, Term Loan Commitment, Term Loan Commitment Percentage, Revolving Line Commitment or Revolving Line Commitment Percentage or that provide for the Lenders to receive their Pro Rata Shares of any fees, payments, setoffs or proceeds of Collateral hereunder; (H) subordinate the Liens granted in favor of Collateral Agent securing the Obligations; or (I) amend any of the provisions of Section 12.10.  It is hereby understood and agreed that all Lenders shall be deemed directly affected by an amendment, waiver or other modification of the type described in the preceding clauses (C), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) of the preceding sentence;

(iv)            the provisions of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are subject to the provisions of any interlender or agency agreement among the Lenders and Collateral Agent pursuant to which any Lender may agree to give its consent in connection with any amendment, waiver or modification of the Loan Documents only in the event of the unanimous agreement of all Lenders.
27


(b)            Other than as expressly provided for in Section 12.6(a)(i)‑(iii), Collateral Agent may, if requested by the Required Lenders, from time to time designate covenants in this Agreement less restrictive by notification to a representative of Borrower.

(c)            This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements.  All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.7            Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8            Survival.   All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force and effect until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied.  Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements.  The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify each Lender and Collateral Agent, as well as the confidentiality provisions in Section 12.9 below, shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

12.9            Confidentiality.   In handling any confidential information of Borrower, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for their own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the Lenders’ and Collateral Agent’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions and upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; (b) to prospective transferees (other than those identified in (a) above) or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall, except upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision or to similar confidentiality terms); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Lenders’ or Collateral Agent’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with an examination or audit; (e) as Collateral Agent reasonably considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third party service providers of the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with the Lenders and Collateral Agent with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in the Lenders’ and/or Collateral Agent’s possession when disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent; or (ii) is disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent by a third party, if the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.  Collateral Agent and the Lenders may use confidential information for any purpose, including, without limitation, for the development of client databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis.  The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.  The agreements provided under this Section 12.9 supersede all prior agreements, understanding, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Section 12.9.

12.10            Right of Set Off.   Borrower hereby grants to Collateral Agent and to each Lender, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders or any entity under the control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders (including a Collateral Agent affiliate) or in transit to any of them.  At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Collateral Agent or the Lenders may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations.  ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE COLLATERAL AGENT TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.
28

12.11            Silicon Valley Bank as Agent .  Collateral Agent hereby appoints Silicon Valley Bank (“ SVB ”) as its agent (and SVB hereby accepts such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting Collateral Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the Code can be perfected by possession or control, including without limitation, all deposit accounts maintained at SVB.

12.12            Cooperation of Borrower.   If necessary, Borrower agrees to (i) execute any documents (including new Secured Promissory Notes) reasonably required to effectuate and acknowledge each assignment of a Term Loan Commitment, Revolving Line Commitment or Credit Extension to an assignee in accordance with Section 12.1, (ii) make Borrower’s management available to meet with Collateral Agent and prospective participants and assignees of Term Loan Commitments, Revolving Line Commitments or Credit Extensions (which meetings shall be conducted no more often than twice every twelve months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), and (iii) assist Collateral Agent or the Lenders in the preparation of information relating to the financial affairs of Borrower as any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment, Revolving Line Commitment or Credit Extensions reasonably may request.  Subject to the provisions of Section 12.9, Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment or Revolving Line Commitment, any and all information in such Lender’s possession concerning Borrower and its financial affairs which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of Borrower prior to entering into this Agreement.

13.            DEFINITIONS

13.1            Definitions.   As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Affiliate ” of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Amortization Date ” is, with respect to the Term Loans, June 1, 2020.

Annual Projections ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Annual Revolving Line Monitoring Fee is an annual payment due on the Effective Date and on each anniversary of the Effective Date until the Revolving Line Maturity Date, equal to the aggregate Revolving Line Commitment Amounts multiplied by one quarter of one percent (0.25%), payable to Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

Anti‑Terrorism Laws ” are any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

        Approved Fund ” is any (i) investment company, fund, trust, securitization vehicle or conduit that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business or (ii) any Person (other than a natural person) which temporarily warehouses loans for any Lender or any entity described in the preceding clause (i) and that, with respect to each of the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) a Person (other than a natural person) or an Affiliate of a Person (other than a natural person) that administers or manages a Lender.
29


Approved Lender ” is defined in Section 12.1.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Revolving Advances.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Basic Rate ” is (a) with respect to the Term Loan, the floating per annum rate of interest (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days) equal to the greater of (i) eight and fifty-five hundredths of one percent (8.55%) and (ii) the sum of (A) the thirty (30) day U.S. LIBOR rate reported in the Wall Street Journal on the last Business Day of the month that immediately precedes the month in which the interest will accrue, plus (B) six and forty-eight hundredths of one percent (6.48%), and (b) with respect to a Revolving Advance, the floating per annum rate of interest (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days) equal to the greater of (i) six and one quarter of one percent (6.25%) and (ii) the sum of (A) the thirty (30) day U.S. LIBOR rate reported in the Wall Street Journal on the last Business Day of the month that immediately precedes the month in which the interest will accrue, plus (B) five and forty-eight hundredths of one percent (5.48%).  If The Wall Street Journal (or another nationally recognized rate reporting source acceptable to Collateral Agent) no longer reports the U.S. LIBOR Rate or if such interest rate no longer exists or if The Wall Street Journal no longer publishes the U.S. LIBOR Rate or ceases to exist, Collateral Agent may in good faith select a replacement interest rate or replacement publication, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Basic Rate for the Term Loan for the period from the Effective Date through and including November 30, 2018 shall not be less than 8.78688%.”

Blocked Person   is any Person:  (a) listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti‑Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ books and records including ledgers, federal, and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base is (a) at all times that the Streamline Period is in effect, (i) [***] percent ( [***] %) with respect to Eligible CM Accounts on an aggregate basis, and (ii) [***] percent ( [***] %) with respect to Eligible UV Accounts on an aggregate basis, and (b) at all times that the Streamline Period is not in effect, (i) [***] percent ( [***] %) with respect to specific Eligible CM Accounts, and (ii) [***] percent ( [***] %) with respect to specific Eligible UV Accounts; in either case, as determined by the Lenders from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate and Transaction Report; provided, however, that the Lenders may decrease the foregoing percentage based on the quality and dilution of Eligible Accounts as determined by the Lenders in their good faith business judgment by initial and ongoing periodic collateral field examinations; provided further, however, that the Lenders may decrease the foregoing percentage in their good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by the Lenders, may adversely affect the Collateral or its value; provided further that the Lenders may elect to offset Deferred Revenue against certain receivable availability on a case-by-case basis when a Streamline Period is not in effect.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
30



Borrowing Base Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Collateral Agent is closed.

Cash Equivalents ” are (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than two (2) years from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than two (2) years after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (c) certificates of deposit maturing no more than two (2) years after issue provided that the account in which any such certificate of deposit is maintained is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent, and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through 9c) of this definition.  For the avoidance of doubt, the direct purchase by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Auction Rate Securities, or purchasing participations in, or entering into any type of swap or other derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of Auction Rate Security by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be conclusively determined by the Lenders as an ineligible Cash Equivalent, and any such transaction shall expressly violate each other provision of this Agreement governing Permitted Investments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents does not include and Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, are prohibited from purchasing, purchasing participations in, entering into any type of swap or other equivalent derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of debt instrument, including, without limitation, any corporate or municipal bonds with a long‑term nominal maturity for which the interest rate is reset through a dutch auction and more commonly referred to as an   auction rate security (each, an “ Auction Rate Security ”).

Claims ” are defined in Section 12.2.

Code is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Collateral Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions .

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account, or any other bank account maintained by Borrower or any Subsidiary at any time.

Collateral Agent ” is, Oxford, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Communication ” is defined in Section 10.
31

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co‑made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower and such Subsidiary, and Collateral Agent pursuant to which Collateral Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) for the benefit of the Lenders over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Covered Beneficiaries ” means Borrower’s patients for whom services rendered by Borrower are covered by United States federal or state government or private-paid insurance.

Credit Extension ” is any Term Loan, any Revolving Advance or any other extension of credit by Collateral Agent or Lenders for Borrower’s benefit.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.4(b).

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number [***], maintained with Bank.

Disbursement Letter ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B‑1 .

 “ Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then‑prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Dollars ,   dollars ” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.

Early Termination Fee ” is a fully earned and non-refundable termination fee due and payable by Borrower on the earlier to occur of (a) the acceleration of any Term Loan, or (b) the prepayment of a Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or (d), in an amount equal to $[***] , payable to Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares .


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
32


Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.11 of this Agreement, and are due and owing from Account Debtors deemed creditworthy by Lenders and Collateral Agent in their sole discretion .  Collateral Agent and the Lenders reserve the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in their good faith business judgment.  Unless Collateral Agent and Required Lenders otherwise agree in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a)            Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(b)            Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within (i) [***] ( [***] ) days for Eligible CM Accounts and (ii) [***] ( [***] ) days for Eligible UV Accounts, of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c)            [reserved];

(d)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States unless, when a Streamline Period is not in effect, such Accounts are otherwise approved by Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders in writing on a case-by-case basis in their sole discretion;

(e)            Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts) ;

(f)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts).

(g)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof (but specifically excluding Medicare) unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Collateral Agent and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, or unless such Accounts are billings for Covered Beneficiaries ;

(h)            Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(i)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre billings);

(j)            Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(k)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(l)            Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
33


(m)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Collateral Agent, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Collateral Agent and Required Lenders in their sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(n)            Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(o)            Accounts that represent non trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(p)            Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor (except to the extent of claims for Covered Beneficiaries being contested in good faith in accordance with Borrower’s normal practices existing as of the Effective Date as disclosed to Collateral Agent and Lenders);

(q)            Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(r)            Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount) ( except to the extent of claims for Covered Beneficiaries being contested in good faith in accordance with Borrower’s normal practices existing as of the Effective Date as disclosed to Collateral Agent and Lenders) , or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(s)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue, including, without limitation, upfront billings (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue), unless otherwise approved by Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders in writing on a case-by-case basis in its sole discretion;

(t)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed [***] percent ([***]%) of all Accounts except for Medicare for which such percentage is [***] percent ([***]%), for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless otherwise approved in writing by Collateral Agent and Required Lenders in their sole discretion on a case by case basis;

(u)            Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that is an individual;

(v)            Accounts for which Collateral Agent and/or Required Lenders in their good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices; and

(w)            Accounts arising from tests other than Borrower’s Cutaneous Melanoma test, Uveal Melanoma test or any other test approved by Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders in writing on a case-by-case basis in their sole discretion.

        Eligible Assignee ” is (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender, (iii) an Approved Fund and (iv) any commercial bank, savings and loan association or savings bank or any other entity which is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses, including insurance companies, mutual funds, lease financing companies and commercial finance companies, in each case, which either (A) has a rating of BBB or higher from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group and a rating of Baa2 or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. at the date that it becomes a Lender or (B) has total assets in excess of Five Billion Dollars ($5,000,000,000.00), and in each case of clauses (i) through (iv), which, through its applicable lending office, is capable of lending to Borrower without the imposition of any withholding or similar taxes; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (ii) a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) in connection with assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party and (y) in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party providing such financing or formed to undertake such securitization transaction and any transferee of such Person or party upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; provided that no such sale, transfer, pledge or assignment under this clause (y) shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such Person or party for such Lender as a party hereto until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement from such Person or party in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
34


Eligible CM Accounts ” are Eligible Accounts that arise from Borrower’s Cutaneous Melanoma test.

Eligible UV Accounts ” are Eligible Accounts that arise from Borrower’s Uveal Melanoma test.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and its regulations.

Existing Indebtedness ” is the indebtedness of Borrower to the Lenders in the aggregate principal outstanding amount as of the Effective Date of approximately $20,663,253.57 pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, entered into by and between Collateral Agent, the Lenders and Borrower.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Final Payment is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Maturity Date, or (b) the acceleration of any Term Loan, or (c) the prepayment of a Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or (d), equal to the original principal amount of such Term Loan multiplied by the Final Payment Percentage, payable to Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

Final Payment Percentage ” is six and three quarter of one percent (6.75%).

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” is a Subsidiary that is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
35


General Intangibles ” are all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self‑regulatory organization.

Guarantor ” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Collateral Agent.

Guaranty ” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

Initial Audit ” is the Lenders’ inspection of Borrower’s Accounts, the Collateral, and Borrower’s Books.  The Initial Audit was completed by SVB on January 30, 2017.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Insolvent ” means not Solvent.

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the following:

(a)            its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b)            any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know‑how, operating manuals;

(c)            any and all source code;

(d)            any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower;
36


(e)            any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f)            all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of any Person’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance, payment or capital contribution to any Person.

Key Person ” is each of Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, who is Derek Maetzold as of the Effective Date.

Lender ” is any one of the Lenders.

Lenders ” are the Persons identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto and each assignee that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1.

Lenders’ Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, as well as appraisal fees, fees incurred on account of lien searches, inspection fees, and filing fees) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders in connection with the Loan Documents.

 “ Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest, or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Liquidity Ratio ” is the ratio of (a) Quick Assets to (b) all of Borrower’s Obligations to Lenders (but specifically excluding any cash-secured Obligations).

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrants, the Perfection Certificates, each Compliance Certificate, each Disbursement Letter, each Loan Payment/Advance Request Form and any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreements, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any other Person, and any other present or future agreement entered into by Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person for the benefit of the Lenders and Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement; all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B‑2 .

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or any Subsidiary; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Maturity Date ” is, for each Term Loan, November 1, 2022.

Medicare/Medicaid Receivables Account ” is defined in Section 6.6(c).
37

Non-Use Fees ” means a monthly fee equal to one half of one percent (0.50%) of the difference between (1) the aggregate Revolving Line Commitments, and (2) the average outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Advances during the applicable month, which fee shall be payable monthly in arrears and shall be nonrefundable.

Obligations ” are all of Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Lenders’ Expenses, the Prepayment Fee, the Final Payment, the Early Termination Fee, the Non-Use Fees, the facility fees and other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders now or later, in connection with, related to, following, or arising from, out of or under, this Agreement or, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrants), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin (whether or not allowed) and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants).

OFAC ” is the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

OFAC Lists ” are, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.3(c).

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment Date ” is the first (1 st ) calendar day of each calendar month, commencing on January 1, 2019.

Perfection Certificate ” and “ Perfection Certificates ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a)            Borrower’s Indebtedness to the Lenders and Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b)            Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s);

(c)            Subordinated Debt;

(d)            unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e)            Indebtedness consisting of capitalized lease obligations and purchase money Indebtedness, in each case incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction of fixed or capital assets of such person, provided that (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed [***] Dollars ($[***]) at any time and (ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lower of the cost or fair market value of the property so acquired or built or of such repairs or improvements financed with such Indebtedness (each measured at the time of such acquisition, repair, improvement or construction is made); furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein and strictly for the purposes of this clause (e) of this definition of Permitted Indebtedness and for no other purpose, any obligations of a Person that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of an Accounting Standards Update (the “ASU”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of this clause (e) of this definition of Permitted Indebtedness (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as capitalized lease obligations in accordance with GAAP;


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted

38


(f)            unsecured credit card Indebtedness not to exceed [***] Dollars ($[***]);

(g)            Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(h)            other Indebtedness not to exceed [***] Dollars ($[***] ) outstanding at any time ; and

(i)          extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (e) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower, or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a)            Investments disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s) and existing on the Effective Date;

(b)            (i) Investments consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any other Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Collateral Agent;

(c)            Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d)            Investments consisting of deposit accounts and securities accounts in which Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest to the extent such perfected security interest is required under Section 6.5(b);

(e)            Investments in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f)            Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; not to exceed [***] Dollars ($[***]) in the aggregate for (i) and (ii) in any fiscal year;

(g)            Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(h)            Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
39


(i)            Investments in joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non‑exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support; provided that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed [***] Dollars ($[***]) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and

(j)            other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed [***] Dollars ($[***]) in any fiscal year.

Permitted Licenses ” are (A) licenses of over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (B) non‑exclusive and exclusive licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided , that, with respect to each such license described in clause (B), (i) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the time of such license; (ii) the license constitutes an arms‑length transaction, the terms of which, on their face, do not provide for a sale or assignment of any Intellectual Property and do not restrict the ability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to pledge, grant a security interest in or lien on, or assign or otherwise Transfer any Intellectual Property; (iii) in the case of any exclusive license, (x) Borrower delivers ten (10) days’ prior written notice and a brief summary of the terms of the proposed license to Collateral Agent and the Lenders and delivers to Collateral Agent and the Lenders copies of the final executed licensing documents in connection with the exclusive license promptly upon consummation thereof, and (y) any such license could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but may be exclusive in respects other than territory and may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States; and (iv) all upfront payments, royalties, milestone payments or other proceeds arising from the licensing agreement that are payable to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are paid to a Deposit Account that is governed by a Control Agreement.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a)            Liens existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificates or  arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b)            Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c)            liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of “ Permitted Indebtedness ,” provided that (i) such liens exist prior to the acquisition of, or attach substantially simultaneous with, or within twenty (20) days after the, acquisition, lease, repair, improvement or construction of, such property financed or leased by such Indebtedness and (ii) such liens do not extend to any property of Borrower other than the property (and proceeds thereof) acquired, leased or built, or the improvements or repairs, financed by such Indebtedness;

(d)            Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed [***] Dollars ($[***]), and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e)            Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old‑age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f)            Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted

40

(g)            leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non‑exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Collateral Agent or any Lender a security interest therein;

(h)            banker’s liens, rights of setoff and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such institutions solely to secure payment of fees and similar costs and expenses and provided such accounts are maintained in compliance with Section 6.6(b) hereof;

(i)            Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.4 or 8.7;

(j)            Liens consisting of Permitted Licenses; and

(k)            deposits to secure the performance of leases incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligation for borrowed money in the aggregate amount not to exceed [***] Dollars ($[***]).

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prepayment Fee ” is, with respect to any Term Loan subject to prepayment prior to the Maturity Date, whether by mandatory or voluntary prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, an additional fee payable to the Lenders in amount equal to:

(i)            for a prepayment made on or after the Funding Date of such Term Loan through and including the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan, two and one-half percent (2.50%) of the principal amount of such Term Loan prepaid;

(ii)            for a prepayment made after the date which is after the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan through and including the second anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan, one and one-half percent (1.50%) of the principal amount of the Term Loans prepaid; and

(iii)            for a prepayment made after the date which is after the second anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan and prior to the Maturity Date, three quarters of one percent (0.75%) of the principal amount of the Term Loans prepaid.

Pro Rata Share ” is, as of any date of determination, with respect to each Lender, a percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans held by such Lender by the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans.

Quick Assets ” is, on any date, the sum of (a) Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents maintained with Bank, plus (b) [***] percent ( [***] %) of Borrower’s gross accounts receivable (less reserves for bad debt).

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Required Lenders ” means (i) for so long as all of the Persons that are Lenders on the Effective Date (each an “ Original Lender ”) have not assigned or transferred any of their interests in their Term Loans or their Revolving Line Commitment, Lenders holding one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans and the aggregate Revolving Line Commitments, or (ii) at any time from and after any Original Lender has assigned or transferred any interest in its Term Loans or its Revolving Line Commitment, Lenders holding at least sixty six percent (66%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans and Lenders holding at least sixty six percent (66%) of the aggregate Revolving Line Commitments and, in respect of this clause (ii), (A) each Original Lender that has not assigned or transferred any portion of its Term Loans or Revolving Line Commitment, (B) each assignee or transferee of an Original Lender’s interest in the Term Loans or Revolving Line Commitment, but only to the extent that such assignee or transferee is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Original Lender, and (C) any Person providing financing to any Person described in clauses (A) and (B) above; provided, however, that this clause (C) shall only apply upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing.



[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
41

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Collateral Agent may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Collateral Agent in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Collateral Agent in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Collateral Agent’s reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to the Lenders is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Collateral Agent determines constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower acting alone.

Revolving Advance ” or “ Revolving Advances ” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

Revolving Line ” means a Revolving Advance or Revolving Advances of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00).

Revolving Line Commitment ” is, for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Revolving Advance, up to the principal amount shown on Schedule 1.1 .  “ Revolving Line Commitments ” means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

Revolving Line Commitment Percentage ” is set forth on Schedule 1.1 , as amended from time to time.

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is the date that is two (2) years after the Effective Date.

Revolving Line Priority Collateral ” means all now owned or hereafter acquired Collateral that consists of (i) Accounts (including health‑care receivables); (ii) Inventory; (iii) chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic); and (iv) all Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Secured Promissory Note ” is defined in Section 2.5.




42


Secured Promissory Note Record ” is a record maintained by each Lender with respect to the outstanding Obligations owed by Borrower to Lender and credits made thereto.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Subject Month ” is the month which is [***] ( [***] ) calendar months after any Testing Month.

Solvent ” is, with respect to any Person: the fair salable value of such Person’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of such Person’s liabilities; such Person is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and such Person is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

Streamline Period” means, for any Subject Month, that Borrower maintained a Liquidity Ratio equal to or greater than [***] to [***] at all times during the applicable Testing Month; provided, however, that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing then any Streamline Period shall immediately terminate. If Borrower is transitioning from not being in a Streamline Period to being in a Streamline Period then Borrower must (a) maintain a Liquidity Ratio of not less than [***] to [***] for [***] ( [***] ) consecutive months (unless Borrower’s Liquidity Ratio increased to [***] to [***] as a result of Borrower’s consummation of a bona fide equity financing event, in which case only [***] is required) and (b) deliver a current Borrowing Base Certificate to Bank, prior to the commencement of a Streamline Period.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries subordinated to all Indebtedness of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to the Lenders (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders entered into between Collateral Agent, Borrower, and/or any of its Subsidiaries, and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Subsidiary ” is, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or through one or more intermediaries.

Term Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a) hereof.

Term Loan Commitment ” is, for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan, up to the principal amount shown on Schedule 1.1 Term Loan Commitments ” means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

Term Loan Commitment Percentage ” is set forth in Schedule 1.1 , as amended from time to time.

Term Loan Priority Collateral ” is all now owned or hereafter acquired Collateral which does not consist of Revolving Line Priority Collateral.

Testing Month ” is any month with respect to which Collateral Agent and Lenders have tested Borrower’s Liquidity Ratio to determine whether a Streamline Period is in effect.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

Warrants ” are those certain Warrants to Purchase Stock dated as of March 31 2017, the Effective Date, or any date thereafter, issued by Borrower in favor of each Lender or such Lender’s Affiliates.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
43



[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]
44



IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER:
 
     
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
     
     
By           
/s/ Frank Stokes
 
Name:           
Frank Stokes
 
Title           
Chief Financial Officer
 
     
     
COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:
 
     
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
 
     
     
By           
/s/ Colette H. Feathelry
 
Name:           
Colette H. Feathelry
 
Title:
Senior Vice President
 
     
     
LENDER:
 
     
SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
     
     
By
/s/ Kristine Rohmer
 
Name:
Kristine Rohmer
 
Title:
Vice President
 




SCHEDULE 1.1

Lenders and Commitments

 
Term Loans
 
Lender
Term Loan Commitment
Term Loan Commitment Percentage
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
$10,000,000.00
50.00%
SILICON VALLEY BANK
$10,000,000.00
50.00%
TOTAL
$20,000,000.00
100.00%



 
Aggregate (all Term Loans)
 
Lender
Term Loan Commitment
Term Loan Commitment Percentage
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
$10,000,000.00
50.00%
SILICON VALLEY BANK
$10,000,000.00
50.00%
TOTAL
$20,000,000.00
100.00%

 
Revolving Line
 
Lender
Revolving Line Commitment
Revolving Line Commitment Percentage
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
$2,500,000.00
50.00%
SILICON VALLEY BANK
$2,500,000.00
50.00%
TOTAL
$5,000,000.00
100.00%


EXHIBIT A

Description of Collateral

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health‑care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property.  If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property; (ii) more than [***]% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote the shares of capital stock (the “Shares”) of any Foreign Subsidiary, if Borrower demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction that a pledge of more than [***] percent ([***]%) of the Shares of such Subsidiary creates a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code; (iii) any license, contract or interest of Borrower as a lessee under an Equipment lease, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such license, contract or lease is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such license, contract or lease (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such license, contract or lease, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent hereunder and become part of the “Collateral”; and (iv) any Medicare/Medicaid Receivables Account

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted


EXHIBIT B‑1

Form of Disbursement Letter

[see attached]


DISBURSEMENT LETTER

[DATE]

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting _______________________ of CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware Corporation with offices located at 820 South Friendswood Drive, Suite 201, Friendswood, TX 77546 (“ Borrower ”), does hereby certify to OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“ Oxford ” and “ Lender ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November __, 2018, by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ”; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

1.            The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.

2.            No event or condition has occurred that would constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

3.            Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.

4.            All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement to the making of the Loan to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied or waived by Collateral Agent.

5.            No Material Adverse Change has occurred.

6.            The undersigned is a Responsible Officer.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


7.            The proceeds of the Term Loan shall be disbursed as follows:

Disbursement from Oxford:
 
Loan Amount
$10,000,000.00
Plus:
 
‑‑Deposit Received
$25,000.00
   
Less:
 
‑‑Existing Debt Payoff to be remitted to Oxford per the Payoff Letter Dated November__, 2018
($[________])
‑‑Interim Interest
($_______)
‑‑Lender’s Legal Fees
($[________])*
   
Net Proceeds due from Oxford:
$[__________]
   
Disbursement from SVB:
 
Loan Amount
$10,000,000.00
   
Less:
 
‑‑Existing Debt Payoff to be remitted to Oxford per the Payoff Letter Dated November  __, 2018
($[________])
‑‑Interim Interest
($_________)
   
Net Proceeds due from SVB:
$[__________]
   
TOTAL TERM LOAN NET PROCEEDS FROM LENDERS
$[___________]

8.            The Term Loan shall amortize in accordance with the Amortization Table attached hereto.

9.            The aggregate net proceeds of the Term Loans shall be transferred to the Designated Deposit Account as follows:


Account Name:
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
   
Bank Name:
Silicon Valley Bank
   
Bank Address:
3003 Tasman Drive
Santa Clara, California 95054
   
Account Number:
____________________________________
   
ABA Number:
121140399


[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]






* Legal fees and costs are through the Effective Date.  Post‑closing legal fees and costs, payable after the Effective Date, to be invoiced and paid post‑closing.




Dated as of the date first set forth above.
BORROWER:
 
     
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
     
     
By
   
Name:
   
Title:
   
     
     
COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:
 
     
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
 
     
     
By
   
Name:
   
Title:
   
     
LENDER:
 
SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
     
     
By
   
Name:
   
Title:
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     






[ Signature Page to Disbursement Letter ]


AMORTIZATION TABLE
(Term Loan)

[see attached]

EXHIBIT B‑2
 
Loan Payment/Advance Request Form
 
D EADLINE   F OR   S AME   D AY   P ROCESSING   I S   N OON   E ASTERN   T IME *
 
Fax To:
Date:
 


Loan Payment :
   
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
     
From Account #________________________________
                                       (Deposit Account #)
 
To Account #____________________________________________
                                  (Loan Account #)
     
Principal $_____________________________________
 
and/or Interest $__________________________________________
     
Authorized Signature: ___________________________
 
Phone Number:__________________________________________
Print Name/Title: _______________________________
   


Loan Advance :
   
     
Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.
     
From Account # _________________________________
                                          (Loan Account #)
 
To Account #____________________________________________
                                              (Deposit Account #)
     
     
Amount of Advance $____________________________
   
     
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date :
     
Authorized Signature: ___________________________
 
Phone Number: __________________________________________
Print Name/Title: _______________________________
   



Outgoing Wire Request :
   
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.
Deadline for same day processing is noon, Eastern Time
     
Beneficiary Name: ______________________________
 
Amount of Wire: $_______________________________________
Beneficiary Bank: _______________________________
 
Account Number:  _______________________________________
City and State: _________________________________
   
     
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #: _________________
 
Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.): _______________
   
(For International Wire Only)
Intermediary Bank: ______________________________
 
Transit (ABA) #: ________________________________________
For Further Credit to: ____________________________
     
Special Instruction:
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
     
Authorized Signature: ___________________________
 
2 nd Signature (if required): ________________________________
Print Name/Title: _______________________________
 
Print Name/Title: ________________________________________
Telephone #: ___________________________________
 
Telephone #: ___________________________________________
   

EXHIBIT C

Compliance Certificate

TO:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender
SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender
   
FROM:
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer (“ Officer ”) of CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. (“ Borrower ”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

(a)            Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______________ with all required covenants except as noted below;

(b)            There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

(c)            Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (a), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

(d)            Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, or obtain extensions thereof, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

(e)            No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s).  The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year‑end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 
Reporting Covenant
Requirement
Actual
Complies
1)
Financial statements
Monthly within 30 days
 
Yes
No
N/A
2)
Annual (CPA Audited) statements
Within 120 days after FYE
 
Yes
No
N/A
3)
Annual Financial Projections/Budget
(prepared on a monthly basis)
Annually (within earlier of 30 days of FYE or 7 Business Days of approval by Board), and when revised
 
Yes
No
N/A



4)
A/R & A/P agings
Monthly within 30 days when Revolving Advances are outstanding, and with each request for a Revolving Advance
 
Yes
No
N/A
5)
Transaction Reports
 
 
(i) If a Streamline Period is in
  effect, monthly within 30 days and
  (ii) if a Streamline Period is not in
  effect, weekly by Friday
       
6)
8‑K, 10‑K and 10‑Q Filings
If applicable, within 5 days of filing
 
Yes
No
N/A
7)
Security Holder reports and notices
Within 5 days of delivery
 
Yes
No
N/A
8)
Compliance Certificate
Monthly within 30 days
 
Yes
No
N/A
9)
IP Report
When required
 
Yes
No
N/A
10)
Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period
 
$________
Yes
No
N/A
11)
Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period
 
$________
Yes
No
N/A


Deposit and Securities Accounts

(Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)


 
Institution Name
Account Number
New Account?
Account Control Agreement in place?
1)
   
Yes
No
Yes
No
2)
   
Yes
No
Yes
No
3)
   
Yes
No
Yes
No
4)
   
Yes
No
Yes
No


Financial Covenants

Covenant
 
Requirement
Actual
Compliance
Minimum Revenues
(trailing six months)
Trailing
6-month
period ending
 
10/31/2018
11/30/2018
12/31/2018
 
[Thereafter, at least 80% of projections]
Minimum trailing             
6 months revenue
([***]% of plan)   
 
$[_______]
$[_______]     
$[_______]     
       
[__%]
Yes
No
 
[$_________]
 
[$________]
 
 



[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted


Streamline Trigger  
Required
Actual
Streamline Period
Liquidity Ratio* for Prior [***] Months
[***]   ___ ___ _ _:1.00
Yes       No

Other Matters


1)
Have there been any changes in management since the last Compliance Certificate?
Yes
No
       
2)
Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?
Yes
No
       
3)
Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrower that involve more than [***] Dollars ($ [***] )?
Yes
No
       
4)
Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries?  If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.
Yes
No



[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted



Exceptions

Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.”  Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

By
   
Name:
   
Title:
   

Date:


 
LENDER USE ONLY
 
           
 
Received by:
   
Date:
 
           
 
Verified by:
   
Date:
 
           
 
Compliance Status:            Yes           No



Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Calculations of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated: ___________________

I.
Liquidity Ratio (This is not a financial covenant but is used ONLY to determine Streamline Period applicability.)

Required:            [***]

Actual:

 
A.
Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower maintained with Bank
$ ______
 
         
 
B.
Aggregate value of Borrower’s gross accounts receivable (less reserves for bad debt)
$ ______
 
         
 
C.
[***] % of line B
$ ______
 
         
 
D.
Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and C)
$ ______
 
         
 
E.
Aggregate value of Term Loan Obligations to the Lenders
$ ______
 
         
 
F.
Aggregate value of Revolving Line Obligations
$ ______
 
         
 
G.
Aggregate value of all other non-cash secured obligation to the Lenders
$ ______
 
         
 
H.
Aggregate value of Obligations to the Lenders (the sum of lines E through G)
$ ______
 
         
 
I.
Liquidity Ratio (line D divided by line H)
_____:1.00
 
         

Was line I equal to or greater than [***] at all times during the applicable Testing Month?

____ No: Not Streamline Period eligible

____ Yes: Streamline Period eligible*

* If Borrower is transitioning from not being in a Streamline Period to being in a Streamline Period then Borrower must maintain a Liquidity Ratio ≥ [***] for [***] consecutive months (unless Borrower’s Liquidity Ratio reached [***] as a result of Borrower’s consummation of a bona fide equity financing event).


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted


EXHIBIT D

Form of Secured Promissory Note

[see attached]


SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

([Revolving Line][Term Loan])

$____________________
Dated:  [DATE]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at [820 South Friendswood Drive, Suite 201, Friendswood, TX 77546] (“ Borrower ”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of [OXFORD FINANCE LLC][SILICON VALLEY BANK] (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [___________] MILLION DOLLARS ($______________) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of the [Revolving Advances made under the Revolving Line][Term Loan] made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such [Revolving Advances][Term Loan], at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated November __, 2018 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).  If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement.  Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the [Revolving Advances made under the Revolving Line][Term Loan], are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”).  The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured [Revolving Advances made under the Revolving Line][Term Loan] by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in [Section 2.3(a)][Section 2.2 (c) and Section 2.2(d)] of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the [Revolving Advances made under the Revolving Line][Term Loan], interest on [such Revolving Advances][the Term Loan] and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California.

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent.  Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation.  Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 
BORROWER:
     
 
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
     
     
 
By
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 




LOAN INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

Date
Principal
Amount
Interest Rate
Scheduled
Payment   Amount
Notation By
         
         
         
         
         




EXHIBIT E

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
     
Borrower:
Castle Biosciences, Inc.
Collateral Agent:
Oxford Finance LLC
Commitment Amount:
$5,000,000

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
     
1.
Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of ____________________
$_______________
2.
Additions (please explain on next page)
$_______________
3.
Less:  Intercompany / Employee / Non-Trade Accounts
$_______________
4
NET TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
$_______________
     
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)
 
     
5.
150 Days Past Invoice Date (for Eligible CM Accounts) or 230 Days Past Invoice Date (for Eligible UV Accounts)
$_______________
6.
 [reserved]
$_______________
7.
Foreign Account Debtor Accounts
$_______________
8.
Foreign Invoiced and/or Collected Accounts
$_______________
9.
Contra/Customer Deposit Accounts
$_______________
10.
U.S. Governmental Accounts (w/o AOC) (other than Medicare)
$_______________
11.
Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts
$_______________
12.
Accounts with Memo or Pre-Billings
$_______________
13.
Contract Accounts; Accounts with Progress / Milestone Billings
$_______________
14.
Accounts for Retainage Billings
$_______________
15.
Trust / Bonded Accounts
$_______________
16.
Bill and Hold Accounts
$_______________
17.
Unbilled Accounts
$_______________
18.
Non-Trade Accounts (if not already deducted above)
 
19.
Accounts arising from Tests other than CM and UV tests
$_______________
20.
Chargeback Accounts / Debit Memos
$_______________
21.
Product Returns/Exchanges
$_______________
22.
Disputed Accounts; Insolvent Account Debtor Accounts
$_______________
23.
Deferred Revenue, if applicable/Other (please explain on next page)
$_______________
24.
Concentration Limits
$_______________
25.
Individual Account Debtor Accounts
$_______________
26.
TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS
$_______________
     
27.
Eligible Accounts (#4 minus #26)
$_______________
28.
Amount of #27 arising from Cutaneous Melanoma test
 
29.
ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF CM ACCOUNTS (39% of #28)
$_______________
30.
Amount of #27 arising from Uveal Melanoma test
 
31.
ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF CM ACCOUNTS (22% of #30)
$_______________
     
 
BALANCES
 
     
32.
Maximum Loan Amount
$5,000,000.00
33.
Total Funds Available [Lesser of #32 or (#29 plus #31)]
$_______________
34.
Present balance owing on Line of Credit
$_______________
35.
RESERVE POSITION (#33 minus #34)
$_______________



[Continued on following page.]


Explanatory comments from previous page:
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the Lenders party thereto.

COMMENTS:
 
By: ___________________________
  Authorized Signer
 
Date: __________________________
LENDERS USE ONLY
 
Received by: _____________________
authorized signer
 
Date:   __________________________
Verified: ________________________
authorized signer
 
Date: ___________________________
Compliance Status:            Yes           No



EXHIBIT F

TRANSACTION REPORT

[EXCEL spreadsheet to be provided separately from lending officer.]


CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE
Borrower :
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Date : November __, 2018
Lenders:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender
 
 
SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender
 


I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1.            I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower.  My title is as set forth below.

2.            Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above.  Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware .

3.            Attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B , respectively, are true, correct and complete copies of (i) Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above; and (ii) Borrower’s Bylaws.  Neither such Certificate of Incorporation nor such Bylaws have been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and such Certificate of Incorporation and such Bylaws remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4.            The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action).  Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and the Lenders may rely on them until each Lender receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]



Resolved , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:
Name
 
Title
 
Signature
 
Authorized to Add or Remove Signatories
           
           
           
           


Resolved Further, that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

Resolved Further , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money .  Borrow money from the Lenders.

Execute Loan Documents .  Execute any loan documents any Lender requires.

Grant Security .  Grant Collateral Agent a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items .  Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Issue Warrants .  Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

Further Acts .  Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

Resolved Further , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]



5.            The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.
 
By:
 
     
 
Name:
 
     
 
Title:
 


*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the __________________________ of B orrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as
         [print title]
of the date set forth above.
 
By:
 
     
 
Name:
 
     
 
Title:
 







[ Signature Page to Corporate Borrowing Certificate ]


EXHIBIT A

Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments)

[see attached]


EXHIBIT B

Bylaws

[see attached]



DEBTOR:
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
SECURED PARTY:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC,
 
 
as Collateral Agent
 

EXHIBIT A TO UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

Description of Collateral

The Collateral consists of all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health‑care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Debtor’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property.  If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Secured Party’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Debtor that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property; (ii) more than [***]% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote the shares of capital stock (the “Shares”) of any Foreign Subsidiary, if Debtor demonstrates to Secured Party’s reasonable satisfaction that a pledge of more than [***] percent ([***]%) of the Shares of such Subsidiary creates a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Debtor under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code; (iii) any license, contract or interest of Borrower as a lessee under an Equipment lease, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such license, contract or lease is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such license, contract or lease (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such license, contract or lease, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Secured Party hereunder and become part of the “Collateral”; and (iv) any Medicare/Medicaid Receivables Account .

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Secured Party and the Lenders, Debtor has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of California as in effect from time to time (the “Code”) or, if not defined in the Code, then in the Loan and Security Agreement by and between Debtor, Secured Party and the other Lenders party thereto (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).


[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted




Exhibit 10.17

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

EXECUTION VERSION


EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT



Table of Contents

   
Page
     
RECITALS
3
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
3
1.
DEFINITIONS
3
2.
LICENSE GRANTS AND RESTRICTIONS
6
3.
DEVELOPMENT PLAN
9
4.
DILIGENCE
9
5.
FEES. PAYMENTS AND ROYALTIES
10
6.
PLACE AND METHOD OF PAYMENT; REPORTS AND RECORDS; AUDIT; INTEREST
12
7.
CONFIDENTIALITY
13
8.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
14
9.
APPLICATION, PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE OF PATENT RIGHTS
15
10.
INFRINGEMENT, ENFORCEMENT, AND DEFENSE
16
11.
INDEMNIFICATION
17
12.
INSURANCE
18
13.
TERM AND TERMINATION
19
14.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
21
15.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
21

Exhibit A - Initial Development Plan
Exhibit B - Tangible Research Properties
Exhibit C - Technical Information
Exhibit D - Sublicense Agreement Provisions




PREAMBLE
 
THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 14 th day of November, 2009 (“ Effective Date ”) by and between The Washington University, a corporation established by special act of the Missouri General Assembly, approved February 22, 1853 and acts amendatory thereto, having its principal office at One Brookings Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63130 (“ WUSTL ”), and Castle Biosciences, Inc., a corporation, (“ Licensee ”) having a principal office at 2014 San Miguel Drive, Friendswood, Texas 77546 and the following correspondence address:
 
Castle Biosciences
Attn: Derek Maetzold
2014 San Miguel Drive,
Friendswood, Texas 77546
Tel No: 281-796-9032
Fax No: 866-431-2924
 
License Issue Fee: a non-refundable, non-creditable fee of [***] dollars ($[***]). [***] dollars ($[***] within [***] ([***]) days of execution of the Agreement, and [***]  dollars ($[***]) within [***]  ([***]) months of the Effective Date of the Agreement.)
 
License Maintenance Fee: [***]  dollars ($ [***] per year upon start of the [***]anniversary from the Effective Date of the Agreement and each subsequent year thereafter until the First Commercial Sale.
 
Milestones and Payments:
 
For each 510K approval or PMA (Premarket Approval) or PMN (Premarket Notification): [***] dollars ($ [***] ) per approval no later than [***] ([***]) days from approval.
 
For issuance of the first US patent: [***] dollars ($ [***] ) no later than [***] ([***]) days from issuance of such patent
 
For issuance of the first foreign patent: [***] dollars ($ [***] ) no later than [***] ([***]) days from issuance of such patent.
 
Royalty Rate:
a.
Patent Royalty Rate
[***]- percent ( [***] %) o f Net Sales (Licensee, Affiliate or Sublicensees)
b.
Non-Patent Royalty Rate
[***] -percent ( [***] %) o f Net Sales (Licensee, Affiliate or Sublicensees)

Minimum Royalty: Commencing with the first Calendar Half following the Calendar Half when the First Commercial Sale occurs and continuing thereafter throughout the last to expire of a Valid Claim of the Patent Rights, Licensee agrees to pay WUSTL a minimum royalty equal to the Minimum Royalty for each Calendar Half as an advance against the royalties due under Section 5.3.1. Such Minimum Royalties shall be due on January 31 and July 31 of each Calendar Half.



 Period after Commercial Sale
 Minimum Royalty
  First Four Calendar Halves
 $[***] per Calendar Half
  Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, and Eighth Calendar Halves
 $[***] per Calendar Half
  Ninth and Each Subsequent Calendar Half thereafter
 $[***] per Calendar Half

Sublicensee Revenue percentage: [***]% of the Sublicensee Revenue

[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted

Patents:
Patent Title: Method For Predicting Risk Of Metastasis
Application Number: [***]
 
Previous and ongoing patent expenses to be paid by Licensee pursuant to the terms of Section 9.2 hereof.
A sum of [***] dollars and [***] cents ($[***]) in past patent expenses will be paid by the Licensee no later than [***]  ([***]) days from the Effective Date of this Agreement.
 
Field: Medical diagnostics and prognostics in the field of melanoma.
 
Territory: Worldwide.
 
RECITALS
 
A.            WUSTL possesses certain Patent Rights (as defined below), Technical Information (as defined below), and Tangible Research Property (as defined below) which were developed in the laboratory of Dr. James William Harbour, an employee of WUSTL.
 
B.            Licensee has developed a plan to manufacture, promote, import, sell and/or market products based on the Patent Rights, the Technical Information, and/or the Tangible Research Property which plan is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Development Plan ”).
 
C.         Licensee possesses the desire, knowledge, expertise, experience and resources to fully carry out the Development Plan and to otherwise diligently manufacture, market and to otherwise diligently commercialize products based on the Patent Rights, Tangible Research Property and/or the Technical Information.
 
D.            Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, (a) Licensee desires to obtain from WUSTL (i) a non-transferable, exclusive and royalty-bearing license to, under the Patent Rights, make, have made, sell, offer for Sale, use, and import Licensed Product (as defined below) and perform Licensed Service solely in the Territory and in the Field, and (ii) a non-transferable, non-exclusive and royalty-bearing license to use the Tangible Research Property and the Technical Information to make, have made, sell, offer for Sale, use, and import Licensed Product and perform Licensed Service solely in the Territory and in the Field, and (b) WUSTL desires to grant such licenses to Licensee.
 
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below and other good and valuable considerations, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
 
1.
Definitions.
 
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meaning ascribed to them below:
 
1.1            Agreement ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in the Preamble above.
 
1.2            Affiliate ” means an entity that now or hereafter, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a party to this Agreement whether by beneficial ownership, contract, or otherwise.

[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted



  1.3            Calendar Half ” means each six-month period of a calendar year, or portion thereof, beginning on January 1 or July I.
 
1.4            Claims ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 11.1 below.
 
1.5          Combination Products ” means any product that is comprised in part of a Licensed Product and in part of one or more other agents, products or components, which are not themselves Licensed Product (the “Other Product”). Other Products do not include surfactants, diluents and carriers, or non functional agents (collectively “Non Functional Agents”), unless any such Non Functional Agents are covered by a patent, in which case such Non Functional Agents shall be considered under Section 5.5 as applicable. “Combination Products” also means any service that is comprised in part of a Licensed Service and in part of one or more other services which are not themselves Licensed Service. For clarity, a Licensed Service shall only be considered a Combination Product if such Licensed Service cannot be practically separated from another service.
 
1.6            Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 7.1 below.
 
1.7            Development Plan ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Recital B above; subject, however, to Section 3.4 below.
 
1.8            Effective Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in the Preamble above.
 
1.9            Election Notice ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 9.3 below.
 
1.10         Field ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in the Preamble above.
 
1.11         First Commercial Sale ” means the earlier to occur of (a) the earliest date on which Licensee transfers a Licensed Product for compensation (including equivalent cash value for trades or other non-cash payments), or (b) the earliest date on which Licensee offers a Licensed Service for compensation (including equivalent cash value for trades or other non-cash payments).
 
1.12         ISO ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 12.1 below.
 
1.13         License Issue Fee ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in the Preamble above.
 
1.14         Licensed Product ” means (a) any product made including any Combination Products, made for, used, sold or imported by Licensee that (i) in the absence of this Agreement would infringe at least one Valid Claim, or (ii) uses a process covered by a Valid Claim, and/or (b) any product made, and/or method or process used, in whole or in part, using or otherwise derived from Technical Information and/or Tangible Research Property.

1.15            Licensed Service ” means (a) any service performed by Licensee including any Combination Products that (i) in the absence of this Agreement would infringe at least one Valid Claim, or (ii) uses a process covered by a Valid Claim, and/or (b) service performed by Licensee that uses or is otherwise derived from Technical Information and/or Tangible Research Property.
 
1.16            Licensee ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in the Preamble above.
 
1.17            Minimum Royalty ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in the Preamble
 


 
1.18            Net Sales ” means the total of all value, compensation, and payments, whether in cash or in kind, received by Licensee, its Affiliates, or its Sublicensees, for Sales of Licensed Product, Combination Products or Licensed Service, less all Permissible Deductions.
 
1.19            Patent Rights ” means, subject to Section 9.3 below, the patents and patent applications listed in the Preamble above, and all foreign counterparts, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, extensions, reexaminations and reissues thereof, which trace their earliest priority filing date by unbroken lineage to any of such patent or patent applications.
 
1.20            Permissible Deductions ” me ans [***]
 
1.21            Sale ” means any transaction in which a Licensed Product, Combination Products or Licensed Service is exchanged or transferred for any value, payment or compensation of any type or kind.
 
1.22            Royalty Rate ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in the Preamble above and shall include both the “Patent Royalty Rate” and the “Non-Patent Royalty Rate.” “Patent Royalty Rate” means the Royalty Rate that shall apply to licensed activities, on a country-by-country basis, within Territory countries in which there is at least one Valid Claim in such country. “Non-Patent Royalty Rate” means the Royalty Rate that shall apply to licensed activities, on a country-by-country basis, in Territory countries in which there is no Valid Claim, in such country.
 
1.23            Tangible Research Property ” means, subject to Section 9.3 below, any and all research tools and other personal property that WUSTL may provide to Licensee including, without limitation, the property set forth on Exhibit B hereto.
 
1.24            Technical Information ” means, subject to Section 9.3 below, research and development information, unpatented inventions, know-how, data, methods, and technical data and information, in each instance that are necessary to practice the Patent Rights and/or to commercialize one or more Licensed Product or Licensed Service including, without limitation, the Technical Information identified in Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.
 
1.25            This section intentionally left blank.
 
1.26           Territory ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in the Preamble above, except that it shall exclude those countries to which export of Licensed Product, Combination Products or Licensed Service is prohibited by applicable U.S. export control laws or regulations.

1.27            WUSTL ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in the Preamble above.
 
1.28            WUSTL Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 11.1 below.
 
1.29           Valid Claim ” means a claim (a) of a pending Patent Rights patent application that has not been pending for longer than [***] years, or (b) of an issued and unexpired Patent Rights patent that has not been held invalid or unenforceable by a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction in a decision or order that is not subject to appeal.
 
[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted


 
1.30            Sublicensing Revenue ” means all value, payment or compensation of any type or kind, other than earned royalties on Net Sales, received by Licensee from or through its Sublicensees in consideration for the licensing, cross-licensing or other authorized use of any license or right granted herein by WUSTL. Sublicensing Revenue shall include, without limitation, all fees, milestone payments, cash equivalents, equities, securities, equipment, property, rights or anything else of value or other payments received by Licensee as sublicensing consideration from or for the benefit of any Sublicensee.
 
2.
License Grants and Restrictions.
 
2.1              Patent Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, WUSTL hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts, a non-transferable (except as set forth in Sections 2.1(1 and 15.7), exclusive (subject to Section 2.4 below) and royalty-bearing license under the Patent Rights and for the term of this Agreement, to (a) make, have made, sell, offer for Sale, use, and import Licensed Product, and (b) perform Licensed Service, in each instance solely in the Territory and in the Field. For the avoidance of doubt, Licensee acknowledges and agrees that no license is granted or implied under the Patent Rights outside the Field or the Territory.
 
  2.1.1            Option to New Indication . Subject to the rights of the federal government under the Bayh-Dole Act and its related statutes and regulations and the rights, if any, provided to third party sponsors of research or providers of materials used in research, Licensee is granted an exclusive option (“IP Option”) to license “New Indication.” New Indication is defined as the use of licensed Patent Rights, Tangible Research Property and Technical Information for medical diagnostics and prognostics in the field of breast cancer, colon cancer or gastric carcinoma arising from research performed by or under the direction of [***], during the [***] ([***]) month period following the Effective Date of this Agreement. Licensee will provide a written notification to WUSTL notifying of its intention to exercise the IP Option. Licensee and WUSTL shall negotiate 1) an exclusive license in good faith for a period of [***] ([***]) days for patents and patent applications; and/or 2) a non-exclusive license for Tangible Research Property and Technical Information. If Licensee does not exercise the IP Option within the [***] ([***]) month period, the IP Option shall terminate with respect to such New Indication and WUSTL shall be free to license such New Indication to any third party subject to Licensee’s rights under Section 2.1. This section 2.1.1 notwithstanding, WUSTL will be free to use and provide Patent Rights, Tangible Research Property and Technical Information for the New Indication to other not-for-profit or academic entities for research and educational purposes.
 
2.2              Technical Information . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, WUSTL hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts, a non-transferable, non-exclusive and royalty-bearing license for the term of this Agreement to use the Technical Information solely for the purpose of exploiting the license granted to Licensee in Section 2.1 above. For the avoidance of doubt, Licensee acknowledges and agrees that no license is granted or implied under the Technical Information outside the Field or the Territory. WUSTL shall deliver the existing Technical Information listed in Exhibit C to Licensee promptly within [***] ([***]) days after the Effective Date. Exhibit C maybe amended upon mutual agreement by WUSTL and Licensee.

2.3            Tangible Research Property . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, WUSTL hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts, a nontransferable, non-exclusive license to, for the term of this Agreement, use the Tangible Research Property solely for the purpose of exploiting the licenses granted to Licensee in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 above. For the avoidance of doubt, Licensee acknowledges and agrees that no license is granted or implied to use the Tangible Research Property for any other purpose. WUSTL shall deliver the Technical Research Property to Licensee within [***]  ([***]) days from the Effective Date.
 
[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted
 



2.4            Limitations on Patent Rights License . WUSTL may use the Patent Rights to make, have made, use, and import Licensed Product and to perform Licensed Service in the Territory and in the Field for research and educational purposes at WUSTL (“WUSTL Purposes). WUSTL may use the Patent Rights to make, have made, use and import Licensed Product, Combination Products and to perform Licensed Service in the Territory and in the Field, for WUSTL Purposes only, for research and educational purposes with collaborators in other nonprofit entities, which will occur under confidentiality provisions consistent with this Agreement and will expressly exclude any Commercial Purposes. For the avoidance of doubt, WUSTL Purposes does not include the use of Patent Rights in the making, using, selling, or importing of any product offered for commercial sale or the performance of any service offered for commercial sale.
 
2.5            Clarifications . For the avoidance of doubt, the license “to have made” granted in Section 2.1 above means that the Licensee may contract with one or more third parties to make Licensed Product and/ or Combination Products for Licensee for Sale or offer for Sale by Licensee or for use in a Licensed Service and/or Combination Products within the scope of its sales operations. In any such event, Licensee shall require all such third parties to be bound to a confidentiality agreement that contains non-use and nondisclosure obligations that are at least as restrictive as those that are contained in Article 7 below before any Confidential Information is disclosed to such third parties.
 
2.6            Government Rights . In accordance with Public Laws 96-517, 97-256 and 98-620, codified at 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212, the United States government retains certain rights to inventions arising from federally supported research or development. Under these laws and implementing regulations, the government may impose requirements on such inventions. Licensed Product and/or Combination Products embodying inventions subject to these laws and regulations sold in the United States must be substantially manufactured in the United States. The license rights granted in this Agreement are expressly made subject to these laws and regulations as they may be amended from time to time. Licensee shall be required to abide by all such laws and regulations.
 
2.7            Reservation of Rights and Restrictions . Nothing in this Agreement provides Licensee with any ownership rights of any kind in the Patent Rights, the Technical Information and/or any Tangible Research Property. All ownership rights in the Patent Rights, the Technical Information and the Tangible Research Property shall remain the sole and exclusive property of WUSTL. The risk of loss of all Tangible Research Property shall pass to Licensee upon delivery. For the avoidance of doubt, Licensee’s rights in any Tangible Research Property extend only to the specific Tangible Research Property delivered by WUSTL to Licensee as listed in Exhibit B hereto. Accordingly, Licensee shall have no right to any Tangible Research Property retained by WUSTL including, without limitation, any original Tangible Research Property that may be retained by WUSTL and on which the Tangible Research Property delivered to Licensee may be based. No license or right is granted by WUSTL, by implication or otherwise, to any patent other than the Patent Rights. Other than the licenses expressly granted in Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 above, all rights in and to the Patent Rights, the Tangible Research Property and any Technical Information are hereby reserved by WUSTL. Licensee agrees not to practice or use the Patent Rights, the Tangible Research Property and/or the Technical Information or do any act in respect thereof outside the scope of the licenses expressly granted above including, without limitation, providing any Tangible Research Property and/or Technical Information to any third party other than as permitted by this Agreement (including Sections 2.5, 2.10, or 15.7). Licensee further agrees that it will not do any act or thing which would in any way contest or undermine WUSTL’s ownership in any rights in the Patent Rights, the Tangible Research Property and/or Technical Information. In furtherance of the foregoing but without limiting the generality thereof, Licensee agrees not to register or attempt to register in the Territory or elsewhere any rights in the Patent Rights, the Tangible Research Property and/or Technical Information or to assist any third party to do so.



 
2.8            Markings . Licensee shall ensure that appropriate markings, such as “Patent Pending” or the Patent Rights patent numbers or application serial numbers, appear, in accordance with each country’s patent laws, on all Licensed Product (or their packaging, as appropriate) sold by or on behalf of Licensee.
 
2.9            Research Cross-License . Licensee hereby grants to WUSTL and WUSTL hereby accepts, a non-transferable, non-exclusive, irrevocable, fully paid up, license, for research and education purposes only, under any and all applicable patents, copyright registrations or other intellectual property rights, to make and use any and all inventions, discoveries or improvements conceived of or reduced to practice by Licensee during the Term of this Agreement and relating to the Patent Rights, Tangible Research Property or Technical Information. For the avoidance of doubt, the rights under this Section 2.9 do not include any right to make, use, sell or offer to sell any products or services for any commercial purpose. Such research cross-license is limited to use at WUSTL only.
 
2.10          Sublicensing .
 
2.10.1      General . Subject to the further provisions of this Section 2.10, Licensee may grant sublicenses of the licenses granted to Licensee in Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 above to third parties by entering into a written agreement with any such third party (each such agreement shall be referred to herein as a “Sublicense” and each such third party shall be referred to herein as a “Sublicensee”). Only Licensee (and not any Sublicensee) may enter into a Sublicense, and each Sublicense shall expressly prohibit the Sublicensee from granting further sublicenses.
 
2.10.2     Requirements of each Sublicense Agreement . Licensee agrees that it will require all Sublicensees to comply with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and applicable to Licensee. In furtherance of the foregoing but without limiting the generality thereof, each Sublicense shall, for the express benefit of WUSTL, bind the Sublicensee to terms and conditions no less favorable to WUSTL than those between WUSTL and Licensee contained in this Agreement. To the extent that any term, condition, or limitation of any Sublicense is inconsistent with the terms, conditions and limitations contained in this Agreement, such term, condition, and/or limitation shall be null and void against WUSTL. Without in any way narrowing or limiting the scope of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10.2, all Sublicenses shall contain the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit D hereto. Within [***] ([***]) days after the effective date of any Sublicense, Licensee shall provide WUSTL a complete copy of the Sublicense including, without limitation, any and all exhibits and/or attachments thereto. If the Sublicense is written in a language other than English, the copy of the Sublicense shall be accompanied by a complete translation written in English. Upon delivery of such translation to WUSTL, Licensee shall be deemed to represent and warrant to WUSTL that such translation is a true and accurate translation of the Sublicense.
 
2.10.3       Primary Liability . Licensee will be primarily liable to WUSTL for all acts, errors or omissions of a Sublicensee. Any act, error or omission of a Sublicensee that would be a breach  of this Agreement if imputed to Licensee will be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement by Licensee.

3.
Development Plan.
 
3.1            Development Plan . Licensee represents and warrants that (a) the Development Plan (Exhibit A) contains Licensee’s good faith, bona fide plans for commercializing Licensed Product and/or Licensed Service as rapidly and extensively as practicable, and (b) Licensee has the knowledge, expertise, experience and resources to fully carry out such plans.
 
[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted


 
3.2            Development Plan Milestones . Licensee agrees to use its best efforts to meet any and all milestones set forth above and in the Development Plan on or before the times set forth in the Development Plan including, without limitation, the development milestones for each Licensed Product and any Licensed Service.
 
3.3            Progress Reports . Licensee will deliver to WUSTL written reports on Licensee’s progress against the Development Plan no later than [***]  ([***]) days following January 31 and July 31 of the first [***] calendar years following the calendar year in which the Effective Date falls, and no later than [***] ([***]  days following January 31 of each calendar year thereafter. Each such report will set forth Licensee’s progress against the Development Plan in reasonable detail including, without limitation, the progress achieved and any problems encountered in the development, prototyping, evaluation, testing, validation data (in the field of ocular melanoma, suspicious nevi and cutaneous melanoma), manufacture, Sale, and/or marketing of, as applicable, each Licensed Product and any Licensed Service. Upon reasonable request by WUSTL from time-to-time, Licensee will meet with WUSTL to consult with WUSTL about Licensee’s then-current progress against the Development Plan.
 
3.4            Changes to Development Plan . Licensee may amend, change or otherwise modify the Development Plan with the written consent of WUSTL, which will not be unreasonably withheld.
 
4.
Diligence
 
Licensee agrees, throughout the term of this Agreement, to use its best efforts to develop, manufacture, promote and sell Licensed Product, Combination Products and to perform any Licensed Service, in each instance throughout the Territory and in the Field.
 
Diligence Milestones:
 
Financial Milestones
 
[***].
 
Non-Financial Milestones:
 
[***] .
 

[***].
 

[***].
 

[***].
 

[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted



[***].
 
[***].
 
5.
Fees. Payments and Royalties
 
5.1            License Issue Fee . Licensee shall pay a License Issue Fee of [***] dollars ($[***]). Licensee agrees to pay initial portion of the License Issue Fee of [***] dollars ($[***]) to WUSTL within [***]  ([***]) days after the Effective Date. Licensee further agrees to pay final portion of the License Fee of [***dollars ($[***]) to WUSTL within [***] ([***]) months of the Effective Date. Such License Issue Fee shall be non-refundable and shall not be credited against any other payments that may be due hereunder.
 
5.2            License Maintenance Fee . Licensee shall pay a [***] dollar ($[***]) License Maintenance Fee should First Commercial Sale not occur prior to the start of the second anniversary of the Effective Date. This fee shall be payable upon the start of the second anniversary and will be payable upon the start of each subsequent anniversary dates of the Effective Date as long as no First Commercial Sale occurred in the preceding year. No License Maintenance Fee shall be owed after the First Commercial Sale has occurred. All License Maintenance Fee payments shall be non-refundable and shall not be credited against any other payments that may be due hereunder and shall cease to be owed when Minimum Annual Royalties are being paid to WUSTL.
 
5.3            Royalties .
 
5.3.1            (a)            Licensed Product and Combination Products (Licensed Product and other agents, products or components) . For each Licensed Product and/or Combination Products made, used or sold by or for Licensee within the Territory, Licensee agrees to pay WUSTL an earned royalty equal to the Patent Royalty Rate of Net Sales if there is a Valid Claim in at least one of the country of manufacture or country of Sale or equal to the Non-Patent Royalty Rate of Net Sales if there is no Valid Claim in both the countries of manufacture and Sale. Such earned royalties shall be paid by Licensee within [***]  ([***]) days after the end of each Calendar Half in which the Sale of the Licensed Product and/or Combination Products to which such earned royalties occurs.

5.3.1          (b)            Licensed Service and Combination Products (Licensed Service and other services) . Licensee agrees to pay WUSTL an earned royalty equal to the Patent Royalty Rate of the total gross revenues generated, directly or indirectly, by Licensee from the performance of the Licensed Service and /or Combination Products if there is a Valid Claim in the country in which the Licensed Service is performed or equal to the Non-Patent Royalty Rate of the total gross revenues generated, directly or indirectly, by Licensee from the performance of the Licensed Service if there is no Valid Claim in the country in which the Licensed Service is performed. Such earned royalties shall be paid by Licensee within [***]  ([***]) days after the end of each Calendar Half in which the performance of the Licensed Service occurs.

5.4            Minimum Royalties . Commencing with the first Calendar Half following the Calendar Half when the First Commercial Sale occurs and continuing thereafter throughout the term of this Agreement, Licensee agrees to pay WUSTL a minimum royalty equal to the Minimum Royalty for each Calendar Half as an advance against the royalties due under Section 5.3.1 above. Such Minimum Royalties shall be due on January 31 and July 31 of each Calendar Half.
 
[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted


 
5.5            Third Party Royalties; Royalty “Stacking” . To the extent that Licensee, or its Affiliates, is necessarily required to obtain, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, licenses to third party patents or other intellectual property (“Third Party Rights”) to allow the Licensee freedom to practice, use, make, import, export, or sell (or have any of the foregoing done on Licensee’s behalf) the Patent Rights, Tangible Research Property and/or Technical Information to use, make, import, export, or sell (or have any of the foregoing done on Licensee’s behalf) Licensed Product, and/or Licensed Service (collectively   “Product”) in a particular country and avoid infringing (or whatever equivalent term of art is used in an applicable country) such third-party intellectual property, then the royalties payable to WUSTL for that country with respect to Net Sales of such Licensed Product, and Licensed Service shall be reduced by Licensee dollar for dollar in an amount up to [***]  ([***] %) percent of any third party royalty or other third party payments payable for the license or other right to use such Third Party Rights, against the royalties owing to WUSTL in any Calendar Half. However, in no event will the royalty or other third party payments due to WUSTL be reduced by more than [***] ([***] %) percent for any Calendar Half. For purposes of clarity, WUSTL Net Sales royalty will not go below [***] % for any Calendar Half as a result of any such deductions. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision only applies to licenses needed to provide freedom to operate under the licensed Patent Rights, Technical Information and Tangible Research Property. It does not apply to other licenses or permissions which the Licensee may obtain to develop, produce, market or sell finished Licensed Product or Licensed Service.
 
5.6            Milestone Payments . Licensee agrees to pay WUSTL milestone payments in the amounts set forth in the Preamble. Milestone Payments shall be due and payable [***]  ([***]) days after each Calendar Half that the applicable milestone was met.
 
5.7            Combination Products . In the event that Licensed Product or Licensed Service is sold in combination with products or services other than Licensed Product or Licensed Service, Net Sales for such Combination Products shall be calculated by multiplying actual Net Sales of the Combination Products by the fraction A/(A+B) where A is the invoice price of the Licensed Product or Licensed Service if sold separately and B is the total invoice price of any other products in the combination if sold separately by the Licensee. If, on a country-by-country basis, the Licensed Product or Licensed Service and other component or product in the combination are not Sold separately in any country by Licensee, Net Sales for the purposes of determining payment on the Combination Products shall be calculated by multiplying actual Net Sales of such Combination Products by the fraction C/(C+D) where C is the Licensee’s total actual cost of the Licensed Product or Licensed Service and D is the total actual cost of the other component or product or service included in the Combination Products at such point.

5.8            Clarifications . For the avoidance of doubt, no multiple royalties will be required to be paid because a Licensed Product or its manufacture, use, Sale or importation is covered by more than one Valid Claim or patent or patent application within the Patent Rights. A Sale of a Licensed Product will be deemed to have been made at the time Licensee (or anyone acting on behalf of or for the benefit of Licensee) receives value for a Licensed Product. Similarly, the performance of a Licensed Service shall be deemed to have been performed at the time Licensee (or anyone acting on behalf of or for the benefit of Licensee) receives value for a Licensed Service. The transfer of Licensed Product by Licensee, or the performance of a Licensed Service by Licensee, strictly for their own laboratory research and/or development purposes, beta-testing and/or clinical testing does not constitute a First Commercial Sale for the purposes of this Agreement, provided that Licensee receives no payment or other compensation or value for such Licensed Product in excess of the fully burdened (i.e., direct and indirect) costs of producing and transporting such materials.
 
5.9            Sublicensing Revenue Obligations . Licensee shall pay to WUSTL the percentage of Sublicensing Revenue identified in the Preamble above. Sublicensing Revenue payments shall be due and payable [***]  ([***]) days after each Calendar Half such Sublicensing Revenue is received by the Licensee.
 
[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted



6.
Place and Method of Payment; Reports and Records; Audit; Interest .
 
6.1            Method of Payment . All dollar ($) amounts referred to in this Agreement are expressed in United States dollars. All payments to WUSTL shall be made in United States dollars by check or electronic transfer payable to “Washington University.” Any Sales revenues for Licensed Product or revenue for Licensed Service in currency other than United States dollars shall be converted to United States dollars at the conversion rate for the foreign currency as published in the Eastern edition of The Wall Street Journal as of the last business day in the United States of the applicable Calendar Half.
 
6.2            Place of Payment . Checks shall reference WUSTL Contract Number 006758-0003 and shall be sent to:
 
Accounting Department
Office of Technology Management
Washington University in St. Louis
660 South Euclid Avenue, CB 8013
St. Louis, MO 63110
 
All payments shall include the WUSTL Contract Number to ensure accurate crediting to Licensee’s account. Electronic transfers shall be made to a bank account designated in writing by WUSTL.
 
6.3            Reports . Within [***]  ([***]) days after the end of each Calendar Half in which a Licensed Product is Sold or made or in which a Licensed Service is performed, Licensee shall deliver to WUSTL, a written report setting forth the calculation of all amounts due to WUSTL under Sections 5.3 and 5.6 above for such Calendar Half. For Licensed Product, each such report shall show, at a minimum, (a) the number of Licensed Product in inventory at the beginning of such Calendar Half, (b) the number of Licensed Product sold and amount of Sales by country during such Calendar Half, (c) the number of Licensed Product in inventory at the end of such Calendar Half, (d) the gross receipts for Sales of Licensed Product during such Calendar Half, (e) any Permissible Deductions giving totals by each type for such Calendar Half, (f) Net Sales of Licensed Product by country for such Calendar Half, (g) royalties, fees and payments due to WUSTL for such Calendar Half, giving totals for each category, and (h) earned royalty amounts credited against Minimum Royalty payments for such Calendar Half, and (i) true-ups. For Licensed Service, each such report shall show, at a minimum, (x) the number of Licensed Service performed during such Calendar Half and a description of such Licensed Service, (y) the total gross revenues by country for Licensed Service during such Calendar Half, and (z) royalties due to WUSTL for such Calendar Half, giving totals for each category.

6.4            Books and Records . Licensee shall maintain complete and accurate books of account and records that would enable an independent auditor to verify the amounts paid as royalties, fees and payments under this Agreement. The books and records must be maintained for [***] ([***]) years following the Calendar Half after submission of the reports required by this Agreement. Licensee must give WUSTL’s independent auditors access to all books and records relating to Sales of Licensed Product by Licensee and the performance of Licensed Service by Licensee to conduct, at WUSTL’s expense, an audit or review of those books and records. This access must be available at least once every [***] ([***]) months, during regular business hours, during the term of this Agreement and for the [***]  ([***]) calendar years following the year in which termination or expiration occurs. If any such audit or review reports that Licensee has underpaid royalties by [***] ([***]%) percent or more for any Calendar Half, Licensee shall (a) reimburse WUSTL for the costs and expenses of the accountants and auditors in connection with the review and audit, and (b) immediately pay WUSTL the amount of such underpayment along with interest on the past due amount as provided in Section 6.5 below. Underpaid royalties of less than [***]  ([***]%) percent shall be included in the true-ups at the next Calendar Half Report. If any such audit or review reports that Licensee has overpaid royalties for any Calendar Half that have not been previously reported in the Report true-ups, then amount shall be included in the true-ups at the next Calendar Half Report.

[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted


 
6.5            Interest and Collection . Any amounts not paid by Licensee to WUSTL when due shall accrue interest, from the date [***]  ([***]) days after the balance is due at an interest rate of [***]  percent ([***] %) per month or portion of a month. In addition, Licensee will reimburse WUSTL for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in collecting any overdue amounts.
 
6.6            Foreign Taxes . Payments shall be paid to WUSTL free and clear of all foreign taxes.
 
7.
Confidentiality.
 
7.1            Definition of Confidential Information . The term “Confidential Information” means, subject to Section 7.2 below, (a) all nonpublic information that WUSTL or Licensee (each the “Disclosing Party” if that Party is providing Confidential Information or the “Receiving Party” if that Party is receiving Confidential Information, each term as applicable) designates as being confidential in writing to Receiving Party or which if disclosed orally is reduced to writing by the Disclosing Party and submitted to the Receiving Party within [***] ([***]) days of such disclosure of Confidential Information, (b) all Patent Rights patent applications, (c) all Technical Information, and (d) all Tangible Research Property. “Confidential Information” includes, without limitation, information in tangible or intangible form relating to and/or including Disclosing Party’s policies or practices, trade secrets, software programs, software source documents, ideas, samples, media, techniques, sketches, drawings, works of authorship, models, tissue samples, inventions, know-how, processes, algorithms, and formulae related to the current, future, and proposed products and services of the party, information concerning research, experimental work, development, design details and specifications, engineering, financial information, procurement requirements, purchasing, manufacturing, customer lists, investors, employees, business and contractual relationships, business forecasts, Sales and merchandising, and marketing plans provided by the Disclosing Party to the other party under this Agreement and information either party provides regarding third parties.
 
7.1.1            Exclusions . The term “Confidential Information” does not include information that is or becomes a part of the public domain through no direct or indirect act or omission of Licensee. In addition, the term “Confidential Information” does not include information that (a) is known by Licensee prior to WUSTL’s disclosure of such information to Licensee and without restriction on disclosure, and/or (b) lawfully and properly is disclosed to Licensee by a third party not under an obligation of confidence and without restriction on use or disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is acknowledged that Licensee shall be permitted to disclose the gene sequences (prior to publication) tested on the Patient Specific Laboratory Report only. Patient Specific Laboratory Report is defined as a report that is prepared by the laboratory director and disseminated via facsimile, mail, and HIPAA compliant secured web portal to the ordering, treating, and additional (if identified) physicians following performance of the assay. This report will be disseminated with Protected Health Information (PHI) to the ordering and treating physician(s) in a manner consistent with standard HIPAA and laboratory practices. The gene sequences will not be disclosed on any other public materials including marketing brochures, website or any other advertising materials until the publication containing said sequences has been submitted for publication by WUSTL.

7.2            General Obligations . Subject to Section 2.5 above and to Sections 7.5 and 7.6, and 7.7 below, Licensee agrees that during the term of this Agreement and until such time as the Confidential Information ceases to be confidential it will (a) refrain from disclosing any Confidential Information to third parties (other than those in (b), (b) refrain from disclosing the Confidential Information to any employees of Licensee other than those employees of Licensee who need to know such information in order for Licensee to use the Confidential Information in accordance with the licenses which are expressly granted in this Agreement and who are subject to restrictions on use and disclosure at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Agreement, (c) keep confidential the Confidential Information, and (d) except for use in accordance with the licenses which are expressly granted in this Agreement, refrain from using Confidential Information.
 
[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted


 
7.3            No License . By disclosing the Confidential Information to Licensee, WUSTL does not grant any express or implied rights to Licensee under any patents, copyrights, trademarks, or trade secrets. WUSTL reserves, without prejudice, the ability to protect its rights under any such patents, copyrights, trademarks, or trade secrets except as those granted herein. Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, Licensee acknowledges and agrees that all Technical Information constitutes trade secret information of WUSTL.
 
7.4            Judicial Procedures . Licensee may, to the extent necessary, disclose the Confidential Information in accordance with a judicial or other governmental order, provided that Licensee either (a) gives WUSTL reasonable notice prior to such disclosure to allow WUSTL a reasonable opportunity to seek a protective order or equivalent, or (b) obtains written assurance from the applicable judicial or governmental entity that it will afford the Confidential Information the highest level of protection afforded under applicable law or regulation.
 
7.5            Governmental Approvals . Licensee may, to the extent necessary, use and disclose the Confidential Information to secure governmental approval to clinically test or market a Licensed Product and/or Licensed Service, or to secure patent protection for an invention within the Patent Rights. Licensee will, in any such event, take all reasonably available steps to maintain the confidentiality of the disclosed Confidential Information and to guard against any further disclosure.
 
7.6            Permitted Disclosures . Notwithstanding this Section 7, Licensee shall be permitted to disclose Confidential Information to Licensee’s actual and potential investors and Sublicensees, under conditions of confidentiality as specified under this Agreement.
 
8.
Representations and Warranties.
 
8.1            Authority . Each of WUSTL and Licensee represents and warrants to the other of them that (a) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered and constitutes a valid and binding Agreement enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, (b) no authorization or approval from any third party is required in connection with such party’s execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement, and (c) the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not violate the laws of any jurisdiction or the terms or conditions of any other agreement to which it is a party or by which it is otherwise bound.

8.2            Compliance with Laws . Licensee represents and warrants that it will (a) use the Patent Rights, Tangible Research Property and Technical Information only to exploit the license rights granted in Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and with such laws, rules, regulations, government permissions and standards as may he applicable thereto in the Territory and in the Field, and (b) otherwise comply with all laws, rules, regulations, government permissions and standards as may be applicable to Licensee on a country-by-country basis in the Territory with respect to the performance by Licensee of its obligations hereunder in such country.
 
8.3            Reports and Statements . Licensee warrants that all reports and/or statements provided by Licensee hereunder are true and correct and are certified true and correct by Licensee upon delivery to WUSTL.
 
8.4            Additional Warranties of Licensee . Licensee represents and warrants that (a) it has obtained the insurance coverage required by Article 12 below, and (b) there is no pending litigation and no threatened claims against it that could impair its ability or capacity to perform and fulfill its duties and obligations under this Agreement.
 


 
8.5            Disclaimer . The Patent Rights, Tangible Research Property and the Technical Information are provided to Licensee on an “ AS IS ” basis. WUSTL does not make any representations or warranties relating to (a) the Patent Rights (including, without limitation, the validity or scope of the Patent Rights), the Tangible Research Property and/or the Technical Information, and/or (b) the performance of any Licensed Product and/or Licensed Service including, without limitation any representation or warranty regarding a Licensed Product’s or Licensed Services’ safety, effectiveness, or commercial viability. WUSTL HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND/OR REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, REASONABLE CARE, AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE (WHETHER OR NOT WUSTL KNOWS, HAS REASON TO KNOW, HAS BEEN ADVISED, OR IS OTHERWISE IN FACT AWARE OF ANY SUCH PURPOSE), IN EACH INSTANCE WITH RESPECT TO THE PATENT RIGHTS, THE TANGIBLE RESEARCH PROPERTY, THE TECHNICAL INFORMATION, ANY LICENSED PRODUCT, COMBINATION PRODUCTS AND/OR ANY LICENSED SERVICE. WUSTL FURTHER DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND/OR REPRESENTATIONS OF TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE PATENT RIGHTS, THE TANGIBLE RESEARCH PROPERTY, THE TECHNICAL INFORMATION, ANY LICENSED PRODUCT, COMBINATION PRODUCTS AND ANY LICENSED SERVICE.
 
9.
Application, Prosecution and Maintenance of Patent Rights.
 
9.1            Patent Applications . WUSTL has the sole right to control the preparation, filing, prosecution, issue and maintenance of Patent Rights patents and applications. Subject to compliance by Licensee of the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 9.2 below), (a) WUSTL will use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) prosecute and maintain the applications and patents within the Patent Rights, and (b) prepare, file and prosecute additional applications within the Patent Rights as Licensee may reasonably request, in WUSTL’s name at Licensee’s sole cost and expense. WUSTL will select qualified outside patent counsel reasonably acceptable to Licensee and corresponding foreign associates to prepare, file, prosecute and maintain U.S. patents/applications and foreign counterparts within the Patent Rights. WUSTL will consult with Licensee regarding the prosecution of Patent Rights patent applications including, without limitation, providing Licensee a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on proposed submissions to any patent office before the submission is filed. WUSTL will keep Licensee reasonably informed of the status of Patent Rights patents and applications by timely giving Licensee copies of all material communications relating to such Patent Rights that are received from any patent office or outside patent counsel of record or foreign associate.

9.2            Costs and Expenses . Subject to Section 9.3 below, Licensee agrees to reimburse WUSTL for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by WUSTL in connection with the preparation, filing, prosecution, issue and/or maintenance of patents and applications within the Patent Rights both prior to the Effective Date and at any time thereafter during the term of this Agreement. Licensee agrees to pay WUSTL the amount of any such reimbursement within [***]  ([***]  days after receipt by Licensee of documentation for any such costs and expenses, which WUSTL may provide to Licensee from time-to-time.
 
9.3            Failure to Reimburse . Licensee may elect not to reimburse WUSTL for amounts due under Section 9.2 in respect to one or more Patent Rights patent and/or applications on a country-by -country basis only by giving WUSTL notice of such election at least [***]  ([***]) days before the date on which the applicable cost or expense is to be incurred by WUSTL (each an “Election Notice”). For purposes of this Section 9.3, a cost or expense shall be deemed to be incurred by WUSTL on the earlier of (a) the date WUSTL actually pays the cost or expense, or (b) the date WUSTL becomes obligated to pay the cost or expense (which, for example, shall be the date WUSTL engages a third party to perform any service which gives rise to any such cost or expense). Any such Election Notice shall specify the Patent Rights patents and/or applications and the country of application to which such Election Notice relates.

[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted


In the event any Election Notice is given by Licensee, (x) the term “Patent Rights” shall be modified to exclude, as applicable, the Patent Rights patents and/or applications set forth in such notice, (y) the term “Technical Information” shall be modified to exclude any research and development information, unpatented inventions, know-how, data, methods, and technical data and information no longer necessary for the exploitation of the license granted to the remaining Patent Rights, and (z) the term “Tangible Research Property” shall be modified to exclude any and all research tools and other personal property that WUSTL may have provided to Licensee that is no longer necessary for the exploitation of the license granted to the remaining Patent Rights, in each instance as of the date the Election Notice is given. Accordingly, and for the avoidance of doubt, as of the date the Election Notice is given, the license to the elected Patent Rights, the applicable Technical Information and the applicable Tangible Research Property granted to Licensee under Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 above shall terminate, and WUSTL shall be free, without any further obligation to Licensee whatsoever, to abandon the applications or patents subject to the notice, or to continue prosecution or maintenance, for WUSTL’s sole use and benefit, at WUSTL’s option. Licensee agrees to deliver to WUSTL, along with any Election Notice, all former Technical Information and former Tangible Research Property to which such Election Notice relates. For the avoidance of doubt, WUSTL will not refund any amounts paid under Section 9.2 to WUSTL prior to WUSTL’s receipt of an Election Notice.
 
10.
Infringement, Enforcement, and Defense.
 
10.1            Notice of Infringement . Throughout the term of this Agreement, each of WUSTL and Licensee agree to give the other of them prompt notice of (a) any known or suspected infringement of the Patent Rights or unauthorized use or disclosure of the Technical Information in the Territory, and (b) any claim that a Licensed Product or Licensed Service infringes the intellectual property rights of a third party.

10.2          Patent Rights .
 
10.2.1            Enforcement . Licensee, at its sole expense, will attempt to stop promptly any infringement of the Patent Rights in the Territory. Upon receipt of WUSTL’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, Licensee may initiate and prosecute actions in its own name or, if required by law, in WUSTL’s name against third parties for infringement of the Patent Rights in the Territory through outside counsel of Licensee’s choice who are reasonably acceptable to WUSTL. Licensee shall consult with WUSTL prior to and in conjunction with all significant issues, shall keep WUSTL informed of all proceedings, and shall provide copies to WUSTL of all pleadings, legal analyses, and other papers related to such actions. WUSTL will provide reasonable assistance to Licensee in prosecuting any such actions. If Licensee fails or declines to take any action under this Section 10.2.1 within a reasonable time after learning of the infringement of the Patent Rights, WUSTL shall have the right (but not the obligation) to take appropriate actions including, without limitation, filing a lawsuit, and Licensee will provide reasonable assistance to WUSTL in prosecuting, resolving and/or settling any such actions.
 
10.2.2            Restrictions on Settlement . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Licensee may not settle, compromise, or otherwise enter into any form of settlement (or other similar agreement) regarding any claim of action brought under Section 10.2.1 above that either (a) admits liability on the part of WUSTL, (b) otherwise negatively affects the rights of WUSTL or imposes any liability, restrictions or obligation upon WUSTL, (c) requires any financial payment by WUSTL, and/or (d) concedes or otherwise portions the Territory and/or (e) grants rights or concessions to a third party to the Patent Rights, any Licensed Product, any Combination Products and/or any Licensed Service, in each instance without the advance written consent of WUSTL.
 
10.2.3            Expenses . Licensee will be entitled to offset [***] percent ([***]%) of Licensee’s reasonable and necessary attorney’s fees and expenses incurred during any Calendar Half in connection with any suit brought pursuant to Section 10.2.1 above against [***] percent ([***]%) of the royalties due under Section 5.3 above and attributable to such Calendar Half, with a right of carryover of any excess expenses. Licensee will be entitled to offset Licensee’s additional reasonable and necessary attorney’s fees and expenses against the proceeds Licensee obtains from any claim brought pursuant to Section 10.2.1 above, if any.
 
[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted



10.2.4            Proceeds . If Licensee obtains any value, payment or compensation of any type or kind a result of any claim brought pursuant to Section 10.2.1 above, such proceeds shall be distributed in accordance with the further provisions of this Section 10.2.4. First, Licensee shall use the proceeds to pay WUSTL the amount of any of Licensee’s reasonable and necessary attorney’s fees and expenses that were offset against royalties due to WUSTL pursuant to Section 10.2.3 above. Next, Licensee shall use the proceeds to recoup its reasonable and necessary attorney’s fees and expenses incurred in connection with the applicable claim. Licensee shall pay to WUSTL a percentage of any remaining proceeds equal to the Patent Royalty Rate.
 
10.3          Technical Information . WUSTL shall have the right (but not the obligation) to institute legal action against any third party arising out of such third party’s actual or threatened infringement or misappropriation of the Technical Information and WUSTL shall retain any and all proceeds from any such actions. Licensee shall have the right to make demands or claims, bring suit, effect any settlements or take any other action with respect to any such infringement or misappropriation with the prior written consent of WUSTL, which will not be unreasonably withheld.

11.
Indemnification.
 
11.1           Licensee agrees to indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless WUSTL Indemnitees from, for and against any and all judgments, settlements, losses, expenses, damages and/or liabilities (“Losses”) and any and all court costs, attorneys’ fees, and expert witness fees and expenses (“Fees”) that a WUSTL Indemnitee may incur from any and all allegations, claims, suits, actions and/or proceedings (“Claims”) arising out of, relating to, or incidental to (a) Licensee’s use, commercialization, or other exploitation of Confidential Information, Tangible Research Property, Technical Information, Patent Rights, Licensed Product and/or Licensed Service and/or Combination Product, whether by or through Licensee, and including all claims for infringement, injury to business, personal injury and product liability or (b) a breach of this Agreement by Licensee or any allegation which, if true, would constitute a breach of this Agreement by Licensee. Licensee’s obligations under this section shall apply regardless of whether any WUSTL Indemnitee is alleged or found to have been negligent in any respect related to a Claim, provided, however, that Licensee’s obligation to indemnify for Losses, as distinct from Fees, shall not apply to the extent the Claim was finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be caused by a WUSTL Indemnitee’s gross negligence and/or willful misconduct.
 
11.2           Indemnification Procedure . Obligations set forth in this Article 11 shall survive termination of this Agreement, shall continue even after assignment of rights and responsibilities, and shall not be limited by any provision of this Agreement outside this Section. A party seeking indemnification under this Agreement will: (a) give the indemnifying party prompt written notice of the Claim; (b) cooperate with the indemnifying party, at the indemnifying party’s expense, in connection with the defense and settlement of the Claim; and (c) not settle or compromise the Claim without the written consent of the indemnifying party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. An indemnifying party may satisfy its duty to indemnify for Fees by accepting a duty to defend the Claim on behalf of the Indemnitees without a reservation of rights, at which time the indemnifying party shall be entitled to conduct and direct the defense of lndemnitees against such Claim using attorneys of its own selection; for all other Claims, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to conduct and direct its own defense and that of other Indemnitees using attorneys of its own selection with Fees subject to the indemnifying party’s ongoing obligation to reimburse Fees.
 


 
12.
Insurance.
 
12.1           General . Throughout the term of this Agreement and for a period of [***] ([***]) years thereafter, Licensee shall obtain and maintain, in full force and effect and at Licensee’s sole cost and expense, one or more insurance policies providing: (a) worker’s compensation insurance in respect of all of Licensee’s employees with limits of liability and coverage not less than is from time-to-time required by all applicable laws, and (b) Insurance Services Office (“ISO”) commercial general liability claims basis coverage as it exists as of the Effective Date, or its equivalent in the event such ISO form is discontinued or modified (including, without limitation any event, coverage and any necessary endorsements for products/completed operations, blanket broad form contractual liability as well as for clinical trials if any such trials are to be performed by or on behalf of Licensee) which provides, for each annual policy period, coverage and insurer’s liability of no less than the minimum limits specified in Section 12.2 below for injury, death and property damage resulting from each occurrence during the policy period.
 
12.2           Policy Limits . Subject to the further provisions of this Section 12.2, the comprehensive commercial general liability coverage shall have the following minimum limits:
 
 12.2.1            From the Effective Date until the date prior to the First Commercial Sale or clinical trial: $[***] each occurrence; $[***] General Aggregate (other than Products/Completed Operations), $[***], Products/Completed Operations Aggregate.

12.2.2            From the date of the first clinical study: $[***] each occurrence, $[***] General Aggregate (other than Products/Completed Operations); $[***] Products/Completed Operations Aggregate.
 
12.2.3            From the date prior to the First Commercial Sale: $[***] each occurrence; $[***] General Aggregate (other than Products/Completed Operations), $[***], Products/Completed Operations Aggregate.
 
The minimum limits of insurance set forth above may be met by a combination of primary insurance and commercial excess liability insurance policies. WUSTL may periodically evaluate the adequacy of the minimum coverage of insurance and deductible limits specified in this Article. WUSTL reserves the right to require Licensee to adjust the insurance coverage by modifying the types of required coverages, the limits and/or financial rating and/or the method of financial rating of Licensee’s insurers as such changes are required of WUSTL by its insurance carrier. WUSTL shall provide Licensee with reasonable notice of any proposed modification and, if so requested by Licensee, discuss any proposed modifications in good faith.
 
12.3           Policy Specifics . Each policy of insurance which Licensee is required to obtain hereunder shall (a) be with reputable and financially secure insurance carriers having at least an A rating (A rating or above by A.M. Best) and an A.M. Best Class Size of at least VIII. (b) list each of WUSTL, its trustees, faculty, staff, students, agents and their respective successors, heirs and assigns as additional insured, (c) be endorsed to provide that the insurer waives all subrogation rights which the insurer otherwise has or could have against any additional insured, (d) be primary in respect of all additional insured, and (e) provide that the identified insurer will not cancel or fail to renew the identified insurance without giving WUSTL at least [***] days’ prior written notice thereof.
 
12.4           Evidence of Insurance . Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and thereafter no later than the day on which any such policy of insurance is renewed or replaced, Licensee shall provide WUSTL with a Certificate of Insurance from each such insurer which evidences compliance by Licensee with its obligations hereunder. Upon the from time to time request of WUSTL, Licensee shall provide WUSTL with a copy of the policy, status of claims and claims history respecting any of the insurance required to be maintained by Licensee hereunder.
 
[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted


 
12.5           Clarifications . For the avoidance of doubt, the minimum insurance coverage and limits set forth in this Agreement do not constitute a limitation on Licensee’s liability or obligations to indemnify or defend WUSTL and any other additional insured under this Agreement.
 
13.
Term and Termination.
 
13.1           Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of ten (10) years after the expiration of the last-to-expire Valid Claim of the Patent Rights; subject however to earlier termination as provided herein. Upon expiration of the last-to-expire Valid Claim of the Patent Rights, Licensee shall provide written notification to inform WUSTL regarding the expiration date of the last-to-expire Valid Claim of the Patent Rights; after which this Agreement will revert to a non-transferable, non-exclusive, Non-Patent Royalty bearing license for the use of the Tangible Research Property and Technical Information for a period of ten (10) years to (a) make, have made, sell, offer for sale, use, and import Licensed Product, and (b) perform Lice nsed Service, in each instance solely in the Territory and in the Field.
 
13.2           Termination By Licensee . Licensee may terminate this Agreement without cause by (a) giving notice thereof to WUSTL, and (b) paying WUSTL, along with such notice, all amounts due and owing to WUSTL under this Agreement. Any such termination shall be effective on the date such notice is received by WUSTL along with the Termination Fee. The “Termination Fee” shall be an amount equal to all amounts that would have come due under this Agreement (absent the termination of this Agreement) in the one hundred eighty (180) day period after the effective date of termination.

13.3            Termination by WUSTL . WUSTL may terminate this Agreement by giving notice thereof to Licensee upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events (in which event this Agreement shall terminate on the date such notice is given): (a) Licensee materially fails to meet any of the requirements set forth in Article 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 , 9.2 and 12, and fails to remedy such failure within ninety (90) days after WUSTL gives Licensee notice of such failure (b) Licensee breaches any other agreement between Licensee and WUSTL (and/or defaults in any obligation to WUSTL outside the scope of this Agreement) and Licensee fails to remedy such breach (or default) within ninety (90) days after WUSTL gives Licensee notice of, as applicable, such breach or default, (c) Licensee exercises, or attempts or offers to exercise, any rights with respect to the Patent Rights and/or the Technical Information outside the scope of the licenses granted to Licensee in Article 2 above, or (d) Licensee (i) becomes insolvent, bankrupt, or is otherwise unable to pay its debt(s) to WUSTL by the due date(s), or (ii) Licensee suffers the appointment of a receiver, receiver and manager, or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of its assets or undertaking, or (iii) an order is made or a notice issued convening a meeting of shareholders to consider the passing of a resolution, or (iv) a resolution is passed, for its winding up (other than for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction), or (v) it enters into any arrangement with its creditors or suffers any distress or execution to be levied on its goods.
 
13.4            Breach and Failure to Cure . WUSTL may terminate this Agreement by giving notice thereof to Licensee in the event Licensee commits a material breach of any provision of this Agreement (other than a breach of the type contemplated by Section 13.3 above) and fails to cure such breach within ninety (90) days after the day that WUSTL gives Licensee notice of such breach, and such termination shall be effective on the date such notice of termination is given. Licensee may terminate this Agreement by giving notice thereof to WUSTL in the event WUSTL commits a breach of any provision of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within ninety (90) days after the day that Licensee gives notice to WUSTL of such breach, and such termination shall be effective on the date such notice of termination is given.
 


 
13.5            Duties Upon Expiration or Earlier Termination . For the avoidance of doubt, on the date of expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, all license rights granted to Licensee under Article 2 above shall terminate. Licensee agrees to, promptly upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, deliver to WUSTL all originals, copies, reproductions and summaries of all Tangible Research Property, Technical Information and Confidential Information, in each instance in the format in which it exists at the time of expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, or in another mutually agreed format. Within twenty (20) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, Licensee agrees to deliver a written report to WUSTL of all Licensed Product in inventory. If this Agreement terminates before the expiration of the last-to-expire Patent Rights, then, upon the termination of this Agreement, Licensee agrees (a) to immediately discontinue the exportation of Licensed Product that were made in the Territory, (b) to immediately discontinue the manufacture, Sale and distribution of the Licensed Product in the Territory and the performance of Licensed Service in the Territory, (c) to immediately destroy all Licensed Product in inventory, and (d) not to manufacture, sell and/or distribute Licensed Product in the Territory until the expiration of applicable last-to-expire Patent Rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon early termination of this Agreement; excluding early termination arising due to breach of the Agreement by the Licensee; Licensee may, upon prior written consent from WUSTL which shall not be unreasonably withheld; for a wind down period not to exceed six (6) months following the date of termination, a) continue selling Licensed Product and/or Combination Products which was in process on the date of final notice of termination and/or b) provide Licensed Service for existing physician customers (that is, physicians who had ordered the then available Licensed Product or Licensed Service prior to the termination date), provided that Licensee pays to WUSTL the applicable royalty or other amounts due on such sales of Licensed Product, Combination Products and/or Licensed Service in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Licensee agrees to a) immediately discontinue manufacture of Licensed Product and/or Combination Products upon early termination of this Agreement and to b) immediately discontinue sale for the Licensed Product and/or Combination Products and/or Licensed Service six (6) months following the date of termination.

13.6            Effect of Expiration or Earlier Termination . For the avoidance of doubt, the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement shall not relieve Licensee of its obligation to account for and make payment to WUSTL of any amount due hereunder including, without limitation, any royalties accrued during the term of this Agreement and amounts under Section 9.3 above.
 
14.
Limitation of Liability.
 
14.1            General . WUSTL has no responsibility and assumes no liability for product design, development, pre- or post-market regulatory approval, servicing, distribution, or marketing of any Licensed Product or Licensed Service, and/or for any decisions made or strategies devised relating to any Licensed Product or Licensed Service. Furthermore, WUSTL does not assume any liability from licensing of the Patent Rights, Tangible Research Property and/or Technical Information hereunder and such licensing shall not impose or create any liability on the part of WUSTL including, but not limited to, liability for products, quality of manufacturing, technical application, or Sale or services of Licensee. Additionally, WUSTL does not assume any liability in respect of (a) any infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or other rights of any third party due to Licensee’s use or other exploitation of the Licensed Product or the Licensed Service, (b) the ability of Licensee to understand and utilize the licenses herein granted, or (c) any injury, loss or damage of any kind or nature sustained by, or any damage assessed or asserted against, or any other liability incurred by or imposed on Licensee or any other person arising out of or in connection with or resulting from Licensee’s use or other exploitation of the Licensed Product or Licensed Service. In all events, WUSTL’s aggregate liability for claims arising out of or in any way connected with this Agreement, the Patent Rights, the Tangible Research Property, the Technical Information, any Licensed Product and/or any Licensed Service, whether for breach of contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the greater of (y) the Minimum Royalty, or (z) the amount of [***] ([***]) months average earned royalty paid hereunder taken over the [***] ([***]) months preceding the month in which the damage or injury is alleged to have occurred.

[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted


 
14.2            Consequential Damages . IN NO EVENT SHALL WUSTL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE PATENT RIGHTS, THE TANGIBLE RESEARCH PROPERTY, THE TECHNICAL INFORMATION, ANY LICENSED PRODUCT AND/OR ANY LICENSED SERVICE, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT, IN TORT OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF WUSTL IS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 
15.
General Provisions.
 
15.1            Import/Export Controls . WUSTL is or may be subject to statutes and regulations of the U.S. Government relating to exportation of technical data, computer software, laboratory prototypes, and other commodities, and its obligations hereunder are subject to compliance with applicable law (including the Arms Export Control Act, 22 U.S.C. Section 2751 et seq. and the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended) as well as the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITTARs) and Export Administration Regulations (EARs). The transfer of certain technical data and commodities may require a license from an agency of the U.S. Government and/or written assurances from Licensee that Licensee will not re-export certain data or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of such agency. While WUSTL will cooperate with Licensee to secure any license that such agency deems necessary, the WUSTL cannot guarantee that such license will be granted. WUSTL is not transferring any Patent Rights, Tangible Research Property, Technical Information or any other information or materials outside of the United States and is providing no representation regarding the export control status or classification of any information or materials provided to Licensee hereunder. Licensee agrees to notify WUSTL before Licensee sends WUSTL any export-controlled information or technology. Such notification will include an identification of any item or information that is export controlled, the classification of such export controlled information, and an identification of any restrictions on the disclosure or use of such export controlled information.

15.2            Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with any exhibits which are attached hereto and referenced in this Agreement, constitutes the complete and final Agreement and understanding between WUSTL and Licensee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and merges all prior and contemporaneous agreements, negotiations, and understandings between WUSTL and Licensee, both oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, rescinded, canceled or waived, in whole or in part, except pursuant to a writing signed by the parties. Accordingly, no course of conduct shall constitute an amendment hereto.
 
15.3            Equitable Relief . Licensee acknowledges and agrees that the determination of money damages for a breach, or threatened breach, of Articles 2 and/or 6 above by Licensee will be difficult to determine, and, accordingly, the parties agree that WUSTL’s remedies at law for any such breach, or threatened breach, are inadequate and will result in irreparable harm. Therefore, without limiting either party’s right to seek equitable relief for a breach, or threatened breach of any other provision of this Agreement, the parties agree that upon any breach, or threatened breach, of Articles 2 and/or 6 above by Licensee, WUSTL will be entitled to seek from a court equitable relief including but, not limited to, temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions, permanent injunctions, and/or decrees of specific performance, in each instance without the necessity of posting a bond.
 
15.4            Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri, without regard to its rules of, or procedures involving, conflicts of laws which shall be given no effect whatsoever. All actions relating to, arising from or otherwise incidental to this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri, unless no federal subject matter jurisdiction exists, in which case such action shall be brought exclusively in the Circuit Court of St. Louis County, Missouri. Licensee hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any proceedings brought in any such courts and any claims that any such proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum. Licensee further agrees not to contest personal jurisdiction of such courts.



 
15.5            Survival . Each provision of this Agreement that would by its nature or terms survive any termination of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement, regardless of the cause. Such provisions include, without limitation, Sections 8.5, and 13.5 and Articles 5, 6, 7, 9, 11, 14 and 15.

15.6            Notices . All notices, including notices of address change, given hereunder shall be in English, in writing and shall be given by (a) personal delivery, (b) facsimile with a confirming notice that complies with clause (a) or (c) of this Section 15.6, (c) certified mail, return receipt requested, postage and fees prepaid, or (d) in the case of notices given to Licensee, by email with a confirming notice that complies with clause (a) or (c) of this Section 15.6. Any notices given in accordance with this Section 15.6 shall be deemed given and received (w) if delivered in person, on the date of personal delivery, (x) if transmitted by facsimile, one working day after transmission (if a confirming notice that complies with clause (a) or (c) of this Section 15.6 has, in fact, also been delivered or mailed), (y) if sent by certified mail, five working days after being mailed, or (z) if sent by email to Licensee, one working day after transmission (if a confirming notice that complies with clause (a) or (c) of this Section 15.6 has, in fact, also been delivered or mailed). Any such notices given to Licensee shall be sent to, as applicable, the facsimile number, postal address or email address set forth on the first page of this Agreement and to the attention of the individual designated on the first page of this Agreement (or to such other facsimile number, postal address or email address as Licensee may give WUSTL notice of in accordance with this Section 15.6). Any such notice given to WUSTL shall be sent to, as applicable, the facsimile number, postal address or email indicated below and to the attention of the individual designated below (or to such other facsimile number, postal address or email address as Licensee may give WUSTL notice of in accordance with this Section 15.6):
 
  Office of Technology Management
  Attention: Co-director
  Washington University in St. Louis
  660 South Euclid Avenue, CB 8013
  St. Louis, MO 63110
 
15.7            Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned by Licensee or used by Licensee to secure a debt (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of WUSTL; provided, however, that Licensee may assign this Agreement, without WUSTL’s prior written consent, to a third party that acquires substantially all of Licensee’s business or assets through merger, sale, acquisition, operation of law, or other similar transaction if (a) the successor agrees in writing to assume all obligations and liabilities of Licensee to WUSTL hereunder, and (b) Licensee gives an original copy of such agreement to WUSTL within ten (10) days of the effective date of the assignment. For the avoidance of doubt, any such assignment shall not release Licensee from its obligations and liabilities hereunder. WUSTL may assign this Agreement and/or subcontract any one or more of its obligations hereunder to any third party, in each instance without the consent of Licensee. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
15.8            Construction . All captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement. Accordingly, they shall not constitute a part of this Agreement when interpreting or enforcing this Agreement. Each party has substantially participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement, and no provision hereof shall be construed against either party by virtue of the fact that such provision was drafted by such party. All defined terms used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and/or plural, in each instance as the context and/or particular facts may require. Use of the terms “hereunder”, “herein”, “hereby”, and similar terms refer to this Agreement.
 



  15.9            Relationship of the Parties . Nothing in this Agreement shall create any association, partnership, joint venture, or the relation of principal and agent or employee between the parties hereto, it being understood that Licensee shall perform all services hereunder as an independent contractor. Each party shall discharge all liabilities and obligations required of it, by law or otherwise, as an employer with regard to its employees. No acts performed or words spoken by either party with respect to any third party shall be binding upon the other. Any and all obligations incurred by either party in connection with the performance of any of its obligations hereunder shall be solely at that party’s own risk, and the other shall not be obligated in any way therefore except as specifically provided for herein to the contrary. Each party agrees that it shall not represent itself as the agent or legal representative of the other for any purpose whatsoever.
 
15.10         Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is declared or found to be illegal, unenforceable or void, then both parties shall be relieved of all obligations arising under such provision, but only to the extent that such provision is illegal, unenforceable or void, it being the intent and agreement of the parties that this Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such provision to the extent n ecessary to make it legal and enforceable while preserving its intent or, if that is not possible, by substituting therefore another provision that is legal and enforceable and achieves the same objective. If the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected by such declaration or finding and is capable of substantial performance, then, each provision not so affected shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law.

15.11            Waiver . A party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a “course of dealing” or a waiver of any such provision or provisions as to any future violations thereof, nor prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. No waiver shall be binding upon a party unless it is in writing and signed by such party. Such waiver shall apply only to the specific default or the instance specified, and a waiver of any default shall not waive any other default, whether or not similar to the default waived. The rights granted the parties are cumulative and the waiver by a party of any single remedy shall not constitute a waiver of such party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to such party under the circumstances.
 
15.12            Use of Names . Neither WUSTL nor Licensee may use the name of the other for any commercial, advertisement, or promotional purpose without the prior written consent of the other, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
 
15.13            Recitals . The recitals to this Agreement are hereby incorporated herein as an integral part hereof.
 
15.14            Cumulative Remedies . No right or remedy conferred by this Agreement upon WUSTL is exclusive of any other right or remedy conferred herein or by law or in equity; rather, all of such rights and remedies are cumulative of every other such right or remedy and may be exercised concurrently or separately from time-to-time.
 
15.15            Force Majeure . If the performance of any obligation under this Agreement is prevented or impaired by Acts of God or the public enemy, riots and insurrection, war, embargoes, and acts of civil or military authority, and/or other similar events, a party will be excused from performance so long as such cause continues to prevent or impair that party’s performance. The party claiming such force majeure excuse must promptly notify the other party of the existence of the cause and must at all times use diligent efforts to resume and complete performance. This Section 15.15 will not excuse Licensee’s obligation to pay fees, payments and royalties under this Agreement.

 


 
15.16            WUSTL Personnel . Licensee agrees that in the event a WUSTL faculty or staff member serves Licensee in the capacity of consultant, officer, employee, board member, advisor, or other designation, pursuant to a contract or otherwise outside of this Agreement, such WUSTL faculty or staff member shall serve in his or her individual capacity, as an independent contractor, and not as an agent or representative of WUSTL, that WUSTL exercises no authority or control over such faculty or staff member while acting in such capacity, that WUSTL receives no benefit from such activity, that neither Licensee nor the faculty or staff member may use WUSTL resources in the course of such service and that WUSTL makes no representations or warranties under such contracts and otherwise assumes no liability or obligation in connection with any such work or service undertaken by such faculty or staff member. Licensee further agrees that any breach, error, or omission by a WUSTL faculty or staff member acting in the capacity set forth above in this paragraph shall not be imputed or otherwise attributed to WUSTL, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement by WUSTL.
 
15.17            Further Acts . Each party shall, at the reasonable request of the other, execute and deliver to the other such instruments and/or documents and shall take such actions as may be required to more effectively carry out the terms of this Agreement.

15.18            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and as executed shall constitute one agreement, binding on both parties even though both parties do not sign the same counterpart.
 
15.19            Legal Counsel . Each party acknowledges that each has the right to seek independent counsel with respect to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each acknowledges that this Agreement affects the legal rights and obligations of the party executing this Agreement. By their respective signatures to this Agreement, each party acknowledges that the party has either sought the assistance of legal counsel prior to the execution of this Agreement or has deemed none necessary.
 
15.20            Impact on Tax-Exempt Status . Licensee has been advised (a) that WUSTL is exempt from federal income tax under Section 501(c) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code, (b) that maintenance of such exempt status is of critical importance to WUSTL and to its members, and (c) that WUSTL has entered into this Agreement with the expectation that there will be no adverse impact on its tax exempt status. As such, and if it becomes necessary, the parties agree to amend, modify or reform this Agreement as necessary (i) in order to ensure that there is no adverse impact on WUSTL’s tax exempt status, and (ii) in a manner that preserves the economic terms of the Agreement, as well as the intellectual property rights of WUSTL as such rights are set forth in this Agreement.
 


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
 
 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Bradley J. Castanho, Ph.D.
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Assistant Vice Chancellor for Research Office of Technology Management Washington University in St. Louis
 

LICENSEE
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Derek Maetzold
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
President & CEO
 
 



EXHIBIT A
 
Initial Development Plan
 
The regulatory, market conditions, competition, and product development milestones and outcomes may change. As a result this Development and Commercialization Plan is to be updated annually.
 
Development Plan
 
Development Plan Assumptions:
 
[***].
 
[***].
 
[***].
 
[***].
 
[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted



 
[***].
 
[***].
 
[***].
 
[***].
 
Commercialization Plan: US
Target Completion Date
Milestone
Comment / Dependencies
[***]
[***]
 
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
[***]
Development Plan: Uveal Melanoma
Target Completion Date
Milestone
Comment / Dependencies
 
 
 
 
 
[***]
[***]
[***]
 
[***]
[***]
 
[***]
[***]
[***]

Development Plan: Suspicious Nevi
Target Completion Date
Milestone
Comment / Dependencies
[***]
[***]
 
[***]
[***]
 

[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted



Development Plan: Cutaneous Melanoma
Target Completion Date
Milestone
Comment I Dependencies
[***]
[***]
 

Commercialization Plan: Canada
Target Completion Date
Milestone
Comment / Dependencies
[***]
[***]
[***]

Commercialization Plan: EU
Target Completion Date
Milestone
Comment I Dependencies
[***]
[***]
 

[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted



Commercialization Plan: Australia
Target Completion Date
Milestone
Comment / Dependencies
[***]
[***]
 
 
[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted



Exhibit B
 
Tangible Research Properties
 
1.     FNAB samples from tumors—previously provided to Licensee
2.     FFPE samples from tumors—previously provided to Licensee
 



Exhibit C
 
Technical Information
 
1.
[***]
 
2.
[***]
 
3.
[***]
 
4.
[***]
 
5.
[***]
 
6.
[***]
 
7.
[***]

[***] = C ertain C onfidential I nformation O mitted



Exhibit D
 
Sublicense Agreement Provisions
 
Licensee agrees that it will require all Sublicensees to comply with terms and conditions set forth in the following Sections of this Agreement as applicable to Licensee: Articles 2.1 through 2.8, 6.4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, and 15.
 
In addition, all sublicenses shall include the following obligations on the part of the Sublicensee:
 
Sublicensee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless WUSTL Indemnitees to the same extent and under terms no less favorable to WUSTL Indemnitees as Licensee’s obligations under Article 11 of this Agreement.
 
Sublicensee agrees to maintain insurance for WUSTL’s benefit to the same extent and under terms no less favorable to WUSTL as Licensee’s obligations under Article 12 of this Agreement.
 
Sublicensee agrees to maintain books and records and allow audits for WUSTL’s benefit to the same extent and under terms no less favorable to WUSTL as Licensee’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
If Licensee enters bankruptcy or receivership, voluntarily or involuntarily, sublicensing revenue then or thereafter due to Licensee will, upon notice from WUSTL to any Sublicensee, become directly due and owing to WUSTL for the account of Licensee. WUSTL will remit to Licensee any amounts received that exceed the sum actually owed by Licensee to WUSTL.
 
Washington University is a third party beneficiary of this Sublicense Agreement. Accordingly, Washington University may enforce this Agreement against Sublicensee to the same extent as the Sublicensor.
 


Exhibit 10.18

Castle Biosciences, Inc.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
Adopted:  [_____], 2019

Each member of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Castle Biosciences, Inc. (the “ Company ”) who is a non-employee director of the Company (each such member, a “ Non-Employee Director ”) will receive the compensation described in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “ Director   Compensation Policy ”) for his or her Board service following the closing of the initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (the “ IPO ”).

The Director Compensation Policy will be effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement in connection with the IPO (the date of such execution being referred to as the “ IPO Date ”). The Director Compensation Policy may be amended at any time in the sole discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board.

A Non-Employee Director may decline all or any portion of his or her compensation by giving notice to the Company prior to the date cash is to be paid or equity awards are to be granted, as the case may be.

Annual Cash Compensation

Commencing at the beginning of the first calendar quarter following the IPO Date, each Non-Employee Director will receive the cash compensation set forth below for service on the Board.  The annual cash compensation amounts will be payable in equal quarterly installments, in arrears following the end of each quarter in which the service occurred, pro-rated for any partial months of service.  All annual cash fees are vested upon payment.

1.
Annual Board Service Retainer :
a.            All Eligible Directors: $36,000

2.
Annual Board Chair Service Retainer (in addition to Board Service Retainer) :
a.            Chair of the Board: $40,000

3.            Annual Committee Member Service Retainer :
a.            Member of the Audit Committee: $7,500
b.            Member of the Compensation Committee: $5,000
c.            Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee: $4,000

4.
Annual Committee Chair Service Retainer (in addition to Committee Member Service Retainer) :
a.            Chair of the Audit Committee: $7,500
b.            Chair of the Compensation Committee: $5,000
c.            Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee: $4,000
1.

Equity Compensation

Equity awards will be granted under the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), adopted in connection with the IPO.  All stock options granted under this policy will be Nonstatutory Stock Options (as defined in the Plan), with a term of ten years from the date of grant and an exercise price per share equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) of the underlying common stock of the Company on the date of grant.

(a)            Automatic Equity Grants.

(i)            Initial Grant for New Directors.  Without any further action of the Board, each person who, after the IPO Date, is elected or appointed for the first time to be a Non-Employee Director will automatically, upon the date of his or her initial election or appointment to be a Non-Employee Director (or, if such date is not a market trading day, the first market trading day thereafter), be granted a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase [_______] 1 shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Initial Option Grant ”).  Each Initial Option Grant will vest in a series of 36 successive equal monthly installments over the three-year period measured from the date of grant.

(ii)         Annual Grant.   Without any further action of the Board, at the close of business on the date of each Annual Meeting of Stockholders following the IPO, each person who is then a Non-Employee Director will automatically be granted a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase [_______] 2 shares of common stock (the “ Annual Option Grant ”).  Each Annual Option Grant will vest on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant.

(b)          Vesting; Change in Control.   All vesting is subject to the Non-Employee Director’s “ Continuous Service ” (as defined in the Plan) on each applicable vesting date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedules, for each Non-Employee Director who remains in Continuous Service with the Company until immediately prior to the closing of a “ Change in Control ” (as defined in the Plan), the shares subject to his or her then-outstanding equity awards that were granted pursuant to this policy will become fully vested immediately prior to the closing of such Change in Control.

(c)            Remaining Terms.   The remaining terms and conditions of each award, including transferability, will be as set forth in the Company’s Director Option Grant Package in the form adopted from time to time by the Board.

Expenses

The Company will reimburse Non-Employee Director for ordinary, necessary and reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses to cover in-person attendance at and participation in Board and committee meetings; provided , that the Non-Employee Director timely submit to the Company




1 Such number shall be equal to 0.15% of fully-diluted shares as of the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering of common stock
2 Such number shall be equal to 0.075% of fully-diluted shares as of the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering of common stock

2.

appropriate documentation substantiating such expenses in accordance with the Company’s travel and expense policy, as in effect from time to time.

3.

Exhibit 10.19

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of June 13, 2019 (the “ First Amendment Date ”), by and among OXFORD FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314, as collateral agent (in its individual capacity, “ Oxford ”; and in its capacity as collateral agent, “ Collateral Agent ”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 of the Loan Agreement (as defined below) or otherwise party thereto from time to time including Oxford in its capacity as a Lender and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation with an office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054 (“ Bank ” or “ SVB ”) (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware Corporation with offices located at 820 S. Friendswood, Suite 201, Friendswood, TX 77546 (“ Borrower ”).

WHEREAS, Collateral Agent, Borrower and the Lenders party to the Loan Agreement from time to time have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Lenders have provided to Borrower certain loans in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS, Borrower, the Lenders and Collateral Agent desire to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Borrower, the Lenders and Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

 
1.
Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 
2.
Borrower hereby reaffirms the security interest granted by Borrower previously in Section 4.1 of the Loan Agreement with respect to the Collateral.

 
3.
Section 2.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(a)            Availability .  (i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, to make term loans to Borrower on the Effective Date in an aggregate amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) according to each Lender’s Initial Term  Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Initial Term Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Initial Term Loans ”).  After repayment, no Initial Term Loan may be re‑borrowed.

(ii)            Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, on June 13, 2019, to make term loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) according to each Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loans are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term B Loan ”, and collectively as the “ Term B Loans ”; each Initial Term Loan or Term B Loan is hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Term Loan ” and the   Initial   Term Loans and the Term B Loans are   hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Term Loans ”).  After repayment, no Term B Loan may be re‑borrowed.”

 
4.
Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

2.3            Reserved.”

 
5.
Section 2.4(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(a)            Interest Rate.   Subject to Section 2.4(b), the principal amount of the outstanding Credit Extensions shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Basic Rate, determined by Collateral Agent on the Funding Date of the applicable Credit Extension and thereafter, which interest shall be payable monthly in arrears in accordance with Sections 2.2(b), 2.3(b) and 2.4(e).
1

 Interest shall accrue on each Credit Extension commencing on, and including, the Funding Date of such Credit Extension, and shall accrue on the principal amount outstanding under such Credit Extension through and including the day on which such Credit Extension is paid in full.”

 
6.
Section 2.5 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

2.5            Secured Promissory Notes.   The Term Loans shall be evidenced by Secured Promissory Notes in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (each a “ Secured Promissory Note ”), and shall be repayable as set forth in this Agreement.  Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make or cause to be made, on or about the Funding Date of any Credit Extension or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note, an appropriate notation on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record reflecting the making of such Term Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment.  The outstanding amount of each Term Loan set forth on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower under any Secured Promissory Note or any other Loan Document to make payments of principal of or interest on any Secured Promissory Note when due.  Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of its Secured Promissory Note , Borrower shall issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Secured Promissory Note in the same principal amount thereof and of like tenor.”

 
7.
Sections 2.6(c) and 2.6(d) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(c)            Reserved .”

“(d)            Reserved .”

 
8.
Section 3.1(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(c)            duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes in favor of each Lender according to its Term Loan Commitment Percentage;”

 
9.
Sections 3.2(d) and 3.2(e) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(d)            Reserved .”

“(e)            Reserved .”

 
10.
Section 3.2(f) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(f)            to the extent not delivered at the Effective Date, duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes and Warrants, in number, form and content acceptable to each Lender, and in favor of each Lender according to its Term Loan Commitment Percentage, as applicable, with respect to each Credit Extension made by such Lender after the Effective Date; and”

 
11.
Section 3.4(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(b)            Reserved.”

 
12.
Section 5.9 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

5.9            Use of Proceeds.   Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.
2

A portion of the proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used by Borrower to repay the Existing Indebtedness in full on the Effective Date.  A portion of the proceeds of the Term B Loans shall be used by Borrower to repay all outstanding revolving advance in full on June 13, 2019.”

 
13.
Section 5.10 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

5.10            Reserved.


14.
Sections 6.2(a)(ix) and 6.2(a)(x) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(ix)            within thirty (30) days after the end of each month aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date);”

“(x)            Reserved.”

 
15.
Section 6.10 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

6.10            Financial Covenant. Borrower shall achieve the following, to be tested as of the last day of the applicable month, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(i)            Revenues for the three months ended at the end of the applicable month set forth below of at least:

Trailing 3-Month Period Ending
Minimum Trailing 3 Months
Revenue ([***]% of Plan)
4/30/2019
$[***]
5/31/2019
$[***]
6/30/2019
$[***]
7/31/2019
$[***]
8/31/2019
$[***]
9/30/2019
$[***]
10/31/2019
$[***]
11/30/2019
$[***]
12/31/2019
$[***]

, and thereafter, the required revenues of Borrower shall be determined by Collateral Agent and the Lenders upon receipt and review by Collateral Agent and the Lenders of Borrower’s Annual Projections delivered in accordance with Section 6.2(a)(iii); provided that such required revenues shall be (i) based on a minimum requirement of at least [***] percent ([***]%) of Borrower’s board of directors-approved revenue plan (provided that such plan is acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders), (ii) in no event less than the amounts required hereunder with respect to the [***] , and (iii) at such levels that [***] .  Collateral Agent, Borrower and the Lenders shall execute and deliver to each other an amendment to this Agreement which provides the terms of such Future Minimum Revenue Covenants no later than the earlier of (i) ten (10) days after Borrower’s receives such amendment from Bank, and (ii) February 28th of each year. It shall be an immediate Event of Default if Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders (in each case acting reasonably) fail to enter into the aforementioned amendment on or prior to February 28th of each year .

GAAP revenue recognized from consolidated DecisionDx-CM Medicare claims in which a payment decision was awarded through an Administrative Law Judge appeal process shall not be part of GAAP revenue as measured by this performance-to-plan revenue covenant.”

 
16.
Section 6.14(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
3

“(b)            Disputes .  Borrower shall promptly notify Collateral Agent and each Lender of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts in excess of [***] Dollars ($[***]).  Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Collateral Agent, with a copy to Lenders, in the Compliance Certificate; and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.”

 
17.
Section 6.14(c) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(c)            Reserved .”

 
18.
Section 6.15 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

6.15            Remittance of Proceeds .  Deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Term Loan, in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than [***] ([***]) Business Days after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations, (a) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.4(e) hereof, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and other than pursuant to any transaction permitted under Section 7.1, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Collateral Agent the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of [***] Dollars ($[***]) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year).  Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of the dispositions of the Collateral with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Collateral Agent.  Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.”

 
19.
Section 8.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

8.1            Payment Default.   Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Maturity Date or the date of acceleration pursuant to Section 9.1 (a) hereof).  During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);”

 
20.
Section 9.4 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

9.4            Application of Payments and Proceeds.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Collateral Agent from or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any part of the Obligations, and, as between Borrower on the one hand and Collateral Agent and Lenders on the other, Collateral Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations in such manner as Collateral Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous application by Collateral Agent, and (b) the proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied: first, to the Lenders’ Expenses; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts); third, to the principal amount of the Obligations; and fourth, to any other indebtedness or obligations of Borrower owing to Collateral Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents.  Any balance remaining shall be delivered to Borrower or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.  In carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category, and (y) each of the Persons entitled to receive a payment in any particular category shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant thereto for such category. 

[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted
4

Any reference in this Agreement to an allocation between or sharing by the Lenders of any right, interest or obligation “ratably,” “proportionally” or in similar terms shall refer to Pro Rata Share unless expressly provided otherwise.  Collateral Agent, or if applicable, each Lender, shall promptly remit to the other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Term Loan and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements paid or made by Borrower.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Lender receiving a scheduled payment shall not be responsible for determining whether the other Lenders also received their scheduled payment on such date; provided, however, if it is later determined that a Lender received more than its ratable share of scheduled payments made on any date or dates, then such Lender shall remit to Collateral Agent or other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable payment of such scheduled payments, as instructed by Collateral Agent.  If any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, properties or securities, shall be received by a Lender in excess of its ratable share, then the portion of such payment or distribution in excess of such Lender’s ratable share shall be received by such Lender in trust for and shall be promptly paid over to the other Lender for application to the payments of amounts due on the other Lenders’ claims.  To the extent any payment for the account of Borrower is required to be returned as a voidable transfer or otherwise, the Lenders shall contribute to one another as is necessary to ensure that such return of payment is on a pro rata basis.  If any Lender shall obtain possession of any Collateral, it shall hold such Collateral for itself and as agent and bailee for Collateral Agent and other Lenders for purposes of perfecting Collateral Agent’s security interest therein.”

 
21.
Section 12.6(a)(i) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(i)            no such amendment, waiver or other modification that would have the effect of increasing or reducing a Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Term Loan Commitment Percentage shall be effective as to such Lender without such Lender’s written consent;”

 
22.
Section 12.6(a)(iii) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(iii)            no such amendment, waiver or other modification shall, unless signed by all the Lenders directly affected thereby, (A) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on or any fees with respect to any Term Loan or forgive any principal, interest (other than default interest) or fees (other than late charges) with respect to any Term Loan; (B) postpone the date fixed for, or waive, any payment of principal of any Term Loan or of interest on any Term Loan (other than default interest) or any fees provided for hereunder (other than late charges or for any termination of any commitment); (C) change the definition of the term “ Required Lenders ” or the percentage of Lenders which shall be required for the Lenders to take any action hereunder; (D) release all or substantially all of any material portion of the Collateral, authorize Borrower to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all or any material portion of the Collateral or release any Guarantor of all or any portion of the Obligations or its guaranty obligations with respect thereto, except, in each case with respect to this clause (D), as otherwise may be expressly permitted under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder); (E) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 12.6 or the definitions of the terms used in this Section 12.6 insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this Section 12.6; (F) consent to the assignment, delegation or other transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document or release Borrower of its payment obligations under any Loan Document, except, in each case with respect to this clause (F), pursuant to a merger or consolidation permitted pursuant to this Agreement; (G) amend any of the provisions of Section 9.4 or amend any of the definitions of Pro Rata Share, Term Loan Commitment or Term Loan Commitment Percentage or that provide for the Lenders to receive their Pro Rata Shares of any fees, payments, setoffs or proceeds of Collateral hereunder; (H) subordinate the Liens granted in favor of Collateral Agent securing the Obligations; or (I) amend any of the provisions of Section 12.10.  It is hereby understood and agreed that all Lenders shall be deemed directly affected by an amendment, waiver or other modification of the type described in the preceding clauses (C), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) of the preceding sentence;”
 
 
23.
Section 12.12 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:
5


12.12            Cooperation of Borrower.   If necessary, Borrower agrees to (i) execute any documents (including new Secured Promissory Notes) reasonably required to effectuate and acknowledge each assignment of a Term Loan Commitment or Credit Extension to an assignee in accordance with Section 12.1, (ii) make Borrower’s management available to meet with Collateral Agent and prospective participants and assignees of Term Loan Commitments or Credit Extensions (which meetings shall be conducted no more often than twice every twelve months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), and (iii) assist Collateral Agent or the Lenders in the preparation of information relating to the financial affairs of Borrower as any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment or Credit Extensions reasonably may request.  Subject to the provisions of Section 12.9, Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment, any and all information in such Lender’s possession concerning Borrower and its financial affairs which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of Borrower prior to entering into this Agreement.”

 
24.
Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following defined terms in their entirety:

Annual Revolving Line Monitoring Fee ,” “ Availability Amount ,” “ Borrowing Base ,” “ Borrowing Base Certificate ,” “ Eligible Accounts ,” “ Eligible CM Accounts ,” “ Eligible UV Accounts ,” “ Liquidity Ratio ,” “ Non-Use Fees ,” “ Overadvance ,” “ Quick Assets ,” “ Reserves ,” “ Revolving Advance ,” “ Revolving Line ,” “ Revolving Line Commitment ,” “ Revolving Line Commitment Percentage ,” “ Revolving Line Maturity Date ,” “ Revolving Line Priority Collateral ,” “ Streamline Period ,” “ Subject Month ,” “ Term Loan Priority Collateral ,” “ Testing Month

 
25.
Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the following defined terms in their entirety:

Basic Rate ” is the floating per annum rate of interest (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days) equal to the greater of (i) eight and fifty-five hundredths of one percent (8.55%) and (ii) the sum of (A) the thirty (30) day U.S. LIBOR rate reported in the Wall Street Journal on the last Business Day of the month that immediately precedes the month in which the interest will accrue, plus (B) six and forty-eight hundredths of one percent (6.48%).  If The Wall Street Journal (or another nationally recognized rate reporting source acceptable to Collateral Agent) no longer reports the U.S. LIBOR Rate or if such interest rate no longer exists or if The Wall Street Journal no longer publishes the U.S. LIBOR Rate or ceases to exist, Collateral Agent may in good faith select a replacement interest rate or replacement publication, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Basic Rate for the Term Loan for the period from the Effective Date through and including November 30, 2018 shall not be less than 8.78688%.

Credit Extension ” is any Term Loan or any other extension of credit by Collateral Agent or Lenders for Borrower’s benefit.

Required Lenders ” means (i) for so long as all of the Persons that are Lenders on the Effective Date (each an “ Original Lender ”) have not assigned or transferred any of their interests in their Term Loans, Lenders holding one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans, or (ii) at any time from and after any Original Lender has assigned or transferred any interest in its Term Loans, Lenders holding at least sixty six percent (66%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans and, in respect of this clause (ii), (A) each Original Lender that has not assigned or transferred any portion of its Term Loans, (B) each assignee or transferee of an Original Lender’s interest in the Term Loans, but only to the extent that such assignee or transferee is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Original Lender, and (C) any Person providing financing to any Person described in clauses (A) and (B) above; provided, however, that this clause (C) shall only apply upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing.

 
26.
Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following defined terms in alphabetical order therein:
 
6


Initial Term Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a) hereof.

Initial Term Loan Commitment ” is, for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan, up to the principal amount shown on Schedule 1.1 .   “ Initial Term Loan Commitments ” means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

Initial   Term Loan Commitment Percentage ” is set forth in Schedule 1.1 , as amended from time to time.

Term B Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a) hereof.

Term B Loan Commitment ” is, for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan, up to the principal amount shown on Schedule 1.1 .   “ Term B Loan Commitments ” means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

Term B Loan Commitment Percentage ” is set forth in Schedule 1.1 , as amended from time to time.

 
27.
Schedule 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto.

 
28.
Exhibit C of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto.

 
29.
Limitation of Amendment.

 
a.
The amendments set forth in Sections 3 through 28, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (i) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (ii) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which the Lenders, or obligation which Borrower, may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 
b.
This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 
30.
Release by Borrower.

 
a.
FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, Borrower hereby forever relieves, releases, and discharges Collateral Agent and each Lender and their respective present or former employees, officers, directors, agents, representatives, attorneys, and each of them, from any and all claims, debts, liabilities, demands, obligations, promises, acts, agreements, costs and expenses, actions and causes of action, of every type, kind, nature, description or character whatsoever, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, absolute or contingent, arising out of or in any manner whatsoever connected with or related to facts, circumstances, issues, controversies or claims existing or arising from the beginning of time through and including the date of execution of this Amendment solely to the extent such claims arise out of or are in any manner whatsoever connected with or related to the Loan Documents, the Recitals hereto, any instruments, agreements or documents executed in connection with any of the foregoing or the origination, negotiation, administration, servicing and/or enforcement of any of the foregoing (collectively “ Released Claims ”).

 
b.
In furtherance of this release, Borrower expressly acknowledges and waives any and all rights under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which provides as follows:

A general release does not extend to claims that the creditor or releasing party does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release and that, if known by him or her, would have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor or releasing party.” (Emphasis added.)

7

 
c.
By entering into this release, Borrower recognizes that no facts or representations are ever absolutely certain and it may hereafter discover facts in addition to or different from those which it presently knows or believes to be true, but that it is the intention of Borrower hereby to fully, finally and forever settle and release all matters, disputes and differences, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected in respect of the Released Claims; accordingly, if Borrower should subsequently discover that any fact that it relied upon in entering into this release was untrue, or that any understanding of the facts was incorrect, Borrower shall not be entitled to set aside this release by reason thereof, regardless of any claim of mistake of fact or law or any other circumstances whatsoever. Borrower acknowledges that it is not relying upon and has not relied upon any representation or statement made by Bank with respect to the facts underlying this release or with regard to any of such party’s rights or asserted rights.

 
d.
This release may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and/or as a cross-complaint or counterclaim against any action, suit, or other proceeding that may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of this release. Borrower acknowledges that the release contained herein constitutes a material inducement to Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, and that Collateral Agent and the Lenders would not have done so but for Collateral Agent’s and the Lenders’ expectation that such release is valid and enforceable in all events.

 
e.
Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, and Collateral Agent and the Lenders are relying thereon, as follows:

 
i.
Except as expressly stated in this Amendment, neither Collateral Agent, the Lenders nor any agent, employee or representative of any of them has made any statement or representation to Borrower regarding any fact relied upon by Borrower in entering into this Amendment.

 
ii.
Borrower has made such investigation of the facts pertaining to this Amendment and all of the matters appertaining thereto, as it deems necessary.

 
iii.
The terms of this Amendment are contractual and not a mere recital.

 
iv.
This Amendment has been carefully read by Borrower, the contents hereof are known and understood by Borrower, and this Amendment is signed freely, and without duress, by Borrower.

 
v.
Borrower represents and warrants that it is the sole and lawful owner of all right, title and interest in and to every claim and every other matter which it releases herein, and that it has not heretofore assigned or transferred, or purported to assign or transfer, to any person, firm or entity any claims or other matters herein released. Borrower shall indemnify Collateral Agent and the Lenders, defend and hold each harmless from and against all claims based upon or arising in connection with prior assignments or purported assignments or transfers of any claims or matters released herein.

 
31.
To induce Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and the Lenders as follows:

 
a.
Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (i) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date) and (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

8

 
b.
Borrower has the power and due authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 
c.
The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Collateral Agent on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 
d.
The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (i) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (ii) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (iii) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (iv) the organizational documents of Borrower;

 
e.
The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 
f.
This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 
32.
Except as expressly set forth herein, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without alteration or amendment.  This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements.

 
33.
This Amendment shall be deemed effective as of the First Amendment Date upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Collateral Agent of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) the due execution and delivery to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of the Term B Loan Secured Promissory Notes by each party hereto, and (c) Borrower’s payment of all Lenders’ Expenses incurred through the date hereof, which may be debited (or ACH’d) from any of Borrower’s accounts with the Lenders.

 
34.
This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 
35.
This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement to be executed as of the date first set forth above.

BORROWER:
 
    
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
 
     
By
/s/ Derek Maetzold
 
Name:
Derek Maetzold
 
Title:
President & CEO
 
     
COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:
 
     
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
 
     
By:
/s/ Colette H. Featherly
 
Name:
Colette H. Featherly
 
Title:
Senior Vice President
 
     
LENDER:
 
     
SILICON VALLEY BANK
 
   
By:
/s/ Kristine Rohmer
 
Name:
Kristine Rohmer
 
Title:
Vice President
 


SCHEDULE 1.1
Lenders and Commitments

 
Initial Term Loans
 
Lender
Initial Term Loan Commitment
Initial Term Loan Commitment
Percentage
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
$10,000,000.00
50.00%
SILICON VALLEY BANK
$10,000,000.00
50.00%
TOTAL
$20,000,000.00
100.00%

 
Term B Loans
 
Lender
Term B Loan Commitment
Term B Loan Commitment
Percentage
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
$2,500,000.00
50.00%
SILICON VALLEY BANK
$2,500,000.00
50.00%
TOTAL
$5,000,000.00
100.00%

 
Aggregate (all Term Loans)
 
Lender
Term Loan Commitment
Term Loan Commitment
Percentage
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
$12,500,000.00
50.00%
SILICON VALLEY BANK
$12,500,000.00
50.00%
TOTAL
$25,000,000.00
100.00%


EXHIBIT C
Compliance Certificate

TO:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender
SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender

FROM:
CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer (“ Officer ”) of CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC. (“ Borrower ”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

(a)            Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______________ with all required covenants except as noted below;

(b)            There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

(c)            Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (a), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

(d)            Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, or obtain extensions thereof, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

(e)            No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s).  The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year‑end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 
Reporting Covenant
Requirement
Actual
Complies
             
1)
Financial statements
Monthly within 30 days
 
Yes
No
N/A
             
2)
Annual (CPA Audited) statements
Within 120 days after FYE
 
Yes
No
N/A
             
3)
Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a monthly basis)
Annually (within earlier of 30 days of FYE or 7 Business Days of approval by Board), and when revised
 
Yes
No
N/A


4)
A/R & A/P agings
Monthly within 30 days
 
Yes
No
N/A
             
5)
8‑K, 10‑K and 10‑Q Filings
If applicable, within 5 days of filing
 
Yes
No
N/A
             
6)
Security Holder reports and notices
Within 5 days of delivery
 
Yes
No
N/A
             
7)
Compliance Certificate
Monthly within 30 days
 
Yes
No
N/A
             
8)
IP Report
When required
 
Yes
No
N/A
               
9)
Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period
 
$

Yes
No
N/A
               
10)
Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period
 
$
 
Yes
No
N/A

Deposit and Securities Accounts
(Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)

 
Institution Name
Account Number
New Account?
Account Control Agreement in
place?
         
1)
   
Yes
No
Yes
No
             
2)
   
Yes
No
Yes
No
             
3)
   
Yes
No
Yes
No
             
4)
   
Yes
No
Yes
No

Financial Covenants

 
Covenant
Requirement
Actual
Compliance
         
Minimum Revenues
(trailing three months)
Trailing
trailing
3-month
revenue          
period ending
Minimum

3 months

([***]% of plan)



         
5/31/2019
6/30/2019
7/31/2019
$[_______]
$[_______]
$[_______]
[__%] Yes No
             
    [Thereafter, at least [***] % of projections]      
           
   
[$_________]
[$________]
   

Other Matters

1)
Have there been any changes in management since the last Compliance Certificate?
Yes
No
       
2)
Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?
Yes
No

[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted


3)
Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrower that involve more than [***] Dollars ($ [***] )?
Yes
No
       
4)
Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries?  If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.
Yes
No

[***]=Certain Confidential Information Omitted

Exceptions

Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.”  Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)

CASTLE BIOSCIENCES, INC.   
     
By
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
 
     
Date:    

 
LENDER USE ONLY
     
 
Received by:
   
Date:
 
     
 
Verified by:
   
Date:
 

 
Compliance Status:                     
Yes No




Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors
Castle Biosciences, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus. Our report dated May 13, 2019 contains an explanatory paragraph that states there are uncertainties about the Company’s ability to comply with certain debt covenants under its long-term debt that is required to finance operations, which raises substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties. Our report dated May 13, 2019 refers to the Company’s adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), as amended.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Diego, California
June 26, 2019